Pass: Only converts gint to int32 in records
- commit
- 62142c4f5395c6a7b48a3043586f0d86c923d25f
- author
- jwijenbergh · · 2023-08-15 12:16 UTC
- committer
- jwijenbergh · · 2023-08-15 12:18 UTC
- parent
- 61f3996
- signature
- GPG Unverified
1A2298F6C34F96E5The key is unknown
330 files · +2614 -2611
M internal/gir/pass/pass.go +6 -0
| @@ -104,6 +104,12 @@ func (p *Pass) writeGo(r types.Repository, gotemp *template.Template, dir string | |||
| 104 | 104 | if _type == "" { | |
| 105 | 105 | continue | |
| 106 | 106 | } | |
| 107 | + | // HACK: Handle the specific case where a gint is converted to an int | |
| 108 | + | // But for structs this needs to be an int32 as purego just gets the pointer to the struct | |
| 109 | + | // Instead of converting each field separately | |
| 110 | + | if f.AnyType.Type != nil && f.AnyType.Type.CType == "gint" { | |
| 111 | + | _type = "int32" | |
| 112 | + | } | |
| 107 | 113 | fields = append(fields, types.RecordField{ | |
| 108 | 114 | Name: util.SnakeToCamel(f.Name), | |
| 109 | 115 | Type: _type, | |
M internal/gir/types/types.go +1 -4
| @@ -17,10 +17,7 @@ var convList = map[string]string{ | |||
| 17 | 17 | "gboolean": "bool", | |
| 18 | 18 | "gfloat": "float32", | |
| 19 | 19 | "gdouble": "float64", | |
| 20 | - | // This was changed because e.g. the error code in a GError struct is a gint and it has to be an int32 | |
| 21 | - | // gint is a typedef to an int and on 32 and 64 bit systems a c int is 32 bits commonly, whereas in go an int is 32 bits on 32 bits systems and 64 bits on 64 bits systems | |
| 22 | - | // gotk4 seems to not cast these, see e.g. https://github.com/diamondburned/gotk4/blob/fd960d20b525a07580938d10a214336bafb47d12/gir/girgen/types/types.go#L473-L481 | |
| 23 | - | "gint": "int32", | |
| 20 | + | "gint": "int", | |
| 24 | 21 | "gssize": "int", | |
| 25 | 22 | "gint8": "int8", | |
| 26 | 23 | "gint16": "int16", | |
M v4/adw/adw-about-window.go +3 -3
| @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 967 | 967 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 968 | 968 | // | |
| 969 | 969 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 970 | - | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 970 | + | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 971 | 971 | ||
| 972 | 972 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 973 | 973 | ||
| @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 1003 | 1003 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1004 | 1004 | // | |
| 1005 | 1005 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1006 | - | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1006 | + | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1007 | 1007 | ||
| 1008 | 1008 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1009 | 1009 | ||
| @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 1036 | 1036 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1037 | 1037 | // | |
| 1038 | 1038 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1039 | - | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1039 | + | func (x *AboutWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1040 | 1040 | ||
| 1041 | 1041 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1042 | 1042 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-action-row.go +11 -11
| @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ func (x *ActionRow) GetSubtitle() string { | |||
| 140 | 140 | ||
| 141 | 141 | } | |
| 142 | 142 | ||
| 143 | - | var xActionRowGetSubtitleLines func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 143 | + | var xActionRowGetSubtitleLines func(uintptr) int | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | 145 | // Gets the number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be | |
| 146 | 146 | // ellipsized. | |
| 147 | - | func (x *ActionRow) GetSubtitleLines() int32 { | |
| 147 | + | func (x *ActionRow) GetSubtitleLines() int { | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | return xActionRowGetSubtitleLines(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ func (x *ActionRow) GetSubtitleSelectable() bool { | |||
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | } | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | - | var xActionRowGetTitleLines func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 162 | + | var xActionRowGetTitleLines func(uintptr) int | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | // Gets the number of lines at the end of which the title label will be | |
| 165 | 165 | // ellipsized. | |
| 166 | - | func (x *ActionRow) GetTitleLines() int32 { | |
| 166 | + | func (x *ActionRow) GetTitleLines() int { | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | return xActionRowGetTitleLines(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ func (x *ActionRow) SetSubtitle(SubtitleVar string) { | |||
| 215 | 215 | ||
| 216 | 216 | } | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | - | var xActionRowSetSubtitleLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 218 | + | var xActionRowSetSubtitleLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| 220 | 220 | // Sets the number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be | |
| 221 | 221 | // ellipsized. | |
| 222 | 222 | // | |
| 223 | 223 | // If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited. | |
| 224 | - | func (x *ActionRow) SetSubtitleLines(SubtitleLinesVar int32) { | |
| 224 | + | func (x *ActionRow) SetSubtitleLines(SubtitleLinesVar int) { | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | xActionRowSetSubtitleLines(x.GoPointer(), SubtitleLinesVar) | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ func (x *ActionRow) SetSubtitleSelectable(SubtitleSelectableVar bool) { | |||
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | } | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | - | var xActionRowSetTitleLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 241 | + | var xActionRowSetTitleLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | // Sets the number of lines at the end of which the title label will be | |
| 244 | 244 | // ellipsized. | |
| 245 | 245 | // | |
| 246 | 246 | // If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited. | |
| 247 | - | func (x *ActionRow) SetTitleLines(TitleLinesVar int32) { | |
| 247 | + | func (x *ActionRow) SetTitleLines(TitleLinesVar int) { | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| 249 | 249 | xActionRowSetTitleLines(x.GoPointer(), TitleLinesVar) | |
| 250 | 250 | ||
| @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 328 | 328 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 329 | 329 | // | |
| 330 | 330 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 331 | - | func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 331 | + | func (x *ActionRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 332 | 332 | ||
| 333 | 333 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 334 | 334 | ||
| @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 364 | 364 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 365 | 365 | // | |
| 366 | 366 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 367 | - | func (x *ActionRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 367 | + | func (x *ActionRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 368 | 368 | ||
| 369 | 369 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 370 | 370 | ||
| @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 397 | 397 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 398 | 398 | // | |
| 399 | 399 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 400 | - | func (x *ActionRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 400 | + | func (x *ActionRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| 402 | 402 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 403 | 403 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-application-window.go +4 -4
| @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) { | |||
| 385 | 385 | // } | |
| 386 | 386 | // | |
| 387 | 387 | // ]| | |
| 388 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 388 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | 390 | gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProper | |||
| 476 | 476 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 477 | 477 | // | |
| 478 | 478 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 479 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 479 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 480 | 480 | ||
| 481 | 481 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 482 | 482 | ||
| @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelati | |||
| 512 | 512 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 513 | 513 | // | |
| 514 | 514 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 515 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 515 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
| 517 | 517 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 518 | 518 | ||
| @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varAr | |||
| 545 | 545 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 546 | 546 | // | |
| 547 | 547 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 548 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 548 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 549 | 549 | ||
| 550 | 550 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 551 | 551 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-application.go +1 -1
| @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) { | |||
| 387 | 387 | // } | |
| 388 | 388 | // | |
| 389 | 389 | // ]| | |
| 390 | - | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 390 | + | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| 392 | 392 | gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 393 | 393 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-avatar.go +11 -11
| @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ func AvatarNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Avatar { | |||
| 48 | 48 | return cls | |
| 49 | 49 | } | |
| 50 | 50 | ||
| 51 | - | var xNewAvatar func(int32, string, bool) uintptr | |
| 51 | + | var xNewAvatar func(int, string, bool) uintptr | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| 53 | 53 | // Creates a new `AdwAvatar`. | |
| 54 | - | func NewAvatar(SizeVar int32, TextVar string, ShowInitialsVar bool) *gtk.Widget { | |
| 54 | + | func NewAvatar(SizeVar int, TextVar string, ShowInitialsVar bool) *gtk.Widget { | |
| 55 | 55 | NewAvatarPtr := xNewAvatar(SizeVar, TextVar, ShowInitialsVar) | |
| 56 | 56 | if NewAvatarPtr == 0 { | |
| 57 | 57 | return nil | |
| @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ func NewAvatar(SizeVar int32, TextVar string, ShowInitialsVar bool) *gtk.Widget | |||
| 64 | 64 | return NewAvatarCls | |
| 65 | 65 | } | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | - | var xAvatarDrawToTexture func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 67 | + | var xAvatarDrawToTexture func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | // Renders @self into a [class@Gdk.Texture] at @scale_factor. | |
| 70 | 70 | // | |
| 71 | 71 | // This can be used to export the fallback avatar. | |
| 72 | - | func (x *Avatar) DrawToTexture(ScaleFactorVar int32) *gdk.Texture { | |
| 72 | + | func (x *Avatar) DrawToTexture(ScaleFactorVar int) *gdk.Texture { | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | 74 | DrawToTexturePtr := xAvatarDrawToTexture(x.GoPointer(), ScaleFactorVar) | |
| 75 | 75 | if DrawToTexturePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ func (x *Avatar) GetShowInitials() bool { | |||
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | } | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | - | var xAvatarGetSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 121 | + | var xAvatarGetSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | // Gets the size of the avatar. | |
| 124 | - | func (x *Avatar) GetSize() int32 { | |
| 124 | + | func (x *Avatar) GetSize() int { | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | return xAvatarGetSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| @@ -169,10 +169,10 @@ func (x *Avatar) SetShowInitials(ShowInitialsVar bool) { | |||
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | 170 | } | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | - | var xAvatarSetSize func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 172 | + | var xAvatarSetSize func(uintptr, int) | |
| 173 | 173 | ||
| 174 | 174 | // Sets the size of the avatar. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *Avatar) SetSize(SizeVar int32) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *Avatar) SetSize(SizeVar int) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | xAvatarSetSize(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 256 | 256 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 257 | 257 | // | |
| 258 | 258 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 259 | - | func (x *Avatar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 259 | + | func (x *Avatar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| 261 | 261 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 292 | 292 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 293 | 293 | // | |
| 294 | 294 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 295 | - | func (x *Avatar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 295 | + | func (x *Avatar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
| @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 325 | 325 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 326 | 326 | // | |
| 327 | 327 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 328 | - | func (x *Avatar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 328 | + | func (x *Avatar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 329 | 329 | ||
| 330 | 330 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 331 | 331 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-banner.go +3 -3
| @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 224 | 224 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 225 | 225 | // | |
| 226 | 226 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 227 | - | func (x *Banner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 227 | + | func (x *Banner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 260 | 260 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 261 | 261 | // | |
| 262 | 262 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 263 | - | func (x *Banner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 263 | + | func (x *Banner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *Banner) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 293 | 293 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 294 | 294 | // | |
| 295 | 295 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 296 | - | func (x *Banner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 296 | + | func (x *Banner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 297 | 297 | ||
| 298 | 298 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 299 | 299 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-bin.go +3 -3
| @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 145 | 145 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 146 | 146 | // | |
| 147 | 147 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 148 | - | func (x *Bin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 148 | + | func (x *Bin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 149 | 149 | ||
| 150 | 150 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
| @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 181 | 181 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 182 | 182 | // | |
| 183 | 183 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 184 | - | func (x *Bin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 184 | + | func (x *Bin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| 186 | 186 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 187 | 187 | ||
| @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *Bin) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 214 | 214 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 215 | 215 | // | |
| 216 | 216 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 217 | - | func (x *Bin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 217 | + | func (x *Bin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-button-content.go +3 -3
| @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 214 | 214 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 215 | 215 | // | |
| 216 | 216 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 217 | - | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 217 | + | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
| @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 250 | 250 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 251 | 251 | // | |
| 252 | 252 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 253 | - | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | + | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 283 | 283 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 284 | 284 | // | |
| 285 | 285 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 286 | - | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 286 | + | func (x *ButtonContent) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| 288 | 288 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-dots.go +3 -3
| @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessiblePr | |||
| 151 | 151 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 152 | 152 | // | |
| 153 | 153 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 154 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 154 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRe | |||
| 187 | 187 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 188 | 188 | // | |
| 189 | 189 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 190 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 190 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 191 | 191 | ||
| 192 | 192 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, v | |||
| 220 | 220 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 221 | 221 | // | |
| 222 | 222 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 223 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 223 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 226 | 226 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-lines.go +3 -3
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleP | |||
| 150 | 150 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 151 | 151 | // | |
| 152 | 152 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 153 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 153 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleR | |||
| 186 | 186 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 187 | 187 | // | |
| 188 | 188 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 189 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 189 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | 191 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 192 | 192 | ||
| @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, | |||
| 219 | 219 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 220 | 220 | // | |
| 221 | 221 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 222 | - | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 222 | + | func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | 224 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-carousel.go +8 -8
| @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetSpacing() uint { | |||
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | } | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | - | var xCarouselInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 170 | + | var xCarouselInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | 172 | // Inserts @child into @self at position @position. | |
| 173 | 173 | // | |
| 174 | 174 | // If position is -1, or larger than the number of pages, | |
| 175 | 175 | // @child will be appended to the end. | |
| 176 | - | func (x *Carousel) Insert(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 176 | + | func (x *Carousel) Insert(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int) { | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
| 178 | 178 | xCarouselInsert(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
| @@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ func (x *Carousel) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) { | |||
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | } | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | - | var xCarouselReorder func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 200 | + | var xCarouselReorder func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | // Moves @child into position @position. | |
| 203 | 203 | // | |
| 204 | 204 | // If position is -1, or larger than the number of pages, @child will be moved | |
| 205 | 205 | // at the end. | |
| 206 | - | func (x *Carousel) Reorder(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 206 | + | func (x *Carousel) Reorder(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int) { | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | 208 | xCarouselReorder(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetProgress() float64 { | |||
| 352 | 352 | // | |
| 353 | 353 | // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to | |
| 354 | 354 | // end the swipe on. | |
| 355 | - | func (x *Carousel) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 355 | + | func (x *Carousel) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr { | |
| 356 | 356 | ||
| 357 | 357 | return XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar) | |
| 358 | 358 | ||
| @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 431 | 431 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 432 | 432 | // | |
| 433 | 433 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 434 | - | func (x *Carousel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 434 | + | func (x *Carousel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | 436 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 467 | 467 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 468 | 468 | // | |
| 469 | 469 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 470 | - | func (x *Carousel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 470 | + | func (x *Carousel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 471 | 471 | ||
| 472 | 472 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 473 | 473 | ||
| @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 500 | 500 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 501 | 501 | // | |
| 502 | 502 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 503 | - | func (x *Carousel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 503 | + | func (x *Carousel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 504 | 504 | ||
| 505 | 505 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 506 | 506 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-layout.go +8 -8
| @@ -61,36 +61,36 @@ func NewClampLayout() *gtk.LayoutManager { | |||
| 61 | 61 | return NewClampLayoutCls | |
| 62 | 62 | } | |
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | - | var xClampLayoutGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 64 | + | var xClampLayoutGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | 66 | // Gets the maximum size allocated to the children. | |
| 67 | - | func (x *ClampLayout) GetMaximumSize() int32 { | |
| 67 | + | func (x *ClampLayout) GetMaximumSize() int { | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | return xClampLayoutGetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | } | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | - | var xClampLayoutGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 73 | + | var xClampLayoutGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int | |
| 74 | 74 | ||
| 75 | 75 | // Gets the size above which the children are clamped. | |
| 76 | - | func (x *ClampLayout) GetTighteningThreshold() int32 { | |
| 76 | + | func (x *ClampLayout) GetTighteningThreshold() int { | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | return xClampLayoutGetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | } | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | - | var xClampLayoutSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 82 | + | var xClampLayoutSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int) | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | // Sets the maximum size allocated to the children. | |
| 85 | 85 | // | |
| 86 | 86 | // It is the width if the layout is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical. | |
| 87 | - | func (x *ClampLayout) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int32) { | |
| 87 | + | func (x *ClampLayout) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int) { | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | 89 | xClampLayoutSetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer(), MaximumSizeVar) | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | } | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | - | var xClampLayoutSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 93 | + | var xClampLayoutSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int) | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | 95 | // Sets the size above which the children are clamped. | |
| 96 | 96 | // | |
| @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ var xClampLayoutSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 106 | 106 | // | |
| 107 | 107 | // Effectively, tightening the grip on a child before it reaches its maximum | |
| 108 | 108 | // size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing. | |
| 109 | - | func (x *ClampLayout) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int32) { | |
| 109 | + | func (x *ClampLayout) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) { | |
| 110 | 110 | ||
| 111 | 111 | xClampLayoutSetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer(), TighteningThresholdVar) | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-scrollable.go +11 -11
| @@ -63,19 +63,19 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) GetChild() *gtk.Widget { | |||
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | } | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | - | var xClampScrollableGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 66 | + | var xClampScrollableGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | // Gets the maximum size allocated to the child. | |
| 69 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) GetMaximumSize() int32 { | |
| 69 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) GetMaximumSize() int { | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | return xClampScrollableGetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | 73 | } | |
| 74 | 74 | ||
| 75 | - | var xClampScrollableGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 75 | + | var xClampScrollableGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int | |
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | // Gets the size above which the child is clamped. | |
| 78 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) GetTighteningThreshold() int32 { | |
| 78 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) GetTighteningThreshold() int { | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | return xClampScrollableGetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| @@ -90,18 +90,18 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) { | |||
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | } | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | - | var xClampScrollableSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 93 | + | var xClampScrollableSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int) | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | 95 | // Sets the maximum size allocated to the child. | |
| 96 | 96 | // | |
| 97 | 97 | // It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical. | |
| 98 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int32) { | |
| 98 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int) { | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | xClampScrollableSetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer(), MaximumSizeVar) | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | 102 | } | |
| 103 | 103 | ||
| 104 | - | var xClampScrollableSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 104 | + | var xClampScrollableSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int) | |
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | 106 | // Sets the size above which the child is clamped. | |
| 107 | 107 | // | |
| @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ var xClampScrollableSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 117 | 117 | // | |
| 118 | 118 | // Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum | |
| 119 | 119 | // size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing. | |
| 120 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int32) { | |
| 120 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) { | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | 122 | xClampScrollableSetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer(), TighteningThresholdVar) | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty | |||
| 189 | 189 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 190 | 190 | // | |
| 191 | 191 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 192 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 192 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation | |||
| 225 | 225 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 226 | 226 | // | |
| 227 | 227 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 228 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 228 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 258 | 258 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 259 | 259 | // | |
| 260 | 260 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 261 | - | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 261 | + | func (x *ClampScrollable) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | 263 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-clamp.go +11 -11
| @@ -86,19 +86,19 @@ func (x *Clamp) GetChild() *gtk.Widget { | |||
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | } | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | - | var xClampGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 89 | + | var xClampGetMaximumSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | // Gets the maximum size allocated to the child. | |
| 92 | - | func (x *Clamp) GetMaximumSize() int32 { | |
| 92 | + | func (x *Clamp) GetMaximumSize() int { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | return xClampGetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| 96 | 96 | } | |
| 97 | 97 | ||
| 98 | - | var xClampGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 98 | + | var xClampGetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr) int | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | // Gets the size above which the child is clamped. | |
| 101 | - | func (x *Clamp) GetTighteningThreshold() int32 { | |
| 101 | + | func (x *Clamp) GetTighteningThreshold() int { | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | return xClampGetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| @@ -113,18 +113,18 @@ func (x *Clamp) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) { | |||
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | } | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| 116 | - | var xClampSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 116 | + | var xClampSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int) | |
| 117 | 117 | ||
| 118 | 118 | // Sets the maximum size allocated to the child. | |
| 119 | 119 | // | |
| 120 | 120 | // It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical. | |
| 121 | - | func (x *Clamp) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int32) { | |
| 121 | + | func (x *Clamp) SetMaximumSize(MaximumSizeVar int) { | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | xClampSetMaximumSize(x.GoPointer(), MaximumSizeVar) | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | } | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | - | var xClampSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 127 | + | var xClampSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int) | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | // Sets the size above which the child is clamped. | |
| 130 | 130 | // | |
| @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ var xClampSetTighteningThreshold func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 140 | 140 | // | |
| 141 | 141 | // Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum | |
| 142 | 142 | // size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing. | |
| 143 | - | func (x *Clamp) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int32) { | |
| 143 | + | func (x *Clamp) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) { | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | 145 | xClampSetTighteningThreshold(x.GoPointer(), TighteningThresholdVar) | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 212 | 212 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 213 | 213 | // | |
| 214 | 214 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 215 | - | func (x *Clamp) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 215 | + | func (x *Clamp) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 248 | 248 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 249 | 249 | // | |
| 250 | 250 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 251 | - | func (x *Clamp) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 251 | + | func (x *Clamp) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 281 | 281 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 282 | 282 | // | |
| 283 | 283 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 284 | - | func (x *Clamp) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 284 | + | func (x *Clamp) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| 286 | 286 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-combo-row.go +3 -3
| @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 340 | 340 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 341 | 341 | // | |
| 342 | 342 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 343 | - | func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 343 | + | func (x *ComboRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| 345 | 345 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 376 | 376 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 377 | 377 | // | |
| 378 | 378 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 379 | - | func (x *ComboRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 379 | + | func (x *ComboRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 380 | 380 | ||
| 381 | 381 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 409 | 409 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 410 | 410 | // | |
| 411 | 411 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 412 | - | func (x *ComboRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 412 | + | func (x *ComboRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 415 | 415 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-entry-row.go +14 -14
| @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 333 | 333 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 334 | 334 | // | |
| 335 | 335 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 336 | - | func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 336 | + | func (x *EntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 337 | 337 | ||
| 338 | 338 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 369 | 369 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 370 | 370 | // | |
| 371 | 371 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 372 | - | func (x *EntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 372 | + | func (x *EntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 373 | 373 | ||
| 374 | 374 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 402 | 402 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 403 | 403 | // | |
| 404 | 404 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 405 | - | func (x *EntryRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 405 | + | func (x *EntryRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 406 | 406 | ||
| 407 | 407 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 408 | 408 | ||
| @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 518 | 518 | // the end of the text. | |
| 519 | 519 | // | |
| 520 | 520 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 521 | - | func (x *EntryRow) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 521 | + | func (x *EntryRow) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | gtk.XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 524 | 524 | ||
| @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 549 | 549 | // the end of the text. | |
| 550 | 550 | // | |
| 551 | 551 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 552 | - | func (x *EntryRow) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 552 | + | func (x *EntryRow) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 553 | 553 | ||
| 554 | 554 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 555 | 555 | ||
| @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 589 | 589 | } | |
| 590 | 590 | ||
| 591 | 591 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 592 | - | func (x *EntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 592 | + | func (x *EntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 593 | 593 | ||
| 594 | 594 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 595 | 595 | ||
| @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 599 | 599 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 600 | 600 | // | |
| 601 | 601 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 602 | - | func (x *EntryRow) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 602 | + | func (x *EntryRow) GetPosition() int { | |
| 603 | 603 | ||
| 604 | 604 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 605 | 605 | ||
| @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 612 | 612 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 613 | 613 | // | |
| 614 | 614 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 615 | - | func (x *EntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 615 | + | func (x *EntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 616 | 616 | ||
| 617 | 617 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 618 | 618 | ||
| @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetText() string { | |||
| 629 | 629 | ||
| 630 | 630 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 631 | 631 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 632 | - | func (x *EntryRow) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 632 | + | func (x *EntryRow) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 633 | 633 | ||
| 634 | 634 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 635 | 635 | ||
| @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 654 | 654 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 655 | 655 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 656 | 656 | // inserted text. | |
| 657 | - | func (x *EntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 657 | + | func (x *EntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 658 | 658 | ||
| 659 | 659 | gtk.XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 660 | 660 | ||
| @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32 | |||
| 668 | 668 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 669 | 669 | // | |
| 670 | 670 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 671 | - | func (x *EntryRow) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 671 | + | func (x *EntryRow) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 672 | 672 | ||
| 673 | 673 | gtk.XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 674 | 674 | ||
| @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 704 | 704 | } | |
| 705 | 705 | ||
| 706 | 706 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 707 | - | func (x *EntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 707 | + | func (x *EntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 708 | 708 | ||
| 709 | 709 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 710 | 710 | ||
| @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 717 | 717 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 718 | 718 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 719 | 719 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 720 | - | func (x *EntryRow) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 720 | + | func (x *EntryRow) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 721 | 721 | ||
| 722 | 722 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 723 | 723 | ||
| @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 738 | 738 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 739 | 739 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 740 | 740 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 741 | - | func (x *EntryRow) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 741 | + | func (x *EntryRow) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 742 | 742 | ||
| 743 | 743 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 744 | 744 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-enum-list-model.go +4 -4
| @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ func (x *EnumListItem) GetNick() string { | |||
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | 46 | } | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | - | var xEnumListItemGetValue func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 48 | + | var xEnumListItemGetValue func(uintptr) int | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | // Gets the enum value. | |
| 51 | - | func (x *EnumListItem) GetValue() int32 { | |
| 51 | + | func (x *EnumListItem) GetValue() int { | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| 53 | 53 | return xEnumListItemGetValue(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ func NewEnumListModel(EnumTypeVar []interface{}) *EnumListModel { | |||
| 89 | 89 | return NewEnumListModelCls | |
| 90 | 90 | } | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | - | var xEnumListModelFindPosition func(uintptr, int32) uint | |
| 92 | + | var xEnumListModelFindPosition func(uintptr, int) uint | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | // Finds the position of a given enum value in @self. | |
| 95 | - | func (x *EnumListModel) FindPosition(ValueVar int32) uint { | |
| 95 | + | func (x *EnumListModel) FindPosition(ValueVar int) uint { | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | return xEnumListModelFindPosition(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar) | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-expander-row.go +7 -7
| @@ -221,25 +221,25 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) SetSubtitle(SubtitleVar string) { | |||
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | } | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | - | var xExpanderRowSetSubtitleLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 224 | + | var xExpanderRowSetSubtitleLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | // Sets the number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be | |
| 227 | 227 | // ellipsized. | |
| 228 | 228 | // | |
| 229 | 229 | // If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited. | |
| 230 | - | func (x *ExpanderRow) SetSubtitleLines(SubtitleLinesVar int32) { | |
| 230 | + | func (x *ExpanderRow) SetSubtitleLines(SubtitleLinesVar int) { | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | 232 | xExpanderRowSetSubtitleLines(x.GoPointer(), SubtitleLinesVar) | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | } | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
| 236 | - | var xExpanderRowSetTitleLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 236 | + | var xExpanderRowSetTitleLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | 238 | // Sets the number of lines at the end of which the title label will be | |
| 239 | 239 | // ellipsized. | |
| 240 | 240 | // | |
| 241 | 241 | // If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited. | |
| 242 | - | func (x *ExpanderRow) SetTitleLines(TitleLinesVar int32) { | |
| 242 | + | func (x *ExpanderRow) SetTitleLines(TitleLinesVar int) { | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| 244 | 244 | xExpanderRowSetTitleLines(x.GoPointer(), TitleLinesVar) | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 311 | 311 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 312 | 312 | // | |
| 313 | 313 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 347 | 347 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 348 | 348 | // | |
| 349 | 349 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 350 | - | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 350 | + | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 351 | 351 | ||
| 352 | 352 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 353 | 353 | ||
| @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 380 | 380 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 381 | 381 | // | |
| 382 | 382 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 383 | - | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 383 | + | func (x *ExpanderRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| 385 | 385 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-flap.go +4 -4
| @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ func (x *Flap) GetProgress() float64 { | |||
| 519 | 519 | // | |
| 520 | 520 | // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to | |
| 521 | 521 | // end the swipe on. | |
| 522 | - | func (x *Flap) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 522 | + | func (x *Flap) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr { | |
| 523 | 523 | ||
| 524 | 524 | return XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar) | |
| 525 | 525 | ||
| @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 598 | 598 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 599 | 599 | // | |
| 600 | 600 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 601 | - | func (x *Flap) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 601 | + | func (x *Flap) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 602 | 602 | ||
| 603 | 603 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 604 | 604 | ||
| @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 634 | 634 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 635 | 635 | // | |
| 636 | 636 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 637 | - | func (x *Flap) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 637 | + | func (x *Flap) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 638 | 638 | ||
| 639 | 639 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 640 | 640 | ||
| @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ func (x *Flap) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 667 | 667 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 668 | 668 | // | |
| 669 | 669 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 670 | - | func (x *Flap) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 670 | + | func (x *Flap) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 671 | 671 | ||
| 672 | 672 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 673 | 673 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-header-bar.go +3 -3
| @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 376 | 376 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 377 | 377 | // | |
| 378 | 378 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 379 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 379 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 380 | 380 | ||
| 381 | 381 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 412 | 412 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 413 | 413 | // | |
| 414 | 414 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 415 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 415 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| 417 | 417 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 418 | 418 | ||
| @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 445 | 445 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 446 | 446 | // | |
| 447 | 447 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 448 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 448 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | 450 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 451 | 451 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-leaflet.go +4 -4
| @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) GetProgress() float64 { | |||
| 574 | 574 | // | |
| 575 | 575 | // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to | |
| 576 | 576 | // end the swipe on. | |
| 577 | - | func (x *Leaflet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 577 | + | func (x *Leaflet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr { | |
| 578 | 578 | ||
| 579 | 579 | return XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar) | |
| 580 | 580 | ||
| @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 653 | 653 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 654 | 654 | // | |
| 655 | 655 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 656 | - | func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 656 | + | func (x *Leaflet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 657 | 657 | ||
| 658 | 658 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 659 | 659 | ||
| @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 689 | 689 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 690 | 690 | // | |
| 691 | 691 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 692 | - | func (x *Leaflet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 692 | + | func (x *Leaflet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 693 | 693 | ||
| 694 | 694 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 695 | 695 | ||
| @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 722 | 722 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 723 | 723 | // | |
| 724 | 724 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 725 | - | func (x *Leaflet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 725 | + | func (x *Leaflet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| 727 | 727 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 728 | 728 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-message-dialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 690 | 690 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 691 | 691 | // | |
| 692 | 692 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 693 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 693 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 694 | 694 | ||
| 695 | 695 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 696 | 696 | ||
| @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 726 | 726 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 727 | 727 | // | |
| 728 | 728 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 729 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 729 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 730 | 730 | ||
| 731 | 731 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 732 | 732 | ||
| @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 759 | 759 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 760 | 760 | // | |
| 761 | 761 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 762 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 762 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 763 | 763 | ||
| 764 | 764 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 765 | 765 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-password-entry-row.go +14 -14
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessiblePropert | |||
| 126 | 126 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 127 | 127 | // | |
| 128 | 128 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 129 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 129 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 132 | 132 | ||
| @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelatio | |||
| 162 | 162 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 163 | 163 | // | |
| 164 | 164 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 165 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 165 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
| @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArg | |||
| 195 | 195 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 196 | 196 | // | |
| 197 | 197 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 198 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 198 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 311 | 311 | // the end of the text. | |
| 312 | 312 | // | |
| 313 | 313 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | gtk.XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 342 | 342 | // the end of the text. | |
| 343 | 343 | // | |
| 344 | 344 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 345 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 345 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| 347 | 347 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 348 | 348 | ||
| @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 382 | 382 | } | |
| 383 | 383 | ||
| 384 | 384 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 385 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 385 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | 387 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
| @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 392 | 392 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 393 | 393 | // | |
| 394 | 394 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 395 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 395 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPosition() int { | |
| 396 | 396 | ||
| 397 | 397 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 398 | 398 | ||
| @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 405 | 405 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 406 | 406 | // | |
| 407 | 407 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 408 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 408 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetText() string { | |||
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 424 | 424 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 425 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 425 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | return gtk.XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 447 | 447 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 448 | 448 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 449 | 449 | // inserted text. | |
| 450 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 450 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 451 | 451 | ||
| 452 | 452 | gtk.XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 453 | 453 | ||
| @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionV | |||
| 461 | 461 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 462 | 462 | // | |
| 463 | 463 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 464 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 464 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 465 | 465 | ||
| 466 | 466 | gtk.XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 467 | 467 | ||
| @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 497 | 497 | } | |
| 498 | 498 | ||
| 499 | 499 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 500 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 500 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | 502 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 503 | 503 | ||
| @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 510 | 510 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 511 | 511 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 512 | 512 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 513 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 513 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 514 | 514 | ||
| 515 | 515 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
| @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 531 | 531 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 532 | 532 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 533 | 533 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 534 | - | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 534 | + | func (x *PasswordEntryRow) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 535 | 535 | ||
| 536 | 536 | gtk.XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 537 | 537 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-group.go +3 -3
| @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessiblePropert | |||
| 224 | 224 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 225 | 225 | // | |
| 226 | 226 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 227 | - | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 227 | + | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelatio | |||
| 260 | 260 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 261 | 261 | // | |
| 262 | 262 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 263 | - | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 263 | + | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArg | |||
| 293 | 293 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 294 | 294 | // | |
| 295 | 295 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 296 | - | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 296 | + | func (x *PreferencesGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 297 | 297 | ||
| 298 | 298 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 299 | 299 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-page.go +3 -3
| @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty | |||
| 224 | 224 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 225 | 225 | // | |
| 226 | 226 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 227 | - | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 227 | + | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation | |||
| 260 | 260 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 261 | 261 | // | |
| 262 | 262 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 263 | - | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 263 | + | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 293 | 293 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 294 | 294 | // | |
| 295 | 295 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 296 | - | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 296 | + | func (x *PreferencesPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 297 | 297 | ||
| 298 | 298 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 299 | 299 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-row.go +3 -3
| @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 197 | 197 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 198 | 198 | // | |
| 199 | 199 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 200 | - | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 200 | + | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 233 | 233 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 234 | 234 | // | |
| 235 | 235 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 236 | - | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 236 | + | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | 238 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 239 | 239 | ||
| @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 266 | 266 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 267 | 267 | // | |
| 268 | 268 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 269 | - | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 269 | + | func (x *PreferencesRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | 271 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-window.go +3 -3
| @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProper | |||
| 270 | 270 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 271 | 271 | // | |
| 272 | 272 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 273 | - | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 273 | + | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 274 | 274 | ||
| 275 | 275 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelati | |||
| 306 | 306 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 307 | 307 | // | |
| 308 | 308 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 309 | - | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 309 | + | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| 311 | 311 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
| @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varAr | |||
| 339 | 339 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 340 | 340 | // | |
| 341 | 341 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 342 | - | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 342 | + | func (x *PreferencesWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 343 | 343 | ||
| 344 | 344 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 345 | 345 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-split-button.go +3 -3
| @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 396 | 396 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 397 | 397 | // | |
| 398 | 398 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 399 | - | func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 399 | + | func (x *SplitButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 402 | 402 | ||
| @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 432 | 432 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 433 | 433 | // | |
| 434 | 434 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 435 | - | func (x *SplitButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 435 | + | func (x *SplitButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 436 | 436 | ||
| 437 | 437 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 438 | 438 | ||
| @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 465 | 465 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 466 | 466 | // | |
| 467 | 467 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 468 | - | func (x *SplitButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 468 | + | func (x *SplitButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 469 | 469 | ||
| 470 | 470 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 471 | 471 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-squeezer.go +3 -3
| @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 418 | 418 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 419 | 419 | // | |
| 420 | 420 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 421 | - | func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 421 | + | func (x *Squeezer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 454 | 454 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 455 | 455 | // | |
| 456 | 456 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *Squeezer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *Squeezer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 487 | 487 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 488 | 488 | // | |
| 489 | 489 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 490 | - | func (x *Squeezer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 490 | + | func (x *Squeezer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 491 | 491 | ||
| 492 | 492 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-status-page.go +3 -3
| @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, var | |||
| 240 | 240 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 241 | 241 | // | |
| 242 | 242 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 243 | - | func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 243 | + | func (x *StatusPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 244 | 244 | ||
| 245 | 245 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, var | |||
| 276 | 276 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 277 | 277 | // | |
| 278 | 278 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 279 | - | func (x *StatusPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 279 | + | func (x *StatusPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...i | |||
| 309 | 309 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 310 | 310 | // | |
| 311 | 311 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 312 | - | func (x *StatusPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 312 | + | func (x *StatusPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | 314 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-swipeable.go +3 -3
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ type Swipeable interface { | |||
| 25 | 25 | GetCancelProgress() float64 | |
| 26 | 26 | GetDistance() float64 | |
| 27 | 27 | GetProgress() float64 | |
| 28 | - | GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int32) uintptr | |
| 28 | + | GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr | |
| 29 | 29 | GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVar bool, RectVar *gdk.Rectangle) | |
| 30 | 30 | } | |
| 31 | 31 | type SwipeableBase struct { | |
| @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableBase) GetProgress() float64 { | |||
| 67 | 67 | // | |
| 68 | 68 | // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to | |
| 69 | 69 | // end the swipe on. | |
| 70 | - | func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 70 | + | func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr { | |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | 72 | return XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar) | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, | |||
| 91 | 91 | var XAdwSwipeableGetCancelProgress func(uintptr) float64 | |
| 92 | 92 | var XAdwSwipeableGetDistance func(uintptr) float64 | |
| 93 | 93 | var XAdwSwipeableGetProgress func(uintptr) float64 | |
| 94 | - | var XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 94 | + | var XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 95 | 95 | var XAdwSwipeableGetSwipeArea func(uintptr, NavigationDirection, bool, *gdk.Rectangle) | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | func init() { | |
M v4/adw/adw-tab-bar.go +3 -3
| @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 371 | 371 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 372 | 372 | // | |
| 373 | 373 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 374 | - | func (x *TabBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 374 | + | func (x *TabBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| 376 | 376 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 377 | 377 | ||
| @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 407 | 407 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 408 | 408 | // | |
| 409 | 409 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 410 | - | func (x *TabBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 410 | + | func (x *TabBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | 412 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 440 | 440 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 441 | 441 | // | |
| 442 | 442 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 443 | - | func (x *TabBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 443 | + | func (x *TabBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| 445 | 445 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 446 | 446 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-tab-button.go +3 -3
| @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 191 | 191 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 192 | 192 | // | |
| 193 | 193 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 194 | - | func (x *TabButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 194 | + | func (x *TabButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | 196 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 227 | 227 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 228 | 228 | // | |
| 229 | 229 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 230 | - | func (x *TabButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 230 | + | func (x *TabButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | 232 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 260 | 260 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 261 | 261 | // | |
| 262 | 262 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 263 | - | func (x *TabButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 263 | + | func (x *TabButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-tab-overview.go +3 -3
| @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 482 | 482 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 483 | 483 | // | |
| 484 | 484 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 485 | - | func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 485 | + | func (x *TabOverview) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 486 | 486 | ||
| 487 | 487 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 488 | 488 | ||
| @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 518 | 518 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 519 | 519 | // | |
| 520 | 520 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 521 | - | func (x *TabOverview) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 521 | + | func (x *TabOverview) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 524 | 524 | ||
| @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 551 | 551 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 552 | 552 | // | |
| 553 | 553 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 554 | - | func (x *TabOverview) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 554 | + | func (x *TabOverview) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 555 | 555 | ||
| 556 | 556 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 557 | 557 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-tab-view.go +28 -28
| @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 538 | 538 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 539 | 539 | // | |
| 540 | 540 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 541 | - | func (x *TabPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 541 | + | func (x *TabPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 542 | 542 | ||
| 543 | 543 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 544 | 544 | ||
| @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 574 | 574 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 575 | 575 | // | |
| 576 | 576 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 577 | - | func (x *TabPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 577 | + | func (x *TabPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 578 | 578 | ||
| 579 | 579 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 580 | 580 | ||
| @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 607 | 607 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 608 | 608 | // | |
| 609 | 609 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 610 | - | func (x *TabPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 610 | + | func (x *TabPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 611 | 611 | ||
| 612 | 612 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 613 | 613 | ||
| @@ -877,30 +877,30 @@ func (x *TabView) GetMenuModel() *gio.MenuModel { | |||
| 877 | 877 | ||
| 878 | 878 | } | |
| 879 | 879 | ||
| 880 | - | var xTabViewGetNPages func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 880 | + | var xTabViewGetNPages func(uintptr) int | |
| 881 | 881 | ||
| 882 | 882 | // Gets the number of pages in @self. | |
| 883 | - | func (x *TabView) GetNPages() int32 { | |
| 883 | + | func (x *TabView) GetNPages() int { | |
| 884 | 884 | ||
| 885 | 885 | return xTabViewGetNPages(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 886 | 886 | ||
| 887 | 887 | } | |
| 888 | 888 | ||
| 889 | - | var xTabViewGetNPinnedPages func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 889 | + | var xTabViewGetNPinnedPages func(uintptr) int | |
| 890 | 890 | ||
| 891 | 891 | // Gets the number of pinned pages in @self. | |
| 892 | 892 | // | |
| 893 | 893 | // See [method@TabView.set_page_pinned]. | |
| 894 | - | func (x *TabView) GetNPinnedPages() int32 { | |
| 894 | + | func (x *TabView) GetNPinnedPages() int { | |
| 895 | 895 | ||
| 896 | 896 | return xTabViewGetNPinnedPages(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 897 | 897 | ||
| 898 | 898 | } | |
| 899 | 899 | ||
| 900 | - | var xTabViewGetNthPage func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 900 | + | var xTabViewGetNthPage func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 901 | 901 | ||
| 902 | 902 | // Gets the [class@TabPage] representing the child at @position. | |
| 903 | - | func (x *TabView) GetNthPage(PositionVar int32) *TabPage { | |
| 903 | + | func (x *TabView) GetNthPage(PositionVar int) *TabPage { | |
| 904 | 904 | ||
| 905 | 905 | GetNthPagePtr := xTabViewGetNthPage(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 906 | 906 | if GetNthPagePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -933,10 +933,10 @@ func (x *TabView) GetPage(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) *TabPage { | |||
| 933 | 933 | ||
| 934 | 934 | } | |
| 935 | 935 | ||
| 936 | - | var xTabViewGetPagePosition func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 936 | + | var xTabViewGetPagePosition func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 937 | 937 | ||
| 938 | 938 | // Finds the position of @page in @self, starting from 0. | |
| 939 | - | func (x *TabView) GetPagePosition(PageVar *TabPage) int32 { | |
| 939 | + | func (x *TabView) GetPagePosition(PageVar *TabPage) int { | |
| 940 | 940 | ||
| 941 | 941 | return xTabViewGetPagePosition(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 942 | 942 | ||
| @@ -989,13 +989,13 @@ func (x *TabView) GetShortcuts() TabViewShortcuts { | |||
| 989 | 989 | ||
| 990 | 990 | } | |
| 991 | 991 | ||
| 992 | - | var xTabViewInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 992 | + | var xTabViewInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 993 | 993 | ||
| 994 | 994 | // Inserts a non-pinned page at @position. | |
| 995 | 995 | // | |
| 996 | 996 | // It's an error to try to insert a page before a pinned page, in that case | |
| 997 | 997 | // [method@TabView.insert_pinned] should be used instead. | |
| 998 | - | func (x *TabView) Insert(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int32) *TabPage { | |
| 998 | + | func (x *TabView) Insert(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int) *TabPage { | |
| 999 | 999 | ||
| 1000 | 1000 | InsertPtr := xTabViewInsert(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1001 | 1001 | if InsertPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1010,13 +1010,13 @@ func (x *TabView) Insert(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int32) *TabPage { | |||
| 1010 | 1010 | ||
| 1011 | 1011 | } | |
| 1012 | 1012 | ||
| 1013 | - | var xTabViewInsertPinned func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 1013 | + | var xTabViewInsertPinned func(uintptr, uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 1014 | 1014 | ||
| 1015 | 1015 | // Inserts a pinned page at @position. | |
| 1016 | 1016 | // | |
| 1017 | 1017 | // It's an error to try to insert a pinned page after a non-pinned page, in | |
| 1018 | 1018 | // that case [method@TabView.insert] should be used instead. | |
| 1019 | - | func (x *TabView) InsertPinned(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int32) *TabPage { | |
| 1019 | + | func (x *TabView) InsertPinned(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, PositionVar int) *TabPage { | |
| 1020 | 1020 | ||
| 1021 | 1021 | InsertPinnedPtr := xTabViewInsertPinned(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1022 | 1022 | if InsertPinnedPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1126,13 +1126,13 @@ func (x *TabView) ReorderLast(PageVar *TabPage) bool { | |||
| 1126 | 1126 | ||
| 1127 | 1127 | } | |
| 1128 | 1128 | ||
| 1129 | - | var xTabViewReorderPage func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 1129 | + | var xTabViewReorderPage func(uintptr, uintptr, int) bool | |
| 1130 | 1130 | ||
| 1131 | 1131 | // Reorders @page to @position. | |
| 1132 | 1132 | // | |
| 1133 | 1133 | // It's a programmer error to try to reorder a pinned page after a non-pinned | |
| 1134 | 1134 | // one, or a non-pinned page before a pinned one. | |
| 1135 | - | func (x *TabView) ReorderPage(PageVar *TabPage, PositionVar int32) bool { | |
| 1135 | + | func (x *TabView) ReorderPage(PageVar *TabPage, PositionVar int) bool { | |
| 1136 | 1136 | ||
| 1137 | 1137 | return xTabViewReorderPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1138 | 1138 | ||
| @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ func (x *TabView) SetShortcuts(ShortcutsVar TabViewShortcuts) { | |||
| 1254 | 1254 | ||
| 1255 | 1255 | } | |
| 1256 | 1256 | ||
| 1257 | - | var xTabViewTransferPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 1257 | + | var xTabViewTransferPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 1258 | 1258 | ||
| 1259 | 1259 | // Transfers @page from @self to @other_view. | |
| 1260 | 1260 | // | |
| @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ var xTabViewTransferPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 1262 | 1262 | // | |
| 1263 | 1263 | // It's a programmer error to try to insert a pinned page after a non-pinned | |
| 1264 | 1264 | // one, or a non-pinned page before a pinned one. | |
| 1265 | - | func (x *TabView) TransferPage(PageVar *TabPage, OtherViewVar *TabView, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1265 | + | func (x *TabView) TransferPage(PageVar *TabPage, OtherViewVar *TabView, PositionVar int) { | |
| 1266 | 1266 | ||
| 1267 | 1267 | xTabViewTransferPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer(), OtherViewVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1268 | 1268 | ||
| @@ -1353,8 +1353,8 @@ func (x *TabView) ConnectIndicatorActivated(cb func(TabView, uintptr)) { | |||
| 1353 | 1353 | // | |
| 1354 | 1354 | // A typical reason to connect to this signal would be to connect to page | |
| 1355 | 1355 | // signals for things such as updating window title. | |
| 1356 | - | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageAttached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int32)) { | |
| 1357 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int32) { | |
| 1356 | + | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageAttached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int)) { | |
| 1357 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int) { | |
| 1358 | 1358 | fa := TabView{} | |
| 1359 | 1359 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1360 | 1360 | ||
| @@ -1373,8 +1373,8 @@ func (x *TabView) ConnectPageAttached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int32)) { | |||
| 1373 | 1373 | // this function as the child might merely be moved to another window; use | |
| 1374 | 1374 | // child dispose handler for that or do it in sync with your | |
| 1375 | 1375 | // [method@TabView.close_page_finish] calls. | |
| 1376 | - | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageDetached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int32)) { | |
| 1377 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int32) { | |
| 1376 | + | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageDetached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int)) { | |
| 1377 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int) { | |
| 1378 | 1378 | fa := TabView{} | |
| 1379 | 1379 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1380 | 1380 | ||
| @@ -1385,8 +1385,8 @@ func (x *TabView) ConnectPageDetached(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int32)) { | |||
| 1385 | 1385 | } | |
| 1386 | 1386 | ||
| 1387 | 1387 | // Emitted after @page has been reordered to @position. | |
| 1388 | - | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageReordered(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int32)) { | |
| 1389 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int32) { | |
| 1388 | + | func (x *TabView) ConnectPageReordered(cb func(TabView, uintptr, int)) { | |
| 1389 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr, PositionVarp int) { | |
| 1390 | 1390 | fa := TabView{} | |
| 1391 | 1391 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1392 | 1392 | ||
| @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 1471 | 1471 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1472 | 1472 | // | |
| 1473 | 1473 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1474 | - | func (x *TabView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1474 | + | func (x *TabView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1475 | 1475 | ||
| 1476 | 1476 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1477 | 1477 | ||
| @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 1507 | 1507 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1508 | 1508 | // | |
| 1509 | 1509 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1510 | - | func (x *TabView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1510 | + | func (x *TabView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1511 | 1511 | ||
| 1512 | 1512 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1513 | 1513 | ||
| @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ func (x *TabView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 1540 | 1540 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1541 | 1541 | // | |
| 1542 | 1542 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1543 | - | func (x *TabView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1543 | + | func (x *TabView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1544 | 1544 | ||
| 1545 | 1545 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1546 | 1546 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-toast-overlay.go +3 -3
| @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 192 | 192 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 193 | 193 | // | |
| 194 | 194 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 195 | - | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 195 | + | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 196 | 196 | ||
| 197 | 197 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 198 | 198 | ||
| @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 228 | 228 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 229 | 229 | // | |
| 230 | 230 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 231 | - | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 231 | + | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 261 | 261 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 262 | 262 | // | |
| 263 | 263 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 264 | - | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | + | func (x *ToastOverlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | 266 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-view-stack.go +6 -6
| @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 404 | 404 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 405 | 405 | // | |
| 406 | 406 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 407 | - | func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 407 | + | func (x *ViewStack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 408 | 408 | ||
| 409 | 409 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 410 | 410 | ||
| @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 440 | 440 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 441 | 441 | // | |
| 442 | 442 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 443 | - | func (x *ViewStack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 443 | + | func (x *ViewStack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| 445 | 445 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 446 | 446 | ||
| @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 473 | 473 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 474 | 474 | // | |
| 475 | 475 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 476 | - | func (x *ViewStack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 476 | + | func (x *ViewStack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 477 | 477 | ||
| 478 | 478 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 479 | 479 | ||
| @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 723 | 723 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 724 | 724 | // | |
| 725 | 725 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 726 | - | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 726 | + | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 727 | 727 | ||
| 728 | 728 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 729 | 729 | ||
| @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 759 | 759 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 760 | 760 | // | |
| 761 | 761 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 762 | - | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 762 | + | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 763 | 763 | ||
| 764 | 764 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 765 | 765 | ||
| @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 792 | 792 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 793 | 793 | // | |
| 794 | 794 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 795 | - | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 795 | + | func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 796 | 796 | ||
| 797 | 797 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 798 | 798 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-bar.go +3 -3
| @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty | |||
| 207 | 207 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 208 | 208 | // | |
| 209 | 209 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 210 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 210 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation | |||
| 243 | 243 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 244 | 244 | // | |
| 245 | 245 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 246 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 246 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 276 | 276 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 277 | 277 | // | |
| 278 | 278 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 279 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 279 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-title.go +3 -3
| @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProper | |||
| 273 | 273 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 274 | 274 | // | |
| 275 | 275 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 276 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 276 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 277 | 277 | ||
| 278 | 278 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelati | |||
| 309 | 309 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 310 | 310 | // | |
| 311 | 311 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 312 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 312 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | 314 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varAr | |||
| 342 | 342 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 343 | 343 | // | |
| 344 | 344 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 345 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 345 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| 347 | 347 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 348 | 348 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher.go +3 -3
| @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 189 | 189 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 190 | 190 | // | |
| 191 | 191 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 192 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 192 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 225 | 225 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 226 | 226 | // | |
| 227 | 227 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 228 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 228 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 258 | 258 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 259 | 259 | // | |
| 260 | 260 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 261 | - | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 261 | + | func (x *ViewSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | 263 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-window-title.go +3 -3
| @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 160 | 160 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 161 | 161 | // | |
| 162 | 162 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 163 | - | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 163 | + | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 196 | 196 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 197 | 197 | // | |
| 198 | 198 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 199 | - | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 199 | + | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
| @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 229 | 229 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 230 | 230 | // | |
| 231 | 231 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 232 | - | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 232 | + | func (x *WindowTitle) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
M v4/adw/adw-window.go +3 -3
| @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 172 | 172 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 173 | 173 | // | |
| 174 | 174 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *Window) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *Window) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 208 | 208 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 209 | 209 | // | |
| 210 | 210 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 211 | - | func (x *Window) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 211 | + | func (x *Window) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ func (x *Window) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 241 | 241 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 242 | 242 | // | |
| 243 | 243 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 244 | - | func (x *Window) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 244 | + | func (x *Window) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| 246 | 246 | gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.go +2 -2
| @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContext) GetDisplay() *Display { | |||
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | } | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | - | var xAppLaunchContextSetDesktop func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 59 | + | var xAppLaunchContextSetDesktop func(uintptr, int) | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | // Sets the workspace on which applications will be launched. | |
| 62 | 62 | // | |
| @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ var xAppLaunchContextSetDesktop func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 71 | 71 | // When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1, | |
| 72 | 72 | // it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will | |
| 73 | 73 | // be the current workspace. | |
| 74 | - | func (x *AppLaunchContext) SetDesktop(DesktopVar int32) { | |
| 74 | + | func (x *AppLaunchContext) SetDesktop(DesktopVar int) { | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | xAppLaunchContextSetDesktop(x.GoPointer(), DesktopVar) | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkcairo.go +2 -2
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 8 | 8 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdkpixbuf" | |
| 9 | 9 | ) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | - | var xCairoDrawFromGl func(*cairo.Context, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 11 | + | var xCairoDrawFromGl func(*cairo.Context, uintptr, int, int, int, int, int, int, int) | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | 13 | // The main way to not draw GL content in GTK. | |
| 14 | 14 | // | |
| @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ var xCairoDrawFromGl func(*cairo.Context, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, i | |||
| 28 | 28 | // with alpha components, so make sure you use GL_TEXTURE if using alpha. | |
| 29 | 29 | // | |
| 30 | 30 | // Calling this may change the current GL context. | |
| 31 | - | func CairoDrawFromGl(CrVar *cairo.Context, SurfaceVar *Surface, SourceVar int32, SourceTypeVar int32, BufferScaleVar int32, XVar int32, YVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 31 | + | func CairoDrawFromGl(CrVar *cairo.Context, SurfaceVar *Surface, SourceVar int, SourceTypeVar int, BufferScaleVar int, XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
| 33 | 33 | xCairoDrawFromGl(CrVar, SurfaceVar.GoPointer(), SourceVar, SourceTypeVar, BufferScaleVar, XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 34 | 34 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkclipboard.go +6 -6
| @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *Clipboard) IsLocal() bool { | |||
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | 99 | } | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | - | var xClipboardReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 101 | + | var xClipboardReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | // Asynchronously requests an input stream to read the @clipboard's | |
| 104 | 104 | // contents from. | |
| @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ var xClipboardReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 108 | 108 | // | |
| 109 | 109 | // The clipboard will choose the most suitable mime type from the given list | |
| 110 | 110 | // to fulfill the request, preferring the ones listed first. | |
| 111 | - | func (x *Clipboard) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar uintptr, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 111 | + | func (x *Clipboard) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar uintptr, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | xClipboardReadAsync(x.GoPointer(), MimeTypesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *Clipboard) ReadTextureFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult) *Texture { | |||
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | } | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | - | var xClipboardReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 196 | + | var xClipboardReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | // Asynchronously request the @clipboard contents converted to the given | |
| 199 | 199 | // @type. | |
| @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ var xClipboardReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int32, uintptr, uintpt | |||
| 204 | 204 | // For local clipboard contents that are available in the given `GType`, | |
| 205 | 205 | // the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will try to use | |
| 206 | 206 | // [func@content_deserialize_async] to convert the clipboard's data. | |
| 207 | - | func (x *Clipboard) ReadValueAsync(TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 207 | + | func (x *Clipboard) ReadValueAsync(TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | xClipboardReadValueAsync(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ func (x *Clipboard) SetValue(ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |||
| 296 | 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | } | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
| 299 | - | var xClipboardStoreAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 299 | + | var xClipboardStoreAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 300 | 300 | ||
| 301 | 301 | // Asynchronously instructs the @clipboard to store its contents remotely. | |
| 302 | 302 | // | |
| @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ var xClipboardStoreAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 311 | 311 | // | |
| 312 | 312 | // This function is called automatically when a [class@Gtk.Application] is | |
| 313 | 313 | // shut down, so you likely don't need to call it. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *Clipboard) StoreAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *Clipboard) StoreAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | xClipboardStoreAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.go +4 -4
| @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 16 | 16 | // operation. | |
| 17 | 17 | type ContentDeserializeFunc func(uintptr) | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | - | var xContentDeserializeAsync func(uintptr, string, []interface{}, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 19 | + | var xContentDeserializeAsync func(uintptr, string, []interface{}, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | 21 | // Read content from the given input stream and deserialize it, asynchronously. | |
| 22 | 22 | // | |
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ var xContentDeserializeAsync func(uintptr, string, []interface{}, int32, uintptr | |||
| 25 | 25 | // | |
| 26 | 26 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then | |
| 27 | 27 | // call [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_finish] to get the result of the operation. | |
| 28 | - | func ContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 28 | + | func ContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, MimeTypeVar string, TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | 30 | xContentDeserializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, TypeVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| @@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ func (x *ContentDeserializer) GetMimeType() string { | |||
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | } | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | - | var xContentDeserializerGetPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 131 | + | var xContentDeserializerGetPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 132 | 132 | ||
| 133 | 133 | // Gets the I/O priority for the current operation. | |
| 134 | 134 | // | |
| 135 | 135 | // This is the priority that was passed to [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_async]. | |
| 136 | - | func (x *ContentDeserializer) GetPriority() int32 { | |
| 136 | + | func (x *ContentDeserializer) GetPriority() int { | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | return xContentDeserializerGetPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.go +2 -2
| @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *ContentProvider) RefStorableFormats() *ContentFormats { | |||
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | } | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | - | var xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 162 | + | var xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | // Asynchronously writes the contents of @provider to @stream in the given | |
| 165 | 165 | // @mime_type. | |
| @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ var xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int32, uin | |||
| 173 | 173 | // not supported, `G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED` will be reported. | |
| 174 | 174 | // | |
| 175 | 175 | // The given @stream will not be closed. | |
| 176 | - | func (x *ContentProvider) WriteMimeTypeAsync(MimeTypeVar string, StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 176 | + | func (x *ContentProvider) WriteMimeTypeAsync(MimeTypeVar string, StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
| 178 | 178 | xContentProviderWriteMimeTypeAsync(x.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, StreamVar.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.go +4 -4
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ func ContentRegisterSerializer(TypeVar []interface{}, MimeTypeVar string, Serial | |||
| 25 | 25 | ||
| 26 | 26 | } | |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | - | var xContentSerializeAsync func(uintptr, string, *gobject.Value, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 28 | + | var xContentSerializeAsync func(uintptr, string, *gobject.Value, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | 30 | // Serialize content and write it to the given output stream, asynchronously. | |
| 31 | 31 | // | |
| @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ var xContentSerializeAsync func(uintptr, string, *gobject.Value, int32, uintptr, | |||
| 34 | 34 | // | |
| 35 | 35 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You must then | |
| 36 | 36 | // call [func@Gdk.content_serialize_finish] to get the result of the operation. | |
| 37 | - | func ContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, MimeTypeVar string, ValueVar *gobject.Value, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 37 | + | func ContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar *gio.OutputStream, MimeTypeVar string, ValueVar *gobject.Value, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | 39 | xContentSerializeAsync(StreamVar.GoPointer(), MimeTypeVar, ValueVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 40 | 40 | ||
| @@ -129,12 +129,12 @@ func (x *ContentSerializer) GetOutputStream() *gio.OutputStream { | |||
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | 130 | } | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | - | var xContentSerializerGetPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 132 | + | var xContentSerializerGetPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| 134 | 134 | // Gets the I/O priority for the current operation. | |
| 135 | 135 | // | |
| 136 | 136 | // This is the priority that was passed to [func@content_serialize_async]. | |
| 137 | - | func (x *ContentSerializer) GetPriority() int32 { | |
| 137 | + | func (x *ContentSerializer) GetPriority() int { | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| 139 | 139 | return xContentSerializerGetPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkcursor.go +6 -6
| @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ func NewFromNameCursor(NameVar string, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor { | |||
| 80 | 80 | return NewFromNameCursorCls | |
| 81 | 81 | } | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | - | var xNewFromTextureCursor func(uintptr, int32, int32, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 83 | + | var xNewFromTextureCursor func(uintptr, int, int, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | 85 | // Creates a new cursor from a `GdkTexture`. | |
| 86 | - | func NewFromTextureCursor(TextureVar *Texture, HotspotXVar int32, HotspotYVar int32, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor { | |
| 86 | + | func NewFromTextureCursor(TextureVar *Texture, HotspotXVar int, HotspotYVar int, FallbackVar *Cursor) *Cursor { | |
| 87 | 87 | NewFromTextureCursorPtr := xNewFromTextureCursor(TextureVar.GoPointer(), HotspotXVar, HotspotYVar, FallbackVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 88 | 88 | if NewFromTextureCursorPtr == 0 { | |
| 89 | 89 | return nil | |
| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *Cursor) GetFallback() *Cursor { | |||
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | } | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | - | var xCursorGetHotspotX func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 121 | + | var xCursorGetHotspotX func(uintptr) int | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | // Returns the horizontal offset of the hotspot. | |
| 124 | 124 | // | |
| @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ var xCursorGetHotspotX func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 127 | 127 | // Note that named cursors may have a nonzero hotspot, but this function | |
| 128 | 128 | // will only return the hotspot position for cursors created with | |
| 129 | 129 | // [ctor@Gdk.Cursor.new_from_texture]. | |
| 130 | - | func (x *Cursor) GetHotspotX() int32 { | |
| 130 | + | func (x *Cursor) GetHotspotX() int { | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | return xCursorGetHotspotX(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| 134 | 134 | } | |
| 135 | 135 | ||
| 136 | - | var xCursorGetHotspotY func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 136 | + | var xCursorGetHotspotY func(uintptr) int | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | // Returns the vertical offset of the hotspot. | |
| 139 | 139 | // | |
| @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ var xCursorGetHotspotY func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 142 | 142 | // Note that named cursors may have a nonzero hotspot, but this function | |
| 143 | 143 | // will only return the hotspot position for cursors created with | |
| 144 | 144 | // [ctor@Gdk.Cursor.new_from_texture]. | |
| 145 | - | func (x *Cursor) GetHotspotY() int32 { | |
| 145 | + | func (x *Cursor) GetHotspotY() int { | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | return xCursorGetHotspotY(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicepad.go +12 -12
| @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ type DevicePadInterface struct { | |||
| 29 | 29 | type DevicePad interface { | |
| 30 | 30 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 31 | 31 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 32 | - | GetFeatureGroup(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature, FeatureIdxVar int32) int32 | |
| 33 | - | GetGroupNModes(GroupIdxVar int32) int32 | |
| 34 | - | GetNFeatures(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature) int32 | |
| 35 | - | GetNGroups() int32 | |
| 32 | + | GetFeatureGroup(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature, FeatureIdxVar int) int | |
| 33 | + | GetGroupNModes(GroupIdxVar int) int | |
| 34 | + | GetNFeatures(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature) int | |
| 35 | + | GetNGroups() int | |
| 36 | 36 | } | |
| 37 | 37 | type DevicePadBase struct { | |
| 38 | 38 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -49,21 +49,21 @@ func (x *DevicePadBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 49 | 49 | // Returns the group the given @feature and @idx belong to. | |
| 50 | 50 | // | |
| 51 | 51 | // f the feature or index do not exist in @pad, -1 is returned. | |
| 52 | - | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetFeatureGroup(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature, FeatureIdxVar int32) int32 { | |
| 52 | + | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetFeatureGroup(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature, FeatureIdxVar int) int { | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | return XGdkDevicePadGetFeatureGroup(x.GoPointer(), FeatureVar, FeatureIdxVar) | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | 56 | } | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | // Returns the number of modes that @group may have. | |
| 59 | - | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetGroupNModes(GroupIdxVar int32) int32 { | |
| 59 | + | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetGroupNModes(GroupIdxVar int) int { | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | return XGdkDevicePadGetGroupNModes(x.GoPointer(), GroupIdxVar) | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | 63 | } | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | // Returns the number of features a tablet pad has. | |
| 66 | - | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetNFeatures(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature) int32 { | |
| 66 | + | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetNFeatures(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature) int { | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | return XGdkDevicePadGetNFeatures(x.GoPointer(), FeatureVar) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| @@ -74,16 +74,16 @@ func (x *DevicePadBase) GetNFeatures(FeatureVar DevicePadFeature) int32 { | |||
| 74 | 74 | // Pads have at least one group. A pad group is a subcollection of | |
| 75 | 75 | // buttons/strip/rings that is affected collectively by a same | |
| 76 | 76 | // current mode. | |
| 77 | - | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetNGroups() int32 { | |
| 77 | + | func (x *DevicePadBase) GetNGroups() int { | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| 79 | 79 | return XGdkDevicePadGetNGroups(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | } | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | - | var XGdkDevicePadGetFeatureGroup func(uintptr, DevicePadFeature, int32) int32 | |
| 84 | - | var XGdkDevicePadGetGroupNModes func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 85 | - | var XGdkDevicePadGetNFeatures func(uintptr, DevicePadFeature) int32 | |
| 86 | - | var XGdkDevicePadGetNGroups func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 83 | + | var XGdkDevicePadGetFeatureGroup func(uintptr, DevicePadFeature, int) int | |
| 84 | + | var XGdkDevicePadGetGroupNModes func(uintptr, int) int | |
| 85 | + | var XGdkDevicePadGetNFeatures func(uintptr, DevicePadFeature) int | |
| 86 | + | var XGdkDevicePadGetNGroups func(uintptr) int | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | // A pad feature. | |
| 89 | 89 | type DevicePadFeature int | |
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplay.go +6 -6
| @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *Display) ListSeats() *glib.List { | |||
| 311 | 311 | ||
| 312 | 312 | } | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | - | var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 314 | + | var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, uintptr, int) bool | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | // Returns the keyvals bound to @keycode. | |
| 317 | 317 | // | |
| @@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 322 | 322 | // keyboard group and level. | |
| 323 | 323 | // | |
| 324 | 324 | // Free the returned arrays with g_free(). | |
| 325 | - | func (x *Display) MapKeycode(KeycodeVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, KeyvalsVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32) bool { | |
| 325 | + | func (x *Display) MapKeycode(KeycodeVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, KeyvalsVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int) bool { | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | 327 | return xDisplayMapKeycode(x.GoPointer(), KeycodeVar, KeysVar, KeyvalsVar, NEntriesVar) | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | } | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| 331 | - | var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 331 | + | var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int) bool | |
| 332 | 332 | ||
| 333 | 333 | // Obtains a list of keycode/group/level combinations that will | |
| 334 | 334 | // generate @keyval. | |
| @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 345 | 345 | // keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier mask. | |
| 346 | 346 | // | |
| 347 | 347 | // The returned array should be freed with g_free(). | |
| 348 | - | func (x *Display) MapKeyval(KeyvalVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, NKeysVar int32) bool { | |
| 348 | + | func (x *Display) MapKeyval(KeyvalVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, NKeysVar int) bool { | |
| 349 | 349 | ||
| 350 | 350 | return xDisplayMapKeyval(x.GoPointer(), KeyvalVar, KeysVar, NKeysVar) | |
| 351 | 351 | ||
| @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ func (x *Display) Sync() { | |||
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | } | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | - | var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int32, uint, int32, int32, *ModifierType) bool | |
| 436 | + | var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int, uint, int, int, *ModifierType) bool | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| 438 | 438 | // Translates the contents of a `GdkEventKey` into a keyval, effective group, | |
| 439 | 439 | // and level. | |
| @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int32, uint, int32, i | |||
| 454 | 454 | // This function should rarely be needed, since `GdkEventKey` already | |
| 455 | 455 | // contains the translated keyval. It is exported for the benefit of | |
| 456 | 456 | // virtualized test environments. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *Display) TranslateKey(KeycodeVar uint, StateVar ModifierType, GroupVar int32, KeyvalVar uint, EffectiveGroupVar int32, LevelVar int32, ConsumedVar *ModifierType) bool { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *Display) TranslateKey(KeycodeVar uint, StateVar ModifierType, GroupVar int, KeyvalVar uint, EffectiveGroupVar int, LevelVar int, ConsumedVar *ModifierType) bool { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | return xDisplayTranslateKey(x.GoPointer(), KeycodeVar, StateVar, GroupVar, KeyvalVar, EffectiveGroupVar, LevelVar, ConsumedVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkdrag.go +2 -2
| @@ -195,13 +195,13 @@ func (x *Drag) GetSurface() *Surface { | |||
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | 196 | } | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | - | var xDragSetHotspot func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 198 | + | var xDragSetHotspot func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | // Sets the position of the drag surface that will be kept | |
| 201 | 201 | // under the cursor hotspot. | |
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // Initially, the hotspot is at the top left corner of the drag surface. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *Drag) SetHotspot(HotXVar int32, HotYVar int32) { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *Drag) SetHotspot(HotXVar int, HotYVar int) { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | xDragSetHotspot(x.GoPointer(), HotXVar, HotYVar) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkdragsurface.go +3 -3
| @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ type DragSurfaceInterface struct { | |||
| 14 | 14 | type DragSurface interface { | |
| 15 | 15 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 16 | 16 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 17 | - | Present(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) bool | |
| 17 | + | Present(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool | |
| 18 | 18 | } | |
| 19 | 19 | type DragSurfaceBase struct { | |
| 20 | 20 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ func (x *DragSurfaceBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 29 | 29 | } | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | // Present @drag_surface. | |
| 32 | - | func (x *DragSurfaceBase) Present(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) bool { | |
| 32 | + | func (x *DragSurfaceBase) Present(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool { | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | 34 | return XGdkDragSurfacePresent(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | 36 | } | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | - | var XGdkDragSurfacePresent func(uintptr, int32, int32) bool | |
| 38 | + | var XGdkDragSurfacePresent func(uintptr, int, int) bool | |
| 39 | 39 | ||
| 40 | 40 | func init() { | |
| 41 | 41 | lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL) | |
M v4/gdk/gdkdrop.go +4 -4
| @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ func (x *Drop) GetSurface() *Surface { | |||
| 151 | 151 | ||
| 152 | 152 | } | |
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | - | var xDropReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 154 | + | var xDropReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | // Asynchronously read the dropped data from a `GdkDrop` | |
| 157 | 157 | // in a format that complies with one of the mime types. | |
| 158 | - | func (x *Drop) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar uintptr, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 158 | + | func (x *Drop) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar uintptr, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | xDropReadAsync(x.GoPointer(), MimeTypesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *Drop) ReadFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult, OutMimeTypeVar string) *gio | |||
| 184 | 184 | ||
| 185 | 185 | } | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | - | var xDropReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 187 | + | var xDropReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | // Asynchronously request the drag operation's contents converted | |
| 190 | 190 | // to the given @type. | |
| @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ var xDropReadValueAsync func(uintptr, []interface{}, int32, uintptr, uintptr, ui | |||
| 196 | 196 | // For local drag-and-drop operations that are available in the given | |
| 197 | 197 | // `GType`, the value will be copied directly. Otherwise, GDK will | |
| 198 | 198 | // try to use [func@Gdk.content_deserialize_async] to convert the data. | |
| 199 | - | func (x *Drop) ReadValueAsync(TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 199 | + | func (x *Drop) ReadValueAsync(TypeVar []interface{}, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | xDropReadValueAsync(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkglcontext.go +8 -8
| @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *GLContext) GetForwardCompatible() bool { | |||
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | } | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | - | var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 140 | + | var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| 142 | 142 | // Retrieves required OpenGL version set as a requirement for the @context | |
| 143 | 143 | // realization. It will not change even if a greater OpenGL version is supported | |
| @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 145 | 145 | // [method@Gdk.GLContext.get_version] for the real version in use. | |
| 146 | 146 | // | |
| 147 | 147 | // See [method@Gdk.GLContext.set_required_version]. | |
| 148 | - | func (x *GLContext) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int32, MinorVar int32) { | |
| 148 | + | func (x *GLContext) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) { | |
| 149 | 149 | ||
| 150 | 150 | xGLContextGetRequiredVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar) | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
| @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ func (x *GLContext) GetUseEs() bool { | |||
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | } | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | - | var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 202 | + | var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| 204 | 204 | // Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context. | |
| 205 | 205 | // | |
| @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 207 | 207 | // | |
| 208 | 208 | // If the @context has never been made current, the version cannot | |
| 209 | 209 | // be known and it will return 0 for both @major and @minor. | |
| 210 | - | func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar int32, MinorVar int32) { | |
| 210 | + | func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) { | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | xGLContextGetVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar) | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ func (x *GLContext) SetForwardCompatible(CompatibleVar bool) { | |||
| 324 | 324 | ||
| 325 | 325 | } | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | - | var xGLContextSetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 327 | + | var xGLContextSetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | // Sets the major and minor version of OpenGL to request. | |
| 330 | 330 | // | |
| @@ -335,13 +335,13 @@ var xGLContextSetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 335 | 335 | // | |
| 336 | 336 | // The @context must not be realized or made current prior to calling | |
| 337 | 337 | // this function. | |
| 338 | - | func (x *GLContext) SetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int32, MinorVar int32) { | |
| 338 | + | func (x *GLContext) SetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) { | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | xGLContextSetRequiredVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar) | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | } | |
| 343 | 343 | ||
| 344 | - | var xGLContextSetUseEs func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 344 | + | var xGLContextSetUseEs func(uintptr, int) | |
| 345 | 345 | ||
| 346 | 346 | // Requests that GDK create an OpenGL ES context instead of an OpenGL one. | |
| 347 | 347 | // | |
| @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ var xGLContextSetUseEs func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 356 | 356 | // You should check the return value of [method@Gdk.GLContext.get_use_es] | |
| 357 | 357 | // after calling [method@Gdk.GLContext.realize] to decide whether to use | |
| 358 | 358 | // the OpenGL or OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders. | |
| 359 | - | func (x *GLContext) SetUseEs(UseEsVar int32) { | |
| 359 | + | func (x *GLContext) SetUseEs(UseEsVar int) { | |
| 360 | 360 | ||
| 361 | 361 | xGLContextSetUseEs(x.GoPointer(), UseEsVar) | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkgltexture.go +6 -6
| @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ func GLTextureNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *GLTexture { | |||
| 22 | 22 | return cls | |
| 23 | 23 | } | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | - | var xNewGLTexture func(uintptr, uint, int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 25 | + | var xNewGLTexture func(uintptr, uint, int, int, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | 27 | // Creates a new texture for an existing GL texture. | |
| 28 | 28 | // | |
| 29 | 29 | // Note that the GL texture must not be modified until @destroy is called, | |
| 30 | 30 | // which will happen when the GdkTexture object is finalized, or due to | |
| 31 | 31 | // an explicit call of [method@Gdk.GLTexture.release]. | |
| 32 | - | func NewGLTexture(ContextVar *GLContext, IdVar uint, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) *GLTexture { | |
| 32 | + | func NewGLTexture(ContextVar *GLContext, IdVar uint, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify, DataVar uintptr) *GLTexture { | |
| 33 | 33 | NewGLTexturePtr := xNewGLTexture(ContextVar.GoPointer(), IdVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, purego.NewCallback(DestroyVar), DataVar) | |
| 34 | 34 | if NewGLTexturePtr == 0 { | |
| 35 | 35 | return nil | |
| @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 140 | 140 | // | |
| 141 | 141 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 142 | 142 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 143 | - | func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 143 | + | func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | 145 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 156 | 156 | // | |
| 157 | 157 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 158 | 158 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 159 | - | func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 159 | + | func (x *GLTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | 161 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) ToString() string { | |||
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 249 | 249 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 250 | - | func (x *GLTexture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 250 | + | func (x *GLTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | LoadPtr := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 253 | 253 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Canc | |||
| 263 | 263 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 264 | 264 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 265 | 265 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 266 | - | func (x *GLTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 266 | + | func (x *GLTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | 268 | gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexture.go +6 -6
| @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ func MemoryTextureNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *MemoryTexture { | |||
| 22 | 22 | return cls | |
| 23 | 23 | } | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | - | var xNewMemoryTexture func(int32, int32, MemoryFormat, *glib.Bytes, uint) uintptr | |
| 25 | + | var xNewMemoryTexture func(int, int, MemoryFormat, *glib.Bytes, uint) uintptr | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | 27 | // Creates a new texture for a blob of image data. | |
| 28 | 28 | // | |
| 29 | 29 | // The `GBytes` must contain @stride × @height pixels | |
| 30 | 30 | // in the given format. | |
| 31 | - | func NewMemoryTexture(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, FormatVar MemoryFormat, BytesVar *glib.Bytes, StrideVar uint) *MemoryTexture { | |
| 31 | + | func NewMemoryTexture(WidthVar int, HeightVar int, FormatVar MemoryFormat, BytesVar *glib.Bytes, StrideVar uint) *MemoryTexture { | |
| 32 | 32 | NewMemoryTexturePtr := xNewMemoryTexture(WidthVar, HeightVar, FormatVar, BytesVar, StrideVar) | |
| 33 | 33 | if NewMemoryTexturePtr == 0 { | |
| 34 | 34 | return nil | |
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 126 | 126 | // | |
| 127 | 127 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 128 | 128 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 129 | - | func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 129 | + | func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 132 | 132 | ||
| @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 142 | 142 | // | |
| 143 | 143 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 144 | 144 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 145 | - | func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 145 | + | func (x *MemoryTexture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) ToString() string { | |||
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 235 | 235 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 236 | - | func (x *MemoryTexture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 236 | + | func (x *MemoryTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | 238 | LoadPtr := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 239 | 239 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio. | |||
| 249 | 249 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 250 | 250 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 251 | 251 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 252 | - | func (x *MemoryTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 252 | + | func (x *MemoryTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkmonitor.go +8 -8
| @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ func (x *Monitor) GetGeometry(GeometryVar *Rectangle) { | |||
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | } | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
| 90 | - | var xMonitorGetHeightMm func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 90 | + | var xMonitorGetHeightMm func(uintptr) int | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | // Gets the height in millimeters of the monitor. | |
| 93 | - | func (x *Monitor) GetHeightMm() int32 { | |
| 93 | + | func (x *Monitor) GetHeightMm() int { | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | 95 | return xMonitorGetHeightMm(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| @@ -120,19 +120,19 @@ func (x *Monitor) GetModel() string { | |||
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | } | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | - | var xMonitorGetRefreshRate func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 123 | + | var xMonitorGetRefreshRate func(uintptr) int | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | // Gets the refresh rate of the monitor, if available. | |
| 126 | 126 | // | |
| 127 | 127 | // The value is in milli-Hertz, so a refresh rate of 60Hz | |
| 128 | 128 | // is returned as 60000. | |
| 129 | - | func (x *Monitor) GetRefreshRate() int32 { | |
| 129 | + | func (x *Monitor) GetRefreshRate() int { | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | return xMonitorGetRefreshRate(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 132 | 132 | ||
| 133 | 133 | } | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | - | var xMonitorGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 135 | + | var xMonitorGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | 137 | // Gets the internal scale factor that maps from monitor coordinates | |
| 138 | 138 | // to device pixels. | |
| @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ var xMonitorGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 143 | 143 | // This can be used if you want to create pixel based data for a | |
| 144 | 144 | // particular monitor, but most of the time you’re drawing to a surface | |
| 145 | 145 | // where it is better to use [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor] instead. | |
| 146 | - | func (x *Monitor) GetScaleFactor() int32 { | |
| 146 | + | func (x *Monitor) GetScaleFactor() int { | |
| 147 | 147 | ||
| 148 | 148 | return xMonitorGetScaleFactor(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 149 | 149 | ||
| @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ func (x *Monitor) GetSubpixelLayout() SubpixelLayout { | |||
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | } | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | - | var xMonitorGetWidthMm func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 162 | + | var xMonitorGetWidthMm func(uintptr) int | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | // Gets the width in millimeters of the monitor. | |
| 165 | - | func (x *Monitor) GetWidthMm() int32 { | |
| 165 | + | func (x *Monitor) GetWidthMm() int { | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | return xMonitorGetWidthMm(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkpaintable.go +8 -8
| @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ type Paintable interface { | |||
| 71 | 71 | GetCurrentImage() *PaintableBase | |
| 72 | 72 | GetFlags() PaintableFlags | |
| 73 | 73 | GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 | |
| 74 | - | GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 | |
| 75 | - | GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 | |
| 74 | + | GetIntrinsicHeight() int | |
| 75 | + | GetIntrinsicWidth() int | |
| 76 | 76 | InvalidateContents() | |
| 77 | 77 | InvalidateSize() | |
| 78 | 78 | Snapshot(SnapshotVar *Snapshot, WidthVar float64, HeightVar float64) | |
| @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 168 | 168 | // | |
| 169 | 169 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 170 | 170 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 171 | - | func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 171 | + | func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
| 173 | 173 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 174 | 174 | ||
| @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 184 | 184 | // | |
| 185 | 185 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 186 | 186 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 187 | - | func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 187 | + | func (x *PaintableBase) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| @@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ var XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize func(uintptr, float64, float64, float64, fl | |||
| 237 | 237 | var XGdkPaintableGetCurrentImage func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 238 | 238 | var XGdkPaintableGetFlags func(uintptr) PaintableFlags | |
| 239 | 239 | var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicAspectRatio func(uintptr) float64 | |
| 240 | - | var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 241 | - | var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 240 | + | var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 241 | + | var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 242 | 242 | var XGdkPaintableInvalidateContents func(uintptr) | |
| 243 | 243 | var XGdkPaintableInvalidateSize func(uintptr) | |
| 244 | 244 | var XGdkPaintableSnapshot func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64) | |
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ const ( | |||
| 260 | 260 | PaintableStaticContentsValue PaintableFlags = 2 | |
| 261 | 261 | ) | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | - | var xPaintableNewEmpty func(int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 263 | + | var xPaintableNewEmpty func(int, int) uintptr | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | // Returns a paintable that has the given intrinsic size and draws nothing. | |
| 266 | 266 | // | |
| @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ var xPaintableNewEmpty func(int32, int32) uintptr | |||
| 268 | 268 | // [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_current_image] virtual function | |
| 269 | 269 | // when the paintable is in an incomplete state (like a | |
| 270 | 270 | // [class@Gtk.MediaStream] before receiving the first frame). | |
| 271 | - | func PaintableNewEmpty(IntrinsicWidthVar int32, IntrinsicHeightVar int32) *PaintableBase { | |
| 271 | + | func PaintableNewEmpty(IntrinsicWidthVar int, IntrinsicHeightVar int) *PaintableBase { | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
| 273 | 273 | PaintableNewEmptyPtr := xPaintableNewEmpty(IntrinsicWidthVar, IntrinsicHeightVar) | |
| 274 | 274 | if PaintableNewEmptyPtr == 0 { | |
M v4/gdk/gdkpango.go +4 -4
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 8 | 8 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/pango" | |
| 9 | 9 | ) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | - | var xPangoLayoutGetClipRegion func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) *cairo.Region | |
| 11 | + | var xPangoLayoutGetClipRegion func(uintptr, int, int, int, int) *cairo.Region | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | 13 | // Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given ranges | |
| 14 | 14 | // of text would be drawn. | |
| @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ var xPangoLayoutGetClipRegion func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) *cairo.R | |||
| 20 | 20 | // ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn layout may in fact touch areas out of | |
| 21 | 21 | // the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts | |
| 22 | 22 | // of text, such as when text is selected. | |
| 23 | - | func PangoLayoutGetClipRegion(LayoutVar *pango.Layout, XOriginVar int32, YOriginVar int32, IndexRangesVar int32, NRangesVar int32) *cairo.Region { | |
| 23 | + | func PangoLayoutGetClipRegion(LayoutVar *pango.Layout, XOriginVar int, YOriginVar int, IndexRangesVar int, NRangesVar int) *cairo.Region { | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | 25 | return xPangoLayoutGetClipRegion(LayoutVar.GoPointer(), XOriginVar, YOriginVar, IndexRangesVar, NRangesVar) | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | 27 | } | |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | - | var xPangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion func(*pango.LayoutLine, int32, int32, uintptr, int32) *cairo.Region | |
| 29 | + | var xPangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion func(*pango.LayoutLine, int, int, uintptr, int) *cairo.Region | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | // Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given | |
| 32 | 32 | // ranges of text would be drawn. | |
| @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ var xPangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion func(*pango.LayoutLine, int32, int32, uintptr, | |||
| 43 | 43 | // ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn line may in fact touch areas out of | |
| 44 | 44 | // the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts | |
| 45 | 45 | // of text, such as when text is selected. | |
| 46 | - | func PangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion(LineVar *pango.LayoutLine, XOriginVar int32, YOriginVar int32, IndexRangesVar uintptr, NRangesVar int32) *cairo.Region { | |
| 46 | + | func PangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion(LineVar *pango.LayoutLine, XOriginVar int, YOriginVar int, IndexRangesVar uintptr, NRangesVar int) *cairo.Region { | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | 48 | return xPangoLayoutLineGetClipRegion(LineVar, XOriginVar, YOriginVar, IndexRangesVar, NRangesVar) | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdkpixbuf.go +2 -2
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 8 | 8 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdkpixbuf" | |
| 9 | 9 | ) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | - | var xPixbufGetFromSurface func(*cairo.Surface, int32, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 11 | + | var xPixbufGetFromSurface func(*cairo.Surface, int, int, int, int) uintptr | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | 13 | // Transfers image data from a `cairo_surface_t` and converts it | |
| 14 | 14 | // to a `GdkPixbuf`. | |
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ var xPixbufGetFromSurface func(*cairo.Surface, int32, int32, int32, int32) uintp | |||
| 17 | 17 | // | |
| 18 | 18 | // This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel. | |
| 19 | 19 | // The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one. | |
| 20 | - | func PixbufGetFromSurface(SurfaceVar *cairo.Surface, SrcXVar int32, SrcYVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) *gdkpixbuf.Pixbuf { | |
| 20 | + | func PixbufGetFromSurface(SurfaceVar *cairo.Surface, SrcXVar int, SrcYVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *gdkpixbuf.Pixbuf { | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | PixbufGetFromSurfacePtr := xPixbufGetFromSurface(SurfaceVar, SrcXVar, SrcYVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 23 | 23 | if PixbufGetFromSurfacePtr == 0 { | |
M v4/gdk/gdkpopup.go +9 -9
| @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ type Popup interface { | |||
| 22 | 22 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 23 | 23 | GetAutohide() bool | |
| 24 | 24 | GetParent() *Surface | |
| 25 | - | GetPositionX() int32 | |
| 26 | - | GetPositionY() int32 | |
| 25 | + | GetPositionX() int | |
| 26 | + | GetPositionY() int | |
| 27 | 27 | GetRectAnchor() Gravity | |
| 28 | 28 | GetSurfaceAnchor() Gravity | |
| 29 | - | Present(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, LayoutVar *PopupLayout) bool | |
| 29 | + | Present(WidthVar int, HeightVar int, LayoutVar *PopupLayout) bool | |
| 30 | 30 | } | |
| 31 | 31 | type PopupBase struct { | |
| 32 | 32 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ func (x *PopupBase) GetParent() *Surface { | |||
| 64 | 64 | } | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | 66 | // Obtains the position of the popup relative to its parent. | |
| 67 | - | func (x *PopupBase) GetPositionX() int32 { | |
| 67 | + | func (x *PopupBase) GetPositionX() int { | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | return XGdkPopupGetPositionX(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | } | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | 73 | // Obtains the position of the popup relative to its parent. | |
| 74 | - | func (x *PopupBase) GetPositionY() int32 { | |
| 74 | + | func (x *PopupBase) GetPositionY() int { | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | return XGdkPopupGetPositionY(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *PopupBase) GetSurfaceAnchor() Gravity { | |||
| 112 | 112 | // Presenting may fail, for example if the @popup is set to autohide | |
| 113 | 113 | // and is immediately hidden upon being presented. If presenting failed, | |
| 114 | 114 | // the [signal@Gdk.Surface::layout] signal will not me emitted. | |
| 115 | - | func (x *PopupBase) Present(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, LayoutVar *PopupLayout) bool { | |
| 115 | + | func (x *PopupBase) Present(WidthVar int, HeightVar int, LayoutVar *PopupLayout) bool { | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| 117 | 117 | return XGdkPopupPresent(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar, LayoutVar) | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| @@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ func (x *PopupBase) Present(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, LayoutVar *PopupLay | |||
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | var XGdkPopupGetAutohide func(uintptr) bool | |
| 122 | 122 | var XGdkPopupGetParent func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 123 | - | var XGdkPopupGetPositionX func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 124 | - | var XGdkPopupGetPositionY func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 123 | + | var XGdkPopupGetPositionX func(uintptr) int | |
| 124 | + | var XGdkPopupGetPositionY func(uintptr) int | |
| 125 | 125 | var XGdkPopupGetRectAnchor func(uintptr) Gravity | |
| 126 | 126 | var XGdkPopupGetSurfaceAnchor func(uintptr) Gravity | |
| 127 | - | var XGdkPopupPresent func(uintptr, int32, int32, *PopupLayout) bool | |
| 127 | + | var XGdkPopupPresent func(uintptr, int, int, *PopupLayout) bool | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | func init() { | |
| 130 | 130 | lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GDK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL) | |
M v4/gdk/gdksurface.go +10 -10
| @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *Surface) CreateGlContext() *GLContext { | |||
| 110 | 110 | ||
| 111 | 111 | } | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | - | var xSurfaceCreateSimilarSurface func(uintptr, cairo.Content, int32, int32) *cairo.Surface | |
| 113 | + | var xSurfaceCreateSimilarSurface func(uintptr, cairo.Content, int, int) *cairo.Surface | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | // Create a new Cairo surface that is as compatible as possible with the | |
| 116 | 116 | // given @surface. | |
| @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ var xSurfaceCreateSimilarSurface func(uintptr, cairo.Content, int32, int32) *cai | |||
| 127 | 127 | // This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a | |
| 128 | 128 | // pointer to a “nil” surface if @other is already in an error state | |
| 129 | 129 | // or any other error occurs. | |
| 130 | - | func (x *Surface) CreateSimilarSurface(ContentVar cairo.Content, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) *cairo.Surface { | |
| 130 | + | func (x *Surface) CreateSimilarSurface(ContentVar cairo.Content, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *cairo.Surface { | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | return xSurfaceCreateSimilarSurface(x.GoPointer(), ContentVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| @@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ func (x *Surface) GetFrameClock() *FrameClock { | |||
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | 268 | } | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | - | var xSurfaceGetHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 270 | + | var xSurfaceGetHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | // Returns the height of the given @surface. | |
| 273 | 273 | // | |
| 274 | 274 | // Surface size is reported in ”application pixels”, not | |
| 275 | 275 | // ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor]). | |
| 276 | - | func (x *Surface) GetHeight() int32 { | |
| 276 | + | func (x *Surface) GetHeight() int { | |
| 277 | 277 | ||
| 278 | 278 | return xSurfaceGetHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ func (x *Surface) GetMapped() bool { | |||
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | } | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | - | var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 294 | + | var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int | |
| 295 | 295 | ||
| 296 | 296 | // Returns the internal scale factor that maps from surface coordinates | |
| 297 | 297 | // to the actual device pixels. | |
| @@ -304,19 +304,19 @@ var xSurfaceGetScaleFactor func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 304 | 304 | // use a pixel resource with higher resolution data. | |
| 305 | 305 | // | |
| 306 | 306 | // The scale of a surface may change during runtime. | |
| 307 | - | func (x *Surface) GetScaleFactor() int32 { | |
| 307 | + | func (x *Surface) GetScaleFactor() int { | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | return xSurfaceGetScaleFactor(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| 311 | 311 | } | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
| 313 | - | var xSurfaceGetWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 313 | + | var xSurfaceGetWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | 315 | // Returns the width of the given @surface. | |
| 316 | 316 | // | |
| 317 | 317 | // Surface size is reported in ”application pixels”, not | |
| 318 | 318 | // ”device pixels” (see [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor]). | |
| 319 | - | func (x *Surface) GetWidth() int32 { | |
| 319 | + | func (x *Surface) GetWidth() int { | |
| 320 | 320 | ||
| 321 | 321 | return xSurfaceGetWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ func (x *Surface) ConnectEvent(cb func(Surface, *Event) bool) { | |||
| 494 | 494 | // | |
| 495 | 495 | // Surface size is reported in ”application pixels”, not | |
| 496 | 496 | // ”device pixels” (see gdk_surface_get_scale_factor()). | |
| 497 | - | func (x *Surface) ConnectLayout(cb func(Surface, int32, int32)) { | |
| 498 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int32, HeightVarp int32) { | |
| 497 | + | func (x *Surface) ConnectLayout(cb func(Surface, int, int)) { | |
| 498 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) { | |
| 499 | 499 | fa := Surface{} | |
| 500 | 500 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdktexture.go +8 -8
| @@ -197,19 +197,19 @@ func (x *Texture) Download(DataVar uintptr, StrideVar uint) { | |||
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | } | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | - | var xTextureGetHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 200 | + | var xTextureGetHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | // Returns the height of the @texture, in pixels. | |
| 203 | - | func (x *Texture) GetHeight() int32 { | |
| 203 | + | func (x *Texture) GetHeight() int { | |
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | 205 | return xTextureGetHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| 207 | 207 | } | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | - | var xTextureGetWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 209 | + | var xTextureGetWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | // Returns the width of @texture, in pixels. | |
| 212 | - | func (x *Texture) GetWidth() int32 { | |
| 212 | + | func (x *Texture) GetWidth() int { | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | return xTextureGetWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 370 | 370 | // | |
| 371 | 371 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 372 | 372 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 373 | - | func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 373 | + | func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | 375 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 386 | 386 | // | |
| 387 | 387 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 388 | 388 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 389 | - | func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 389 | + | func (x *Texture) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | return XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ func (x *Texture) ToString() string { | |||
| 477 | 477 | ||
| 478 | 478 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 479 | 479 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 480 | - | func (x *Texture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 480 | + | func (x *Texture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 481 | 481 | ||
| 482 | 482 | LoadPtr := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 483 | 483 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ func (x *Texture) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancel | |||
| 493 | 493 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 494 | 494 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 495 | 495 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 496 | - | func (x *Texture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 496 | + | func (x *Texture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 497 | 497 | ||
| 498 | 498 | gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 499 | 499 | ||
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevel.go +6 -6
| @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ type ToplevelInterface struct { | |||
| 18 | 18 | type Toplevel interface { | |
| 19 | 19 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 20 | 20 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 21 | - | BeginMove(DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int32, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) | |
| 22 | - | BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int32, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) | |
| 21 | + | BeginMove(DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) | |
| 22 | + | BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) | |
| 23 | 23 | Focus(TimestampVar uint32) | |
| 24 | 24 | GetState() ToplevelState | |
| 25 | 25 | InhibitSystemShortcuts(EventVar *Event) | |
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 53 | 53 | // Begins an interactive move operation. | |
| 54 | 54 | // | |
| 55 | 55 | // You might use this function to implement draggable titlebars. | |
| 56 | - | func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginMove(DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int32, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) { | |
| 56 | + | func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginMove(DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) { | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | XGdkToplevelBeginMove(x.GoPointer(), DeviceVar.GoPointer(), ButtonVar, XVar, YVar, TimestampVar) | |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginMove(DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int32, XVar float6 | |||
| 62 | 62 | // Begins an interactive resize operation. | |
| 63 | 63 | // | |
| 64 | 64 | // You might use this function to implement a “window resize grip.” | |
| 65 | - | func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int32, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) { | |
| 65 | + | func (x *ToplevelBase) BeginResize(EdgeVar SurfaceEdge, DeviceVar *Device, ButtonVar int, XVar float64, YVar float64, TimestampVar uint32) { | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | XGdkToplevelBeginResize(x.GoPointer(), EdgeVar, DeviceVar.GoPointer(), ButtonVar, XVar, YVar, TimestampVar) | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| @@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) TitlebarGesture(GestureVar TitlebarGesture) bool { | |||
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | } | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| 274 | - | var XGdkToplevelBeginMove func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, float64, float64, uint32) | |
| 275 | - | var XGdkToplevelBeginResize func(uintptr, SurfaceEdge, uintptr, int32, float64, float64, uint32) | |
| 274 | + | var XGdkToplevelBeginMove func(uintptr, uintptr, int, float64, float64, uint32) | |
| 275 | + | var XGdkToplevelBeginResize func(uintptr, SurfaceEdge, uintptr, int, float64, float64, uint32) | |
| 276 | 276 | var XGdkToplevelFocus func(uintptr, uint32) | |
| 277 | 277 | var XGdkToplevelGetState func(uintptr) ToplevelState | |
| 278 | 278 | var XGdkToplevelInhibitSystemShortcuts func(uintptr, uintptr) | |
M v4/gdk/gdktypes.go +6 -6
| @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ type ContentFormats struct { | |||
| 40 | 40 | type KeymapKey struct { | |
| 41 | 41 | Keycode uint | |
| 42 | 42 | ||
| 43 | - | Group int32 | |
| 43 | + | Group int | |
| 44 | 44 | ||
| 45 | - | Level int32 | |
| 45 | + | Level int | |
| 46 | 46 | } | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | 48 | // A `GdkRectangle` data type for representing rectangles. | |
| @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ type KeymapKey struct { | |||
| 61 | 61 | // The Graphene library has a number of other data types for regions and | |
| 62 | 62 | // volumes in 2D and 3D. | |
| 63 | 63 | type Rectangle struct { | |
| 64 | - | X int32 | |
| 64 | + | X int | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | - | Y int32 | |
| 66 | + | Y int | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | - | Width int32 | |
| 68 | + | Width int | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | - | Height int32 | |
| 70 | + | Height int | |
| 71 | 71 | } | |
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.go +6 -6
| @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@ func NewFromStreamFinishPixbufAnimation(AsyncResultVar gio.AsyncResult) *PixbufA | |||
| 124 | 124 | return NewFromStreamFinishPixbufAnimationCls | |
| 125 | 125 | } | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | - | var xPixbufAnimationGetHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 127 | + | var xPixbufAnimationGetHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | // Queries the height of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. | |
| 130 | - | func (x *PixbufAnimation) GetHeight() int32 { | |
| 130 | + | func (x *PixbufAnimation) GetHeight() int { | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | return xPixbufAnimationGetHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimation) GetStaticImage() *Pixbuf { | |||
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | } | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | - | var xPixbufAnimationGetWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 213 | + | var xPixbufAnimationGetWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | 215 | // Queries the width of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. | |
| 216 | - | func (x *PixbufAnimation) GetWidth() int32 { | |
| 216 | + | func (x *PixbufAnimation) GetWidth() int { | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | return xPixbufAnimationGetWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIter) Advance(CurrentTimeVar *glib.TimeVal) bool { | |||
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | } | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | - | var xPixbufAnimationIterGetDelayTime func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 310 | + | var xPixbufAnimationIterGetDelayTime func(uintptr) int | |
| 311 | 311 | ||
| 312 | 312 | // Gets the number of milliseconds the current pixbuf should be displayed, | |
| 313 | 313 | // or -1 if the current pixbuf should be displayed forever. | |
| @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ var xPixbufAnimationIterGetDelayTime func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 318 | 318 | // Note that some formats, like GIF, might clamp the timeout values in the | |
| 319 | 319 | // image file to avoid updates that are just too quick. The minimum timeout | |
| 320 | 320 | // for GIF images is currently 20 milliseconds. | |
| 321 | - | func (x *PixbufAnimationIter) GetDelayTime() int32 { | |
| 321 | + | func (x *PixbufAnimationIter) GetDelayTime() int { | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| 323 | 323 | return xPixbufAnimationIterGetDelayTime(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.go +3 -3
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ type PixbufModuleSaveOptionSupportedFunc func(string) bool | |||
| 76 | 76 | // this as a hint that it will be closed soon and shouldn't allocate further | |
| 77 | 77 | // resources. This convention is used to implement gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info() | |
| 78 | 78 | // efficiently. | |
| 79 | - | type PixbufModuleSizeFunc func(int32, int32, uintptr) | |
| 79 | + | type PixbufModuleSizeFunc func(int, int, uintptr) | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | // Finalizes the image loading state. | |
| 82 | 82 | // | |
| @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ type PixbufModuleStopLoadFunc func(uintptr) bool | |||
| 89 | 89 | // #GdkPixbufLoader uses a function of this type to emit the | |
| 90 | 90 | // "<link linkend="GdkPixbufLoader-area-updated">area_updated</link>" | |
| 91 | 91 | // signal. | |
| 92 | - | type PixbufModuleUpdatedFunc func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, uintptr) | |
| 92 | + | type PixbufModuleUpdatedFunc func(uintptr, int, int, int, int, uintptr) | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | // A `GdkPixbufFormat` contains information about the image format accepted | |
| 95 | 95 | // by a module. | |
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ type PixbufModulePattern struct { | |||
| 226 | 226 | ||
| 227 | 227 | Mask string | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | - | Relevance int32 | |
| 229 | + | Relevance int | |
| 230 | 230 | } | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | 232 | // Flags which allow a module to specify further details about the supported | |
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-loader.go +6 -6
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoader) GetPixbuf() *Pixbuf { | |||
| 226 | 226 | ||
| 227 | 227 | } | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | - | var xPixbufLoaderSetSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 229 | + | var xPixbufLoaderSetSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | // Causes the image to be scaled while it is loaded. | |
| 232 | 232 | // | |
| @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ var xPixbufLoaderSetSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 236 | 236 | // | |
| 237 | 237 | // Attempts to set the desired image size are ignored after the | |
| 238 | 238 | // emission of the ::size-prepared signal. | |
| 239 | - | func (x *PixbufLoader) SetSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 239 | + | func (x *PixbufLoader) SetSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | xPixbufLoaderSetSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| @@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectAreaPrepared(cb func(PixbufLoader)) { | |||
| 293 | 293 | // | |
| 294 | 294 | // Applications can use this signal to know when to repaint | |
| 295 | 295 | // areas of an image that is being loaded. | |
| 296 | - | func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectAreaUpdated(cb func(PixbufLoader, int32, int32, int32, int32)) { | |
| 297 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, XVarp int32, YVarp int32, WidthVarp int32, HeightVarp int32) { | |
| 296 | + | func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectAreaUpdated(cb func(PixbufLoader, int, int, int, int)) { | |
| 297 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, XVarp int, YVarp int, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) { | |
| 298 | 298 | fa := PixbufLoader{} | |
| 299 | 299 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 300 | 300 | ||
| @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectClosed(cb func(PixbufLoader)) { | |||
| 327 | 327 | // Applications can call gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size() in response | |
| 328 | 328 | // to this signal to set the desired size to which the image | |
| 329 | 329 | // should be scaled. | |
| 330 | - | func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectSizePrepared(cb func(PixbufLoader, int32, int32)) { | |
| 331 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int32, HeightVarp int32) { | |
| 330 | + | func (x *PixbufLoader) ConnectSizePrepared(cb func(PixbufLoader, int, int)) { | |
| 331 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) { | |
| 332 | 332 | fa := PixbufLoader{} | |
| 333 | 333 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 334 | 334 | ||
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.go +2 -2
| @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ func PixbufSimpleAnimNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *PixbufSimpleAnim { | |||
| 20 | 20 | return cls | |
| 21 | 21 | } | |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | - | var xNewPixbufSimpleAnim func(int32, int32, float32) uintptr | |
| 23 | + | var xNewPixbufSimpleAnim func(int, int, float32) uintptr | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | 25 | // Creates a new, empty animation. | |
| 26 | - | func NewPixbufSimpleAnim(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, RateVar float32) *PixbufSimpleAnim { | |
| 26 | + | func NewPixbufSimpleAnim(WidthVar int, HeightVar int, RateVar float32) *PixbufSimpleAnim { | |
| 27 | 27 | NewPixbufSimpleAnimPtr := xNewPixbufSimpleAnim(WidthVar, HeightVar, RateVar) | |
| 28 | 28 | if NewPixbufSimpleAnimPtr == 0 { | |
| 29 | 29 | return nil | |
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.go +42 -42
| @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func PixbufNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Pixbuf { | |||
| 157 | 157 | return cls | |
| 158 | 158 | } | |
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | - | var xNewPixbuf func(Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 160 | + | var xNewPixbuf func(Colorspace, bool, int, int, int) uintptr | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | // Creates a new `GdkPixbuf` structure and allocates a buffer for it. | |
| 163 | 163 | // | |
| @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ var xNewPixbuf func(Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |||
| 165 | 165 | // | |
| 166 | 166 | // The buffer has an optimal rowstride. Note that the buffer is not cleared; | |
| 167 | 167 | // you will have to fill it completely yourself. | |
| 168 | - | func NewPixbuf(ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 168 | + | func NewPixbuf(ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *Pixbuf { | |
| 169 | 169 | NewPixbufPtr := xNewPixbuf(ColorspaceVar, HasAlphaVar, BitsPerSampleVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 170 | 170 | if NewPixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 171 | 171 | return nil | |
| @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func NewPixbuf(ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int3 | |||
| 176 | 176 | return NewPixbufCls | |
| 177 | 177 | } | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| 179 | - | var xNewFromBytesPixbuf func(*glib.Bytes, Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 179 | + | var xNewFromBytesPixbuf func(*glib.Bytes, Colorspace, bool, int, int, int, int) uintptr | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | // Creates a new #GdkPixbuf out of in-memory readonly image data. | |
| 182 | 182 | // | |
| @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ var xNewFromBytesPixbuf func(*glib.Bytes, Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32, | |||
| 184 | 184 | // | |
| 185 | 185 | // This is the `GBytes` variant of gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data(), useful | |
| 186 | 186 | // for language bindings. | |
| 187 | - | func NewFromBytesPixbuf(DataVar *glib.Bytes, ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, RowstrideVar int32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 187 | + | func NewFromBytesPixbuf(DataVar *glib.Bytes, ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, RowstrideVar int) *Pixbuf { | |
| 188 | 188 | NewFromBytesPixbufPtr := xNewFromBytesPixbuf(DataVar, ColorspaceVar, HasAlphaVar, BitsPerSampleVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, RowstrideVar) | |
| 189 | 189 | if NewFromBytesPixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 190 | 190 | return nil | |
| @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func NewFromBytesPixbuf(DataVar *glib.Bytes, ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaV | |||
| 195 | 195 | return NewFromBytesPixbufCls | |
| 196 | 196 | } | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | - | var xNewFromDataPixbuf func(uintptr, Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 198 | + | var xNewFromDataPixbuf func(uintptr, Colorspace, bool, int, int, int, int, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | // Creates a new #GdkPixbuf out of in-memory image data. | |
| 201 | 201 | // | |
| @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ var xNewFromDataPixbuf func(uintptr, Colorspace, bool, int32, int32, int32, int3 | |||
| 208 | 208 | // it is its responsibility to free the pixel array. | |
| 209 | 209 | // | |
| 210 | 210 | // See also: [ctor@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf.new_from_bytes] | |
| 211 | - | func NewFromDataPixbuf(DataVar uintptr, ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, RowstrideVar int32, DestroyFnVar PixbufDestroyNotify, DestroyFnDataVar uintptr) *Pixbuf { | |
| 211 | + | func NewFromDataPixbuf(DataVar uintptr, ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPerSampleVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, RowstrideVar int, DestroyFnVar PixbufDestroyNotify, DestroyFnDataVar uintptr) *Pixbuf { | |
| 212 | 212 | NewFromDataPixbufPtr := xNewFromDataPixbuf(DataVar, ColorspaceVar, HasAlphaVar, BitsPerSampleVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, RowstrideVar, purego.NewCallback(DestroyFnVar), DestroyFnDataVar) | |
| 213 | 213 | if NewFromDataPixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 214 | 214 | return nil | |
| @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ func NewFromFilePixbuf(FilenameVar string) *Pixbuf { | |||
| 244 | 244 | return NewFromFilePixbufCls | |
| 245 | 245 | } | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | - | var xNewFromFileAtScalePixbuf func(string, int32, int32, bool) uintptr | |
| 247 | + | var xNewFromFileAtScalePixbuf func(string, int, int, bool) uintptr | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| 249 | 249 | // Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. | |
| 250 | 250 | // | |
| @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ var xNewFromFileAtScalePixbuf func(string, int32, int32, bool) uintptr | |||
| 268 | 268 | // aspect ratio, a `width` or `height` of -1 means to not scale the image | |
| 269 | 269 | // at all in that dimension. Negative values for `width` and `height` are | |
| 270 | 270 | // allowed since 2.8. | |
| 271 | - | func NewFromFileAtScalePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 271 | + | func NewFromFileAtScalePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 272 | 272 | NewFromFileAtScalePixbufPtr := xNewFromFileAtScalePixbuf(FilenameVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, PreserveAspectRatioVar) | |
| 273 | 273 | if NewFromFileAtScalePixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 274 | 274 | return nil | |
| @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func NewFromFileAtScalePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int3 | |||
| 279 | 279 | return NewFromFileAtScalePixbufCls | |
| 280 | 280 | } | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
| 282 | - | var xNewFromFileAtSizePixbuf func(string, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 282 | + | var xNewFromFileAtSizePixbuf func(string, int, int) uintptr | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| 284 | 284 | // Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. | |
| 285 | 285 | // | |
| @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ var xNewFromFileAtSizePixbuf func(string, int32, int32) uintptr | |||
| 299 | 299 | // than `width` x `height`, if the aspect ratio requires it. To load | |
| 300 | 300 | // and image at the requested size, regardless of aspect ratio, use | |
| 301 | 301 | // [ctor@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf.new_from_file_at_scale]. | |
| 302 | - | func NewFromFileAtSizePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 302 | + | func NewFromFileAtSizePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *Pixbuf { | |
| 303 | 303 | NewFromFileAtSizePixbufPtr := xNewFromFileAtSizePixbuf(FilenameVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 304 | 304 | if NewFromFileAtSizePixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 305 | 305 | return nil | |
| @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func NewFromFileAtSizePixbuf(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32 | |||
| 310 | 310 | return NewFromFileAtSizePixbufCls | |
| 311 | 311 | } | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
| 313 | - | var xNewFromInlinePixbuf func(int32, uintptr, bool) uintptr | |
| 313 | + | var xNewFromInlinePixbuf func(int, uintptr, bool) uintptr | |
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | 315 | // Creates a `GdkPixbuf` from a flat representation that is suitable for | |
| 316 | 316 | // storing as inline data in a program. | |
| @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ var xNewFromInlinePixbuf func(int32, uintptr, bool) uintptr | |||
| 345 | 345 | // For non-const inline data, you could get out of memory. For untrusted | |
| 346 | 346 | // inline data located at runtime, you could have corrupt inline data in | |
| 347 | 347 | // addition. | |
| 348 | - | func NewFromInlinePixbuf(DataLengthVar int32, DataVar uintptr, CopyPixelsVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 348 | + | func NewFromInlinePixbuf(DataLengthVar int, DataVar uintptr, CopyPixelsVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 349 | 349 | NewFromInlinePixbufPtr := xNewFromInlinePixbuf(DataLengthVar, DataVar, CopyPixelsVar) | |
| 350 | 350 | if NewFromInlinePixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 351 | 351 | return nil | |
| @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ func NewFromResourcePixbuf(ResourcePathVar string) *Pixbuf { | |||
| 373 | 373 | return NewFromResourcePixbufCls | |
| 374 | 374 | } | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| 376 | - | var xNewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf func(string, int32, int32, bool) uintptr | |
| 376 | + | var xNewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf func(string, int, int, bool) uintptr | |
| 377 | 377 | ||
| 378 | 378 | // Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an resource. | |
| 379 | 379 | // | |
| @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ var xNewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf func(string, int32, int32, bool) uintptr | |||
| 388 | 388 | // @height of -1 means to not scale the image at all in that dimension. | |
| 389 | 389 | // | |
| 390 | 390 | // The stream is not closed. | |
| 391 | - | func NewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf(ResourcePathVar string, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 391 | + | func NewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf(ResourcePathVar string, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |
| 392 | 392 | NewFromResourceAtScalePixbufPtr := xNewFromResourceAtScalePixbuf(ResourcePathVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, PreserveAspectRatioVar) | |
| 393 | 393 | if NewFromResourceAtScalePixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 394 | 394 | return nil | |
| @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ func NewFromStreamPixbuf(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, CancellableVar *gio.Cancell | |||
| 424 | 424 | return NewFromStreamPixbufCls | |
| 425 | 425 | } | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | - | var xNewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf func(uintptr, int32, int32, bool, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 427 | + | var xNewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf func(uintptr, int, int, bool, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| 429 | 429 | // Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an input stream. | |
| 430 | 430 | // | |
| @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ var xNewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf func(uintptr, int32, int32, bool, uintptr) uintp | |||
| 447 | 447 | // scale the image at all in that dimension. | |
| 448 | 448 | // | |
| 449 | 449 | // The stream is not closed. | |
| 450 | - | func NewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *Pixbuf { | |
| 450 | + | func NewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf(StreamVar *gio.InputStream, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, PreserveAspectRatioVar bool, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *Pixbuf { | |
| 451 | 451 | NewFromStreamAtScalePixbufPtr := xNewFromStreamAtScalePixbuf(StreamVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar, PreserveAspectRatioVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 452 | 452 | if NewFromStreamAtScalePixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| 453 | 453 | return nil | |
| @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) ApplyEmbeddedOrientation() *Pixbuf { | |||
| 543 | 543 | ||
| 544 | 544 | } | |
| 545 | 545 | ||
| 546 | - | var xPixbufComposite func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType, int32) | |
| 546 | + | var xPixbufComposite func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, int, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType, int) | |
| 547 | 547 | ||
| 548 | 548 | // Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by | |
| 549 | 549 | // @scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y. | |
| @@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ var xPixbufComposite func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, float64, | |||
| 558 | 558 | // to infinity. | |
| 559 | 559 | // | |
| 560 | 560 | //  | |
| 561 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) Composite(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int32, DestYVar int32, DestWidthVar int32, DestHeightVar int32, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int32) { | |
| 561 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) Composite(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int, DestYVar int, DestWidthVar int, DestHeightVar int, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int) { | |
| 562 | 562 | ||
| 563 | 563 | xPixbufComposite(x.GoPointer(), DestVar.GoPointer(), DestXVar, DestYVar, DestWidthVar, DestHeightVar, OffsetXVar, OffsetYVar, ScaleXVar, ScaleYVar, InterpTypeVar, OverallAlphaVar) | |
| 564 | 564 | ||
| 565 | 565 | } | |
| 566 | 566 | ||
| 567 | - | var xPixbufCompositeColor func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType, int32, int32, int32, int32, uint32, uint32) | |
| 567 | + | var xPixbufCompositeColor func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, int, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType, int, int, int, int, uint32, uint32) | |
| 568 | 568 | ||
| 569 | 569 | // Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by | |
| 570 | 570 | // @scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y, | |
| @@ -578,18 +578,18 @@ var xPixbufCompositeColor func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, flo | |||
| 578 | 578 | // | |
| 579 | 579 | // See gdk_pixbuf_composite_color_simple() for a simpler variant of this | |
| 580 | 580 | // function suitable for many tasks. | |
| 581 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) CompositeColor(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int32, DestYVar int32, DestWidthVar int32, DestHeightVar int32, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int32, CheckXVar int32, CheckYVar int32, CheckSizeVar int32, Color1Var uint32, Color2Var uint32) { | |
| 581 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) CompositeColor(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int, DestYVar int, DestWidthVar int, DestHeightVar int, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int, CheckXVar int, CheckYVar int, CheckSizeVar int, Color1Var uint32, Color2Var uint32) { | |
| 582 | 582 | ||
| 583 | 583 | xPixbufCompositeColor(x.GoPointer(), DestVar.GoPointer(), DestXVar, DestYVar, DestWidthVar, DestHeightVar, OffsetXVar, OffsetYVar, ScaleXVar, ScaleYVar, InterpTypeVar, OverallAlphaVar, CheckXVar, CheckYVar, CheckSizeVar, Color1Var, Color2Var) | |
| 584 | 584 | ||
| 585 | 585 | } | |
| 586 | 586 | ||
| 587 | - | var xPixbufCompositeColorSimple func(uintptr, int32, int32, InterpType, int32, int32, uint32, uint32) uintptr | |
| 587 | + | var xPixbufCompositeColorSimple func(uintptr, int, int, InterpType, int, int, uint32, uint32) uintptr | |
| 588 | 588 | ||
| 589 | 589 | // Creates a new pixbuf by scaling `src` to `dest_width` x `dest_height` | |
| 590 | 590 | // and alpha blending the result with a checkboard of colors `color1` | |
| 591 | 591 | // and `color2`. | |
| 592 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) CompositeColorSimple(DestWidthVar int32, DestHeightVar int32, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int32, CheckSizeVar int32, Color1Var uint32, Color2Var uint32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 592 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) CompositeColorSimple(DestWidthVar int, DestHeightVar int, InterpTypeVar InterpType, OverallAlphaVar int, CheckSizeVar int, Color1Var uint32, Color2Var uint32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 593 | 593 | ||
| 594 | 594 | CompositeColorSimplePtr := xPixbufCompositeColorSimple(x.GoPointer(), DestWidthVar, DestHeightVar, InterpTypeVar, OverallAlphaVar, CheckSizeVar, Color1Var, Color2Var) | |
| 595 | 595 | if CompositeColorSimplePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Copy() *Pixbuf { | |||
| 622 | 622 | ||
| 623 | 623 | } | |
| 624 | 624 | ||
| 625 | - | var xPixbufCopyArea func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 625 | + | var xPixbufCopyArea func(uintptr, int, int, int, int, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 626 | 626 | ||
| 627 | 627 | // Copies a rectangular area from `src_pixbuf` to `dest_pixbuf`. | |
| 628 | 628 | // | |
| @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ var xPixbufCopyArea func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, uintptr, int32, in | |||
| 631 | 631 | // If the source rectangle overlaps the destination rectangle on the | |
| 632 | 632 | // same pixbuf, it will be overwritten during the copy operation. | |
| 633 | 633 | // Therefore, you can not use this function to scroll a pixbuf. | |
| 634 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) CopyArea(SrcXVar int32, SrcYVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, DestPixbufVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int32, DestYVar int32) { | |
| 634 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) CopyArea(SrcXVar int, SrcYVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, DestPixbufVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int, DestYVar int) { | |
| 635 | 635 | ||
| 636 | 636 | xPixbufCopyArea(x.GoPointer(), SrcXVar, SrcYVar, WidthVar, HeightVar, DestPixbufVar.GoPointer(), DestXVar, DestYVar) | |
| 637 | 637 | ||
| @@ -681,10 +681,10 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Flip(HorizontalVar bool) *Pixbuf { | |||
| 681 | 681 | ||
| 682 | 682 | } | |
| 683 | 683 | ||
| 684 | - | var xPixbufGetBitsPerSample func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 684 | + | var xPixbufGetBitsPerSample func(uintptr) int | |
| 685 | 685 | ||
| 686 | 686 | // Queries the number of bits per color sample in a pixbuf. | |
| 687 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) GetBitsPerSample() int32 { | |
| 687 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) GetBitsPerSample() int { | |
| 688 | 688 | ||
| 689 | 689 | return xPixbufGetBitsPerSample(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 690 | 690 | ||
| @@ -717,19 +717,19 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) GetHasAlpha() bool { | |||
| 717 | 717 | ||
| 718 | 718 | } | |
| 719 | 719 | ||
| 720 | - | var xPixbufGetHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 720 | + | var xPixbufGetHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 721 | 721 | ||
| 722 | 722 | // Queries the height of a pixbuf. | |
| 723 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) GetHeight() int32 { | |
| 723 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) GetHeight() int { | |
| 724 | 724 | ||
| 725 | 725 | return xPixbufGetHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| 727 | 727 | } | |
| 728 | 728 | ||
| 729 | - | var xPixbufGetNChannels func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 729 | + | var xPixbufGetNChannels func(uintptr) int | |
| 730 | 730 | ||
| 731 | 731 | // Queries the number of channels of a pixbuf. | |
| 732 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) GetNChannels() int32 { | |
| 732 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) GetNChannels() int { | |
| 733 | 733 | ||
| 734 | 734 | return xPixbufGetNChannels(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 735 | 735 | ||
| @@ -799,26 +799,26 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) GetPixelsWithLength(LengthVar uint) uintptr { | |||
| 799 | 799 | ||
| 800 | 800 | } | |
| 801 | 801 | ||
| 802 | - | var xPixbufGetRowstride func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 802 | + | var xPixbufGetRowstride func(uintptr) int | |
| 803 | 803 | ||
| 804 | 804 | // Queries the rowstride of a pixbuf, which is the number of bytes between | |
| 805 | 805 | // the start of a row and the start of the next row. | |
| 806 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) GetRowstride() int32 { | |
| 806 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) GetRowstride() int { | |
| 807 | 807 | ||
| 808 | 808 | return xPixbufGetRowstride(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 809 | 809 | ||
| 810 | 810 | } | |
| 811 | 811 | ||
| 812 | - | var xPixbufGetWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 812 | + | var xPixbufGetWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 813 | 813 | ||
| 814 | 814 | // Queries the width of a pixbuf. | |
| 815 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) GetWidth() int32 { | |
| 815 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) GetWidth() int { | |
| 816 | 816 | ||
| 817 | 817 | return xPixbufGetWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 818 | 818 | ||
| 819 | 819 | } | |
| 820 | 820 | ||
| 821 | - | var xPixbufNewSubpixbuf func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 821 | + | var xPixbufNewSubpixbuf func(uintptr, int, int, int, int) uintptr | |
| 822 | 822 | ||
| 823 | 823 | // Creates a new pixbuf which represents a sub-region of `src_pixbuf`. | |
| 824 | 824 | // | |
| @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ var xPixbufNewSubpixbuf func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) uintptr | |||
| 829 | 829 | // | |
| 830 | 830 | // Note that if `src_pixbuf` is read-only, this function will force it | |
| 831 | 831 | // to be mutable. | |
| 832 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) NewSubpixbuf(SrcXVar int32, SrcYVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) *Pixbuf { | |
| 832 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) NewSubpixbuf(SrcXVar int, SrcYVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *Pixbuf { | |
| 833 | 833 | ||
| 834 | 834 | NewSubpixbufPtr := xPixbufNewSubpixbuf(x.GoPointer(), SrcXVar, SrcYVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 835 | 835 | if NewSubpixbufPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Savev(FilenameVar string, TypeVar string, OptionKeysVar []strin | |||
| 1166 | 1166 | ||
| 1167 | 1167 | } | |
| 1168 | 1168 | ||
| 1169 | - | var xPixbufScale func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType) | |
| 1169 | + | var xPixbufScale func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, int, float64, float64, float64, float64, InterpType) | |
| 1170 | 1170 | ||
| 1171 | 1171 | // Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by | |
| 1172 | 1172 | // @scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y, | |
| @@ -1181,13 +1181,13 @@ var xPixbufScale func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32, float64, flo | |||
| 1181 | 1181 | // If the source rectangle overlaps the destination rectangle on the | |
| 1182 | 1182 | // same pixbuf, it will be overwritten during the scaling which | |
| 1183 | 1183 | // results in rendering artifacts. | |
| 1184 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) Scale(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int32, DestYVar int32, DestWidthVar int32, DestHeightVar int32, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType) { | |
| 1184 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) Scale(DestVar *Pixbuf, DestXVar int, DestYVar int, DestWidthVar int, DestHeightVar int, OffsetXVar float64, OffsetYVar float64, ScaleXVar float64, ScaleYVar float64, InterpTypeVar InterpType) { | |
| 1185 | 1185 | ||
| 1186 | 1186 | xPixbufScale(x.GoPointer(), DestVar.GoPointer(), DestXVar, DestYVar, DestWidthVar, DestHeightVar, OffsetXVar, OffsetYVar, ScaleXVar, ScaleYVar, InterpTypeVar) | |
| 1187 | 1187 | ||
| 1188 | 1188 | } | |
| 1189 | 1189 | ||
| 1190 | - | var xPixbufScaleSimple func(uintptr, int32, int32, InterpType) uintptr | |
| 1190 | + | var xPixbufScaleSimple func(uintptr, int, int, InterpType) uintptr | |
| 1191 | 1191 | ||
| 1192 | 1192 | // Create a new pixbuf containing a copy of `src` scaled to | |
| 1193 | 1193 | // `dest_width` x `dest_height`. | |
| @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ var xPixbufScaleSimple func(uintptr, int32, int32, InterpType) uintptr | |||
| 1207 | 1207 | // | |
| 1208 | 1208 | // For more complicated scaling/alpha blending see [method@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf.scale] | |
| 1209 | 1209 | // and [method@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf.composite]. | |
| 1210 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) ScaleSimple(DestWidthVar int32, DestHeightVar int32, InterpTypeVar InterpType) *Pixbuf { | |
| 1210 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) ScaleSimple(DestWidthVar int, DestHeightVar int, InterpTypeVar InterpType) *Pixbuf { | |
| 1211 | 1211 | ||
| 1212 | 1212 | ScaleSimplePtr := xPixbufScaleSimple(x.GoPointer(), DestWidthVar, DestHeightVar, InterpTypeVar) | |
| 1213 | 1213 | if ScaleSimplePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) ToString() string { | |||
| 1291 | 1291 | ||
| 1292 | 1292 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 1293 | 1293 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 1294 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 1294 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) *gio.InputStream { | |
| 1295 | 1295 | ||
| 1296 | 1296 | LoadPtr := gio.XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 1297 | 1297 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancell | |||
| 1307 | 1307 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 1308 | 1308 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 1309 | 1309 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 1310 | - | func (x *Pixbuf) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1310 | + | func (x *Pixbuf) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1311 | 1311 | ||
| 1312 | 1312 | gio.XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1313 | 1313 | ||
M v4/gio/gactionmap.go +3 -3
| @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ type ActionMap interface { | |||
| 45 | 45 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 46 | 46 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 47 | 47 | AddAction(ActionVar Action) | |
| 48 | - | AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 48 | + | AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 49 | 49 | LookupAction(ActionNameVar string) *ActionBase | |
| 50 | 50 | RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) | |
| 51 | 51 | } | |
| @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) AddAction(ActionVar Action) { | |||
| 116 | 116 | // } | |
| 117 | 117 | // | |
| 118 | 118 | // ]| | |
| 119 | - | func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 119 | + | func (x *ActionMapBase) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapBase) RemoveAction(ActionNameVar string) { | |||
| 150 | 150 | } | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
| 152 | 152 | var XGActionMapAddAction func(uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 153 | - | var XGActionMapAddActionEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 153 | + | var XGActionMapAddActionEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 154 | 154 | var XGActionMapLookupAction func(uintptr, string) uintptr | |
| 155 | 155 | var XGActionMapRemoveAction func(uintptr, string) | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
M v4/gio/gapplication.go +11 -11
| @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ func (x *Application) MarkBusy() { | |||
| 476 | 476 | ||
| 477 | 477 | } | |
| 478 | 478 | ||
| 479 | - | var xApplicationOpen func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, string) | |
| 479 | + | var xApplicationOpen func(uintptr, uintptr, int, string) | |
| 480 | 480 | ||
| 481 | 481 | // Opens the given files. | |
| 482 | 482 | // | |
| @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ var xApplicationOpen func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, string) | |||
| 492 | 492 | // | |
| 493 | 493 | // The application must be registered before calling this function | |
| 494 | 494 | // and it must have the %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_OPEN flag set. | |
| 495 | - | func (x *Application) Open(FilesVar uintptr, NFilesVar int32, HintVar string) { | |
| 495 | + | func (x *Application) Open(FilesVar uintptr, NFilesVar int, HintVar string) { | |
| 496 | 496 | ||
| 497 | 497 | xApplicationOpen(x.GoPointer(), FilesVar, NFilesVar, HintVar) | |
| 498 | 498 | ||
| @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ func (x *Application) Release() { | |||
| 571 | 571 | ||
| 572 | 572 | } | |
| 573 | 573 | ||
| 574 | - | var xApplicationRun func(uintptr, int32, []string) int32 | |
| 574 | + | var xApplicationRun func(uintptr, int, []string) int | |
| 575 | 575 | ||
| 576 | 576 | // Runs the application. | |
| 577 | 577 | // | |
| @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ var xApplicationRun func(uintptr, int32, []string) int32 | |||
| 648 | 648 | // should not be used from applications like editors that need precise | |
| 649 | 649 | // control over when processes invoked via the commandline will exit and | |
| 650 | 650 | // what their exit status will be. | |
| 651 | - | func (x *Application) Run(ArgcVar int32, ArgvVar []string) int32 { | |
| 651 | + | func (x *Application) Run(ArgcVar int, ArgvVar []string) int { | |
| 652 | 652 | ||
| 653 | 653 | return xApplicationRun(x.GoPointer(), ArgcVar, ArgvVar) | |
| 654 | 654 | ||
| @@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ func (x *Application) ConnectActivate(cb func(Application)) { | |||
| 905 | 905 | // The ::command-line signal is emitted on the primary instance when | |
| 906 | 906 | // a commandline is not handled locally. See g_application_run() and | |
| 907 | 907 | // the #GApplicationCommandLine documentation for more information. | |
| 908 | - | func (x *Application) ConnectCommandLine(cb func(Application, uintptr) int32) { | |
| 909 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, CommandLineVarp uintptr) int32 { | |
| 908 | + | func (x *Application) ConnectCommandLine(cb func(Application, uintptr) int) { | |
| 909 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, CommandLineVarp uintptr) int { | |
| 910 | 910 | fa := Application{} | |
| 911 | 911 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 912 | 912 | ||
| @@ -957,8 +957,8 @@ func (x *Application) ConnectCommandLine(cb func(Application, uintptr) int32) { | |||
| 957 | 957 | // You can override local_command_line() if you need more powerful | |
| 958 | 958 | // capabilities than what is provided here, but this should not | |
| 959 | 959 | // normally be required. | |
| 960 | - | func (x *Application) ConnectHandleLocalOptions(cb func(Application, uintptr) int32) { | |
| 961 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, OptionsVarp uintptr) int32 { | |
| 960 | + | func (x *Application) ConnectHandleLocalOptions(cb func(Application, uintptr) int) { | |
| 961 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, OptionsVarp uintptr) int { | |
| 962 | 962 | fa := Application{} | |
| 963 | 963 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 964 | 964 | ||
| @@ -986,8 +986,8 @@ func (x *Application) ConnectNameLost(cb func(Application) bool) { | |||
| 986 | 986 | ||
| 987 | 987 | // The ::open signal is emitted on the primary instance when there are | |
| 988 | 988 | // files to open. See g_application_open() for more information. | |
| 989 | - | func (x *Application) ConnectOpen(cb func(Application, uintptr, int32, string)) { | |
| 990 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, FilesVarp uintptr, NFilesVarp int32, HintVarp string) { | |
| 989 | + | func (x *Application) ConnectOpen(cb func(Application, uintptr, int, string)) { | |
| 990 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, FilesVarp uintptr, NFilesVarp int, HintVarp string) { | |
| 991 | 991 | fa := Application{} | |
| 992 | 992 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 993 | 993 | ||
| @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar Action) { | |||
| 1309 | 1309 | // } | |
| 1310 | 1310 | // | |
| 1311 | 1311 | // ]| | |
| 1312 | - | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1312 | + | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1313 | 1313 | ||
| 1314 | 1314 | XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 1315 | 1315 | ||
M v4/gio/gapplicationcommandline.go +6 -6
| @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) CreateFileForArg(ArgVar string) *FileBase { | |||
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | } | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | - | var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 224 | + | var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | // Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line. | |
| 227 | 227 | // | |
| @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |||
| 234 | 234 | // | |
| 235 | 235 | // The return value is %NULL-terminated and should be freed using | |
| 236 | 236 | // g_strfreev(). | |
| 237 | - | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetArguments(ArgcVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 237 | + | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetArguments(ArgcVar int) uintptr { | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | return xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments(x.GoPointer(), ArgcVar) | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| @@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetEnviron() uintptr { | |||
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | 280 | } | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
| 282 | - | var xApplicationCommandLineGetExitStatus func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 282 | + | var xApplicationCommandLineGetExitStatus func(uintptr) int | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| 284 | 284 | // Gets the exit status of @cmdline. See | |
| 285 | 285 | // g_application_command_line_set_exit_status() for more information. | |
| 286 | - | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetExitStatus() int32 { | |
| 286 | + | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetExitStatus() int { | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| 288 | 288 | return xApplicationCommandLineGetExitStatus(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
| @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Printerr(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface | |||
| 403 | 403 | ||
| 404 | 404 | } | |
| 405 | 405 | ||
| 406 | - | var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 406 | + | var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int) | |
| 407 | 407 | ||
| 408 | 408 | // Sets the exit status that will be used when the invoking process | |
| 409 | 409 | // exits. | |
| @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 426 | 426 | // have been 'successful' in a certain sense, and the exit status is | |
| 427 | 427 | // always zero. If the application use count is zero, though, the exit | |
| 428 | 428 | // status of the local #GApplicationCommandLine is used. | |
| 429 | - | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetExitStatus(ExitStatusVar int32) { | |
| 429 | + | func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetExitStatus(ExitStatusVar int) { | |
| 430 | 430 | ||
| 431 | 431 | xApplicationCommandLineSetExitStatus(x.GoPointer(), ExitStatusVar) | |
| 432 | 432 | ||
M v4/gio/gasyncinitable.go +5 -5
| @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ type AsyncInitableIface struct { | |||
| 124 | 124 | type AsyncInitable interface { | |
| 125 | 125 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 126 | 126 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 127 | - | InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 127 | + | InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 128 | 128 | InitFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 129 | 129 | NewFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *gobject.Object | |
| 130 | 130 | } | |
| @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 176 | 176 | // in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via | |
| 177 | 177 | // threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding | |
| 178 | 178 | // any interface methods. | |
| 179 | - | func (x *AsyncInitableBase) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 179 | + | func (x *AsyncInitableBase) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | XGAsyncInitableInitAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableBase) NewFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *gobject.Object { | |||
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | } | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | - | var XGAsyncInitableInitAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 208 | + | var XGAsyncInitableInitAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 209 | 209 | var XGAsyncInitableInitFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 210 | 210 | var XGAsyncInitableNewFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | - | var xAsyncInitableNewvAsync func([]interface{}, uint, *gobject.Parameter, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 212 | + | var xAsyncInitableNewvAsync func([]interface{}, uint, *gobject.Parameter, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | // Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitable object. This is | |
| 215 | 215 | // similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object asynchronously. | |
| @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ var xAsyncInitableNewvAsync func([]interface{}, uint, *gobject.Parameter, int32, | |||
| 217 | 217 | // When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can | |
| 218 | 218 | // then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check | |
| 219 | 219 | // for any errors. | |
| 220 | - | func AsyncInitableNewvAsync(ObjectTypeVar []interface{}, NParametersVar uint, ParametersVar *gobject.Parameter, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 220 | + | func AsyncInitableNewvAsync(ObjectTypeVar []interface{}, NParametersVar uint, ParametersVar *gobject.Parameter, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | xAsyncInitableNewvAsync(ObjectTypeVar, NParametersVar, ParametersVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
M v4/gio/gbufferedinputstream.go +4 -4
| @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStream) Fill(CountVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) in | |||
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | 101 | } | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | - | var xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync func(uintptr, int, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 103 | + | var xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync func(uintptr, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | // Reads data into @stream's buffer asynchronously, up to @count size. | |
| 106 | 106 | // @io_priority can be used to prioritize reads. For the synchronous | |
| @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync func(uintptr, int, int32, uintptr, uintptr, ui | |||
| 108 | 108 | // | |
| 109 | 109 | // If @count is -1 then the attempted read size is equal to the number | |
| 110 | 110 | // of bytes that are required to fill the buffer. | |
| 111 | - | func (x *BufferedInputStream) FillAsync(CountVar int, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 111 | + | func (x *BufferedInputStream) FillAsync(CountVar int, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | xBufferedInputStreamFillAsync(x.GoPointer(), CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStream) PeekBuffer(CountVar uint) uintptr { | |||
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | } | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | - | var xBufferedInputStreamReadByte func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 165 | + | var xBufferedInputStreamReadByte func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | // Tries to read a single byte from the stream or the buffer. Will block | |
| 168 | 168 | // during this read. | |
| @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ var xBufferedInputStreamReadByte func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |||
| 177 | 177 | // partial result will be returned, without an error. | |
| 178 | 178 | // | |
| 179 | 179 | // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. | |
| 180 | - | func (x *BufferedInputStream) ReadByte(CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 180 | + | func (x *BufferedInputStream) ReadByte(CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | return xBufferedInputStreamReadByte(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
M v4/gio/gcancellable.go +2 -2
| @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (x *Cancellable) Disconnect(HandlerIdVar uint32) { | |||
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | 122 | } | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | - | var xCancellableGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 124 | + | var xCancellableGetFd func(uintptr) int | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | // Gets the file descriptor for a cancellable job. This can be used to | |
| 127 | 127 | // implement cancellable operations on Unix systems. The returned fd will | |
| @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ var xCancellableGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 136 | 136 | // the returned file descriptor. | |
| 137 | 137 | // | |
| 138 | 138 | // See also g_cancellable_make_pollfd(). | |
| 139 | - | func (x *Cancellable) GetFd() int32 { | |
| 139 | + | func (x *Cancellable) GetFd() int { | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
| 141 | 141 | return xCancellableGetFd(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 142 | 142 | ||
M v4/gio/gcredentials.go +2 -2
| @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *Credentials) GetNative(NativeTypeVar CredentialsType) uintptr { | |||
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | } | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
| 90 | - | var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 90 | + | var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | // Tries to get the UNIX process identifier from @credentials. This | |
| 93 | 93 | // method is only available on UNIX platforms. | |
| @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ var xCredentialsGetUnixPid func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 95 | 95 | // This operation can fail if #GCredentials is not supported on the | |
| 96 | 96 | // OS or if the native credentials type does not contain information | |
| 97 | 97 | // about the UNIX process ID. | |
| 98 | - | func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() int32 { | |
| 98 | + | func (x *Credentials) GetUnixPid() int { | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | return xCredentialsGetUnixPid(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
M v4/gio/gdatagrambased.go +6 -6
| @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ type DatagramBased interface { | |||
| 69 | 69 | ConditionCheck(ConditionVar glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition | |
| 70 | 70 | ConditionWait(ConditionVar glib.IOCondition, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 71 | 71 | CreateSource(ConditionVar glib.IOCondition, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source | |
| 72 | - | ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 | |
| 73 | - | SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 | |
| 72 | + | ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int | |
| 73 | + | SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int | |
| 74 | 74 | } | |
| 75 | 75 | type DatagramBasedBase struct { | |
| 76 | 76 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedBase) CreateSource(ConditionVar glib.IOCondition, Cancella | |||
| 208 | 208 | // messages successfully received before the error will be returned. If | |
| 209 | 209 | // @cancellable is cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any | |
| 210 | 210 | // other error. | |
| 211 | - | func (x *DatagramBasedBase) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 211 | + | func (x *DatagramBasedBase) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | return XGDatagramBasedReceiveMessages(x.GoPointer(), MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedBase) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar | |||
| 255 | 255 | // be returned if zero messages could be sent; otherwise the number of messages | |
| 256 | 256 | // successfully sent before the error will be returned. If @cancellable is | |
| 257 | 257 | // cancelled, %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED is returned as with any other error. | |
| 258 | - | func (x *DatagramBasedBase) SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 258 | + | func (x *DatagramBasedBase) SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, TimeoutVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| 260 | 260 | return XGDatagramBasedSendMessages(x.GoPointer(), MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 261 | 261 | ||
| @@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedBase) SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uin | |||
| 264 | 264 | var XGDatagramBasedConditionCheck func(uintptr, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition | |
| 265 | 265 | var XGDatagramBasedConditionWait func(uintptr, glib.IOCondition, int64, uintptr) bool | |
| 266 | 266 | var XGDatagramBasedCreateSource func(uintptr, glib.IOCondition, uintptr) *glib.Source | |
| 267 | - | var XGDatagramBasedReceiveMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, int64, uintptr) int32 | |
| 268 | - | var XGDatagramBasedSendMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, int64, uintptr) int32 | |
| 267 | + | var XGDatagramBasedReceiveMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, int64, uintptr) int | |
| 268 | + | var XGDatagramBasedSendMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, int64, uintptr) int | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | 270 | func init() { | |
| 271 | 271 | lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL) | |
M v4/gio/gdatainputstream.go +6 -6
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLine(LengthVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) | |||
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | 127 | } | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | - | var xDataInputStreamReadLineAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 129 | + | var xDataInputStreamReadLineAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | // The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_line(). It is | |
| 132 | 132 | // an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. | |
| @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadLineAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 134 | 134 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You | |
| 135 | 135 | // can then call g_data_input_stream_read_line_finish() to get | |
| 136 | 136 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 137 | - | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 137 | + | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| 139 | 139 | xDataInputStreamReadLineAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
| @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntil(StopCharsVar string, LengthVar uint, Cancell | |||
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | } | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | - | var xDataInputStreamReadUntilAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 241 | + | var xDataInputStreamReadUntilAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | // The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_until(). | |
| 244 | 244 | // It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. | |
| @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadUntilAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 255 | 255 | // inconsistent with g_data_input_stream_read_until(). Both functions | |
| 256 | 256 | // will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use | |
| 257 | 257 | // g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() instead. | |
| 258 | - | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilAsync(StopCharsVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 258 | + | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilAsync(StopCharsVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| 260 | 260 | xDataInputStreamReadUntilAsync(x.GoPointer(), StopCharsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 261 | 261 | ||
| @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUpto(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int, Len | |||
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | } | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | - | var xDataInputStreamReadUptoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 294 | + | var xDataInputStreamReadUptoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 295 | 295 | ||
| 296 | 296 | // The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_upto(). | |
| 297 | 297 | // It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function. | |
| @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadUptoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, int32, uintptr, uin | |||
| 307 | 307 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You | |
| 308 | 308 | // can then call g_data_input_stream_read_upto_finish() to get | |
| 309 | 309 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 310 | - | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUptoAsync(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 310 | + | func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUptoAsync(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 311 | 311 | ||
| 312 | 312 | xDataInputStreamReadUptoAsync(x.GoPointer(), StopCharsVar, StopCharsLenVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
M v4/gio/gdbuserror.go +4 -4
| @@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ func DbusErrorNewForDbusError(DbusErrorNameVar string, DbusErrorMessageVar strin | |||
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | } | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | - | var xDbusErrorRegisterError func(glib.Quark, int32, string) bool | |
| 94 | + | var xDbusErrorRegisterError func(glib.Quark, int, string) bool | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| 96 | 96 | // Creates an association to map between @dbus_error_name and | |
| 97 | 97 | // #GErrors specified by @error_domain and @error_code. | |
| 98 | 98 | // | |
| 99 | 99 | // This is typically done in the routine that returns the #GQuark for | |
| 100 | 100 | // an error domain. | |
| 101 | - | func DbusErrorRegisterError(ErrorDomainVar glib.Quark, ErrorCodeVar int32, DbusErrorNameVar string) bool { | |
| 101 | + | func DbusErrorRegisterError(ErrorDomainVar glib.Quark, ErrorCodeVar int, DbusErrorNameVar string) bool { | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | return xDbusErrorRegisterError(ErrorDomainVar, ErrorCodeVar, DbusErrorNameVar) | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ func DbusErrorStripRemoteError(ErrorVar *glib.Error) bool { | |||
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | } | |
| 132 | 132 | ||
| 133 | - | var xDbusErrorUnregisterError func(glib.Quark, int32, string) bool | |
| 133 | + | var xDbusErrorUnregisterError func(glib.Quark, int, string) bool | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | 135 | // Destroys an association previously set up with g_dbus_error_register_error(). | |
| 136 | - | func DbusErrorUnregisterError(ErrorDomainVar glib.Quark, ErrorCodeVar int32, DbusErrorNameVar string) bool { | |
| 136 | + | func DbusErrorUnregisterError(ErrorDomainVar glib.Quark, ErrorCodeVar int, DbusErrorNameVar string) bool { | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | return xDbusErrorUnregisterError(ErrorDomainVar, ErrorCodeVar, DbusErrorNameVar) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerclient.go +1 -1
| @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) ConnectInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(DBusObject | |||
| 302 | 302 | // in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via | |
| 303 | 303 | // threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding | |
| 304 | 304 | // any interface methods. | |
| 305 | - | func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 305 | + | func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 306 | 306 | ||
| 307 | 307 | XGAsyncInitableInitAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
M v4/gio/gdbusproxy.go +13 -13
| @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func NewSyncDBusProxy(ConnectionVar *DBusConnection, FlagsVar DBusProxyFlags, In | |||
| 151 | 151 | return NewSyncDBusProxyCls | |
| 152 | 152 | } | |
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | - | var xDBusProxyCall func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 154 | + | var xDBusProxyCall func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | // Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. | |
| 157 | 157 | // | |
| @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ var xDBusProxyCall func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32, ui | |||
| 197 | 197 | // | |
| 198 | 198 | // If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with | |
| 199 | 199 | // the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. | |
| 200 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) Call(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 200 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) Call(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | xDBusProxyCall(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) CallFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *glib.Variant { | |||
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | } | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | - | var xDBusProxyCallSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 215 | + | var xDBusProxyCallSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | // Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on @proxy. | |
| 218 | 218 | // | |
| @@ -250,18 +250,18 @@ var xDBusProxyCallSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32 | |||
| 250 | 250 | // If @proxy has an expected interface (see | |
| 251 | 251 | // #GDBusProxy:g-interface-info) and @method_name is referenced by it, | |
| 252 | 252 | // then the return value is checked against the return type. | |
| 253 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) CallSync(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 253 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) CallSync(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | return xDBusProxyCallSync(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | } | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | - | var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdList func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 259 | + | var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdList func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| 261 | 261 | // Like g_dbus_proxy_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. | |
| 262 | 262 | // | |
| 263 | 263 | // This method is only available on UNIX. | |
| 264 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdList(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, FdListVar *UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 264 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdList(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | 266 | xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdList(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| @@ -276,12 +276,12 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, ResVar A | |||
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | 277 | } | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | - | var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 279 | + | var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | // Like g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. | |
| 282 | 282 | // | |
| 283 | 283 | // This method is only available on UNIX. | |
| 284 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListSync(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 284 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListSync(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| 286 | 286 | return xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| @@ -328,14 +328,14 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) GetConnection() *DBusConnection { | |||
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | } | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| 331 | - | var xDBusProxyGetDefaultTimeout func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 331 | + | var xDBusProxyGetDefaultTimeout func(uintptr) int | |
| 332 | 332 | ||
| 333 | 333 | // Gets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is | |
| 334 | 334 | // passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and | |
| 335 | 335 | // g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. | |
| 336 | 336 | // | |
| 337 | 337 | // See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. | |
| 338 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) GetDefaultTimeout() int32 { | |
| 338 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) GetDefaultTimeout() int { | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | return xDBusProxyGetDefaultTimeout(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| @@ -447,14 +447,14 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) SetCachedProperty(PropertyNameVar string, ValueVar *glib.Var | |||
| 447 | 447 | ||
| 448 | 448 | } | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | - | var xDBusProxySetDefaultTimeout func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 450 | + | var xDBusProxySetDefaultTimeout func(uintptr, int) | |
| 451 | 451 | ||
| 452 | 452 | // Sets the timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is | |
| 453 | 453 | // passed as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and | |
| 454 | 454 | // g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions. | |
| 455 | 455 | // | |
| 456 | 456 | // See the #GDBusProxy:g-default-timeout property for more details. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) SetDefaultTimeout(TimeoutMsecVar int32) { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) SetDefaultTimeout(TimeoutMsecVar int) { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | xDBusProxySetDefaultTimeout(x.GoPointer(), TimeoutMsecVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) ConnectGSignal(cb func(DBusProxy, string, string, uintptr)) | |||
| 554 | 554 | // in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via | |
| 555 | 555 | // threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding | |
| 556 | 556 | // any interface methods. | |
| 557 | - | func (x *DBusProxy) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 557 | + | func (x *DBusProxy) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 558 | 558 | ||
| 559 | 559 | XGAsyncInitableInitAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 560 | 560 | ||
M v4/gio/gdesktopappinfo.go +2 -2
| @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *DesktopAppInfo) LaunchUrisAsManager(UrisVar *glib.List, LaunchContextVa | |||
| 336 | 336 | ||
| 337 | 337 | } | |
| 338 | 338 | ||
| 339 | - | var xDesktopAppInfoLaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds func(uintptr, *glib.List, uintptr, glib.SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 339 | + | var xDesktopAppInfoLaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds func(uintptr, *glib.List, uintptr, glib.SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) bool | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
| 341 | 341 | // Equivalent to g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() but allows | |
| 342 | 342 | // you to pass in file descriptors for the stdin, stdout and stderr streams | |
| @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ var xDesktopAppInfoLaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds func(uintptr, *glib.List, uintptr, | |||
| 344 | 344 | // | |
| 345 | 345 | // If application launching occurs via some non-spawn mechanism (e.g. D-Bus | |
| 346 | 346 | // activation) then @stdin_fd, @stdout_fd and @stderr_fd are ignored. | |
| 347 | - | func (x *DesktopAppInfo) LaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds(UrisVar *glib.List, LaunchContextVar *AppLaunchContext, SpawnFlagsVar glib.SpawnFlags, UserSetupVar glib.SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserSetupDataVar uintptr, PidCallbackVar DesktopAppLaunchCallback, PidCallbackDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int32, StdoutFdVar int32, StderrFdVar int32) bool { | |
| 347 | + | func (x *DesktopAppInfo) LaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds(UrisVar *glib.List, LaunchContextVar *AppLaunchContext, SpawnFlagsVar glib.SpawnFlags, UserSetupVar glib.SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserSetupDataVar uintptr, PidCallbackVar DesktopAppLaunchCallback, PidCallbackDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int, StdoutFdVar int, StderrFdVar int) bool { | |
| 348 | 348 | ||
| 349 | 349 | return xDesktopAppInfoLaunchUrisAsManagerWithFds(x.GoPointer(), UrisVar, LaunchContextVar.GoPointer(), SpawnFlagsVar, purego.NewCallback(UserSetupVar), UserSetupDataVar, purego.NewCallback(PidCallbackVar), PidCallbackDataVar, StdinFdVar, StdoutFdVar, StderrFdVar) | |
| 350 | 350 | ||
M v4/gio/gdtlsconnection.go +9 -9
| @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ type DtlsConnection interface { | |||
| 35 | 35 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 36 | 36 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 37 | 37 | Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 38 | - | CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 38 | + | CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 39 | 39 | CloseFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 40 | 40 | EmitAcceptCertificate(PeerCertVar *TlsCertificate, ErrorsVar TlsCertificateFlags) bool | |
| 41 | 41 | GetCertificate() *TlsCertificate | |
| @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ type DtlsConnection interface { | |||
| 50 | 50 | GetRehandshakeMode() TlsRehandshakeMode | |
| 51 | 51 | GetRequireCloseNotify() bool | |
| 52 | 52 | Handshake(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 53 | - | HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 53 | + | HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 54 | 54 | HandshakeFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 55 | 55 | SetAdvertisedProtocols(ProtocolsVar uintptr) | |
| 56 | 56 | SetCertificate(CertificateVar *TlsCertificate) | |
| @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ type DtlsConnection interface { | |||
| 59 | 59 | SetRehandshakeMode(ModeVar TlsRehandshakeMode) | |
| 60 | 60 | SetRequireCloseNotify(RequireCloseNotifyVar bool) | |
| 61 | 61 | Shutdown(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar bool, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 62 | - | ShutdownAsync(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar bool, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 62 | + | ShutdownAsync(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar bool, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 63 | 63 | ShutdownFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 64 | 64 | } | |
| 65 | 65 | type DtlsConnectionBase struct { | |
| @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | 102 | // Asynchronously close the DTLS connection. See g_dtls_connection_close() for | |
| 103 | 103 | // more information. | |
| 104 | - | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 104 | + | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | 106 | XGDtlsConnectionCloseAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) Handshake(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | 310 | // Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See | |
| 311 | 311 | // g_dtls_connection_handshake() for more information. | |
| 312 | - | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 312 | + | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | 314 | XGDtlsConnectionHandshakeAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) Shutdown(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar boo | |||
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | 458 | // Asynchronously shut down part or all of the DTLS connection. See | |
| 459 | 459 | // g_dtls_connection_shutdown() for more information. | |
| 460 | - | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) ShutdownAsync(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar bool, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 460 | + | func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) ShutdownAsync(ShutdownReadVar bool, ShutdownWriteVar bool, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 461 | 461 | ||
| 462 | 462 | XGDtlsConnectionShutdownAsync(x.GoPointer(), ShutdownReadVar, ShutdownWriteVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 463 | 463 | ||
| @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) ShutdownFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool { | |||
| 472 | 472 | } | |
| 473 | 473 | ||
| 474 | 474 | var XGDtlsConnectionClose func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 475 | - | var XGDtlsConnectionCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 475 | + | var XGDtlsConnectionCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 476 | 476 | var XGDtlsConnectionCloseFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 477 | 477 | var XGDtlsConnectionEmitAcceptCertificate func(uintptr, uintptr, TlsCertificateFlags) bool | |
| 478 | 478 | var XGDtlsConnectionGetCertificate func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ var XGDtlsConnectionGetProtocolVersion func(uintptr) TlsProtocolVersion | |||
| 487 | 487 | var XGDtlsConnectionGetRehandshakeMode func(uintptr) TlsRehandshakeMode | |
| 488 | 488 | var XGDtlsConnectionGetRequireCloseNotify func(uintptr) bool | |
| 489 | 489 | var XGDtlsConnectionHandshake func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 490 | - | var XGDtlsConnectionHandshakeAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 490 | + | var XGDtlsConnectionHandshakeAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 491 | 491 | var XGDtlsConnectionHandshakeFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 492 | 492 | var XGDtlsConnectionSetAdvertisedProtocols func(uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 493 | 493 | var XGDtlsConnectionSetCertificate func(uintptr, uintptr) | |
| @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ var XGDtlsConnectionSetInteraction func(uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 496 | 496 | var XGDtlsConnectionSetRehandshakeMode func(uintptr, TlsRehandshakeMode) | |
| 497 | 497 | var XGDtlsConnectionSetRequireCloseNotify func(uintptr, bool) | |
| 498 | 498 | var XGDtlsConnectionShutdown func(uintptr, bool, bool, uintptr) bool | |
| 499 | - | var XGDtlsConnectionShutdownAsync func(uintptr, bool, bool, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 499 | + | var XGDtlsConnectionShutdownAsync func(uintptr, bool, bool, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 500 | 500 | var XGDtlsConnectionShutdownFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | 502 | func init() { | |
M v4/gio/gfile.go +60 -60
| @@ -100,21 +100,21 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 100 | 100 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 101 | 101 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 102 | 102 | AppendTo(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream | |
| 103 | - | AppendToAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 103 | + | AppendToAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 104 | 104 | AppendToFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream | |
| 105 | 105 | BuildAttributeListForCopy(FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) string | |
| 106 | 106 | Copy(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr) bool | |
| 107 | - | CopyAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 107 | + | CopyAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 108 | 108 | CopyAttributes(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 109 | 109 | CopyFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 110 | 110 | Create(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream | |
| 111 | - | CreateAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 111 | + | CreateAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 112 | 112 | CreateFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream | |
| 113 | 113 | CreateReadwrite(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileIOStream | |
| 114 | - | CreateReadwriteAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 114 | + | CreateReadwriteAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 115 | 115 | CreateReadwriteFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileIOStream | |
| 116 | 116 | Delete(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 117 | - | DeleteAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 117 | + | DeleteAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 118 | 118 | DeleteFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 119 | 119 | Dup() *FileBase | |
| 120 | 120 | EjectMountable(FlagsVar MountUnmountFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| @@ -122,11 +122,11 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 122 | 122 | EjectMountableWithOperation(FlagsVar MountUnmountFlags, MountOperationVar *MountOperation, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 123 | 123 | EjectMountableWithOperationFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 124 | 124 | EnumerateChildren(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileEnumerator | |
| 125 | - | EnumerateChildrenAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 125 | + | EnumerateChildrenAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 126 | 126 | EnumerateChildrenFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileEnumerator | |
| 127 | 127 | Equal(File2Var File) bool | |
| 128 | 128 | FindEnclosingMount(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *MountBase | |
| 129 | - | FindEnclosingMountAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 129 | + | FindEnclosingMountAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 130 | 130 | FindEnclosingMountFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *MountBase | |
| 131 | 131 | GetBasename() string | |
| 132 | 132 | GetChild(NameVar string) *FileBase | |
| @@ -151,12 +151,12 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 151 | 151 | LoadPartialContentsAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ReadMoreCallbackVar FileReadMoreCallback, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 152 | 152 | LoadPartialContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) bool | |
| 153 | 153 | MakeDirectory(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 154 | - | MakeDirectoryAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 154 | + | MakeDirectoryAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 155 | 155 | MakeDirectoryFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 156 | 156 | MakeDirectoryWithParents(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 157 | 157 | MakeSymbolicLink(SymlinkValueVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 158 | 158 | MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) bool | |
| 159 | - | MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 159 | + | MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 160 | 160 | MeasureDiskUsageFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) bool | |
| 161 | 161 | Monitor(FlagsVar FileMonitorFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileMonitor | |
| 162 | 162 | MonitorDirectory(FlagsVar FileMonitorFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileMonitor | |
| @@ -166,39 +166,39 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 166 | 166 | MountMountable(FlagsVar MountMountFlags, MountOperationVar *MountOperation, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 167 | 167 | MountMountableFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) *FileBase | |
| 168 | 168 | Move(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr) bool | |
| 169 | - | MoveAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 169 | + | MoveAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 170 | 170 | MoveFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 171 | 171 | OpenReadwrite(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileIOStream | |
| 172 | - | OpenReadwriteAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 172 | + | OpenReadwriteAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 173 | 173 | OpenReadwriteFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileIOStream | |
| 174 | 174 | PeekPath() string | |
| 175 | 175 | PollMountable(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 176 | 176 | PollMountableFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 177 | 177 | QueryDefaultHandler(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *AppInfoBase | |
| 178 | - | QueryDefaultHandlerAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 178 | + | QueryDefaultHandlerAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 179 | 179 | QueryDefaultHandlerFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) *AppInfoBase | |
| 180 | 180 | QueryExists(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 181 | 181 | QueryFileType(FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) FileType | |
| 182 | 182 | QueryFilesystemInfo(AttributesVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileInfo | |
| 183 | - | QueryFilesystemInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 183 | + | QueryFilesystemInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 184 | 184 | QueryFilesystemInfoFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileInfo | |
| 185 | 185 | QueryInfo(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileInfo | |
| 186 | - | QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 186 | + | QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 187 | 187 | QueryInfoFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileInfo | |
| 188 | 188 | QuerySettableAttributes(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList | |
| 189 | 189 | QueryWritableNamespaces(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList | |
| 190 | 190 | Read(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileInputStream | |
| 191 | - | ReadAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 191 | + | ReadAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 192 | 192 | ReadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileInputStream | |
| 193 | 193 | Replace(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream | |
| 194 | - | ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 194 | + | ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 195 | 195 | ReplaceContents(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, NewEtagVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 196 | 196 | ReplaceContentsAsync(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 197 | 197 | ReplaceContentsBytesAsync(ContentsVar *glib.Bytes, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 198 | 198 | ReplaceContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, NewEtagVar string) bool | |
| 199 | 199 | ReplaceFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream | |
| 200 | 200 | ReplaceReadwrite(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileIOStream | |
| 201 | - | ReplaceReadwriteAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 201 | + | ReplaceReadwriteAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 202 | 202 | ReplaceReadwriteFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileIOStream | |
| 203 | 203 | ResolveRelativePath(RelativePathVar string) *FileBase | |
| 204 | 204 | SetAttribute(AttributeVar string, TypeVar FileAttributeType, ValuePVar uintptr, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| @@ -208,11 +208,11 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 208 | 208 | SetAttributeString(AttributeVar string, ValueVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 209 | 209 | SetAttributeUint32(AttributeVar string, ValueVar uint32, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 210 | 210 | SetAttributeUint64(AttributeVar string, ValueVar uint64, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 211 | - | SetAttributesAsync(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 211 | + | SetAttributesAsync(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 212 | 212 | SetAttributesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, InfoVar **FileInfo) bool | |
| 213 | 213 | SetAttributesFromInfo(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 214 | 214 | SetDisplayName(DisplayNameVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileBase | |
| 215 | - | SetDisplayNameAsync(DisplayNameVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 215 | + | SetDisplayNameAsync(DisplayNameVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 216 | 216 | SetDisplayNameFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *FileBase | |
| 217 | 217 | StartMountable(FlagsVar DriveStartFlags, StartOperationVar *MountOperation, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 218 | 218 | StartMountableFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ type File interface { | |||
| 220 | 220 | StopMountableFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 221 | 221 | SupportsThreadContexts() bool | |
| 222 | 222 | Trash(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool | |
| 223 | - | TrashAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 223 | + | TrashAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 224 | 224 | TrashFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| 225 | 225 | UnmountMountable(FlagsVar MountUnmountFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 226 | 226 | UnmountMountableFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool | |
| @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) AppendTo(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellabl | |||
| 277 | 277 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 278 | 278 | // You can then call g_file_append_to_finish() to get the result | |
| 279 | 279 | // of the operation. | |
| 280 | - | func (x *FileBase) AppendToAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 280 | + | func (x *FileBase) AppendToAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
| 282 | 282 | XGFileAppendToAsync(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Copy(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, Cancellable | |||
| 369 | 369 | // | |
| 370 | 370 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call | |
| 371 | 371 | // g_file_copy_finish() to get the result of the operation. | |
| 372 | - | func (x *FileBase) CopyAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 372 | + | func (x *FileBase) CopyAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 373 | 373 | ||
| 374 | 374 | XGFileCopyAsync(x.GoPointer(), DestinationVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(ProgressCallbackVar), ProgressCallbackDataVar, purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Create(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) | |||
| 437 | 437 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 438 | 438 | // You can then call g_file_create_finish() to get the result | |
| 439 | 439 | // of the operation. | |
| 440 | - | func (x *FileBase) CreateAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 440 | + | func (x *FileBase) CreateAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 441 | 441 | ||
| 442 | 442 | XGFileCreateAsync(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 443 | 443 | ||
| @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) CreateReadwrite(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Can | |||
| 503 | 503 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 504 | 504 | // You can then call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get | |
| 505 | 505 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 506 | - | func (x *FileBase) CreateReadwriteAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 506 | + | func (x *FileBase) CreateReadwriteAsync(FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 507 | 507 | ||
| 508 | 508 | XGFileCreateReadwriteAsync(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 509 | 509 | ||
| @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Delete(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 556 | 556 | // Asynchronously delete a file. If the @file is a directory, it will | |
| 557 | 557 | // only be deleted if it is empty. This has the same semantics as | |
| 558 | 558 | // g_unlink(). | |
| 559 | - | func (x *FileBase) DeleteAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 559 | + | func (x *FileBase) DeleteAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 560 | 560 | ||
| 561 | 561 | XGFileDeleteAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 562 | 562 | ||
| @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) EnumerateChildren(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInf | |||
| 684 | 684 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can | |
| 685 | 685 | // then call g_file_enumerate_children_finish() to get the result of | |
| 686 | 686 | // the operation. | |
| 687 | - | func (x *FileBase) EnumerateChildrenAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 687 | + | func (x *FileBase) EnumerateChildrenAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 688 | 688 | ||
| 689 | 689 | XGFileEnumerateChildrenAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 690 | 690 | ||
| @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) FindEnclosingMount(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *MountBase { | |||
| 748 | 748 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 749 | 749 | // You can then call g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to | |
| 750 | 750 | // get the result of the operation. | |
| 751 | - | func (x *FileBase) FindEnclosingMountAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 751 | + | func (x *FileBase) FindEnclosingMountAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 752 | 752 | ||
| 753 | 753 | XGFileFindEnclosingMountAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 754 | 754 | ||
| @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) MakeDirectory(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 1119 | 1119 | } | |
| 1120 | 1120 | ||
| 1121 | 1121 | // Asynchronously creates a directory. | |
| 1122 | - | func (x *FileBase) MakeDirectoryAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1122 | + | func (x *FileBase) MakeDirectoryAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1123 | 1123 | ||
| 1124 | 1124 | XGFileMakeDirectoryAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1125 | 1125 | ||
| @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *C | |||
| 1192 | 1192 | // | |
| 1193 | 1193 | // This is the asynchronous version of g_file_measure_disk_usage(). See | |
| 1194 | 1194 | // there for more information. | |
| 1195 | - | func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1195 | + | func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1196 | 1196 | ||
| 1197 | 1197 | XGFileMeasureDiskUsageAsync(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(ProgressCallbackVar), ProgressDataVar, purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1198 | 1198 | ||
| @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Move(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, Cancellable | |||
| 1383 | 1383 | // | |
| 1384 | 1384 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call | |
| 1385 | 1385 | // g_file_move_finish() to get the result of the operation. | |
| 1386 | - | func (x *FileBase) MoveAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1386 | + | func (x *FileBase) MoveAsync(DestinationVar File, FlagsVar FileCopyFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar FileProgressCallback, ProgressCallbackDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1387 | 1387 | ||
| 1388 | 1388 | XGFileMoveAsync(x.GoPointer(), DestinationVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(ProgressCallbackVar), ProgressCallbackDataVar, purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1389 | 1389 | ||
| @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) OpenReadwrite(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileIOStream { | |||
| 1434 | 1434 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 1435 | 1435 | // You can then call g_file_open_readwrite_finish() to get | |
| 1436 | 1436 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 1437 | - | func (x *FileBase) OpenReadwriteAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1437 | + | func (x *FileBase) OpenReadwriteAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1438 | 1438 | ||
| 1439 | 1439 | XGFileOpenReadwriteAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1440 | 1440 | ||
| @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) QueryDefaultHandler(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *AppInfoBase | |||
| 1513 | 1513 | } | |
| 1514 | 1514 | ||
| 1515 | 1515 | // Async version of g_file_query_default_handler(). | |
| 1516 | - | func (x *FileBase) QueryDefaultHandlerAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1516 | + | func (x *FileBase) QueryDefaultHandlerAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1517 | 1517 | ||
| 1518 | 1518 | XGFileQueryDefaultHandlerAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1519 | 1519 | ||
| @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) QueryFilesystemInfo(AttributesVar string, CancellableVar *Can | |||
| 1621 | 1621 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can | |
| 1622 | 1622 | // then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the | |
| 1623 | 1623 | // operation. | |
| 1624 | - | func (x *FileBase) QueryFilesystemInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1624 | + | func (x *FileBase) QueryFilesystemInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1625 | 1625 | ||
| 1626 | 1626 | XGFileQueryFilesystemInfoAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1627 | 1627 | ||
| @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) QueryInfo(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, | |||
| 1694 | 1694 | // | |
| 1695 | 1695 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can | |
| 1696 | 1696 | // then call g_file_query_info_finish() to get the result of the operation. | |
| 1697 | - | func (x *FileBase) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1697 | + | func (x *FileBase) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1698 | 1698 | ||
| 1699 | 1699 | XGFileQueryInfoAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1700 | 1700 | ||
| @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Read(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileInputStream { | |||
| 1776 | 1776 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 1777 | 1777 | // You can then call g_file_read_finish() to get the result | |
| 1778 | 1778 | // of the operation. | |
| 1779 | - | func (x *FileBase) ReadAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1779 | + | func (x *FileBase) ReadAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1780 | 1780 | ||
| 1781 | 1781 | XGFileReadAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1782 | 1782 | ||
| @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Replace(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCrea | |||
| 1860 | 1860 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 1861 | 1861 | // You can then call g_file_replace_finish() to get the result | |
| 1862 | 1862 | // of the operation. | |
| 1863 | - | func (x *FileBase) ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1863 | + | func (x *FileBase) ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1864 | 1864 | ||
| 1865 | 1865 | XGFileReplaceAsync(x.GoPointer(), EtagVar, MakeBackupVar, FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1866 | 1866 | ||
| @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) ReplaceReadwrite(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar | |||
| 1984 | 1984 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 1985 | 1985 | // You can then call g_file_replace_readwrite_finish() to get | |
| 1986 | 1986 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 1987 | - | func (x *FileBase) ReplaceReadwriteAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1987 | + | func (x *FileBase) ReplaceReadwriteAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1988 | 1988 | ||
| 1989 | 1989 | XGFileReplaceReadwriteAsync(x.GoPointer(), EtagVar, MakeBackupVar, FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1990 | 1990 | ||
| @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) SetAttributeUint64(AttributeVar string, ValueVar uint64, Flag | |||
| 2119 | 2119 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 2120 | 2120 | // You can then call g_file_set_attributes_finish() to get | |
| 2121 | 2121 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 2122 | - | func (x *FileBase) SetAttributesAsync(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2122 | + | func (x *FileBase) SetAttributesAsync(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2123 | 2123 | ||
| 2124 | 2124 | XGFileSetAttributesAsync(x.GoPointer(), InfoVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 2125 | 2125 | ||
| @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) SetDisplayName(DisplayNameVar string, CancellableVar *Cancell | |||
| 2186 | 2186 | // When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. | |
| 2187 | 2187 | // You can then call g_file_set_display_name_finish() to get | |
| 2188 | 2188 | // the result of the operation. | |
| 2189 | - | func (x *FileBase) SetDisplayNameAsync(DisplayNameVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2189 | + | func (x *FileBase) SetDisplayNameAsync(DisplayNameVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2190 | 2190 | ||
| 2191 | 2191 | XGFileSetDisplayNameAsync(x.GoPointer(), DisplayNameVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 2192 | 2192 | ||
| @@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) Trash(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 2286 | 2286 | } | |
| 2287 | 2287 | ||
| 2288 | 2288 | // Asynchronously sends @file to the Trash location, if possible. | |
| 2289 | - | func (x *FileBase) TrashAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2289 | + | func (x *FileBase) TrashAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 2290 | 2290 | ||
| 2291 | 2291 | XGFileTrashAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 2292 | 2292 | ||
| @@ -2352,21 +2352,21 @@ func (x *FileBase) UnmountMountableWithOperationFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bo | |||
| 2352 | 2352 | } | |
| 2353 | 2353 | ||
| 2354 | 2354 | var XGFileAppendTo func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2355 | - | var XGFileAppendToAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2355 | + | var XGFileAppendToAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2356 | 2356 | var XGFileAppendToFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2357 | 2357 | var XGFileBuildAttributeListForCopy func(uintptr, FileCopyFlags, uintptr) string | |
| 2358 | 2358 | var XGFileCopy func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2359 | - | var XGFileCopyAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2359 | + | var XGFileCopyAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2360 | 2360 | var XGFileCopyAttributes func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| 2361 | 2361 | var XGFileCopyFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2362 | 2362 | var XGFileCreate func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2363 | - | var XGFileCreateAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2363 | + | var XGFileCreateAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2364 | 2364 | var XGFileCreateFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2365 | 2365 | var XGFileCreateReadwrite func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2366 | - | var XGFileCreateReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2366 | + | var XGFileCreateReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2367 | 2367 | var XGFileCreateReadwriteFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2368 | 2368 | var XGFileDelete func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2369 | - | var XGFileDeleteAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2369 | + | var XGFileDeleteAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2370 | 2370 | var XGFileDeleteFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2371 | 2371 | var XGFileDup func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2372 | 2372 | var XGFileEjectMountable func(uintptr, MountUnmountFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| @@ -2374,11 +2374,11 @@ var XGFileEjectMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |||
| 2374 | 2374 | var XGFileEjectMountableWithOperation func(uintptr, MountUnmountFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2375 | 2375 | var XGFileEjectMountableWithOperationFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2376 | 2376 | var XGFileEnumerateChildren func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2377 | - | var XGFileEnumerateChildrenAsync func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2377 | + | var XGFileEnumerateChildrenAsync func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2378 | 2378 | var XGFileEnumerateChildrenFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2379 | 2379 | var XGFileEqual func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2380 | 2380 | var XGFileFindEnclosingMount func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2381 | - | var XGFileFindEnclosingMountAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2381 | + | var XGFileFindEnclosingMountAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2382 | 2382 | var XGFileFindEnclosingMountFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2383 | 2383 | var XGFileGetBasename func(uintptr) string | |
| 2384 | 2384 | var XGFileGetChild func(uintptr, string) uintptr | |
| @@ -2403,12 +2403,12 @@ var XGFileLoadContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, []string, uint, string) bool | |||
| 2403 | 2403 | var XGFileLoadPartialContentsAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2404 | 2404 | var XGFileLoadPartialContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, []string, uint, string) bool | |
| 2405 | 2405 | var XGFileMakeDirectory func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2406 | - | var XGFileMakeDirectoryAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2406 | + | var XGFileMakeDirectoryAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2407 | 2407 | var XGFileMakeDirectoryFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2408 | 2408 | var XGFileMakeDirectoryWithParents func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2409 | 2409 | var XGFileMakeSymbolicLink func(uintptr, string, uintptr) bool | |
| 2410 | 2410 | var XGFileMeasureDiskUsage func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool | |
| 2411 | - | var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageAsync func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2411 | + | var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageAsync func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2412 | 2412 | var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool | |
| 2413 | 2413 | var XGFileMonitor func(uintptr, FileMonitorFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2414 | 2414 | var XGFileMonitorDirectory func(uintptr, FileMonitorFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| @@ -2418,39 +2418,39 @@ var XGFileMountEnclosingVolumeFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |||
| 2418 | 2418 | var XGFileMountMountable func(uintptr, MountMountFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2419 | 2419 | var XGFileMountMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2420 | 2420 | var XGFileMove func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2421 | - | var XGFileMoveAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2421 | + | var XGFileMoveAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileCopyFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2422 | 2422 | var XGFileMoveFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2423 | 2423 | var XGFileOpenReadwrite func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2424 | - | var XGFileOpenReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2424 | + | var XGFileOpenReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2425 | 2425 | var XGFileOpenReadwriteFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2426 | 2426 | var XGFilePeekPath func(uintptr) string | |
| 2427 | 2427 | var XGFilePollMountable func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2428 | 2428 | var XGFilePollMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2429 | 2429 | var XGFileQueryDefaultHandler func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2430 | - | var XGFileQueryDefaultHandlerAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2430 | + | var XGFileQueryDefaultHandlerAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2431 | 2431 | var XGFileQueryDefaultHandlerFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2432 | 2432 | var XGFileQueryExists func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2433 | 2433 | var XGFileQueryFileType func(uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) FileType | |
| 2434 | 2434 | var XGFileQueryFilesystemInfo func(uintptr, string, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2435 | - | var XGFileQueryFilesystemInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2435 | + | var XGFileQueryFilesystemInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2436 | 2436 | var XGFileQueryFilesystemInfoFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2437 | 2437 | var XGFileQueryInfo func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2438 | - | var XGFileQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2438 | + | var XGFileQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2439 | 2439 | var XGFileQueryInfoFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2440 | 2440 | var XGFileQuerySettableAttributes func(uintptr, uintptr) *FileAttributeInfoList | |
| 2441 | 2441 | var XGFileQueryWritableNamespaces func(uintptr, uintptr) *FileAttributeInfoList | |
| 2442 | 2442 | var XGFileRead func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2443 | - | var XGFileReadAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2443 | + | var XGFileReadAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2444 | 2444 | var XGFileReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2445 | 2445 | var XGFileReplace func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2446 | - | var XGFileReplaceAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2446 | + | var XGFileReplaceAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2447 | 2447 | var XGFileReplaceContents func(uintptr, string, uint, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, string, uintptr) bool | |
| 2448 | 2448 | var XGFileReplaceContentsAsync func(uintptr, string, uint, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2449 | 2449 | var XGFileReplaceContentsBytesAsync func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2450 | 2450 | var XGFileReplaceContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string) bool | |
| 2451 | 2451 | var XGFileReplaceFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2452 | 2452 | var XGFileReplaceReadwrite func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2453 | - | var XGFileReplaceReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2453 | + | var XGFileReplaceReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2454 | 2454 | var XGFileReplaceReadwriteFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2455 | 2455 | var XGFileResolveRelativePath func(uintptr, string) uintptr | |
| 2456 | 2456 | var XGFileSetAttribute func(uintptr, string, FileAttributeType, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| @@ -2460,11 +2460,11 @@ var XGFileSetAttributeInt64 func(uintptr, string, int64, FileQueryInfoFlags, uin | |||
| 2460 | 2460 | var XGFileSetAttributeString func(uintptr, string, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| 2461 | 2461 | var XGFileSetAttributeUint32 func(uintptr, string, uint32, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| 2462 | 2462 | var XGFileSetAttributeUint64 func(uintptr, string, uint64, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| 2463 | - | var XGFileSetAttributesAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2463 | + | var XGFileSetAttributesAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2464 | 2464 | var XGFileSetAttributesFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uintptr) bool | |
| 2465 | 2465 | var XGFileSetAttributesFromInfo func(uintptr, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr) bool | |
| 2466 | 2466 | var XGFileSetDisplayName func(uintptr, string, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2467 | - | var XGFileSetDisplayNameAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2467 | + | var XGFileSetDisplayNameAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2468 | 2468 | var XGFileSetDisplayNameFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 2469 | 2469 | var XGFileStartMountable func(uintptr, DriveStartFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2470 | 2470 | var XGFileStartMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| @@ -2472,7 +2472,7 @@ var XGFileStopMountable func(uintptr, MountUnmountFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintp | |||
| 2472 | 2472 | var XGFileStopMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2473 | 2473 | var XGFileSupportsThreadContexts func(uintptr) bool | |
| 2474 | 2474 | var XGFileTrash func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2475 | - | var XGFileTrashAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2475 | + | var XGFileTrashAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2476 | 2476 | var XGFileTrashFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
| 2477 | 2477 | var XGFileUnmountMountable func(uintptr, MountUnmountFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 2478 | 2478 | var XGFileUnmountMountableFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |
M v4/gio/gfileattribute.go +1 -1
| @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ type FileAttributeInfo struct { | |||
| 15 | 15 | type FileAttributeInfoList struct { | |
| 16 | 16 | Infos *FileAttributeInfo | |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | - | NInfos int32 | |
| 18 | + | NInfos int | |
| 19 | 19 | } | |
M v4/gio/gfiledescriptorbased.go +3 -3
| @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ type FileDescriptorBasedIface struct { | |||
| 20 | 20 | type FileDescriptorBased interface { | |
| 21 | 21 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 22 | 22 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 23 | - | GetFd() int32 | |
| 23 | + | GetFd() int | |
| 24 | 24 | } | |
| 25 | 25 | type FileDescriptorBasedBase struct { | |
| 26 | 26 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ func (x *FileDescriptorBasedBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 35 | 35 | } | |
| 36 | 36 | ||
| 37 | 37 | // Gets the underlying file descriptor. | |
| 38 | - | func (x *FileDescriptorBasedBase) GetFd() int32 { | |
| 38 | + | func (x *FileDescriptorBasedBase) GetFd() int { | |
| 39 | 39 | ||
| 40 | 40 | return XGFileDescriptorBasedGetFd(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 41 | 41 | ||
| 42 | 42 | } | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | - | var XGFileDescriptorBasedGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 44 | + | var XGFileDescriptorBasedGetFd func(uintptr) int | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | 46 | func init() { | |
| 47 | 47 | lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GIO"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL) | |
M v4/gio/gfileenumerator.go +4 -4
| @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumerator) Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | 66 | } | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | - | var xFileEnumeratorCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 68 | + | var xFileEnumeratorCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | 70 | // Asynchronously closes the file enumerator. | |
| 71 | 71 | // | |
| @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ var xFileEnumeratorCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 73 | 73 | // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation | |
| 74 | 74 | // was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned in | |
| 75 | 75 | // g_file_enumerator_close_finish(). | |
| 76 | - | func (x *FileEnumerator) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 76 | + | func (x *FileEnumerator) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | xFileEnumeratorCloseAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumerator) NextFile(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *FileInfo { | |||
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | } | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | - | var xFileEnumeratorNextFilesAsync func(uintptr, int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 241 | + | var xFileEnumeratorNextFilesAsync func(uintptr, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | // Request information for a number of files from the enumerator asynchronously. | |
| 244 | 244 | // When all i/o for the operation is finished the @callback will be called with | |
| @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ var xFileEnumeratorNextFilesAsync func(uintptr, int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr, | |||
| 259 | 259 | // Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will | |
| 260 | 260 | // be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default | |
| 261 | 261 | // priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. | |
| 262 | - | func (x *FileEnumerator) NextFilesAsync(NumFilesVar int32, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 262 | + | func (x *FileEnumerator) NextFilesAsync(NumFilesVar int, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 263 | 263 | ||
| 264 | 264 | xFileEnumeratorNextFilesAsync(x.GoPointer(), NumFilesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
M v4/gio/gfileicon.go +2 -2
| @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *FileIcon) ToString() string { | |||
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | 106 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 107 | 107 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 108 | - | func (x *FileIcon) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 108 | + | func (x *FileIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | 110 | LoadPtr := XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 111 | 111 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (x *FileIcon) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellab | |||
| 121 | 121 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 122 | 122 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 123 | 123 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 124 | - | func (x *FileIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 124 | + | func (x *FileIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
M v4/gio/gfileinputstream.go +2 -2
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStream) QueryInfo(AttributesVar string, CancellableVar *Cancel | |||
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | } | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | - | var xFileInputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 56 | + | var xFileInputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | // Queries the stream information asynchronously. | |
| 59 | 59 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ var xFileInputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 66 | 66 | // If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by | |
| 67 | 67 | // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation | |
| 68 | 68 | // was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set | |
| 69 | - | func (x *FileInputStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 69 | + | func (x *FileInputStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | xFileInputStreamQueryInfoAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
M v4/gio/gfileiostream.go +2 -2
| @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStream) QueryInfo(AttributesVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellab | |||
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | } | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
| 90 | - | var xFileIOStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 90 | + | var xFileIOStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | // Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, | |
| 93 | 93 | // @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to | |
| @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ var xFileIOStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, u | |||
| 95 | 95 | // | |
| 96 | 96 | // For the synchronous version of this function, see | |
| 97 | 97 | // g_file_io_stream_query_info(). | |
| 98 | - | func (x *FileIOStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 98 | + | func (x *FileIOStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | xFileIOStreamQueryInfoAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
M v4/gio/gfilemonitor.go +2 -2
| @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ func (x *FileMonitor) IsCancelled() bool { | |||
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | 72 | } | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | - | var xFileMonitorSetRateLimit func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 74 | + | var xFileMonitorSetRateLimit func(uintptr, int) | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | // Sets the rate limit to which the @monitor will report | |
| 77 | 77 | // consecutive change events to the same file. | |
| 78 | - | func (x *FileMonitor) SetRateLimit(LimitMsecsVar int32) { | |
| 78 | + | func (x *FileMonitor) SetRateLimit(LimitMsecsVar int) { | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | xFileMonitorSetRateLimit(x.GoPointer(), LimitMsecsVar) | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
M v4/gio/gfileoutputstream.go +2 -2
| @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStream) QueryInfo(AttributesVar string, CancellableVar *Cance | |||
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | } | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | - | var xFileOutputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 84 | + | var xFileOutputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | 86 | // Asynchronously queries the @stream for a #GFileInfo. When completed, | |
| 87 | 87 | // @callback will be called with a #GAsyncResult which can be used to | |
| @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ var xFileOutputStreamQueryInfoAsync func(uintptr, string, int32, uintptr, uintpt | |||
| 89 | 89 | // | |
| 90 | 90 | // For the synchronous version of this function, see | |
| 91 | 91 | // g_file_output_stream_query_info(). | |
| 92 | - | func (x *FileOutputStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 92 | + | func (x *FileOutputStream) QueryInfoAsync(AttributesVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | xFileOutputStreamQueryInfoAsync(x.GoPointer(), AttributesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
M v4/gio/ginputstream.go +10 -10
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | } | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| 79 | - | var xInputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 79 | + | var xInputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | // Requests an asynchronous closes of the stream, releasing resources related to it. | |
| 82 | 82 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ var xInputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 88 | 88 | // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement | |
| 89 | 89 | // asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you | |
| 90 | 90 | // override one you must override all. | |
| 91 | - | func (x *InputStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 91 | + | func (x *InputStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | xInputStreamCloseAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) ReadAll(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uin | |||
| 177 | 177 | ||
| 178 | 178 | } | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | - | var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 180 | + | var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | // Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the | |
| 183 | 183 | // buffer starting at @buffer. | |
| @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintpt | |||
| 189 | 189 | // Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical | |
| 190 | 190 | // value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower | |
| 191 | 191 | // priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. | |
| 192 | - | func (x *InputStream) ReadAllAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 192 | + | func (x *InputStream) ReadAllAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | xInputStreamReadAllAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) ReadAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesReadVar uint) bo | |||
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | } | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | - | var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 215 | + | var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | // Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer | |
| 218 | 218 | // starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, | |||
| 237 | 237 | // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement | |
| 238 | 238 | // asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you | |
| 239 | 239 | // override one you must override all. | |
| 240 | - | func (x *InputStream) ReadAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 240 | + | func (x *InputStream) ReadAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| 242 | 242 | xInputStreamReadAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) ReadBytes(CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *gli | |||
| 274 | 274 | ||
| 275 | 275 | } | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | - | var xInputStreamReadBytesAsync func(uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 277 | + | var xInputStreamReadBytesAsync func(uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | 279 | // Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into a | |
| 280 | 280 | // new #GBytes. When the operation is finished @callback will be | |
| @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadBytesAsync func(uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uint | |||
| 296 | 296 | // Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical | |
| 297 | 297 | // value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower | |
| 298 | 298 | // priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. | |
| 299 | - | func (x *InputStream) ReadBytesAsync(CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 299 | + | func (x *InputStream) ReadBytesAsync(CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 300 | 300 | ||
| 301 | 301 | xInputStreamReadBytesAsync(x.GoPointer(), CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) Skip(CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |||
| 353 | 353 | ||
| 354 | 354 | } | |
| 355 | 355 | ||
| 356 | - | var xInputStreamSkipAsync func(uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 356 | + | var xInputStreamSkipAsync func(uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
| 358 | 358 | // Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream. | |
| 359 | 359 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ var xInputStreamSkipAsync func(uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 378 | 378 | // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to | |
| 379 | 379 | // implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. | |
| 380 | 380 | // However, if you override one, you must override all. | |
| 381 | - | func (x *InputStream) SkipAsync(CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 381 | + | func (x *InputStream) SkipAsync(CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | 383 | xInputStreamSkipAsync(x.GoPointer(), CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
M v4/gio/gio-2.0.go +49 -49
| @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (x *BytesIcon) ToString() string { | |||
| 189 | 189 | ||
| 190 | 190 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 191 | 191 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 192 | - | func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 192 | + | func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | LoadPtr := XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 195 | 195 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancella | |||
| 205 | 205 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 206 | 206 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 207 | 207 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 208 | - | func (x *BytesIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 208 | + | func (x *BytesIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | 210 | XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) AddFilter(FilterFunctionVar DBusMessageFilterFunction, | |||
| 830 | 830 | ||
| 831 | 831 | } | |
| 832 | 832 | ||
| 833 | - | var xDBusConnectionCall func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 833 | + | var xDBusConnectionCall func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 834 | 834 | ||
| 835 | 835 | // Asynchronously invokes the @method_name method on the | |
| 836 | 836 | // @interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at | |
| @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionCall func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Vari | |||
| 879 | 879 | // | |
| 880 | 880 | // If @callback is %NULL then the D-Bus method call message will be sent with | |
| 881 | 881 | // the %G_DBUS_MESSAGE_FLAGS_NO_REPLY_EXPECTED flag set. | |
| 882 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) Call(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 882 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) Call(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 883 | 883 | ||
| 884 | 884 | xDBusConnectionCall(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 885 | 885 | ||
| @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) CallFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *glib.Variant { | |||
| 894 | 894 | ||
| 895 | 895 | } | |
| 896 | 896 | ||
| 897 | - | var xDBusConnectionCallSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 897 | + | var xDBusConnectionCallSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 898 | 898 | ||
| 899 | 899 | // Synchronously invokes the @method_name method on the | |
| 900 | 900 | // @interface_name D-Bus interface on the remote object at | |
| @@ -934,13 +934,13 @@ var xDBusConnectionCallSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib. | |||
| 934 | 934 | // The calling thread is blocked until a reply is received. See | |
| 935 | 935 | // g_dbus_connection_call() for the asynchronous version of | |
| 936 | 936 | // this method. | |
| 937 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) CallSync(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 937 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) CallSync(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 938 | 938 | ||
| 939 | 939 | return xDBusConnectionCallSync(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 940 | 940 | ||
| 941 | 941 | } | |
| 942 | 942 | ||
| 943 | - | var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdList func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 943 | + | var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdList func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 944 | 944 | ||
| 945 | 945 | // Like g_dbus_connection_call() but also takes a #GUnixFDList object. | |
| 946 | 946 | // | |
| @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdList func(uintptr, string, string, string, stri | |||
| 957 | 957 | // value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE in the body of the message. | |
| 958 | 958 | // | |
| 959 | 959 | // This method is only available on UNIX. | |
| 960 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdList(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, FdListVar *UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 960 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdList(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 961 | 961 | ||
| 962 | 962 | xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdList(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 963 | 963 | ||
| @@ -983,14 +983,14 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, Res | |||
| 983 | 983 | ||
| 984 | 984 | } | |
| 985 | 985 | ||
| 986 | - | var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int32, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 986 | + | var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Variant | |
| 987 | 987 | ||
| 988 | 988 | // Like g_dbus_connection_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects. | |
| 989 | 989 | // See g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list() and | |
| 990 | 990 | // g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list_finish() for more details. | |
| 991 | 991 | // | |
| 992 | 992 | // This method is only available on UNIX. | |
| 993 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListSync(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 993 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListSync(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Variant { | |
| 994 | 994 | ||
| 995 | 995 | return xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 996 | 996 | ||
| @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessage(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendM | |||
| 1419 | 1419 | ||
| 1420 | 1420 | } | |
| 1421 | 1421 | ||
| 1422 | - | var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int32, uint32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 1422 | + | var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, uint32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 1423 | 1423 | ||
| 1424 | 1424 | // Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection. | |
| 1425 | 1425 | // | |
| @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFl | |||
| 1450 | 1450 | // See this [server][gdbus-server] and [client][gdbus-unix-fd-client] | |
| 1451 | 1451 | // for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive | |
| 1452 | 1452 | // UNIX file descriptors. | |
| 1453 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReply(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1453 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReply(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1454 | 1454 | ||
| 1455 | 1455 | xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, OutSerialVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1456 | 1456 | ||
| @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplyFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) *DBusMes | |||
| 1481 | 1481 | ||
| 1482 | 1482 | } | |
| 1483 | 1483 | ||
| 1484 | - | var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int32, uint32, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 1484 | + | var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, uint32, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 1485 | 1485 | ||
| 1486 | 1486 | // Synchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection | |
| 1487 | 1487 | // and blocks the calling thread until a reply is received or the | |
| @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessa | |||
| 1513 | 1513 | // | |
| 1514 | 1514 | // Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the | |
| 1515 | 1515 | // %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag. | |
| 1516 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplySync(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int32, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *DBusMessage { | |
| 1516 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplySync(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *DBusMessage { | |
| 1517 | 1517 | ||
| 1518 | 1518 | SendMessageWithReplySyncPtr := xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, OutSerialVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 1519 | 1519 | if SendMessageWithReplySyncPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) ConnectClosed(cb func(DBusConnection, bool, uintptr)) { | |||
| 1750 | 1750 | // in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via | |
| 1751 | 1751 | // threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding | |
| 1752 | 1752 | // any interface methods. | |
| 1753 | - | func (x *DBusConnection) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1753 | + | func (x *DBusConnection) InitAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 1754 | 1754 | ||
| 1755 | 1755 | XGAsyncInitableInitAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 1756 | 1756 | ||
| @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@ func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnDbusError(ErrorNameVar string, ErrorMessage | |||
| 2613 | 2613 | ||
| 2614 | 2614 | } | |
| 2615 | 2615 | ||
| 2616 | - | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 2616 | + | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 2617 | 2617 | ||
| 2618 | 2618 | // Finishes handling a D-Bus method call by returning an error. | |
| 2619 | 2619 | // | |
| @@ -2635,26 +2635,26 @@ var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, .. | |||
| 2635 | 2635 | // Since 2.48, if the method call requested for a reply not to be sent | |
| 2636 | 2636 | // then this call will free @invocation but otherwise do nothing (as per | |
| 2637 | 2637 | // the recommendations of the D-Bus specification). | |
| 2638 | - | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 2638 | + | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 2639 | 2639 | ||
| 2640 | 2640 | xDBusMethodInvocationReturnError(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 2641 | 2641 | ||
| 2642 | 2642 | } | |
| 2643 | 2643 | ||
| 2644 | - | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorLiteral func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string) | |
| 2644 | + | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorLiteral func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string) | |
| 2645 | 2645 | ||
| 2646 | 2646 | // Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but without printf()-style formatting. | |
| 2647 | 2647 | // | |
| 2648 | 2648 | // This method will take ownership of @invocation. See | |
| 2649 | 2649 | // #GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of | |
| 2650 | 2650 | // @invocation. | |
| 2651 | - | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnErrorLiteral(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, MessageVar string) { | |
| 2651 | + | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnErrorLiteral(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, MessageVar string) { | |
| 2652 | 2652 | ||
| 2653 | 2653 | xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorLiteral(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, MessageVar) | |
| 2654 | 2654 | ||
| 2655 | 2655 | } | |
| 2656 | 2656 | ||
| 2657 | - | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorValist func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, []interface{}) | |
| 2657 | + | var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorValist func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, []interface{}) | |
| 2658 | 2658 | ||
| 2659 | 2659 | // Like g_dbus_method_invocation_return_error() but intended for | |
| 2660 | 2660 | // language bindings. | |
| @@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@ var xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorValist func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, stri | |||
| 2662 | 2662 | // This method will take ownership of @invocation. See | |
| 2663 | 2663 | // #GDBusInterfaceVTable for more information about the ownership of | |
| 2664 | 2664 | // @invocation. | |
| 2665 | - | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnErrorValist(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, VarArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 2665 | + | func (x *DBusMethodInvocation) ReturnErrorValist(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, VarArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 2666 | 2666 | ||
| 2667 | 2667 | xDBusMethodInvocationReturnErrorValist(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, VarArgsVar) | |
| 2668 | 2668 | ||
| @@ -3059,18 +3059,18 @@ func (x *Menu) Freeze() { | |||
| 3059 | 3059 | ||
| 3060 | 3060 | } | |
| 3061 | 3061 | ||
| 3062 | - | var xMenuInsert func(uintptr, int32, string, string) | |
| 3062 | + | var xMenuInsert func(uintptr, int, string, string) | |
| 3063 | 3063 | ||
| 3064 | 3064 | // Convenience function for inserting a normal menu item into @menu. | |
| 3065 | 3065 | // Combine g_menu_item_new() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more flexible | |
| 3066 | 3066 | // alternative. | |
| 3067 | - | func (x *Menu) Insert(PositionVar int32, LabelVar string, DetailedActionVar string) { | |
| 3067 | + | func (x *Menu) Insert(PositionVar int, LabelVar string, DetailedActionVar string) { | |
| 3068 | 3068 | ||
| 3069 | 3069 | xMenuInsert(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, LabelVar, DetailedActionVar) | |
| 3070 | 3070 | ||
| 3071 | 3071 | } | |
| 3072 | 3072 | ||
| 3073 | - | var xMenuInsertItem func(uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 3073 | + | var xMenuInsertItem func(uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 3074 | 3074 | ||
| 3075 | 3075 | // Inserts @item into @menu. | |
| 3076 | 3076 | // | |
| @@ -3089,29 +3089,29 @@ var xMenuInsertItem func(uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |||
| 3089 | 3089 | // See g_menu_insert(), g_menu_insert_section() and | |
| 3090 | 3090 | // g_menu_insert_submenu() as well as "prepend" and "append" variants of | |
| 3091 | 3091 | // each of these functions. | |
| 3092 | - | func (x *Menu) InsertItem(PositionVar int32, ItemVar *MenuItem) { | |
| 3092 | + | func (x *Menu) InsertItem(PositionVar int, ItemVar *MenuItem) { | |
| 3093 | 3093 | ||
| 3094 | 3094 | xMenuInsertItem(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, ItemVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 3095 | 3095 | ||
| 3096 | 3096 | } | |
| 3097 | 3097 | ||
| 3098 | - | var xMenuInsertSection func(uintptr, int32, string, uintptr) | |
| 3098 | + | var xMenuInsertSection func(uintptr, int, string, uintptr) | |
| 3099 | 3099 | ||
| 3100 | 3100 | // Convenience function for inserting a section menu item into @menu. | |
| 3101 | 3101 | // Combine g_menu_item_new_section() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more | |
| 3102 | 3102 | // flexible alternative. | |
| 3103 | - | func (x *Menu) InsertSection(PositionVar int32, LabelVar string, SectionVar *MenuModel) { | |
| 3103 | + | func (x *Menu) InsertSection(PositionVar int, LabelVar string, SectionVar *MenuModel) { | |
| 3104 | 3104 | ||
| 3105 | 3105 | xMenuInsertSection(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, LabelVar, SectionVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 3106 | 3106 | ||
| 3107 | 3107 | } | |
| 3108 | 3108 | ||
| 3109 | - | var xMenuInsertSubmenu func(uintptr, int32, string, uintptr) | |
| 3109 | + | var xMenuInsertSubmenu func(uintptr, int, string, uintptr) | |
| 3110 | 3110 | ||
| 3111 | 3111 | // Convenience function for inserting a submenu menu item into @menu. | |
| 3112 | 3112 | // Combine g_menu_item_new_submenu() and g_menu_insert_item() for a more | |
| 3113 | 3113 | // flexible alternative. | |
| 3114 | - | func (x *Menu) InsertSubmenu(PositionVar int32, LabelVar string, SubmenuVar *MenuModel) { | |
| 3114 | + | func (x *Menu) InsertSubmenu(PositionVar int, LabelVar string, SubmenuVar *MenuModel) { | |
| 3115 | 3115 | ||
| 3116 | 3116 | xMenuInsertSubmenu(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, LabelVar, SubmenuVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 3117 | 3117 | ||
| @@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ func (x *Menu) PrependSubmenu(LabelVar string, SubmenuVar *MenuModel) { | |||
| 3161 | 3161 | ||
| 3162 | 3162 | } | |
| 3163 | 3163 | ||
| 3164 | - | var xMenuRemove func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 3164 | + | var xMenuRemove func(uintptr, int) | |
| 3165 | 3165 | ||
| 3166 | 3166 | // Removes an item from the menu. | |
| 3167 | 3167 | // | |
| @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ var xMenuRemove func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 3173 | 3173 | // It is not possible to remove items by identity since items are added | |
| 3174 | 3174 | // to the menu simply by copying their links and attributes (ie: | |
| 3175 | 3175 | // identity of the item itself is not preserved). | |
| 3176 | - | func (x *Menu) Remove(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 3176 | + | func (x *Menu) Remove(PositionVar int) { | |
| 3177 | 3177 | ||
| 3178 | 3178 | xMenuRemove(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 3179 | 3179 | ||
| @@ -3229,14 +3229,14 @@ func NewMenuItem(LabelVar string, DetailedActionVar string) *MenuItem { | |||
| 3229 | 3229 | return NewMenuItemCls | |
| 3230 | 3230 | } | |
| 3231 | 3231 | ||
| 3232 | - | var xNewFromModelMenuItem func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 3232 | + | var xNewFromModelMenuItem func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 3233 | 3233 | ||
| 3234 | 3234 | // Creates a #GMenuItem as an exact copy of an existing menu item in a | |
| 3235 | 3235 | // #GMenuModel. | |
| 3236 | 3236 | // | |
| 3237 | 3237 | // @item_index must be valid (ie: be sure to call | |
| 3238 | 3238 | // g_menu_model_get_n_items() first). | |
| 3239 | - | func NewFromModelMenuItem(ModelVar *MenuModel, ItemIndexVar int32) *MenuItem { | |
| 3239 | + | func NewFromModelMenuItem(ModelVar *MenuModel, ItemIndexVar int) *MenuItem { | |
| 3240 | 3240 | NewFromModelMenuItemPtr := xNewFromModelMenuItem(ModelVar.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar) | |
| 3241 | 3241 | if NewFromModelMenuItemPtr == 0 { | |
| 3242 | 3242 | return nil | |
| @@ -4653,7 +4653,7 @@ func (x *Subprocess) ForceExit() { | |||
| 4653 | 4653 | ||
| 4654 | 4654 | } | |
| 4655 | 4655 | ||
| 4656 | - | var xSubprocessGetExitStatus func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 4656 | + | var xSubprocessGetExitStatus func(uintptr) int | |
| 4657 | 4657 | ||
| 4658 | 4658 | // Check the exit status of the subprocess, given that it exited | |
| 4659 | 4659 | // normally. This is the value passed to the exit() system call or the | |
| @@ -4663,7 +4663,7 @@ var xSubprocessGetExitStatus func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 4663 | 4663 | // | |
| 4664 | 4664 | // It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() and | |
| 4665 | 4665 | // unless g_subprocess_get_if_exited() returned %TRUE. | |
| 4666 | - | func (x *Subprocess) GetExitStatus() int32 { | |
| 4666 | + | func (x *Subprocess) GetExitStatus() int { | |
| 4667 | 4667 | ||
| 4668 | 4668 | return xSubprocessGetExitStatus(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 4669 | 4669 | ||
| @@ -4709,7 +4709,7 @@ func (x *Subprocess) GetIfSignaled() bool { | |||
| 4709 | 4709 | ||
| 4710 | 4710 | } | |
| 4711 | 4711 | ||
| 4712 | - | var xSubprocessGetStatus func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 4712 | + | var xSubprocessGetStatus func(uintptr) int | |
| 4713 | 4713 | ||
| 4714 | 4714 | // Gets the raw status code of the process, as from waitpid(). | |
| 4715 | 4715 | // | |
| @@ -4722,7 +4722,7 @@ var xSubprocessGetStatus func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 4722 | 4722 | // | |
| 4723 | 4723 | // It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() has | |
| 4724 | 4724 | // returned. | |
| 4725 | - | func (x *Subprocess) GetStatus() int32 { | |
| 4725 | + | func (x *Subprocess) GetStatus() int { | |
| 4726 | 4726 | ||
| 4727 | 4727 | return xSubprocessGetStatus(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 4728 | 4728 | ||
| @@ -4808,7 +4808,7 @@ func (x *Subprocess) GetSuccessful() bool { | |||
| 4808 | 4808 | ||
| 4809 | 4809 | } | |
| 4810 | 4810 | ||
| 4811 | - | var xSubprocessGetTermSig func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 4811 | + | var xSubprocessGetTermSig func(uintptr) int | |
| 4812 | 4812 | ||
| 4813 | 4813 | // Get the signal number that caused the subprocess to terminate, given | |
| 4814 | 4814 | // that it terminated due to a signal. | |
| @@ -4817,13 +4817,13 @@ var xSubprocessGetTermSig func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 4817 | 4817 | // | |
| 4818 | 4818 | // It is an error to call this function before g_subprocess_wait() and | |
| 4819 | 4819 | // unless g_subprocess_get_if_signaled() returned %TRUE. | |
| 4820 | - | func (x *Subprocess) GetTermSig() int32 { | |
| 4820 | + | func (x *Subprocess) GetTermSig() int { | |
| 4821 | 4821 | ||
| 4822 | 4822 | return xSubprocessGetTermSig(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 4823 | 4823 | ||
| 4824 | 4824 | } | |
| 4825 | 4825 | ||
| 4826 | - | var xSubprocessSendSignal func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 4826 | + | var xSubprocessSendSignal func(uintptr, int) | |
| 4827 | 4827 | ||
| 4828 | 4828 | // Sends the UNIX signal @signal_num to the subprocess, if it is still | |
| 4829 | 4829 | // running. | |
| @@ -4832,7 +4832,7 @@ var xSubprocessSendSignal func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 4832 | 4832 | // be signalled. | |
| 4833 | 4833 | // | |
| 4834 | 4834 | // This API is not available on Windows. | |
| 4835 | - | func (x *Subprocess) SendSignal(SignalNumVar int32) { | |
| 4835 | + | func (x *Subprocess) SendSignal(SignalNumVar int) { | |
| 4836 | 4836 | ||
| 4837 | 4837 | xSubprocessSendSignal(x.GoPointer(), SignalNumVar) | |
| 4838 | 4838 | ||
| @@ -5213,7 +5213,7 @@ func (x *SubprocessLauncher) Spawnv(ArgvVar uintptr) *Subprocess { | |||
| 5213 | 5213 | ||
| 5214 | 5214 | } | |
| 5215 | 5215 | ||
| 5216 | - | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeFd func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 5216 | + | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeFd func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 5217 | 5217 | ||
| 5218 | 5218 | // Transfer an arbitrary file descriptor from parent process to the | |
| 5219 | 5219 | // child. This function takes ownership of the @source_fd; it will be closed | |
| @@ -5227,13 +5227,13 @@ var xSubprocessLauncherTakeFd func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 5227 | 5227 | // An example use case is GNUPG, which has a command line argument | |
| 5228 | 5228 | // `--passphrase-fd` providing a file descriptor number where it expects | |
| 5229 | 5229 | // the passphrase to be written. | |
| 5230 | - | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeFd(SourceFdVar int32, TargetFdVar int32) { | |
| 5230 | + | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeFd(SourceFdVar int, TargetFdVar int) { | |
| 5231 | 5231 | ||
| 5232 | 5232 | xSubprocessLauncherTakeFd(x.GoPointer(), SourceFdVar, TargetFdVar) | |
| 5233 | 5233 | ||
| 5234 | 5234 | } | |
| 5235 | 5235 | ||
| 5236 | - | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStderrFd func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 5236 | + | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStderrFd func(uintptr, int) | |
| 5237 | 5237 | ||
| 5238 | 5238 | // Sets the file descriptor to use as the stderr for spawned processes. | |
| 5239 | 5239 | // | |
| @@ -5251,13 +5251,13 @@ var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStderrFd func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 5251 | 5251 | // if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stderr elsewhere. | |
| 5252 | 5252 | // | |
| 5253 | 5253 | // This feature is only available on UNIX. | |
| 5254 | - | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStderrFd(FdVar int32) { | |
| 5254 | + | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStderrFd(FdVar int) { | |
| 5255 | 5255 | ||
| 5256 | 5256 | xSubprocessLauncherTakeStderrFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 5257 | 5257 | ||
| 5258 | 5258 | } | |
| 5259 | 5259 | ||
| 5260 | - | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdinFd func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 5260 | + | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdinFd func(uintptr, int) | |
| 5261 | 5261 | ||
| 5262 | 5262 | // Sets the file descriptor to use as the stdin for spawned processes. | |
| 5263 | 5263 | // | |
| @@ -5277,13 +5277,13 @@ var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdinFd func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 5277 | 5277 | // the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdin elsewhere. | |
| 5278 | 5278 | // | |
| 5279 | 5279 | // This feature is only available on UNIX. | |
| 5280 | - | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStdinFd(FdVar int32) { | |
| 5280 | + | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStdinFd(FdVar int) { | |
| 5281 | 5281 | ||
| 5282 | 5282 | xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdinFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 5283 | 5283 | ||
| 5284 | 5284 | } | |
| 5285 | 5285 | ||
| 5286 | - | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdoutFd func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 5286 | + | var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdoutFd func(uintptr, int) | |
| 5287 | 5287 | ||
| 5288 | 5288 | // Sets the file descriptor to use as the stdout for spawned processes. | |
| 5289 | 5289 | // | |
| @@ -5302,7 +5302,7 @@ var xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdoutFd func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 5302 | 5302 | // if the launcher flags contain any flags directing stdout elsewhere. | |
| 5303 | 5303 | // | |
| 5304 | 5304 | // This feature is only available on UNIX. | |
| 5305 | - | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStdoutFd(FdVar int32) { | |
| 5305 | + | func (x *SubprocessLauncher) TakeStdoutFd(FdVar int) { | |
| 5306 | 5306 | ||
| 5307 | 5307 | xSubprocessLauncherTakeStdoutFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 5308 | 5308 | ||
M v4/gio/gioerror.go +2 -2
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xIoErrorFromErrno func(int32) IOErrorEnum | |
| 9 | + | var xIoErrorFromErrno func(int) IOErrorEnum | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // Converts errno.h error codes into GIO error codes. The fallback | |
| 12 | 12 | // value %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED is returned for error codes not currently | |
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ var xIoErrorFromErrno func(int32) IOErrorEnum | |||
| 15 | 15 | // | |
| 16 | 16 | // As %errno is global and may be modified by intermediate function | |
| 17 | 17 | // calls, you should save its value as soon as the call which sets it | |
| 18 | - | func IoErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar int32) IOErrorEnum { | |
| 18 | + | func IoErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar int) IOErrorEnum { | |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | 20 | return xIoErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar) | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
M v4/gio/giomodule.go +2 -2
| @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ type IOModuleClass struct { | |||
| 19 | 19 | type IOModuleScope struct { | |
| 20 | 20 | } | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | - | var xIoExtensionPointImplement func(string, []interface{}, string, int32) *IOExtension | |
| 22 | + | var xIoExtensionPointImplement func(string, []interface{}, string, int) *IOExtension | |
| 23 | 23 | ||
| 24 | 24 | // Registers @type as extension for the extension point with name | |
| 25 | 25 | // @extension_point_name. | |
| 26 | 26 | // | |
| 27 | 27 | // If @type has already been registered as an extension for this | |
| 28 | 28 | // extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned. | |
| 29 | - | func IoExtensionPointImplement(ExtensionPointNameVar string, TypeVar []interface{}, ExtensionNameVar string, PriorityVar int32) *IOExtension { | |
| 29 | + | func IoExtensionPointImplement(ExtensionPointNameVar string, TypeVar []interface{}, ExtensionNameVar string, PriorityVar int) *IOExtension { | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | return xIoExtensionPointImplement(ExtensionPointNameVar, TypeVar, ExtensionNameVar, PriorityVar) | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
M v4/gio/gioscheduler.go +2 -2
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ func IoSchedulerCancelAllJobs() { | |||
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | 20 | } | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | - | var xIoSchedulerPushJob func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 22 | + | var xIoSchedulerPushJob func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 23 | 23 | ||
| 24 | 24 | // Schedules the I/O job to run in another thread. | |
| 25 | 25 | // | |
| @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ var xIoSchedulerPushJob func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |||
| 29 | 29 | // If @cancellable is not %NULL, it can be used to cancel the I/O job | |
| 30 | 30 | // by calling g_cancellable_cancel() or by calling | |
| 31 | 31 | // g_io_scheduler_cancel_all_jobs(). | |
| 32 | - | func IoSchedulerPushJob(JobFuncVar IOSchedulerJobFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar glib.DestroyNotify, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) { | |
| 32 | + | func IoSchedulerPushJob(JobFuncVar IOSchedulerJobFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar glib.DestroyNotify, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) { | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | 34 | xIoSchedulerPushJob(purego.NewCallback(JobFuncVar), UserDataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
M v4/gio/giostream.go +4 -4
| @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ func (x *IOStream) Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | } | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | - | var xIOStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 123 | + | var xIOStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | // Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources | |
| 126 | 126 | // related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be | |
| @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ var xIOStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 132 | 132 | // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads | |
| 133 | 133 | // to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting | |
| 134 | 134 | // classes. However, if you override one you must override all. | |
| 135 | - | func (x *IOStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 135 | + | func (x *IOStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | 137 | xIOStreamCloseAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *IOStream) SetPending() bool { | |||
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | 215 | } | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | - | var xIOStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, IOStreamSpliceFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 217 | + | var xIOStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, IOStreamSpliceFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | // Asynchronously splice the output stream of @stream1 to the input stream of | |
| 220 | 220 | // @stream2, and splice the output stream of @stream2 to the input stream of | |
| @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ var xIOStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, IOStreamSpliceFlags, int32, uint | |||
| 223 | 223 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| 224 | 224 | // You can then call g_io_stream_splice_finish() to get the | |
| 225 | 225 | // result of the operation. | |
| 226 | - | func (x *IOStream) SpliceAsync(Stream2Var *IOStream, FlagsVar IOStreamSpliceFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 226 | + | func (x *IOStream) SpliceAsync(Stream2Var *IOStream, FlagsVar IOStreamSpliceFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| 228 | 228 | xIOStreamSpliceAsync(x.GoPointer(), Stream2Var.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
M v4/gio/gloadableicon.go +6 -6
| @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ type LoadableIconIface struct { | |||
| 16 | 16 | type LoadableIcon interface { | |
| 17 | 17 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 18 | 18 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 19 | - | Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream | |
| 20 | - | LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 19 | + | Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream | |
| 20 | + | LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 21 | 21 | LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) *InputStream | |
| 22 | 22 | } | |
| 23 | 23 | type LoadableIconBase struct { | |
| @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 34 | 34 | ||
| 35 | 35 | // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function, | |
| 36 | 36 | // see g_loadable_icon_load_async(). | |
| 37 | - | func (x *LoadableIconBase) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 37 | + | func (x *LoadableIconBase) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream { | |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | 39 | LoadPtr := XGLoadableIconLoad(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 40 | 40 | if LoadPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) Load(SizeVar int32, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *C | |||
| 50 | 50 | // Loads an icon asynchronously. To finish this function, see | |
| 51 | 51 | // g_loadable_icon_load_finish(). For the synchronous, blocking | |
| 52 | 52 | // version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load(). | |
| 53 | - | func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadAsync(SizeVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 53 | + | func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | 55 | XGLoadableIconLoadAsync(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) *Input | |||
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | } | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | - | var XGLoadableIconLoad func(uintptr, int32, string, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 74 | - | var XGLoadableIconLoadAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 73 | + | var XGLoadableIconLoad func(uintptr, int, string, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 74 | + | var XGLoadableIconLoadAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 75 | 75 | var XGLoadableIconLoadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string) uintptr | |
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | func init() { | |
M v4/gio/gmenumodel.go +16 -16
| @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func MenuModelNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *MenuModel { | |||
| 322 | 322 | return cls | |
| 323 | 323 | } | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
| 325 | - | var xMenuModelGetItemAttribute func(uintptr, int32, string, string, ...interface{}) bool | |
| 325 | + | var xMenuModelGetItemAttribute func(uintptr, int, string, string, ...interface{}) bool | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | 327 | // Queries item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute | |
| 328 | 328 | // specified by @attribute. | |
| @@ -340,13 +340,13 @@ var xMenuModelGetItemAttribute func(uintptr, int32, string, string, ...interface | |||
| 340 | 340 | // @format_string must make a complete copy of the data (since the | |
| 341 | 341 | // #GVariant may go away after the call to g_variant_unref()). In | |
| 342 | 342 | // particular, no '&' characters are allowed in @format_string. | |
| 343 | - | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemAttribute(ItemIndexVar int32, AttributeVar string, FormatStringVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) bool { | |
| 343 | + | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemAttribute(ItemIndexVar int, AttributeVar string, FormatStringVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) bool { | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| 345 | 345 | return xMenuModelGetItemAttribute(x.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar, AttributeVar, FormatStringVar, varArgs...) | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| 347 | 347 | } | |
| 348 | 348 | ||
| 349 | - | var xMenuModelGetItemAttributeValue func(uintptr, int32, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant | |
| 349 | + | var xMenuModelGetItemAttributeValue func(uintptr, int, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant | |
| 350 | 350 | ||
| 351 | 351 | // Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the attribute | |
| 352 | 352 | // specified by @attribute. | |
| @@ -359,20 +359,20 @@ var xMenuModelGetItemAttributeValue func(uintptr, int32, string, *glib.VariantTy | |||
| 359 | 359 | // | |
| 360 | 360 | // If the attribute does not exist, or does not match the expected type | |
| 361 | 361 | // then %NULL is returned. | |
| 362 | - | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemAttributeValue(ItemIndexVar int32, AttributeVar string, ExpectedTypeVar *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant { | |
| 362 | + | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemAttributeValue(ItemIndexVar int, AttributeVar string, ExpectedTypeVar *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant { | |
| 363 | 363 | ||
| 364 | 364 | return xMenuModelGetItemAttributeValue(x.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar, AttributeVar, ExpectedTypeVar) | |
| 365 | 365 | ||
| 366 | 366 | } | |
| 367 | 367 | ||
| 368 | - | var xMenuModelGetItemLink func(uintptr, int32, string) uintptr | |
| 368 | + | var xMenuModelGetItemLink func(uintptr, int, string) uintptr | |
| 369 | 369 | ||
| 370 | 370 | // Queries the item at position @item_index in @model for the link | |
| 371 | 371 | // specified by @link. | |
| 372 | 372 | // | |
| 373 | 373 | // If the link exists, the linked #GMenuModel is returned. If the link | |
| 374 | 374 | // does not exist, %NULL is returned. | |
| 375 | - | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemLink(ItemIndexVar int32, LinkVar string) *MenuModel { | |
| 375 | + | func (x *MenuModel) GetItemLink(ItemIndexVar int, LinkVar string) *MenuModel { | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| 377 | 377 | GetItemLinkPtr := xMenuModelGetItemLink(x.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar, LinkVar) | |
| 378 | 378 | if GetItemLinkPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -385,10 +385,10 @@ func (x *MenuModel) GetItemLink(ItemIndexVar int32, LinkVar string) *MenuModel { | |||
| 385 | 385 | ||
| 386 | 386 | } | |
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | - | var xMenuModelGetNItems func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 388 | + | var xMenuModelGetNItems func(uintptr) int | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | 390 | // Query the number of items in @model. | |
| 391 | - | func (x *MenuModel) GetNItems() int32 { | |
| 391 | + | func (x *MenuModel) GetNItems() int { | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| 393 | 393 | return xMenuModelGetNItems(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 394 | 394 | ||
| @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ func (x *MenuModel) IsMutable() bool { | |||
| 406 | 406 | ||
| 407 | 407 | } | |
| 408 | 408 | ||
| 409 | - | var xMenuModelItemsChanged func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 409 | + | var xMenuModelItemsChanged func(uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 410 | 410 | ||
| 411 | 411 | // Requests emission of the #GMenuModel::items-changed signal on @model. | |
| 412 | 412 | // | |
| @@ -423,19 +423,19 @@ var xMenuModelItemsChanged func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |||
| 423 | 423 | // entry and not in response to calls -- particularly those from the | |
| 424 | 424 | // #GMenuModel API. Said another way: the menu must not change while | |
| 425 | 425 | // user code is running without returning to the mainloop. | |
| 426 | - | func (x *MenuModel) ItemsChanged(PositionVar int32, RemovedVar int32, AddedVar int32) { | |
| 426 | + | func (x *MenuModel) ItemsChanged(PositionVar int, RemovedVar int, AddedVar int) { | |
| 427 | 427 | ||
| 428 | 428 | xMenuModelItemsChanged(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, RemovedVar, AddedVar) | |
| 429 | 429 | ||
| 430 | 430 | } | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | - | var xMenuModelIterateItemAttributes func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 432 | + | var xMenuModelIterateItemAttributes func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | // Creates a #GMenuAttributeIter to iterate over the attributes of | |
| 435 | 435 | // the item at position @item_index in @model. | |
| 436 | 436 | // | |
| 437 | 437 | // You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. | |
| 438 | - | func (x *MenuModel) IterateItemAttributes(ItemIndexVar int32) *MenuAttributeIter { | |
| 438 | + | func (x *MenuModel) IterateItemAttributes(ItemIndexVar int) *MenuAttributeIter { | |
| 439 | 439 | ||
| 440 | 440 | IterateItemAttributesPtr := xMenuModelIterateItemAttributes(x.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar) | |
| 441 | 441 | if IterateItemAttributesPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -448,13 +448,13 @@ func (x *MenuModel) IterateItemAttributes(ItemIndexVar int32) *MenuAttributeIter | |||
| 448 | 448 | ||
| 449 | 449 | } | |
| 450 | 450 | ||
| 451 | - | var xMenuModelIterateItemLinks func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 451 | + | var xMenuModelIterateItemLinks func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 452 | 452 | ||
| 453 | 453 | // Creates a #GMenuLinkIter to iterate over the links of the item at | |
| 454 | 454 | // position @item_index in @model. | |
| 455 | 455 | // | |
| 456 | 456 | // You must free the iterator with g_object_unref() when you are done. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *MenuModel) IterateItemLinks(ItemIndexVar int32) *MenuLinkIter { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *MenuModel) IterateItemLinks(ItemIndexVar int) *MenuLinkIter { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | IterateItemLinksPtr := xMenuModelIterateItemLinks(x.GoPointer(), ItemIndexVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | if IterateItemLinksPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -495,8 +495,8 @@ func (c *MenuModel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 495 | 495 | // Signal handlers may query the model (particularly the added items) | |
| 496 | 496 | // and expect to see the results of the modification that is being | |
| 497 | 497 | // reported. The signal is emitted after the modification. | |
| 498 | - | func (x *MenuModel) ConnectItemsChanged(cb func(MenuModel, int32, int32, int32)) { | |
| 499 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PositionVarp int32, RemovedVarp int32, AddedVarp int32) { | |
| 498 | + | func (x *MenuModel) ConnectItemsChanged(cb func(MenuModel, int, int, int)) { | |
| 499 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PositionVarp int, RemovedVarp int, AddedVarp int) { | |
| 500 | 500 | fa := MenuModel{} | |
| 501 | 501 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 502 | 502 | ||
M v4/gio/gmountoperation.go +4 -4
| @@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ func (x *MountOperation) GetAnonymous() bool { | |||
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | 70 | } | |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | - | var xMountOperationGetChoice func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 72 | + | var xMountOperationGetChoice func(uintptr) int | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | 74 | // Gets a choice from the mount operation. | |
| 75 | - | func (x *MountOperation) GetChoice() int32 { | |
| 75 | + | func (x *MountOperation) GetChoice() int { | |
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | return xMountOperationGetChoice(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| @@ -161,10 +161,10 @@ func (x *MountOperation) SetAnonymous(AnonymousVar bool) { | |||
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | } | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | - | var xMountOperationSetChoice func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 164 | + | var xMountOperationSetChoice func(uintptr, int) | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | 166 | // Sets a default choice for the mount operation. | |
| 167 | - | func (x *MountOperation) SetChoice(ChoiceVar int32) { | |
| 167 | + | func (x *MountOperation) SetChoice(ChoiceVar int) { | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
| 169 | 169 | xMountOperationSetChoice(x.GoPointer(), ChoiceVar) | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
M v4/gio/goutputstream.go +16 -16
| @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) Close(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | 83 | } | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | - | var xOutputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 85 | + | var xOutputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | // Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources | |
| 88 | 88 | // related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be | |
| @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ var xOutputStreamCloseAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 94 | 94 | // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads | |
| 95 | 95 | // to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting | |
| 96 | 96 | // classes. However, if you override one you must override all. | |
| 97 | - | func (x *OutputStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 97 | + | func (x *OutputStream) CloseAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | 99 | xOutputStreamCloseAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) Flush(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | 127 | } | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | - | var xOutputStreamFlushAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 129 | + | var xOutputStreamFlushAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| 131 | 131 | // Forces an asynchronous write of all user-space buffered data for | |
| 132 | 132 | // the given @stream. | |
| @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ var xOutputStreamFlushAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 135 | 135 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be | |
| 136 | 136 | // called. You can then call g_output_stream_flush_finish() to get the | |
| 137 | 137 | // result of the operation. | |
| 138 | - | func (x *OutputStream) FlushAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 138 | + | func (x *OutputStream) FlushAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | xOutputStreamFlushAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) Splice(SourceVar *InputStream, FlagsVar OutputStreamSplic | |||
| 220 | 220 | ||
| 221 | 221 | } | |
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | - | var xOutputStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 223 | + | var xOutputStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | // Splices a stream asynchronously. | |
| 226 | 226 | // When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ var xOutputStreamSpliceAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, int | |||
| 229 | 229 | // | |
| 230 | 230 | // For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see | |
| 231 | 231 | // g_output_stream_splice(). | |
| 232 | - | func (x *OutputStream) SpliceAsync(SourceVar *InputStream, FlagsVar OutputStreamSpliceFlags, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 232 | + | func (x *OutputStream) SpliceAsync(SourceVar *InputStream, FlagsVar OutputStreamSpliceFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | xOutputStreamSpliceAsync(x.GoPointer(), SourceVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
| @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WriteAll(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, BytesWrittenVa | |||
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | 320 | } | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | - | var xOutputStreamWriteAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 322 | + | var xOutputStreamWriteAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 323 | 323 | ||
| 324 | 324 | // Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into | |
| 325 | 325 | // the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWriteAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uint | |||
| 336 | 336 | // | |
| 337 | 337 | // Note that no copy of @buffer will be made, so it must stay valid | |
| 338 | 338 | // until @callback is called. | |
| 339 | - | func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 339 | + | func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
| 341 | 341 | xOutputStreamWriteAllAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
| @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar uin | |||
| 360 | 360 | ||
| 361 | 361 | } | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
| 363 | - | var xOutputStreamWriteAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 363 | + | var xOutputStreamWriteAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 364 | 364 | ||
| 365 | 365 | // Request an asynchronous write of @count bytes from @buffer into | |
| 366 | 366 | // the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWriteAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 397 | 397 | // until @callback is called. See g_output_stream_write_bytes_async() | |
| 398 | 398 | // for a #GBytes version that will automatically hold a reference to | |
| 399 | 399 | // the contents (without copying) for the duration of the call. | |
| 400 | - | func (x *OutputStream) WriteAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 400 | + | func (x *OutputStream) WriteAsync(BufferVar uintptr, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| 402 | 402 | xOutputStreamWriteAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 403 | 403 | ||
| @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WriteBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes, CancellableVar *Cancella | |||
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | } | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | - | var xOutputStreamWriteBytesAsync func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 425 | + | var xOutputStreamWriteBytesAsync func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | // This function is similar to g_output_stream_write_async(), but | |
| 428 | 428 | // takes a #GBytes as input. Due to the refcounted nature of #GBytes, | |
| @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWriteBytesAsync func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32, uintptr, uint | |||
| 437 | 437 | // | |
| 438 | 438 | // For the synchronous, blocking version of this function, see | |
| 439 | 439 | // g_output_stream_write_bytes(). | |
| 440 | - | func (x *OutputStream) WriteBytesAsync(BytesVar *glib.Bytes, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 440 | + | func (x *OutputStream) WriteBytesAsync(BytesVar *glib.Bytes, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 441 | 441 | ||
| 442 | 442 | xOutputStreamWriteBytesAsync(x.GoPointer(), BytesVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 443 | 443 | ||
| @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WritevAll(VectorsVar uintptr, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrit | |||
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | } | |
| 524 | 524 | ||
| 525 | - | var xOutputStreamWritevAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 525 | + | var xOutputStreamWritevAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 526 | 526 | ||
| 527 | 527 | // Request an asynchronous write of the bytes contained in the @n_vectors @vectors into | |
| 528 | 528 | // the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWritevAllAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uin | |||
| 540 | 540 | // Note that no copy of @vectors will be made, so it must stay valid | |
| 541 | 541 | // until @callback is called. The content of the individual elements | |
| 542 | 542 | // of @vectors might be changed by this function. | |
| 543 | - | func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllAsync(VectorsVar uintptr, NVectorsVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 543 | + | func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllAsync(VectorsVar uintptr, NVectorsVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 544 | 544 | ||
| 545 | 545 | xOutputStreamWritevAllAsync(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 546 | 546 | ||
| @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar ui | |||
| 564 | 564 | ||
| 565 | 565 | } | |
| 566 | 566 | ||
| 567 | - | var xOutputStreamWritevAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 567 | + | var xOutputStreamWritevAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 568 | 568 | ||
| 569 | 569 | // Request an asynchronous write of the bytes contained in @n_vectors @vectors into | |
| 570 | 570 | // the stream. When the operation is finished @callback will be called. | |
| @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWritevAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr, uintpt | |||
| 596 | 596 | // | |
| 597 | 597 | // Note that no copy of @vectors will be made, so it must stay valid | |
| 598 | 598 | // until @callback is called. | |
| 599 | - | func (x *OutputStream) WritevAsync(VectorsVar uintptr, NVectorsVar uint, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 599 | + | func (x *OutputStream) WritevAsync(VectorsVar uintptr, NVectorsVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 600 | 600 | ||
| 601 | 601 | xOutputStreamWritevAsync(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 602 | 602 | ||
M v4/gio/gsettings.go +10 -10
| @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ func (x *Settings) GetDouble(KeyVar string) float64 { | |||
| 717 | 717 | ||
| 718 | 718 | } | |
| 719 | 719 | ||
| 720 | - | var xSettingsGetEnum func(uintptr, string) int32 | |
| 720 | + | var xSettingsGetEnum func(uintptr, string) int | |
| 721 | 721 | ||
| 722 | 722 | // Gets the value that is stored in @settings for @key and converts it | |
| 723 | 723 | // to the enum value that it represents. | |
| @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ var xSettingsGetEnum func(uintptr, string) int32 | |||
| 731 | 731 | // If the value stored in the configuration database is not a valid | |
| 732 | 732 | // value for the enumerated type then this function will return the | |
| 733 | 733 | // default value. | |
| 734 | - | func (x *Settings) GetEnum(KeyVar string) int32 { | |
| 734 | + | func (x *Settings) GetEnum(KeyVar string) int { | |
| 735 | 735 | ||
| 736 | 736 | return xSettingsGetEnum(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar) | |
| 737 | 737 | ||
| @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ func (x *Settings) GetHasUnapplied() bool { | |||
| 767 | 767 | ||
| 768 | 768 | } | |
| 769 | 769 | ||
| 770 | - | var xSettingsGetInt func(uintptr, string) int32 | |
| 770 | + | var xSettingsGetInt func(uintptr, string) int | |
| 771 | 771 | ||
| 772 | 772 | // Gets the value that is stored at @key in @settings. | |
| 773 | 773 | // | |
| @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ var xSettingsGetInt func(uintptr, string) int32 | |||
| 775 | 775 | // | |
| 776 | 776 | // It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as | |
| 777 | 777 | // having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. | |
| 778 | - | func (x *Settings) GetInt(KeyVar string) int32 { | |
| 778 | + | func (x *Settings) GetInt(KeyVar string) int { | |
| 779 | 779 | ||
| 780 | 780 | return xSettingsGetInt(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar) | |
| 781 | 781 | ||
| @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ func (x *Settings) SetDouble(KeyVar string, ValueVar float64) bool { | |||
| 1058 | 1058 | ||
| 1059 | 1059 | } | |
| 1060 | 1060 | ||
| 1061 | - | var xSettingsSetEnum func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |
| 1061 | + | var xSettingsSetEnum func(uintptr, string, int) bool | |
| 1062 | 1062 | ||
| 1063 | 1063 | // Looks up the enumerated type nick for @value and writes it to @key, | |
| 1064 | 1064 | // within @settings. | |
| @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ var xSettingsSetEnum func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |||
| 1070 | 1070 | // After performing the write, accessing @key directly with | |
| 1071 | 1071 | // g_settings_get_string() will return the 'nick' associated with | |
| 1072 | 1072 | // @value. | |
| 1073 | - | func (x *Settings) SetEnum(KeyVar string, ValueVar int32) bool { | |
| 1073 | + | func (x *Settings) SetEnum(KeyVar string, ValueVar int) bool { | |
| 1074 | 1074 | ||
| 1075 | 1075 | return xSettingsSetEnum(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, ValueVar) | |
| 1076 | 1076 | ||
| @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ func (x *Settings) SetFlags(KeyVar string, ValueVar uint) bool { | |||
| 1095 | 1095 | ||
| 1096 | 1096 | } | |
| 1097 | 1097 | ||
| 1098 | - | var xSettingsSetInt func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |
| 1098 | + | var xSettingsSetInt func(uintptr, string, int) bool | |
| 1099 | 1099 | ||
| 1100 | 1100 | // Sets @key in @settings to @value. | |
| 1101 | 1101 | // | |
| @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ var xSettingsSetInt func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |||
| 1103 | 1103 | // | |
| 1104 | 1104 | // It is a programmer error to give a @key that isn't specified as | |
| 1105 | 1105 | // having a int32 type in the schema for @settings. | |
| 1106 | - | func (x *Settings) SetInt(KeyVar string, ValueVar int32) bool { | |
| 1106 | + | func (x *Settings) SetInt(KeyVar string, ValueVar int) bool { | |
| 1107 | 1107 | ||
| 1108 | 1108 | return xSettingsSetInt(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, ValueVar) | |
| 1109 | 1109 | ||
| @@ -1220,8 +1220,8 @@ func (c *Settings) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 1220 | 1220 | // The default handler for this signal invokes the "changed" signal | |
| 1221 | 1221 | // for each affected key. If any other connected handler returns | |
| 1222 | 1222 | // %TRUE then this default functionality will be suppressed. | |
| 1223 | - | func (x *Settings) ConnectChangeEvent(cb func(Settings, uintptr, int32) bool) { | |
| 1224 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, KeysVarp uintptr, NKeysVarp int32) bool { | |
| 1223 | + | func (x *Settings) ConnectChangeEvent(cb func(Settings, uintptr, int) bool) { | |
| 1224 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, KeysVarp uintptr, NKeysVarp int) bool { | |
| 1225 | 1225 | fa := Settings{} | |
| 1226 | 1226 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1227 | 1227 | ||
M v4/gio/gsimpleactiongroup.go +3 -3
| @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ func NewSimpleActionGroup() *SimpleActionGroup { | |||
| 43 | 43 | return NewSimpleActionGroupCls | |
| 44 | 44 | } | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | - | var xSimpleActionGroupAddEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 46 | + | var xSimpleActionGroupAddEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | 48 | // A convenience function for creating multiple #GSimpleAction instances | |
| 49 | 49 | // and adding them to the action group. | |
| 50 | - | func (x *SimpleActionGroup) AddEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 50 | + | func (x *SimpleActionGroup) AddEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | 52 | xSimpleActionGroupAddEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ func (x *SimpleActionGroup) AddAction(ActionVar Action) { | |||
| 392 | 392 | // } | |
| 393 | 393 | // | |
| 394 | 394 | // ]| | |
| 395 | - | func (x *SimpleActionGroup) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 395 | + | func (x *SimpleActionGroup) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 396 | 396 | ||
| 397 | 397 | XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 398 | 398 | ||
M v4/gio/gsimpleasyncresult.go +10 -10
| @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ import ( | |||
| 11 | 11 | type SimpleAsyncResultClass struct { | |
| 12 | 12 | } | |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | - | var xSimpleAsyncReportErrorInIdle func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 14 | + | var xSimpleAsyncReportErrorInIdle func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | 16 | // Reports an error in an asynchronous function in an idle function by | |
| 17 | 17 | // directly setting the contents of the #GAsyncResult with the given error | |
| 18 | 18 | // information. | |
| 19 | - | func SimpleAsyncReportErrorInIdle(ObjectVar *gobject.Object, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 19 | + | func SimpleAsyncReportErrorInIdle(ObjectVar *gobject.Object, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | 21 | xSimpleAsyncReportErrorInIdle(ObjectVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar, DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| @@ -249,10 +249,10 @@ func NewSimpleAsyncResult(SourceObjectVar *gobject.Object, CallbackVar AsyncRead | |||
| 249 | 249 | return NewSimpleAsyncResultCls | |
| 250 | 250 | } | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | - | var xNewErrorSimpleAsyncResult func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) uintptr | |
| 252 | + | var xNewErrorSimpleAsyncResult func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) uintptr | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | // Creates a new #GSimpleAsyncResult with a set error. | |
| 255 | - | func NewErrorSimpleAsyncResult(SourceObjectVar *gobject.Object, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *SimpleAsyncResult { | |
| 255 | + | func NewErrorSimpleAsyncResult(SourceObjectVar *gobject.Object, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr, DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *SimpleAsyncResult { | |
| 256 | 256 | NewErrorSimpleAsyncResultPtr := xNewErrorSimpleAsyncResult(SourceObjectVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar, DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 257 | 257 | if NewErrorSimpleAsyncResultPtr == 0 { | |
| 258 | 258 | return nil | |
| @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) PropagateError() bool { | |||
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | 373 | } | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | - | var xSimpleAsyncResultRunInThread func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 375 | + | var xSimpleAsyncResultRunInThread func(uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| 377 | 377 | // Runs the asynchronous job in a separate thread and then calls | |
| 378 | 378 | // g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() on @simple to return | |
| @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ var xSimpleAsyncResultRunInThread func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |||
| 380 | 380 | // | |
| 381 | 381 | // Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as | |
| 382 | 382 | // is needed to run the job and report its completion. | |
| 383 | - | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) RunInThread(FuncVar SimpleAsyncThreadFunc, IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) { | |
| 383 | + | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) RunInThread(FuncVar SimpleAsyncThreadFunc, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) { | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| 385 | 385 | xSimpleAsyncResultRunInThread(x.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(FuncVar), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| @@ -409,20 +409,20 @@ func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) SetCheckCancellable(CheckCancellableVar *Cancellable | |||
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | } | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | - | var xSimpleAsyncResultSetError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 412 | + | var xSimpleAsyncResultSetError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | // Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. | |
| 415 | - | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) SetError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 415 | + | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) SetError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| 417 | 417 | xSimpleAsyncResultSetError(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 418 | 418 | ||
| 419 | 419 | } | |
| 420 | 420 | ||
| 421 | - | var xSimpleAsyncResultSetErrorVa func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, []interface{}) | |
| 421 | + | var xSimpleAsyncResultSetErrorVa func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, []interface{}) | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | // Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError. | |
| 424 | 424 | // Unless writing a binding, see g_simple_async_result_set_error(). | |
| 425 | - | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) SetErrorVa(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 425 | + | func (x *SimpleAsyncResult) SetErrorVa(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | xSimpleAsyncResultSetErrorVa(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
M v4/gio/gsocket.go +22 -22
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func NewSocket(FamilyVar SocketFamily, TypeVar SocketType, ProtocolVar SocketPro | |||
| 102 | 102 | return NewSocketCls | |
| 103 | 103 | } | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | - | var xNewFromFdSocket func(int32) uintptr | |
| 105 | + | var xNewFromFdSocket func(int) uintptr | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | 107 | // Creates a new #GSocket from a native file descriptor | |
| 108 | 108 | // or winsock SOCKET handle. | |
| @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ var xNewFromFdSocket func(int32) uintptr | |||
| 117 | 117 | // | |
| 118 | 118 | // Since GLib 2.46, it is no longer a fatal error to call this on a non-socket | |
| 119 | 119 | // descriptor. Instead, a GError will be set with code %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED | |
| 120 | - | func NewFromFdSocket(FdVar int32) *Socket { | |
| 120 | + | func NewFromFdSocket(FdVar int) *Socket { | |
| 121 | 121 | NewFromFdSocketPtr := xNewFromFdSocket(FdVar) | |
| 122 | 122 | if NewFromFdSocketPtr == 0 { | |
| 123 | 123 | return nil | |
| @@ -453,14 +453,14 @@ func (x *Socket) GetFamily() SocketFamily { | |||
| 453 | 453 | ||
| 454 | 454 | } | |
| 455 | 455 | ||
| 456 | - | var xSocketGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 456 | + | var xSocketGetFd func(uintptr) int | |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | 458 | // Returns the underlying OS socket object. On unix this | |
| 459 | 459 | // is a socket file descriptor, and on Windows this is | |
| 460 | 460 | // a Winsock2 SOCKET handle. This may be useful for | |
| 461 | 461 | // doing platform specific or otherwise unusual operations | |
| 462 | 462 | // on the socket. | |
| 463 | - | func (x *Socket) GetFd() int32 { | |
| 463 | + | func (x *Socket) GetFd() int { | |
| 464 | 464 | ||
| 465 | 465 | return xSocketGetFd(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 466 | 466 | ||
| @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ func (x *Socket) GetKeepalive() bool { | |||
| 476 | 476 | ||
| 477 | 477 | } | |
| 478 | 478 | ||
| 479 | - | var xSocketGetListenBacklog func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 479 | + | var xSocketGetListenBacklog func(uintptr) int | |
| 480 | 480 | ||
| 481 | 481 | // Gets the listen backlog setting of the socket. For details on this, | |
| 482 | 482 | // see g_socket_set_listen_backlog(). | |
| 483 | - | func (x *Socket) GetListenBacklog() int32 { | |
| 483 | + | func (x *Socket) GetListenBacklog() int { | |
| 484 | 484 | ||
| 485 | 485 | return xSocketGetListenBacklog(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 486 | 486 | ||
| @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ func (x *Socket) GetMulticastTtl() uint { | |||
| 525 | 525 | ||
| 526 | 526 | } | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
| 528 | - | var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 528 | + | var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| 530 | 530 | // Gets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with | |
| 531 | 531 | // getsockopt(). (If you need to fetch a non-integer-valued option, | |
| @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 540 | 540 | // Note that even for socket options that are a single byte in size, | |
| 541 | 541 | // @value is still a pointer to a #gint variable, not a #guchar; | |
| 542 | 542 | // g_socket_get_option() will handle the conversion internally. | |
| 543 | - | func (x *Socket) GetOption(LevelVar int32, OptnameVar int32, ValueVar int32) bool { | |
| 543 | + | func (x *Socket) GetOption(LevelVar int, OptnameVar int, ValueVar int) bool { | |
| 544 | 544 | ||
| 545 | 545 | return xSocketGetOption(x.GoPointer(), LevelVar, OptnameVar, ValueVar) | |
| 546 | 546 | ||
| @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ func (x *Socket) ReceiveFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, BufferVar uintptr, Size | |||
| 764 | 764 | ||
| 765 | 765 | } | |
| 766 | 766 | ||
| 767 | - | var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32, int32, uintptr) int | |
| 767 | + | var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr, int, int, uintptr) int | |
| 768 | 768 | ||
| 769 | 769 | // Receive data from a socket. For receiving multiple messages, see | |
| 770 | 770 | // g_socket_receive_messages(); for easier use, see | |
| @@ -825,13 +825,13 @@ var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32 | |||
| 825 | 825 | // %G_IO_IN condition. | |
| 826 | 826 | // | |
| 827 | 827 | // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. | |
| 828 | - | func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessage(AddressVar **SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int32, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int32, FlagsVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 828 | + | func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessage(AddressVar **SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 829 | 829 | ||
| 830 | 830 | return xSocketReceiveMessage(x.GoPointer(), gobject.ConvertPtr(AddressVar), VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 831 | 831 | ||
| 832 | 832 | } | |
| 833 | 833 | ||
| 834 | - | var xSocketReceiveMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr) int32 | |
| 834 | + | var xSocketReceiveMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr) int | |
| 835 | 835 | ||
| 836 | 836 | // Receive multiple data messages from @socket in one go. This is the most | |
| 837 | 837 | // complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see | |
| @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ var xSocketReceiveMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr) int32 | |||
| 881 | 881 | // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only | |
| 882 | 882 | // be returned if zero messages could be received; otherwise the number of | |
| 883 | 883 | // messages successfully received before the error will be returned. | |
| 884 | - | func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 884 | + | func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 885 | 885 | ||
| 886 | 886 | return xSocketReceiveMessages(x.GoPointer(), MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 887 | 887 | ||
| @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ func (x *Socket) Send(BufferVar uintptr, SizeVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellab | |||
| 920 | 920 | ||
| 921 | 921 | } | |
| 922 | 922 | ||
| 923 | - | var xSocketSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32, int32, uintptr) int | |
| 923 | + | var xSocketSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr, int, int, uintptr) int | |
| 924 | 924 | ||
| 925 | 925 | // Send data to @address on @socket. For sending multiple messages see | |
| 926 | 926 | // g_socket_send_messages(); for easier use, see | |
| @@ -964,13 +964,13 @@ var xSocketSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32, in | |||
| 964 | 964 | // function. | |
| 965 | 965 | // | |
| 966 | 966 | // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. | |
| 967 | - | func (x *Socket) SendMessage(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int32, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int32, FlagsVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 967 | + | func (x *Socket) SendMessage(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 968 | 968 | ||
| 969 | 969 | return xSocketSendMessage(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 970 | 970 | ||
| 971 | 971 | } | |
| 972 | 972 | ||
| 973 | - | var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32, int32, int64, uint, uintptr) PollableReturn | |
| 973 | + | var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, uintptr, int, int, int64, uint, uintptr) PollableReturn | |
| 974 | 974 | ||
| 975 | 975 | // This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_send_message(), except that | |
| 976 | 976 | // the choice of timeout behavior is determined by the @timeout_us argument | |
| @@ -979,13 +979,13 @@ var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, uintptr | |||
| 979 | 979 | // On error %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED is returned and @error is set accordingly, or | |
| 980 | 980 | // if the socket is currently not writable %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK is | |
| 981 | 981 | // returned. @bytes_written will contain 0 in both cases. | |
| 982 | - | func (x *Socket) SendMessageWithTimeout(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int32, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int32, FlagsVar int32, TimeoutUsVar int64, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) PollableReturn { | |
| 982 | + | func (x *Socket) SendMessageWithTimeout(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar uintptr, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, TimeoutUsVar int64, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) PollableReturn { | |
| 983 | 983 | ||
| 984 | 984 | return xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutUsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 985 | 985 | ||
| 986 | 986 | } | |
| 987 | 987 | ||
| 988 | - | var xSocketSendMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr) int32 | |
| 988 | + | var xSocketSendMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, uintptr) int | |
| 989 | 989 | ||
| 990 | 990 | // Send multiple data messages from @socket in one go. This is the most | |
| 991 | 991 | // complicated and fully-featured version of this call. For easier use, see | |
| @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ var xSocketSendMessages func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, uintptr) int32 | |||
| 1021 | 1021 | // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly. An error will only | |
| 1022 | 1022 | // be returned if zero messages could be sent; otherwise the number of messages | |
| 1023 | 1023 | // successfully sent before the error will be returned. | |
| 1024 | - | func (x *Socket) SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 1024 | + | func (x *Socket) SendMessages(MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar uint, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 1025 | 1025 | ||
| 1026 | 1026 | return xSocketSendMessages(x.GoPointer(), MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 1027 | 1027 | ||
| @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ func (x *Socket) SetKeepalive(KeepaliveVar bool) { | |||
| 1101 | 1101 | ||
| 1102 | 1102 | } | |
| 1103 | 1103 | ||
| 1104 | - | var xSocketSetListenBacklog func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1104 | + | var xSocketSetListenBacklog func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1105 | 1105 | ||
| 1106 | 1106 | // Sets the maximum number of outstanding connections allowed | |
| 1107 | 1107 | // when listening on this socket. If more clients than this are | |
| @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ var xSocketSetListenBacklog func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 1110 | 1110 | // | |
| 1111 | 1111 | // Note that this must be called before g_socket_listen() and has no | |
| 1112 | 1112 | // effect if called after that. | |
| 1113 | - | func (x *Socket) SetListenBacklog(BacklogVar int32) { | |
| 1113 | + | func (x *Socket) SetListenBacklog(BacklogVar int) { | |
| 1114 | 1114 | ||
| 1115 | 1115 | xSocketSetListenBacklog(x.GoPointer(), BacklogVar) | |
| 1116 | 1116 | ||
| @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ func (x *Socket) SetMulticastTtl(TtlVar uint) { | |||
| 1138 | 1138 | ||
| 1139 | 1139 | } | |
| 1140 | 1140 | ||
| 1141 | - | var xSocketSetOption func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 1141 | + | var xSocketSetOption func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool | |
| 1142 | 1142 | ||
| 1143 | 1143 | // Sets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with | |
| 1144 | 1144 | // setsockopt(). (If you need to set a non-integer-valued option, | |
| @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ var xSocketSetOption func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 1149 | 1149 | // standard/portable socket options. For unusual socket protocols or | |
| 1150 | 1150 | // platform-dependent options, you may need to include additional | |
| 1151 | 1151 | // headers. | |
| 1152 | - | func (x *Socket) SetOption(LevelVar int32, OptnameVar int32, ValueVar int32) bool { | |
| 1152 | + | func (x *Socket) SetOption(LevelVar int, OptnameVar int, ValueVar int) bool { | |
| 1153 | 1153 | ||
| 1154 | 1154 | return xSocketSetOption(x.GoPointer(), LevelVar, OptnameVar, ValueVar) | |
| 1155 | 1155 | ||
M v4/gio/gsocketcontrolmessage.go +4 -4
| @@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ func SocketControlMessageNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *SocketControlMessage { | |||
| 45 | 45 | return cls | |
| 46 | 46 | } | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | - | var xSocketControlMessageGetLevel func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 48 | + | var xSocketControlMessageGetLevel func(uintptr) int | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | // Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message. | |
| 51 | 51 | // This is often SOL_SOCKET. | |
| 52 | - | func (x *SocketControlMessage) GetLevel() int32 { | |
| 52 | + | func (x *SocketControlMessage) GetLevel() int { | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | return xSocketControlMessageGetLevel(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | 56 | } | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | - | var xSocketControlMessageGetMsgType func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 58 | + | var xSocketControlMessageGetMsgType func(uintptr) int | |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| 60 | 60 | // Returns the protocol specific type of the control message. | |
| 61 | 61 | // For instance, for UNIX fd passing this would be SCM_RIGHTS. | |
| 62 | - | func (x *SocketControlMessage) GetMsgType() int32 { | |
| 62 | + | func (x *SocketControlMessage) GetMsgType() int { | |
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | return xSocketControlMessageGetMsgType(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
M v4/gio/gsocketlistener.go +2 -2
| @@ -267,14 +267,14 @@ func (x *SocketListener) Close() { | |||
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | 268 | } | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | - | var xSocketListenerSetBacklog func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 270 | + | var xSocketListenerSetBacklog func(uintptr, int) | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | // Sets the listen backlog on the sockets in the listener. This must be called | |
| 273 | 273 | // before adding any sockets, addresses or ports to the #GSocketListener (for | |
| 274 | 274 | // example, by calling g_socket_listener_add_inet_port()) to be effective. | |
| 275 | 275 | // | |
| 276 | 276 | // See g_socket_set_listen_backlog() for details | |
| 277 | - | func (x *SocketListener) SetBacklog(ListenBacklogVar int32) { | |
| 277 | + | func (x *SocketListener) SetBacklog(ListenBacklogVar int) { | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | 279 | xSocketListenerSetBacklog(x.GoPointer(), ListenBacklogVar) | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
M v4/gio/gtask.go +6 -6
| @@ -654,10 +654,10 @@ func (x *Task) GetName() string { | |||
| 654 | 654 | ||
| 655 | 655 | } | |
| 656 | 656 | ||
| 657 | - | var xTaskGetPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 657 | + | var xTaskGetPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 658 | 658 | ||
| 659 | 659 | // Gets @task's priority | |
| 660 | - | func (x *Task) GetPriority() int32 { | |
| 660 | + | func (x *Task) GetPriority() int { | |
| 661 | 661 | ||
| 662 | 662 | return xTaskGetPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 663 | 663 | ||
| @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ func (x *Task) ReturnInt(ResultVar int) { | |||
| 836 | 836 | ||
| 837 | 837 | } | |
| 838 | 838 | ||
| 839 | - | var xTaskReturnNewError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 839 | + | var xTaskReturnNewError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 840 | 840 | ||
| 841 | 841 | // Sets @task's result to a new #GError created from @domain, @code, | |
| 842 | 842 | // @format, and the remaining arguments, and completes the task (see | |
| @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ var xTaskReturnNewError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |||
| 844 | 844 | // means). | |
| 845 | 845 | // | |
| 846 | 846 | // See also g_task_return_error(). | |
| 847 | - | func (x *Task) ReturnNewError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 847 | + | func (x *Task) ReturnNewError(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 848 | 848 | ||
| 849 | 849 | xTaskReturnNewError(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 850 | 850 | ||
| @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ func (x *Task) SetName(NameVar string) { | |||
| 976 | 976 | ||
| 977 | 977 | } | |
| 978 | 978 | ||
| 979 | - | var xTaskSetPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 979 | + | var xTaskSetPriority func(uintptr, int) | |
| 980 | 980 | ||
| 981 | 981 | // Sets @task's priority. If you do not call this, it will default to | |
| 982 | 982 | // %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. | |
| @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ var xTaskSetPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 985 | 985 | // g_task_attach_source() and the scheduling of tasks run in threads, | |
| 986 | 986 | // and can also be explicitly retrieved later via | |
| 987 | 987 | // g_task_get_priority(). | |
| 988 | - | func (x *Task) SetPriority(PriorityVar int32) { | |
| 988 | + | func (x *Task) SetPriority(PriorityVar int) { | |
| 989 | 989 | ||
| 990 | 990 | xTaskSetPriority(x.GoPointer(), PriorityVar) | |
| 991 | 991 | ||
M v4/gio/gthemedicon.go +2 -2
| @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ func NewThemedIcon(IconnameVar string) *ThemedIcon { | |||
| 42 | 42 | return NewThemedIconCls | |
| 43 | 43 | } | |
| 44 | 44 | ||
| 45 | - | var xNewFromNamesThemedIcon func([]string, int32) uintptr | |
| 45 | + | var xNewFromNamesThemedIcon func([]string, int) uintptr | |
| 46 | 46 | ||
| 47 | 47 | // Creates a new themed icon for @iconnames. | |
| 48 | - | func NewFromNamesThemedIcon(IconnamesVar []string, LenVar int32) *ThemedIcon { | |
| 48 | + | func NewFromNamesThemedIcon(IconnamesVar []string, LenVar int) *ThemedIcon { | |
| 49 | 49 | NewFromNamesThemedIconPtr := xNewFromNamesThemedIcon(IconnamesVar, LenVar) | |
| 50 | 50 | if NewFromNamesThemedIconPtr == 0 { | |
| 51 | 51 | return nil | |
M v4/gio/gthreadedsocketservice.go +2 -2
| @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ func ThreadedSocketServiceNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ThreadedSocketService | |||
| 39 | 39 | return cls | |
| 40 | 40 | } | |
| 41 | 41 | ||
| 42 | - | var xNewThreadedSocketService func(int32) uintptr | |
| 42 | + | var xNewThreadedSocketService func(int) uintptr | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | 44 | // Creates a new #GThreadedSocketService with no listeners. Listeners | |
| 45 | 45 | // must be added with one of the #GSocketListener "add" methods. | |
| 46 | - | func NewThreadedSocketService(MaxThreadsVar int32) *SocketService { | |
| 46 | + | func NewThreadedSocketService(MaxThreadsVar int) *SocketService { | |
| 47 | 47 | NewThreadedSocketServicePtr := xNewThreadedSocketService(MaxThreadsVar) | |
| 48 | 48 | if NewThreadedSocketServicePtr == 0 { | |
| 49 | 49 | return nil | |
M v4/gio/gtlsconnection.go +2 -2
| @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ func (x *TlsConnection) Handshake(CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |||
| 268 | 268 | ||
| 269 | 269 | } | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | - | var xTlsConnectionHandshakeAsync func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 271 | + | var xTlsConnectionHandshakeAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
| 273 | 273 | // Asynchronously performs a TLS handshake on @conn. See | |
| 274 | 274 | // g_tls_connection_handshake() for more information. | |
| 275 | - | func (x *TlsConnection) HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 275 | + | func (x *TlsConnection) HandshakeAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | 277 | xTlsConnectionHandshakeAsync(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), purego.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixconnection.go +4 -4
| @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *UnixConnection) ReceiveCredentialsFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) *Creden | |||
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | 101 | } | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | - | var xUnixConnectionReceiveFd func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 103 | + | var xUnixConnectionReceiveFd func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | // Receives a file descriptor from the sending end of the connection. | |
| 106 | 106 | // The sending end has to call g_unix_connection_send_fd() for this | |
| @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ var xUnixConnectionReceiveFd func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |||
| 109 | 109 | // As well as reading the fd this also reads a single byte from the | |
| 110 | 110 | // stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some | |
| 111 | 111 | // implementations. | |
| 112 | - | func (x *UnixConnection) ReceiveFd(CancellableVar *Cancellable) int32 { | |
| 112 | + | func (x *UnixConnection) ReceiveFd(CancellableVar *Cancellable) int { | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | return xUnixConnectionReceiveFd(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ func (x *UnixConnection) SendCredentialsFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) bool { | |||
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | } | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | - | var xUnixConnectionSendFd func(uintptr, int32, uintptr) bool | |
| 170 | + | var xUnixConnectionSendFd func(uintptr, int, uintptr) bool | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | 172 | // Passes a file descriptor to the receiving side of the | |
| 173 | 173 | // connection. The receiving end has to call g_unix_connection_receive_fd() | |
| @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ var xUnixConnectionSendFd func(uintptr, int32, uintptr) bool | |||
| 176 | 176 | // As well as sending the fd this also writes a single byte to the | |
| 177 | 177 | // stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some | |
| 178 | 178 | // implementations. | |
| 179 | - | func (x *UnixConnection) SendFd(FdVar int32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |
| 179 | + | func (x *UnixConnection) SendFd(FdVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool { | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | return xUnixConnectionSendFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixfdlist.go +12 -12
| @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func NewUnixFDList() *UnixFDList { | |||
| 48 | 48 | return NewUnixFDListCls | |
| 49 | 49 | } | |
| 50 | 50 | ||
| 51 | - | var xNewFromArrayUnixFDList func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 51 | + | var xNewFromArrayUnixFDList func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| 53 | 53 | // Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing the file descriptors given in | |
| 54 | 54 | // @fds. The file descriptors become the property of the new list and | |
| @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ var xNewFromArrayUnixFDList func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |||
| 58 | 58 | // Each file descriptor in the array should be set to close-on-exec. | |
| 59 | 59 | // | |
| 60 | 60 | // If @n_fds is -1 then @fds must be terminated with -1. | |
| 61 | - | func NewFromArrayUnixFDList(FdsVar uintptr, NFdsVar int32) *UnixFDList { | |
| 61 | + | func NewFromArrayUnixFDList(FdsVar uintptr, NFdsVar int) *UnixFDList { | |
| 62 | 62 | NewFromArrayUnixFDListPtr := xNewFromArrayUnixFDList(FdsVar, NFdsVar) | |
| 63 | 63 | if NewFromArrayUnixFDListPtr == 0 { | |
| 64 | 64 | return nil | |
| @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func NewFromArrayUnixFDList(FdsVar uintptr, NFdsVar int32) *UnixFDList { | |||
| 69 | 69 | return NewFromArrayUnixFDListCls | |
| 70 | 70 | } | |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | - | var xUnixFDListAppend func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 72 | + | var xUnixFDListAppend func(uintptr, int) int | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | 74 | // Adds a file descriptor to @list. | |
| 75 | 75 | // | |
| @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ var xUnixFDListAppend func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |||
| 83 | 83 | // The index of the file descriptor in the list is returned. If you use | |
| 84 | 84 | // this index with g_unix_fd_list_get() then you will receive back a | |
| 85 | 85 | // duplicated copy of the same file descriptor. | |
| 86 | - | func (x *UnixFDList) Append(FdVar int32) int32 { | |
| 86 | + | func (x *UnixFDList) Append(FdVar int) int { | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | return xUnixFDListAppend(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
| 90 | 90 | } | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | - | var xUnixFDListGet func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 92 | + | var xUnixFDListGet func(uintptr, int) int | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | // Gets a file descriptor out of @list. | |
| 95 | 95 | // | |
| @@ -103,23 +103,23 @@ var xUnixFDListGet func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |||
| 103 | 103 | // | |
| 104 | 104 | // A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or | |
| 105 | 105 | // system-wide file descriptor limit. | |
| 106 | - | func (x *UnixFDList) Get(IndexVar int32) int32 { | |
| 106 | + | func (x *UnixFDList) Get(IndexVar int) int { | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | return xUnixFDListGet(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | 110 | } | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | - | var xUnixFDListGetLength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 112 | + | var xUnixFDListGetLength func(uintptr) int | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | // Gets the length of @list (ie: the number of file descriptors | |
| 115 | 115 | // contained within). | |
| 116 | - | func (x *UnixFDList) GetLength() int32 { | |
| 116 | + | func (x *UnixFDList) GetLength() int { | |
| 117 | 117 | ||
| 118 | 118 | return xUnixFDListGetLength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 119 | 119 | ||
| 120 | 120 | } | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | - | var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 122 | + | var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | 124 | // Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this | |
| 125 | 125 | // object. | |
| @@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |||
| 134 | 134 | // | |
| 135 | 135 | // This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file | |
| 136 | 136 | // descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. | |
| 137 | - | func (x *UnixFDList) PeekFds(LengthVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 137 | + | func (x *UnixFDList) PeekFds(LengthVar int) uintptr { | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| 139 | 139 | return xUnixFDListPeekFds(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar) | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
| 141 | 141 | } | |
| 142 | 142 | ||
| 143 | - | var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 143 | + | var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | 145 | // Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this | |
| 146 | 146 | // object. | |
| @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |||
| 160 | 160 | // | |
| 161 | 161 | // This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file | |
| 162 | 162 | // descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned. | |
| 163 | - | func (x *UnixFDList) StealFds(LengthVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 163 | + | func (x *UnixFDList) StealFds(LengthVar int) uintptr { | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | return xUnixFDListStealFds(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixfdmessage.go +4 -4
| @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func NewWithFdListUnixFDMessage(FdListVar *UnixFDList) *SocketControlMessage { | |||
| 66 | 66 | return NewWithFdListUnixFDMessageCls | |
| 67 | 67 | } | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | - | var xUnixFDMessageAppendFd func(uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 69 | + | var xUnixFDMessageAppendFd func(uintptr, int) bool | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | // Adds a file descriptor to @message. | |
| 72 | 72 | // | |
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ var xUnixFDMessageAppendFd func(uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 76 | 76 | // | |
| 77 | 77 | // A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or | |
| 78 | 78 | // system-wide file descriptor limit. | |
| 79 | - | func (x *UnixFDMessage) AppendFd(FdVar int32) bool { | |
| 79 | + | func (x *UnixFDMessage) AppendFd(FdVar int) bool { | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | return xUnixFDMessageAppendFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDMessage) GetFdList() *UnixFDList { | |||
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | } | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | - | var xUnixFDMessageStealFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 105 | + | var xUnixFDMessageStealFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | 107 | // Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this | |
| 108 | 108 | // object. | |
| @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ var xUnixFDMessageStealFds func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |||
| 121 | 121 | // | |
| 122 | 122 | // This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file | |
| 123 | 123 | // descriptors contained in @message, an empty array is returned. | |
| 124 | - | func (x *UnixFDMessage) StealFds(LengthVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 124 | + | func (x *UnixFDMessage) StealFds(LengthVar int) uintptr { | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | return xUnixFDMessageStealFds(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixinputstream.go +4 -4
| @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ func UnixInputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *UnixInputStream { | |||
| 33 | 33 | return cls | |
| 34 | 34 | } | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | - | var xNewUnixInputStream func(int32, bool) uintptr | |
| 36 | + | var xNewUnixInputStream func(int, bool) uintptr | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | 38 | // Creates a new #GUnixInputStream for the given @fd. | |
| 39 | 39 | // | |
| 40 | 40 | // If @close_fd is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed | |
| 41 | 41 | // when the stream is closed. | |
| 42 | - | func NewUnixInputStream(FdVar int32, CloseFdVar bool) *InputStream { | |
| 42 | + | func NewUnixInputStream(FdVar int, CloseFdVar bool) *InputStream { | |
| 43 | 43 | NewUnixInputStreamPtr := xNewUnixInputStream(FdVar, CloseFdVar) | |
| 44 | 44 | if NewUnixInputStreamPtr == 0 { | |
| 45 | 45 | return nil | |
| @@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ func (x *UnixInputStream) GetCloseFd() bool { | |||
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | } | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | - | var xUnixInputStreamGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 63 | + | var xUnixInputStreamGetFd func(uintptr) int | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | // Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream reads from. | |
| 66 | - | func (x *UnixInputStream) GetFd() int32 { | |
| 66 | + | func (x *UnixInputStream) GetFd() int { | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | return xUnixInputStreamGetFd(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixmounts.go +4 -4
| @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ func UnixMountAt(MountPathVar string, TimeReadVar uint64) *UnixMountEntry { | |||
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | } | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | - | var xUnixMountCompare func(*UnixMountEntry, *UnixMountEntry) int32 | |
| 82 | + | var xUnixMountCompare func(*UnixMountEntry, *UnixMountEntry) int | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | // Compares two unix mounts. | |
| 85 | - | func UnixMountCompare(Mount1Var *UnixMountEntry, Mount2Var *UnixMountEntry) int32 { | |
| 85 | + | func UnixMountCompare(Mount1Var *UnixMountEntry, Mount2Var *UnixMountEntry) int { | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | return xUnixMountCompare(Mount1Var, Mount2Var) | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ func NewUnixMountMonitor() *UnixMountMonitor { | |||
| 344 | 344 | return NewUnixMountMonitorCls | |
| 345 | 345 | } | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| 347 | - | var xUnixMountMonitorSetRateLimit func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 347 | + | var xUnixMountMonitorSetRateLimit func(uintptr, int) | |
| 348 | 348 | ||
| 349 | 349 | // This function does nothing. | |
| 350 | 350 | // | |
| @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ var xUnixMountMonitorSetRateLimit func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 353 | 353 | // circumstances. Since @mount_monitor is a singleton, it also meant | |
| 354 | 354 | // that calling this function would have side effects for other users of | |
| 355 | 355 | // the monitor. | |
| 356 | - | func (x *UnixMountMonitor) SetRateLimit(LimitMsecVar int32) { | |
| 356 | + | func (x *UnixMountMonitor) SetRateLimit(LimitMsecVar int) { | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
| 358 | 358 | xUnixMountMonitorSetRateLimit(x.GoPointer(), LimitMsecVar) | |
| 359 | 359 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixoutputstream.go +4 -4
| @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ func UnixOutputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *UnixOutputStream { | |||
| 33 | 33 | return cls | |
| 34 | 34 | } | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | - | var xNewUnixOutputStream func(int32, bool) uintptr | |
| 36 | + | var xNewUnixOutputStream func(int, bool) uintptr | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | 38 | // Creates a new #GUnixOutputStream for the given @fd. | |
| 39 | 39 | // | |
| 40 | 40 | // If @close_fd, is %TRUE, the file descriptor will be closed when | |
| 41 | 41 | // the output stream is destroyed. | |
| 42 | - | func NewUnixOutputStream(FdVar int32, CloseFdVar bool) *OutputStream { | |
| 42 | + | func NewUnixOutputStream(FdVar int, CloseFdVar bool) *OutputStream { | |
| 43 | 43 | NewUnixOutputStreamPtr := xNewUnixOutputStream(FdVar, CloseFdVar) | |
| 44 | 44 | if NewUnixOutputStreamPtr == 0 { | |
| 45 | 45 | return nil | |
| @@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ func (x *UnixOutputStream) GetCloseFd() bool { | |||
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | } | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | - | var xUnixOutputStreamGetFd func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 63 | + | var xUnixOutputStreamGetFd func(uintptr) int | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | // Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream writes to. | |
| 66 | - | func (x *UnixOutputStream) GetFd() int32 { | |
| 66 | + | func (x *UnixOutputStream) GetFd() int { | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | return xUnixOutputStreamGetFd(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
M v4/gio/gunixsocketaddress.go +4 -4
| @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ func NewUnixSocketAddress(PathVar string) *SocketAddress { | |||
| 58 | 58 | return NewUnixSocketAddressCls | |
| 59 | 59 | } | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | - | var xNewAbstractUnixSocketAddress func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 61 | + | var xNewAbstractUnixSocketAddress func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | 63 | // Creates a new %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED | |
| 64 | 64 | // #GUnixSocketAddress for @path. | |
| 65 | - | func NewAbstractUnixSocketAddress(PathVar uintptr, PathLenVar int32) *SocketAddress { | |
| 65 | + | func NewAbstractUnixSocketAddress(PathVar uintptr, PathLenVar int) *SocketAddress { | |
| 66 | 66 | NewAbstractUnixSocketAddressPtr := xNewAbstractUnixSocketAddress(PathVar, PathLenVar) | |
| 67 | 67 | if NewAbstractUnixSocketAddressPtr == 0 { | |
| 68 | 68 | return nil | |
| @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func NewAbstractUnixSocketAddress(PathVar uintptr, PathLenVar int32) *SocketAddr | |||
| 73 | 73 | return NewAbstractUnixSocketAddressCls | |
| 74 | 74 | } | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | - | var xNewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress func(uintptr, int32, UnixSocketAddressType) uintptr | |
| 76 | + | var xNewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress func(uintptr, int, UnixSocketAddressType) uintptr | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | // Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress of type @type with name @path. | |
| 79 | 79 | // | |
| @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ var xNewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress func(uintptr, int32, UnixSocketAddressType) ui | |||
| 106 | 106 | // when connecting to a server created by another process, you must | |
| 107 | 107 | // use the appropriate type corresponding to how that process created | |
| 108 | 108 | // its listening socket. | |
| 109 | - | func NewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress(PathVar uintptr, PathLenVar int32, TypeVar UnixSocketAddressType) *SocketAddress { | |
| 109 | + | func NewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress(PathVar uintptr, PathLenVar int, TypeVar UnixSocketAddressType) *SocketAddress { | |
| 110 | 110 | NewWithTypeUnixSocketAddressPtr := xNewWithTypeUnixSocketAddress(PathVar, PathLenVar, TypeVar) | |
| 111 | 111 | if NewWithTypeUnixSocketAddressPtr == 0 { | |
| 112 | 112 | return nil | |
M v4/gio/gzlibcompressor.go +2 -2
| @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ func ZlibCompressorNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ZlibCompressor { | |||
| 23 | 23 | return cls | |
| 24 | 24 | } | |
| 25 | 25 | ||
| 26 | - | var xNewZlibCompressor func(ZlibCompressorFormat, int32) uintptr | |
| 26 | + | var xNewZlibCompressor func(ZlibCompressorFormat, int) uintptr | |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | 28 | // Creates a new #GZlibCompressor. | |
| 29 | - | func NewZlibCompressor(FormatVar ZlibCompressorFormat, LevelVar int32) *ZlibCompressor { | |
| 29 | + | func NewZlibCompressor(FormatVar ZlibCompressorFormat, LevelVar int) *ZlibCompressor { | |
| 30 | 30 | NewZlibCompressorPtr := xNewZlibCompressor(FormatVar, LevelVar) | |
| 31 | 31 | if NewZlibCompressorPtr == 0 { | |
| 32 | 32 | return nil | |
M v4/glib/gatomic.go +14 -14
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xAtomicIntAdd func(int32, int32) int32 | |
| 9 | + | var xAtomicIntAdd func(int, int) int | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. | |
| 12 | 12 | // | |
| @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ var xAtomicIntAdd func(int32, int32) int32 | |||
| 20 | 20 | // | |
| 21 | 21 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 22 | 22 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 23 | - | func AtomicIntAdd(AtomicVar int32, ValVar int32) int32 { | |
| 23 | + | func AtomicIntAdd(AtomicVar int, ValVar int) int { | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | 25 | return xAtomicIntAdd(AtomicVar, ValVar) | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func AtomicIntAnd(AtomicVar uint, ValVar uint) uint { | |||
| 44 | 44 | ||
| 45 | 45 | } | |
| 46 | 46 | ||
| 47 | - | var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchange func(int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 47 | + | var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchange func(int, int, int) bool | |
| 48 | 48 | ||
| 49 | 49 | // Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. | |
| 50 | 50 | // If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. | |
| @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchange func(int32, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 58 | 58 | // | |
| 59 | 59 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 60 | 60 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 61 | - | func AtomicIntCompareAndExchange(AtomicVar int32, OldvalVar int32, NewvalVar int32) bool { | |
| 61 | + | func AtomicIntCompareAndExchange(AtomicVar int, OldvalVar int, NewvalVar int) bool { | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | 63 | return xAtomicIntCompareAndExchange(AtomicVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar) | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | } | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | - | var xAtomicIntDecAndTest func(int32) bool | |
| 67 | + | var xAtomicIntDecAndTest func(int) bool | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | // Decrements the value of @atomic by 1. | |
| 70 | 70 | // | |
| @@ -75,24 +75,24 @@ var xAtomicIntDecAndTest func(int32) bool | |||
| 75 | 75 | // | |
| 76 | 76 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 77 | 77 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 78 | - | func AtomicIntDecAndTest(AtomicVar int32) bool { | |
| 78 | + | func AtomicIntDecAndTest(AtomicVar int) bool { | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | return xAtomicIntDecAndTest(AtomicVar) | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | } | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | - | var xAtomicIntExchangeAndAdd func(int32, int32) int32 | |
| 84 | + | var xAtomicIntExchangeAndAdd func(int, int) int | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | 86 | // This function existed before g_atomic_int_add() returned the prior | |
| 87 | 87 | // value of the integer (which it now does). It is retained only for | |
| 88 | 88 | // compatibility reasons. Don't use this function in new code. | |
| 89 | - | func AtomicIntExchangeAndAdd(AtomicVar int32, ValVar int32) int32 { | |
| 89 | + | func AtomicIntExchangeAndAdd(AtomicVar int, ValVar int) int { | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | return xAtomicIntExchangeAndAdd(AtomicVar, ValVar) | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | } | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | - | var xAtomicIntGet func(int32) int32 | |
| 95 | + | var xAtomicIntGet func(int) int | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | // Gets the current value of @atomic. | |
| 98 | 98 | // | |
| @@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ var xAtomicIntGet func(int32) int32 | |||
| 101 | 101 | // | |
| 102 | 102 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 103 | 103 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 104 | - | func AtomicIntGet(AtomicVar int32) int32 { | |
| 104 | + | func AtomicIntGet(AtomicVar int) int { | |
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | 106 | return xAtomicIntGet(AtomicVar) | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | } | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | - | var xAtomicIntInc func(int32) | |
| 110 | + | var xAtomicIntInc func(int) | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | // Increments the value of @atomic by 1. | |
| 113 | 113 | // | |
| @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ var xAtomicIntInc func(int32) | |||
| 117 | 117 | // | |
| 118 | 118 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 119 | 119 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 120 | - | func AtomicIntInc(AtomicVar int32) { | |
| 120 | + | func AtomicIntInc(AtomicVar int) { | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | 122 | xAtomicIntInc(AtomicVar) | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func AtomicIntOr(AtomicVar uint, ValVar uint) uint { | |||
| 141 | 141 | ||
| 142 | 142 | } | |
| 143 | 143 | ||
| 144 | - | var xAtomicIntSet func(int32, int32) | |
| 144 | + | var xAtomicIntSet func(int, int) | |
| 145 | 145 | ||
| 146 | 146 | // Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. | |
| 147 | 147 | // | |
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ var xAtomicIntSet func(int32, int32) | |||
| 150 | 150 | // | |
| 151 | 151 | // While @atomic has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical artifact and | |
| 152 | 152 | // the pointer passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 153 | - | func AtomicIntSet(AtomicVar int32, NewvalVar int32) { | |
| 153 | + | func AtomicIntSet(AtomicVar int, NewvalVar int) { | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | xAtomicIntSet(AtomicVar, NewvalVar) | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
M v4/glib/gbase64.go +6 -6
| @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func Base64DecodeInplace(TextVar uintptr, OutLenVar uint) byte { | |||
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | 28 | } | |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | - | var xBase64DecodeStep func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int32, uint) uint | |
| 30 | + | var xBase64DecodeStep func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int, uint) uint | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | 32 | // Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified | |
| 33 | 33 | // representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert | |
| @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ var xBase64DecodeStep func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int32, uint) uint | |||
| 37 | 37 | // be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need | |
| 38 | 38 | // at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero | |
| 39 | 39 | // state). | |
| 40 | - | func Base64DecodeStep(InVar uintptr, LenVar uint, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int32, SaveVar uint) uint { | |
| 40 | + | func Base64DecodeStep(InVar uintptr, LenVar uint, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int, SaveVar uint) uint { | |
| 41 | 41 | ||
| 42 | 42 | return xBase64DecodeStep(InVar, LenVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar) | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func Base64Encode(DataVar uintptr, LenVar uint) string { | |||
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | } | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | - | var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, uintptr, int32, int32) uint | |
| 56 | + | var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, uintptr, int, int) uint | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | // Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step(). | |
| 59 | 59 | // | |
| @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, uintptr, int32, int32) uint | |||
| 62 | 62 | // line-breaking is enabled. | |
| 63 | 63 | // | |
| 64 | 64 | // The @out array will not be automatically nul-terminated. | |
| 65 | - | func Base64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int32, SaveVar int32) uint { | |
| 65 | + | func Base64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint { | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | return xBase64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar) | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | } | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | - | var xBase64EncodeStep func(uintptr, uint, bool, uintptr, int32, int32) uint | |
| 71 | + | var xBase64EncodeStep func(uintptr, uint, bool, uintptr, int, int) uint | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | 73 | // Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified | |
| 74 | 74 | // representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert | |
| @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ var xBase64EncodeStep func(uintptr, uint, bool, uintptr, int32, int32) uint | |||
| 89 | 89 | // Note however that it breaks the lines with `LF` characters, not | |
| 90 | 90 | // `CR LF` sequences, so the result cannot be passed directly to SMTP | |
| 91 | 91 | // or certain other protocols. | |
| 92 | - | func Base64EncodeStep(InVar uintptr, LenVar uint, BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int32, SaveVar int32) uint { | |
| 92 | + | func Base64EncodeStep(InVar uintptr, LenVar uint, BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar uintptr, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | return xBase64EncodeStep(InVar, LenVar, BreakLinesVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
M v4/glib/gbitlock.go +12 -12
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xBitLock func(int32, int32) | |
| 9 | + | var xBitLock func(int, int) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If the bit is already | |
| 12 | 12 | // set, this call will block until g_bit_unlock() unsets the | |
| @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ var xBitLock func(int32, int32) | |||
| 22 | 22 | // @address must be atomic in order for this function to work | |
| 23 | 23 | // reliably. While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 24 | 24 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 25 | - | func BitLock(AddressVar int32, LockBitVar int32) { | |
| 25 | + | func BitLock(AddressVar int, LockBitVar int) { | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | 27 | xBitLock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | 29 | } | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | - | var xBitTrylock func(int32, int32) bool | |
| 31 | + | var xBitTrylock func(int, int) bool | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
| 33 | 33 | // Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address, returning %TRUE if | |
| 34 | 34 | // successful. If the bit is already set, returns %FALSE immediately. | |
| @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ var xBitTrylock func(int32, int32) bool | |||
| 43 | 43 | // @address must be atomic in order for this function to work | |
| 44 | 44 | // reliably. While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 45 | 45 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 46 | - | func BitTrylock(AddressVar int32, LockBitVar int32) bool { | |
| 46 | + | func BitTrylock(AddressVar int, LockBitVar int) bool { | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | 48 | return xBitTrylock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | } | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | - | var xBitUnlock func(int32, int32) | |
| 52 | + | var xBitUnlock func(int, int) | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | // Clears the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If another thread is | |
| 55 | 55 | // currently blocked in g_bit_lock() on this same bit then it will be | |
| @@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ var xBitUnlock func(int32, int32) | |||
| 59 | 59 | // @address must be atomic in order for this function to work | |
| 60 | 60 | // reliably. While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 61 | 61 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 62 | - | func BitUnlock(AddressVar int32, LockBitVar int32) { | |
| 62 | + | func BitUnlock(AddressVar int, LockBitVar int) { | |
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | xBitUnlock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | 66 | } | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | - | var xPointerBitLock func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 68 | + | var xPointerBitLock func(uintptr, int) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | 70 | // This is equivalent to g_bit_lock, but working on pointers (or other | |
| 71 | 71 | // pointer-sized values). | |
| @@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ var xPointerBitLock func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 75 | 75 | // | |
| 76 | 76 | // While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 77 | 77 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 78 | - | func PointerBitLock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int32) { | |
| 78 | + | func PointerBitLock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int) { | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | xPointerBitLock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | } | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | - | var xPointerBitTrylock func(uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 84 | + | var xPointerBitTrylock func(uintptr, int) bool | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | 86 | // This is equivalent to g_bit_trylock(), but working on pointers (or | |
| 87 | 87 | // other pointer-sized values). | |
| @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ var xPointerBitTrylock func(uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 91 | 91 | // | |
| 92 | 92 | // While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 93 | 93 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 94 | - | func PointerBitTrylock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int32) bool { | |
| 94 | + | func PointerBitTrylock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int) bool { | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| 96 | 96 | return xPointerBitTrylock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 97 | 97 | ||
| 98 | 98 | } | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | - | var xPointerBitUnlock func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 100 | + | var xPointerBitUnlock func(uintptr, int) | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | 102 | // This is equivalent to g_bit_unlock, but working on pointers (or other | |
| 103 | 103 | // pointer-sized values). | |
| @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ var xPointerBitUnlock func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 107 | 107 | // | |
| 108 | 108 | // While @address has a `volatile` qualifier, this is a historical | |
| 109 | 109 | // artifact and the argument passed to it should not be `volatile`. | |
| 110 | - | func PointerBitUnlock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int32) { | |
| 110 | + | func PointerBitUnlock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int) { | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | xPointerBitUnlock(AddressVar, LockBitVar) | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
M v4/glib/gerror.go +4 -4
| @@ -104,24 +104,24 @@ func PropagatePrefixedError(DestVar **Error, SrcVar *Error, FormatVar string, va | |||
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | } | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | - | var xSetError func(**Error, Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 107 | + | var xSetError func(**Error, Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 108 | 108 | ||
| 109 | 109 | // Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err | |
| 110 | 110 | // must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. | |
| 111 | - | func SetError(ErrVar **Error, DomainVar Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 111 | + | func SetError(ErrVar **Error, DomainVar Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | xSetError(ErrVar, DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | } | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| 117 | - | var xSetErrorLiteral func(**Error, Quark, int32, string) | |
| 117 | + | var xSetErrorLiteral func(**Error, Quark, int, string) | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | // Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err | |
| 120 | 120 | // must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. | |
| 121 | 121 | // Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string. | |
| 122 | 122 | // Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over, | |
| 123 | 123 | // that could include printf() escape sequences. | |
| 124 | - | func SetErrorLiteral(ErrVar **Error, DomainVar Quark, CodeVar int32, MessageVar string) { | |
| 124 | + | func SetErrorLiteral(ErrVar **Error, DomainVar Quark, CodeVar int, MessageVar string) { | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | xSetErrorLiteral(ErrVar, DomainVar, CodeVar, MessageVar) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
M v4/glib/gfileutils.go +14 -14
| @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func DirMakeTmp(TmplVar string) string { | |||
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | 306 | } | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | - | var xFileErrorFromErrno func(int32) FileError | |
| 308 | + | var xFileErrorFromErrno func(int) FileError | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | 310 | // Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @err_no. | |
| 311 | 311 | // | |
| @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ var xFileErrorFromErrno func(int32) FileError | |||
| 316 | 316 | // Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned | |
| 317 | 317 | // from a function that manipulates files. So you would use | |
| 318 | 318 | // g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError. | |
| 319 | - | func FileErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar int32) FileError { | |
| 319 | + | func FileErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar int) FileError { | |
| 320 | 320 | ||
| 321 | 321 | return xFileErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar) | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ func FileGetContents(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar uintptr, LengthVar uint) bo | |||
| 340 | 340 | ||
| 341 | 341 | } | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
| 343 | - | var xFileOpenTmp func(string, string) int32 | |
| 343 | + | var xFileOpenTmp func(string, string) int | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| 345 | 345 | // Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary | |
| 346 | 346 | // files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). | |
| @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ var xFileOpenTmp func(string, string) int32 | |||
| 358 | 358 | // is returned in @name_used. This string should be freed with g_free() | |
| 359 | 359 | // when not needed any longer. The returned name is in the GLib file | |
| 360 | 360 | // name encoding. | |
| 361 | - | func FileOpenTmp(TmplVar string, NameUsedVar string) int32 { | |
| 361 | + | func FileOpenTmp(TmplVar string, NameUsedVar string) int { | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
| 363 | 363 | return xFileOpenTmp(TmplVar, NameUsedVar) | |
| 364 | 364 | ||
| @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ func FileSetContents(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar uintptr, LengthVar int) boo | |||
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | 388 | } | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | - | var xFileSetContentsFull func(string, uintptr, int, FileSetContentsFlags, int32) bool | |
| 390 | + | var xFileSetContentsFull func(string, uintptr, int, FileSetContentsFlags, int) bool | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| 392 | 392 | // Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking. | |
| 393 | 393 | // If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten. | |
| @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ var xFileSetContentsFull func(string, uintptr, int, FileSetContentsFlags, int32) | |||
| 443 | 443 | // If the file didn’t exist before and is created, it will be given the | |
| 444 | 444 | // permissions from @mode. Otherwise, the permissions of the existing file may | |
| 445 | 445 | // be changed to @mode depending on @flags, or they may remain unchanged. | |
| 446 | - | func FileSetContentsFull(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar uintptr, LengthVar int, FlagsVar FileSetContentsFlags, ModeVar int32) bool { | |
| 446 | + | func FileSetContentsFull(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar uintptr, LengthVar int, FlagsVar FileSetContentsFlags, ModeVar int) bool { | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| 448 | 448 | return xFileSetContentsFull(FilenameVar, ContentsVar, LengthVar, FlagsVar, ModeVar) | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ func GetCurrentDir() string { | |||
| 518 | 518 | ||
| 519 | 519 | } | |
| 520 | 520 | ||
| 521 | - | var xMkdirWithParents func(string, int32) int32 | |
| 521 | + | var xMkdirWithParents func(string, int) int | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | // Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate | |
| 524 | 524 | // parent directories as needed, too. | |
| 525 | - | func MkdirWithParents(PathnameVar string, ModeVar int32) int32 { | |
| 525 | + | func MkdirWithParents(PathnameVar string, ModeVar int) int { | |
| 526 | 526 | ||
| 527 | 527 | return xMkdirWithParents(PathnameVar, ModeVar) | |
| 528 | 528 | ||
| @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ func Mkdtemp(TmplVar string) string { | |||
| 551 | 551 | ||
| 552 | 552 | } | |
| 553 | 553 | ||
| 554 | - | var xMkdtempFull func(string, int32) string | |
| 554 | + | var xMkdtempFull func(string, int) string | |
| 555 | 555 | ||
| 556 | 556 | // Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation | |
| 557 | 557 | // on most UNIX-like systems. | |
| @@ -568,13 +568,13 @@ var xMkdtempFull func(string, int32) string | |||
| 568 | 568 | // If you are going to be creating a temporary directory inside the | |
| 569 | 569 | // directory returned by g_get_tmp_dir(), you might want to use | |
| 570 | 570 | // g_dir_make_tmp() instead. | |
| 571 | - | func MkdtempFull(TmplVar string, ModeVar int32) string { | |
| 571 | + | func MkdtempFull(TmplVar string, ModeVar int) string { | |
| 572 | 572 | ||
| 573 | 573 | return xMkdtempFull(TmplVar, ModeVar) | |
| 574 | 574 | ||
| 575 | 575 | } | |
| 576 | 576 | ||
| 577 | - | var xMkstemp func(string) int32 | |
| 577 | + | var xMkstemp func(string) int | |
| 578 | 578 | ||
| 579 | 579 | // Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation | |
| 580 | 580 | // on most UNIX-like systems. | |
| @@ -586,13 +586,13 @@ var xMkstemp func(string) int32 | |||
| 586 | 586 | // The X string will be modified to form the name of a file that | |
| 587 | 587 | // didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. | |
| 588 | 588 | // Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. | |
| 589 | - | func Mkstemp(TmplVar string) int32 { | |
| 589 | + | func Mkstemp(TmplVar string) int { | |
| 590 | 590 | ||
| 591 | 591 | return xMkstemp(TmplVar) | |
| 592 | 592 | ||
| 593 | 593 | } | |
| 594 | 594 | ||
| 595 | - | var xMkstempFull func(string, int32, int32) int32 | |
| 595 | + | var xMkstempFull func(string, int, int) int | |
| 596 | 596 | ||
| 597 | 597 | // Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation | |
| 598 | 598 | // on most UNIX-like systems. | |
| @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ var xMkstempFull func(string, int32, int32) int32 | |||
| 605 | 605 | // string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist. | |
| 606 | 606 | // The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, | |
| 607 | 607 | // on Windows it should be in UTF-8. | |
| 608 | - | func MkstempFull(TmplVar string, FlagsVar int32, ModeVar int32) int32 { | |
| 608 | + | func MkstempFull(TmplVar string, FlagsVar int, ModeVar int) int { | |
| 609 | 609 | ||
| 610 | 610 | return xMkstempFull(TmplVar, FlagsVar, ModeVar) | |
| 611 | 611 | ||
M v4/glib/ggettext.go +2 -2
| @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xDcgettext func(string, string, int32) string | |
| 9 | + | var xDcgettext func(string, string, int) string | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // This is a variant of g_dgettext() that allows specifying a locale | |
| 12 | 12 | // category instead of always using `LC_MESSAGES`. See g_dgettext() for | |
| 13 | 13 | // more information about how this functions differs from calling | |
| 14 | 14 | // dcgettext() directly. | |
| 15 | - | func Dcgettext(DomainVar string, MsgidVar string, CategoryVar int32) string { | |
| 15 | + | func Dcgettext(DomainVar string, MsgidVar string, CategoryVar int) string { | |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | 17 | return xDcgettext(DomainVar, MsgidVar, CategoryVar) | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
M v4/glib/ghash.go +1 -1
| @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ type HashTableIter struct { | |||
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | 34 | Dummy3 uintptr | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | - | Dummy4 int32 | |
| 36 | + | Dummy4 int | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | 38 | Dummy5 bool | |
| 39 | 39 | ||
M v4/glib/ghook.go +1 -1
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ type HookCheckMarshaller func(*Hook, uintptr) bool | |||
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | 16 | // Defines the type of function used to compare #GHook elements in | |
| 17 | 17 | // g_hook_insert_sorted(). | |
| 18 | - | type HookCompareFunc func(*Hook, *Hook) int32 | |
| 18 | + | type HookCompareFunc func(*Hook, *Hook) int | |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | 20 | // Defines the type of function to be called when a hook in a | |
| 21 | 21 | // list of hooks gets finalized. | |
M v4/glib/giochannel.go +4 -4
| @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func IoAddWatch(ChannelVar *IOChannel, ConditionVar IOCondition, FuncVar IOFunc, | |||
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | 180 | } | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | - | var xIoAddWatchFull func(*IOChannel, int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 182 | + | var xIoAddWatchFull func(*IOChannel, int, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | // Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context | |
| 185 | 185 | // with the given priority. | |
| @@ -187,16 +187,16 @@ var xIoAddWatchFull func(*IOChannel, int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintp | |||
| 187 | 187 | // This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch() | |
| 188 | 188 | // and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach(). | |
| 189 | 189 | // You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. | |
| 190 | - | func IoAddWatchFull(ChannelVar *IOChannel, PriorityVar int32, ConditionVar IOCondition, FuncVar IOFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 190 | + | func IoAddWatchFull(ChannelVar *IOChannel, PriorityVar int, ConditionVar IOCondition, FuncVar IOFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 191 | 191 | ||
| 192 | 192 | return xIoAddWatchFull(ChannelVar, PriorityVar, ConditionVar, purego.NewCallback(FuncVar), UserDataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | } | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | - | var xIoChannelErrorFromErrno func(int32) IOChannelError | |
| 196 | + | var xIoChannelErrorFromErrno func(int) IOChannelError | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | // Converts an `errno` error number to a #GIOChannelError. | |
| 199 | - | func IoChannelErrorFromErrno(EnVar int32) IOChannelError { | |
| 199 | + | func IoChannelErrorFromErrno(EnVar int) IOChannelError { | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | return xIoChannelErrorFromErrno(EnVar) | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
M v4/glib/glib-unix.go +17 -17
| @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ import ( | |||
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | 9 | // The type of functions to be called when a UNIX fd watch source | |
| 10 | 10 | // triggers. | |
| 11 | - | type UnixFDSourceFunc func(int32, IOCondition, uintptr) bool | |
| 11 | + | type UnixFDSourceFunc func(int, IOCondition, uintptr) bool | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | - | var xUnixFdAdd func(int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 13 | + | var xUnixFdAdd func(int, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | 15 | // Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by | |
| 16 | 16 | // @condition becomes true for @fd. | |
| @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ var xUnixFdAdd func(int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |||
| 25 | 25 | // to cancel the watch at any time that it exists. | |
| 26 | 26 | // | |
| 27 | 27 | // The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. | |
| 28 | - | func UnixFdAdd(FdVar int32, ConditionVar IOCondition, FunctionVar UnixFDSourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) uint { | |
| 28 | + | func UnixFdAdd(FdVar int, ConditionVar IOCondition, FunctionVar UnixFDSourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) uint { | |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | 30 | return xUnixFdAdd(FdVar, ConditionVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | 32 | } | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | - | var xUnixFdAddFull func(int32, int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 34 | + | var xUnixFdAddFull func(int, int, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | 36 | // Sets a function to be called when the IO condition, as specified by | |
| 37 | 37 | // @condition becomes true for @fd. | |
| @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@ var xUnixFdAddFull func(int32, int32, IOCondition, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) ui | |||
| 39 | 39 | // This is the same as g_unix_fd_add(), except that it allows you to | |
| 40 | 40 | // specify a non-default priority and a provide a #GDestroyNotify for | |
| 41 | 41 | // @user_data. | |
| 42 | - | func UnixFdAddFull(PriorityVar int32, FdVar int32, ConditionVar IOCondition, FunctionVar UnixFDSourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 42 | + | func UnixFdAddFull(PriorityVar int, FdVar int, ConditionVar IOCondition, FunctionVar UnixFDSourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | 44 | return xUnixFdAddFull(PriorityVar, FdVar, ConditionVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), UserDataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | 46 | } | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | - | var xUnixFdSourceNew func(int32, IOCondition) *Source | |
| 48 | + | var xUnixFdSourceNew func(int, IOCondition) *Source | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | // Creates a #GSource to watch for a particular IO condition on a file | |
| 51 | 51 | // descriptor. | |
| 52 | 52 | // | |
| 53 | 53 | // The source will never close the fd -- you must do it yourself. | |
| 54 | - | func UnixFdSourceNew(FdVar int32, ConditionVar IOCondition) *Source { | |
| 54 | + | func UnixFdSourceNew(FdVar int, ConditionVar IOCondition) *Source { | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | 56 | return xUnixFdSourceNew(FdVar, ConditionVar) | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func UnixGetPasswdEntry(UserNameVar string) uintptr { | |||
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | } | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| 79 | - | var xUnixOpenPipe func(int32, int32) bool | |
| 79 | + | var xUnixOpenPipe func(int, int) bool | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | // Similar to the UNIX pipe() call, but on modern systems like Linux | |
| 82 | 82 | // uses the pipe2() system call, which atomically creates a pipe with | |
| @@ -86,46 +86,46 @@ var xUnixOpenPipe func(int32, int32) bool | |||
| 86 | 86 | // | |
| 87 | 87 | // This function does not take %O_CLOEXEC, it takes %FD_CLOEXEC as if | |
| 88 | 88 | // for fcntl(); these are different on Linux/glibc. | |
| 89 | - | func UnixOpenPipe(FdsVar int32, FlagsVar int32) bool { | |
| 89 | + | func UnixOpenPipe(FdsVar int, FlagsVar int) bool { | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | return xUnixOpenPipe(FdsVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | } | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | - | var xUnixSetFdNonblocking func(int32, bool) bool | |
| 95 | + | var xUnixSetFdNonblocking func(int, bool) bool | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | // Control the non-blocking state of the given file descriptor, | |
| 98 | 98 | // according to @nonblock. On most systems this uses %O_NONBLOCK, but | |
| 99 | 99 | // on some older ones may use %O_NDELAY. | |
| 100 | - | func UnixSetFdNonblocking(FdVar int32, NonblockVar bool) bool { | |
| 100 | + | func UnixSetFdNonblocking(FdVar int, NonblockVar bool) bool { | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | 102 | return xUnixSetFdNonblocking(FdVar, NonblockVar) | |
| 103 | 103 | ||
| 104 | 104 | } | |
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | - | var xUnixSignalAdd func(int32, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 106 | + | var xUnixSignalAdd func(int, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | // A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which | |
| 109 | 109 | // attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch | |
| 110 | 110 | // using g_source_remove(). | |
| 111 | - | func UnixSignalAdd(SignumVar int32, HandlerVar SourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) uint { | |
| 111 | + | func UnixSignalAdd(SignumVar int, HandlerVar SourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) uint { | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | return xUnixSignalAdd(SignumVar, purego.NewCallback(HandlerVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | } | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| 117 | - | var xUnixSignalAddFull func(int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 117 | + | var xUnixSignalAddFull func(int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | // A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which | |
| 120 | 120 | // attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch | |
| 121 | 121 | // using g_source_remove(). | |
| 122 | - | func UnixSignalAddFull(PriorityVar int32, SignumVar int32, HandlerVar SourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 122 | + | func UnixSignalAddFull(PriorityVar int, SignumVar int, HandlerVar SourceFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | 124 | return xUnixSignalAddFull(PriorityVar, SignumVar, purego.NewCallback(HandlerVar), UserDataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | } | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | - | var xUnixSignalSourceNew func(int32) *Source | |
| 128 | + | var xUnixSignalSourceNew func(int) *Source | |
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | 130 | // Create a #GSource that will be dispatched upon delivery of the UNIX | |
| 131 | 131 | // signal @signum. In GLib versions before 2.36, only `SIGHUP`, `SIGINT`, | |
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ var xUnixSignalSourceNew func(int32) *Source | |||
| 150 | 150 | // The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext | |
| 151 | 151 | // and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be | |
| 152 | 152 | // executed. | |
| 153 | - | func UnixSignalSourceNew(SignumVar int32) *Source { | |
| 153 | + | func UnixSignalSourceNew(SignumVar int) *Source { | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | return xUnixSignalSourceNew(SignumVar) | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
M v4/glib/glibconfig.go +1 -1
| @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ package glib | |||
| 8 | 8 | // | |
| 9 | 9 | // GPid is used in GLib only for descendant processes spawned with | |
| 10 | 10 | // the g_spawn functions. | |
| 11 | - | type Pid = int32 | |
| 11 | + | type Pid = int | |
M v4/glib/gmain.go +11 -11
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 13 | 13 | // for g_spawn_check_wait_status(). In particular, | |
| 14 | 14 | // on Unix platforms, note that it is usually not equal | |
| 15 | 15 | // to the integer passed to `exit()` or returned from `main()`. | |
| 16 | - | type ChildWatchFunc func(Pid, int32, uintptr) | |
| 16 | + | type ChildWatchFunc func(Pid, int, uintptr) | |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | 18 | // Specifies the type of function passed to g_clear_handle_id(). | |
| 19 | 19 | // The implementation is expected to free the resource identified | |
| @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func ChildWatchAdd(PidVar Pid, FunctionVar ChildWatchFunc, DataVar uintptr) uint | |||
| 157 | 157 | ||
| 158 | 158 | } | |
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | - | var xChildWatchAddFull func(int32, Pid, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 160 | + | var xChildWatchAddFull func(int, Pid, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | // Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid | |
| 163 | 163 | // exits, at the priority @priority. | |
| @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ var xChildWatchAddFull func(int32, Pid, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |||
| 183 | 183 | // g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context | |
| 184 | 184 | // using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you | |
| 185 | 185 | // need greater control. | |
| 186 | - | func ChildWatchAddFull(PriorityVar int32, PidVar Pid, FunctionVar ChildWatchFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 186 | + | func ChildWatchAddFull(PriorityVar int, PidVar Pid, FunctionVar ChildWatchFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 187 | 187 | ||
| 188 | 188 | return xChildWatchAddFull(PriorityVar, PidVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), DataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 189 | 189 | ||
| @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func IdleAdd(FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr) uint { | |||
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | } | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | - | var xIdleAddFull func(int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 318 | + | var xIdleAddFull func(int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | 320 | // Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority | |
| 321 | 321 | // events pending. | |
| @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ var xIdleAddFull func(int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |||
| 331 | 331 | // the callback will be invoked in whichever thread is running that main | |
| 332 | 332 | // context. You can do these steps manually if you need greater control or to | |
| 333 | 333 | // use a custom main context. | |
| 334 | - | func IdleAddFull(PriorityVar int32, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 334 | + | func IdleAddFull(PriorityVar int, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | 336 | return xIdleAddFull(PriorityVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), DataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 337 | 337 | ||
| @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func MainCurrentSource() *Source { | |||
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | } | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| 418 | - | var xMainDepth func() int32 | |
| 418 | + | var xMainDepth func() int | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | // Returns the depth of the stack of calls to | |
| 421 | 421 | // g_main_context_dispatch() on any #GMainContext in the current thread. | |
| @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ var xMainDepth func() int32 | |||
| 527 | 527 | // arbitrary callbacks. Instead, structure your code so that you | |
| 528 | 528 | // simply return to the main loop and then get called again when | |
| 529 | 529 | // there is more work to do. | |
| 530 | - | func MainDepth() int32 { | |
| 530 | + | func MainDepth() int { | |
| 531 | 531 | ||
| 532 | 532 | return xMainDepth() | |
| 533 | 533 | ||
| @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ func TimeoutAdd(IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr) uint | |||
| 646 | 646 | ||
| 647 | 647 | } | |
| 648 | 648 | ||
| 649 | - | var xTimeoutAddFull func(int32, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 649 | + | var xTimeoutAddFull func(int, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 650 | 650 | ||
| 651 | 651 | // Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given | |
| 652 | 652 | // priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns | |
| @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ var xTimeoutAddFull func(int32, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |||
| 672 | 672 | // | |
| 673 | 673 | // The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. | |
| 674 | 674 | // See g_get_monotonic_time(). | |
| 675 | - | func TimeoutAddFull(PriorityVar int32, IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 675 | + | func TimeoutAddFull(PriorityVar int, IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 676 | 676 | ||
| 677 | 677 | return xTimeoutAddFull(PriorityVar, IntervalVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), DataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 678 | 678 | ||
| @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ func TimeoutAddSeconds(IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr | |||
| 709 | 709 | ||
| 710 | 710 | } | |
| 711 | 711 | ||
| 712 | - | var xTimeoutAddSecondsFull func(int32, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 712 | + | var xTimeoutAddSecondsFull func(int, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |
| 713 | 713 | ||
| 714 | 714 | // Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority. | |
| 715 | 715 | // | |
| @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ var xTimeoutAddSecondsFull func(int32, uint, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) uint | |||
| 750 | 750 | // | |
| 751 | 751 | // The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock | |
| 752 | 752 | // time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). | |
| 753 | - | func TimeoutAddSecondsFull(PriorityVar int32, IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 753 | + | func TimeoutAddSecondsFull(PriorityVar int, IntervalVar uint, FunctionVar SourceFunc, DataVar uintptr, NotifyVar DestroyNotify) uint { | |
| 754 | 754 | ||
| 755 | 755 | return xTimeoutAddSecondsFull(PriorityVar, IntervalVar, purego.NewCallback(FunctionVar), DataVar, purego.NewCallback(NotifyVar)) | |
| 756 | 756 | ||
M v4/glib/gmessages.go +8 -8
| @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ const ( | |||
| 105 | 105 | GLogWriterUnhandledValue LogWriterOutput = 0 | |
| 106 | 106 | ) | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | - | var xAssertWarning func(string, string, int32, string, string) | |
| 108 | + | var xAssertWarning func(string, string, int, string, string) | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | - | func AssertWarning(LogDomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, PrettyFunctionVar string, ExpressionVar string) { | |
| 110 | + | func AssertWarning(LogDomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, PrettyFunctionVar string, ExpressionVar string) { | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | xAssertWarning(LogDomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, PrettyFunctionVar, ExpressionVar) | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ func LogWriterFormatFields(LogLevelVar LogLevelFlags, FieldsVar uintptr, NFields | |||
| 591 | 591 | ||
| 592 | 592 | } | |
| 593 | 593 | ||
| 594 | - | var xLogWriterIsJournald func(int32) bool | |
| 594 | + | var xLogWriterIsJournald func(int) bool | |
| 595 | 595 | ||
| 596 | 596 | // Check whether the given @output_fd file descriptor is a connection to the | |
| 597 | 597 | // systemd journal, or something else (like a log file or `stdout` or | |
| @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ var xLogWriterIsJournald func(int32) bool | |||
| 604 | 604 | // is_journald = g_log_writer_is_journald (fileno (stderr)); | |
| 605 | 605 | // | |
| 606 | 606 | // ]| | |
| 607 | - | func LogWriterIsJournald(OutputFdVar int32) bool { | |
| 607 | + | func LogWriterIsJournald(OutputFdVar int) bool { | |
| 608 | 608 | ||
| 609 | 609 | return xLogWriterIsJournald(OutputFdVar) | |
| 610 | 610 | ||
| @@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ func LogWriterStandardStreams(LogLevelVar LogLevelFlags, FieldsVar uintptr, NFie | |||
| 649 | 649 | ||
| 650 | 650 | } | |
| 651 | 651 | ||
| 652 | - | var xLogWriterSupportsColor func(int32) bool | |
| 652 | + | var xLogWriterSupportsColor func(int) bool | |
| 653 | 653 | ||
| 654 | 654 | // Check whether the given @output_fd file descriptor supports ANSI color | |
| 655 | 655 | // escape sequences. If so, they can safely be used when formatting log | |
| 656 | 656 | // messages. | |
| 657 | - | func LogWriterSupportsColor(OutputFdVar int32) bool { | |
| 657 | + | func LogWriterSupportsColor(OutputFdVar int) bool { | |
| 658 | 658 | ||
| 659 | 659 | return xLogWriterSupportsColor(OutputFdVar) | |
| 660 | 660 | ||
| @@ -764,11 +764,11 @@ func SetPrinterrHandler(FuncVar PrintFunc) PrintFunc { | |||
| 764 | 764 | ||
| 765 | 765 | } | |
| 766 | 766 | ||
| 767 | - | var xWarnMessage func(string, string, int32, string, string) | |
| 767 | + | var xWarnMessage func(string, string, int, string, string) | |
| 768 | 768 | ||
| 769 | 769 | // Internal function used to print messages from the public g_warn_if_reached() | |
| 770 | 770 | // and g_warn_if_fail() macros. | |
| 771 | - | func WarnMessage(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, WarnexprVar string) { | |
| 771 | + | func WarnMessage(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, WarnexprVar string) { | |
| 772 | 772 | ||
| 773 | 773 | xWarnMessage(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, WarnexprVar) | |
| 774 | 774 | ||
M v4/glib/gpoll.go +3 -3
| @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | 9 | // Specifies the type of function passed to g_main_context_set_poll_func(). | |
| 10 | 10 | // The semantics of the function should match those of the poll() system call. | |
| 11 | - | type PollFunc func(*PollFD, uint, int32) int32 | |
| 11 | + | type PollFunc func(*PollFD, uint, int) int | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | 13 | // Represents a file descriptor, which events to poll for, and which events | |
| 14 | 14 | // occurred. | |
| @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ type PollFD struct { | |||
| 20 | 20 | Revents uint16 | |
| 21 | 21 | } | |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | - | var xPoll func(*PollFD, uint, int32) int32 | |
| 23 | + | var xPoll func(*PollFD, uint, int) int | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | 25 | // Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On | |
| 26 | 26 | // systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().) | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ var xPoll func(*PollFD, uint, int32) int32 | |||
| 39 | 39 | // Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on | |
| 40 | 40 | // Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your | |
| 41 | 41 | // #GPollFDs with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd(). | |
| 42 | - | func Poll(FdsVar *PollFD, NfdsVar uint, TimeoutVar int32) int32 { | |
| 42 | + | func Poll(FdsVar *PollFD, NfdsVar uint, TimeoutVar int) int { | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | 44 | return xPoll(FdsVar, NfdsVar, TimeoutVar) | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
M v4/glib/gprintf.go +14 -14
| @@ -6,19 +6,19 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xFprintf func(uintptr, string, ...interface{}) int32 | |
| 9 | + | var xFprintf func(uintptr, string, ...interface{}) int | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports | |
| 12 | 12 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 13 | 13 | // | |
| 14 | 14 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 15 | - | func Fprintf(FileVar uintptr, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int32 { | |
| 15 | + | func Fprintf(FileVar uintptr, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int { | |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | 17 | return xFprintf(FileVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | 19 | } | |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | - | var xPrintf func(string, ...interface{}) int32 | |
| 21 | + | var xPrintf func(string, ...interface{}) int | |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | 23 | // An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports | |
| 24 | 24 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ var xPrintf func(string, ...interface{}) int32 | |||
| 28 | 28 | // own new-line character. | |
| 29 | 29 | // | |
| 30 | 30 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 31 | - | func Printf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int32 { | |
| 31 | + | func Printf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int { | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
| 33 | 33 | return xPrintf(FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 34 | 34 | ||
| 35 | 35 | } | |
| 36 | 36 | ||
| 37 | - | var xSprintf func(string, string, ...interface{}) int32 | |
| 37 | + | var xSprintf func(string, string, ...interface{}) int | |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | 39 | // An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports | |
| 40 | 40 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ var xSprintf func(string, string, ...interface{}) int32 | |||
| 45 | 45 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 46 | 46 | // | |
| 47 | 47 | // See also g_strdup_printf(). | |
| 48 | - | func Sprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int32 { | |
| 48 | + | func Sprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int { | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | return xSprintf(StringVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | 52 | } | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | - | var xVasprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int32 | |
| 54 | + | var xVasprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | 56 | // An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports | |
| 57 | 57 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| @@ -64,43 +64,43 @@ var xVasprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int32 | |||
| 64 | 64 | // multibyte representation is available for the given character. | |
| 65 | 65 | // | |
| 66 | 66 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 67 | - | func Vasprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 67 | + | func Vasprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | return xVasprintf(StringVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | } | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | - | var xVfprintf func(uintptr, string, []interface{}) int32 | |
| 73 | + | var xVfprintf func(uintptr, string, []interface{}) int | |
| 74 | 74 | ||
| 75 | 75 | // An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports | |
| 76 | 76 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 77 | 77 | // | |
| 78 | 78 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 79 | - | func Vfprintf(FileVar uintptr, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 79 | + | func Vfprintf(FileVar uintptr, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | return xVfprintf(FileVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | 83 | } | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | - | var xVprintf func(string, []interface{}) int32 | |
| 85 | + | var xVprintf func(string, []interface{}) int | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | // An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports | |
| 88 | 88 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 89 | 89 | // | |
| 90 | 90 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 91 | - | func Vprintf(FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 91 | + | func Vprintf(FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | return xVprintf(FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | 95 | } | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | - | var xVsprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int32 | |
| 97 | + | var xVsprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | 99 | // An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports | |
| 100 | 100 | // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 101 | 101 | // | |
| 102 | 102 | // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function. | |
| 103 | - | func Vsprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 103 | + | func Vsprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | return xVsprintf(StringVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
M v4/glib/gqsort.go +2 -2
| @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xQsortWithData func(uintptr, int32, uint, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 9 | + | var xQsortWithData func(uintptr, int, uint, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but | |
| 12 | 12 | // the comparison routine accepts a user data argument. | |
| 13 | 13 | // | |
| 14 | 14 | // This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. | |
| 15 | - | func QsortWithData(PbaseVar uintptr, TotalElemsVar int32, SizeVar uint, CompareFuncVar CompareDataFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 15 | + | func QsortWithData(PbaseVar uintptr, TotalElemsVar int, SizeVar uint, CompareFuncVar CompareDataFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | 17 | xQsortWithData(PbaseVar, TotalElemsVar, SizeVar, purego.NewCallback(CompareFuncVar), UserDataVar) | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
M v4/glib/grefcount.go +16 -16
| @@ -6,81 +6,81 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xAtomicRefCountCompare func(int32, int32) bool | |
| 9 | + | var xAtomicRefCountCompare func(int, int) bool | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // Atomically compares the current value of @arc with @val. | |
| 12 | - | func AtomicRefCountCompare(ArcVar int32, ValVar int32) bool { | |
| 12 | + | func AtomicRefCountCompare(ArcVar int, ValVar int) bool { | |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | 14 | return xAtomicRefCountCompare(ArcVar, ValVar) | |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | 16 | } | |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | - | var xAtomicRefCountDec func(int32) bool | |
| 18 | + | var xAtomicRefCountDec func(int) bool | |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | 20 | // Atomically decreases the reference count. | |
| 21 | 21 | // | |
| 22 | 22 | // If %TRUE is returned, the reference count reached 0. After this point, @arc | |
| 23 | 23 | // is an undefined state and must be reinitialized with | |
| 24 | 24 | // g_atomic_ref_count_init() to be used again. | |
| 25 | - | func AtomicRefCountDec(ArcVar int32) bool { | |
| 25 | + | func AtomicRefCountDec(ArcVar int) bool { | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | 27 | return xAtomicRefCountDec(ArcVar) | |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | 29 | } | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | - | var xAtomicRefCountInc func(int32) | |
| 31 | + | var xAtomicRefCountInc func(int) | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
| 33 | 33 | // Atomically increases the reference count. | |
| 34 | - | func AtomicRefCountInc(ArcVar int32) { | |
| 34 | + | func AtomicRefCountInc(ArcVar int) { | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | 36 | xAtomicRefCountInc(ArcVar) | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | 38 | } | |
| 39 | 39 | ||
| 40 | - | var xAtomicRefCountInit func(int32) | |
| 40 | + | var xAtomicRefCountInit func(int) | |
| 41 | 41 | ||
| 42 | 42 | // Initializes a reference count variable to 1. | |
| 43 | - | func AtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar int32) { | |
| 43 | + | func AtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar int) { | |
| 44 | 44 | ||
| 45 | 45 | xAtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar) | |
| 46 | 46 | ||
| 47 | 47 | } | |
| 48 | 48 | ||
| 49 | - | var xRefCountCompare func(int32, int32) bool | |
| 49 | + | var xRefCountCompare func(int, int) bool | |
| 50 | 50 | ||
| 51 | 51 | // Compares the current value of @rc with @val. | |
| 52 | - | func RefCountCompare(RcVar int32, ValVar int32) bool { | |
| 52 | + | func RefCountCompare(RcVar int, ValVar int) bool { | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | return xRefCountCompare(RcVar, ValVar) | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | 56 | } | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | - | var xRefCountDec func(int32) bool | |
| 58 | + | var xRefCountDec func(int) bool | |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| 60 | 60 | // Decreases the reference count. | |
| 61 | 61 | // | |
| 62 | 62 | // If %TRUE is returned, the reference count reached 0. After this point, @rc | |
| 63 | 63 | // is an undefined state and must be reinitialized with | |
| 64 | 64 | // g_ref_count_init() to be used again. | |
| 65 | - | func RefCountDec(RcVar int32) bool { | |
| 65 | + | func RefCountDec(RcVar int) bool { | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | return xRefCountDec(RcVar) | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | 69 | } | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | - | var xRefCountInc func(int32) | |
| 71 | + | var xRefCountInc func(int) | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| 73 | 73 | // Increases the reference count. | |
| 74 | - | func RefCountInc(RcVar int32) { | |
| 74 | + | func RefCountInc(RcVar int) { | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | xRefCountInc(RcVar) | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | } | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | - | var xRefCountInit func(int32) | |
| 80 | + | var xRefCountInit func(int) | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | // Initializes a reference count variable to 1. | |
| 83 | - | func RefCountInit(RcVar int32) { | |
| 83 | + | func RefCountInit(RcVar int) { | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | 85 | xRefCountInit(RcVar) | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
M v4/glib/gregex.go +4 -4
| @@ -441,20 +441,20 @@ func RegexCheckReplacement(ReplacementVar string, HasReferencesVar bool) bool { | |||
| 441 | 441 | ||
| 442 | 442 | } | |
| 443 | 443 | ||
| 444 | - | var xRegexEscapeNul func(string, int32) string | |
| 444 | + | var xRegexEscapeNul func(string, int) string | |
| 445 | 445 | ||
| 446 | 446 | // Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used | |
| 447 | 447 | // to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. | |
| 448 | 448 | // | |
| 449 | 449 | // For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. | |
| 450 | 450 | // In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. | |
| 451 | - | func RegexEscapeNul(StringVar string, LengthVar int32) string { | |
| 451 | + | func RegexEscapeNul(StringVar string, LengthVar int) string { | |
| 452 | 452 | ||
| 453 | 453 | return xRegexEscapeNul(StringVar, LengthVar) | |
| 454 | 454 | ||
| 455 | 455 | } | |
| 456 | 456 | ||
| 457 | - | var xRegexEscapeString func(uintptr, int32) string | |
| 457 | + | var xRegexEscapeString func(uintptr, int) string | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | // Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions | |
| 460 | 460 | // in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This | |
| @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ var xRegexEscapeString func(uintptr, int32) string | |||
| 463 | 463 | // @string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", | |
| 464 | 464 | // in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string | |
| 465 | 465 | // in @length. | |
| 466 | - | func RegexEscapeString(StringVar uintptr, LengthVar int32) string { | |
| 466 | + | func RegexEscapeString(StringVar uintptr, LengthVar int) string { | |
| 467 | 467 | ||
| 468 | 468 | return xRegexEscapeString(StringVar, LengthVar) | |
| 469 | 469 | ||
M v4/glib/gsequence.go +1 -1
| @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 9 | 9 | // A #GSequenceIterCompareFunc is a function used to compare iterators. | |
| 10 | 10 | // It must return zero if the iterators compare equal, a negative value | |
| 11 | 11 | // if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. | |
| 12 | - | type SequenceIterCompareFunc func(*SequenceIter, *SequenceIter, uintptr) int32 | |
| 12 | + | type SequenceIterCompareFunc func(*SequenceIter, *SequenceIter, uintptr) int | |
| 13 | 13 | ||
| 14 | 14 | // The #GSequence struct is an opaque data type representing a | |
| 15 | 15 | // [sequence][glib-Sequences] data type. | |
M v4/glib/gshell.go +2 -2
| @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ const ( | |||
| 19 | 19 | GShellErrorFailedValue ShellError = 2 | |
| 20 | 20 | ) | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | - | var xShellParseArgv func(string, int32, uintptr) bool | |
| 22 | + | var xShellParseArgv func(string, int, uintptr) bool | |
| 23 | 23 | ||
| 24 | 24 | // Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way | |
| 25 | 25 | // the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would | |
| @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ var xShellParseArgv func(string, int32, uintptr) bool | |||
| 39 | 39 | // successfully. | |
| 40 | 40 | // | |
| 41 | 41 | // Free the returned vector with g_strfreev(). | |
| 42 | - | func ShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar string, ArgcpVar int32, ArgvpVar uintptr) bool { | |
| 42 | + | func ShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar string, ArgcpVar int, ArgvpVar uintptr) bool { | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | 44 | return xShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar, ArgcpVar, ArgvpVar) | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
M v4/glib/gspawn.go +14 -14
| @@ -152,29 +152,29 @@ func SpawnAsync(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, Fl | |||
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | 153 | } | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | - | var xSpawnAsyncWithFds func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 155 | + | var xSpawnAsyncWithFds func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, int, int, int) bool | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| 157 | 157 | // Executes a child program asynchronously. | |
| 158 | 158 | // | |
| 159 | 159 | // Identical to g_spawn_async_with_pipes_and_fds() but with `n_fds` set to zero, | |
| 160 | 160 | // so no FD assignments are used. | |
| 161 | - | func SpawnAsyncWithFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StdinFdVar int32, StdoutFdVar int32, StderrFdVar int32) bool { | |
| 161 | + | func SpawnAsyncWithFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StdinFdVar int, StdoutFdVar int, StderrFdVar int) bool { | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | return xSpawnAsyncWithFds(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, purego.NewCallback(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, ChildPidVar, StdinFdVar, StdoutFdVar, StderrFdVar) | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | } | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | - | var xSpawnAsyncWithPipes func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 167 | + | var xSpawnAsyncWithPipes func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, int, int, int) bool | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
| 169 | 169 | // Identical to g_spawn_async_with_pipes_and_fds() but with `n_fds` set to zero, | |
| 170 | 170 | // so no FD assignments are used. | |
| 171 | - | func SpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StandardInputVar int32, StandardOutputVar int32, StandardErrorVar int32) bool { | |
| 171 | + | func SpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StandardInputVar int, StandardOutputVar int, StandardErrorVar int) bool { | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
| 173 | 173 | return xSpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, purego.NewCallback(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, ChildPidVar, StandardInputVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar) | |
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | 175 | } | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | - | var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uint, *Pid, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 177 | + | var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, uintptr, uintptr, uint, *Pid, int, int, int) bool | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| 179 | 179 | // Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not | |
| 180 | 180 | // block waiting for the child to exit). | |
| @@ -364,13 +364,13 @@ var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintpt | |||
| 364 | 364 | // graphical application too, then to ensure that the spawned program opens its | |
| 365 | 365 | // windows on the right screen, you may want to use #GdkAppLaunchContext, | |
| 366 | 366 | // #GAppLaunchContext, or set the `DISPLAY` environment variable. | |
| 367 | - | func SpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int32, StdoutFdVar int32, StderrFdVar int32, SourceFdsVar uintptr, TargetFdsVar uintptr, NFdsVar uint, ChildPidOutVar *Pid, StdinPipeOutVar int32, StdoutPipeOutVar int32, StderrPipeOutVar int32) bool { | |
| 367 | + | func SpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int, StdoutFdVar int, StderrFdVar int, SourceFdsVar uintptr, TargetFdsVar uintptr, NFdsVar uint, ChildPidOutVar *Pid, StdinPipeOutVar int, StdoutPipeOutVar int, StderrPipeOutVar int) bool { | |
| 368 | 368 | ||
| 369 | 369 | return xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, purego.NewCallback(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, StdinFdVar, StdoutFdVar, StderrFdVar, SourceFdsVar, TargetFdsVar, NFdsVar, ChildPidOutVar, StdinPipeOutVar, StdoutPipeOutVar, StderrPipeOutVar) | |
| 370 | 370 | ||
| 371 | 371 | } | |
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | - | var xSpawnCheckExitStatus func(int32) bool | |
| 373 | + | var xSpawnCheckExitStatus func(int) bool | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | 375 | // An old name for g_spawn_check_wait_status(), deprecated because its | |
| 376 | 376 | // name is misleading. | |
| @@ -380,13 +380,13 @@ var xSpawnCheckExitStatus func(int32) bool | |||
| 380 | 380 | // etc. On Unix platforms, it is incorrect for it to be the exit status | |
| 381 | 381 | // as passed to `exit()` or returned by g_subprocess_get_exit_status() or | |
| 382 | 382 | // `WEXITSTATUS()`. | |
| 383 | - | func SpawnCheckExitStatus(WaitStatusVar int32) bool { | |
| 383 | + | func SpawnCheckExitStatus(WaitStatusVar int) bool { | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| 385 | 385 | return xSpawnCheckExitStatus(WaitStatusVar) | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | 387 | } | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
| 389 | - | var xSpawnCheckWaitStatus func(int32) bool | |
| 389 | + | var xSpawnCheckWaitStatus func(int) bool | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | // Set @error if @wait_status indicates the child exited abnormally | |
| 392 | 392 | // (e.g. with a nonzero exit code, or via a fatal signal). | |
| @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ var xSpawnCheckWaitStatus func(int32) bool | |||
| 427 | 427 | // | |
| 428 | 428 | // Prior to version 2.70, g_spawn_check_exit_status() provides the same | |
| 429 | 429 | // functionality, although under a misleading name. | |
| 430 | - | func SpawnCheckWaitStatus(WaitStatusVar int32) bool { | |
| 430 | + | func SpawnCheckWaitStatus(WaitStatusVar int) bool { | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | 432 | return xSpawnCheckWaitStatus(WaitStatusVar) | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ func SpawnCommandLineAsync(CommandLineVar string) bool { | |||
| 463 | 463 | ||
| 464 | 464 | } | |
| 465 | 465 | ||
| 466 | - | var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 466 | + | var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, int) bool | |
| 467 | 467 | ||
| 468 | 468 | // A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters | |
| 469 | 469 | // removed, taking a command line instead of an argument vector. | |
| @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 494 | 494 | // the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a | |
| 495 | 495 | // separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like | |
| 496 | 496 | // "'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'". | |
| 497 | - | func SpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar string, StandardOutputVar uintptr, StandardErrorVar uintptr, WaitStatusVar int32) bool { | |
| 497 | + | func SpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar string, StandardOutputVar uintptr, StandardErrorVar uintptr, WaitStatusVar int) bool { | |
| 498 | 498 | ||
| 499 | 499 | return xSpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar, WaitStatusVar) | |
| 500 | 500 | ||
| 501 | 501 | } | |
| 502 | 502 | ||
| 503 | - | var xSpawnSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 503 | + | var xSpawnSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int) bool | |
| 504 | 504 | ||
| 505 | 505 | // Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning). | |
| 506 | 506 | // | |
| @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ var xSpawnSync func(string, uintptr, uintptr, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uint | |||
| 525 | 525 | // This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that | |
| 526 | 526 | // function for full details on the other parameters and details on | |
| 527 | 527 | // how these functions work on Windows. | |
| 528 | - | func SpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StandardOutputVar uintptr, StandardErrorVar uintptr, WaitStatusVar int32) bool { | |
| 528 | + | func SpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar uintptr, EnvpVar uintptr, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StandardOutputVar uintptr, StandardErrorVar uintptr, WaitStatusVar int) bool { | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| 530 | 530 | return xSpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, purego.NewCallback(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar, WaitStatusVar) | |
| 531 | 531 | ||
M v4/glib/gstdio.go +10 -10
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 13 | 13 | type StatBuf struct { | |
| 14 | 14 | } | |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | - | var xAccess func(string, int32) int32 | |
| 16 | + | var xAccess func(string, int) int | |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | 18 | // A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to | |
| 19 | 19 | // test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute | |
| @@ -27,25 +27,25 @@ var xAccess func(string, int32) int32 | |||
| 27 | 27 | // more exactly should use the Win32 API. | |
| 28 | 28 | // | |
| 29 | 29 | // See your C library manual for more details about access(). | |
| 30 | - | func Access(FilenameVar string, ModeVar int32) int32 { | |
| 30 | + | func Access(FilenameVar string, ModeVar int) int { | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | 32 | return xAccess(FilenameVar, ModeVar) | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | 34 | } | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | - | var xChdir func(string) int32 | |
| 36 | + | var xChdir func(string) int | |
| 37 | 37 | ||
| 38 | 38 | // A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the | |
| 39 | 39 | // current directory of the process to @path. | |
| 40 | 40 | // | |
| 41 | 41 | // See your C library manual for more details about chdir(). | |
| 42 | - | func Chdir(PathVar string) int32 { | |
| 42 | + | func Chdir(PathVar string) int { | |
| 43 | 43 | ||
| 44 | 44 | return xChdir(PathVar) | |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | 46 | } | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | - | var xClose func(int32) bool | |
| 48 | + | var xClose func(int) bool | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | 50 | // This wraps the close() call; in case of error, %errno will be | |
| 51 | 51 | // preserved, but the error will also be stored as a #GError in @error. | |
| @@ -54,26 +54,26 @@ var xClose func(int32) bool | |||
| 54 | 54 | // function over the call provided by the system; on Unix, it will | |
| 55 | 55 | // attempt to correctly handle %EINTR, which has platform-specific | |
| 56 | 56 | // semantics. | |
| 57 | - | func Close(FdVar int32) bool { | |
| 57 | + | func Close(FdVar int) bool { | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | 59 | return xClose(FdVar) | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | } | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | - | var xRmdir func(string) int32 | |
| 63 | + | var xRmdir func(string) int | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | // A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function | |
| 66 | 66 | // deletes a directory from the filesystem. | |
| 67 | 67 | // | |
| 68 | 68 | // See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works | |
| 69 | 69 | // on your system. | |
| 70 | - | func Rmdir(FilenameVar string) int32 { | |
| 70 | + | func Rmdir(FilenameVar string) int { | |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | 72 | return xRmdir(FilenameVar) | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | 74 | } | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | - | var xUnlink func(string) int32 | |
| 76 | + | var xUnlink func(string) int | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | // A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function | |
| 79 | 79 | // deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the | |
| @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ var xUnlink func(string) int32 | |||
| 83 | 83 | // See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note | |
| 84 | 84 | // that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that | |
| 85 | 85 | // are open to some process, or mapped into memory. | |
| 86 | - | func Unlink(FilenameVar string) int32 { | |
| 86 | + | func Unlink(FilenameVar string) int { | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | return xUnlink(FilenameVar) | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
M v4/glib/gstrfuncs.go +24 -24
| @@ -47,18 +47,18 @@ const ( | |||
| 47 | 47 | GNumberParserErrorOutOfBoundsValue NumberParserError = 1 | |
| 48 | 48 | ) | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | - | var xAsciiDigitValue func(byte) int32 | |
| 50 | + | var xAsciiDigitValue func(byte) int | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | 52 | // Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal digit. | |
| 53 | 53 | // Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes a char, so | |
| 54 | 54 | // there's no worry about sign extension if characters are signed. | |
| 55 | - | func AsciiDigitValue(CVar byte) int32 { | |
| 55 | + | func AsciiDigitValue(CVar byte) int { | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | return xAsciiDigitValue(CVar) | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | 59 | } | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | - | var xAsciiDtostr func(string, int32, float64) string | |
| 61 | + | var xAsciiDtostr func(string, int, float64) string | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| 63 | 63 | // Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as | |
| 64 | 64 | // decimal point. | |
| @@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ var xAsciiDtostr func(string, int32, float64) string | |||
| 69 | 69 | // guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never | |
| 70 | 70 | // be larger than %G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes, including the terminating | |
| 71 | 71 | // nul character, which is always added. | |
| 72 | - | func AsciiDtostr(BufferVar string, BufLenVar int32, DVar float64) string { | |
| 72 | + | func AsciiDtostr(BufferVar string, BufLenVar int, DVar float64) string { | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | 74 | return xAsciiDtostr(BufferVar, BufLenVar, DVar) | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | } | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | - | var xAsciiFormatd func(string, int32, string, float64) string | |
| 78 | + | var xAsciiFormatd func(string, int, string, float64) string | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | // Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as | |
| 81 | 81 | // decimal point. To format the number you pass in | |
| @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ var xAsciiFormatd func(string, int32, string, float64) string | |||
| 89 | 89 | // | |
| 90 | 90 | // If you just want to want to serialize the value into a | |
| 91 | 91 | // string, use g_ascii_dtostr(). | |
| 92 | - | func AsciiFormatd(BufferVar string, BufLenVar int32, FormatVar string, DVar float64) string { | |
| 92 | + | func AsciiFormatd(BufferVar string, BufLenVar int, FormatVar string, DVar float64) string { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | return xAsciiFormatd(BufferVar, BufLenVar, FormatVar, DVar) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| 96 | 96 | } | |
| 97 | 97 | ||
| 98 | - | var xAsciiStrcasecmp func(string, string) int32 | |
| 98 | + | var xAsciiStrcasecmp func(string, string) int | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | // Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters. | |
| 101 | 101 | // | |
| @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ var xAsciiStrcasecmp func(string, string) int32 | |||
| 112 | 112 | // strings using this function, you will get false matches. | |
| 113 | 113 | // | |
| 114 | 114 | // Both @s1 and @s2 must be non-%NULL. | |
| 115 | - | func AsciiStrcasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string) int32 { | |
| 115 | + | func AsciiStrcasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string) int { | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| 117 | 117 | return xAsciiStrcasecmp(S1Var, S2Var) | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func AsciiStringToUnsigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar uint64, MaxVar ui | |||
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | } | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | - | var xAsciiStrncasecmp func(string, string, uint) int32 | |
| 189 | + | var xAsciiStrncasecmp func(string, string, uint) int | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | 191 | // Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any | |
| 192 | 192 | // characters after the first @n in each string. If either string is | |
| @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ var xAsciiStrncasecmp func(string, string, uint) int32 | |||
| 200 | 200 | // The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this | |
| 201 | 201 | // function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes | |
| 202 | 202 | // corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves. | |
| 203 | - | func AsciiStrncasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string, NVar uint) int32 { | |
| 203 | + | func AsciiStrncasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string, NVar uint) int { | |
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | 205 | return xAsciiStrncasecmp(S1Var, S2Var, NVar) | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| @@ -335,13 +335,13 @@ func AsciiToupper(CVar byte) byte { | |||
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | 336 | } | |
| 337 | 337 | ||
| 338 | - | var xAsciiXdigitValue func(byte) int32 | |
| 338 | + | var xAsciiXdigitValue func(byte) int | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | // Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexadecimal | |
| 341 | 341 | // digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes | |
| 342 | 342 | // a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters | |
| 343 | 343 | // are signed. | |
| 344 | - | func AsciiXdigitValue(CVar byte) int32 { | |
| 344 | + | func AsciiXdigitValue(CVar byte) int { | |
| 345 | 345 | ||
| 346 | 346 | return xAsciiXdigitValue(CVar) | |
| 347 | 347 | ||
| @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ func Strcanon(StringVar string, ValidCharsVar string, SubstitutorVar byte) strin | |||
| 518 | 518 | ||
| 519 | 519 | } | |
| 520 | 520 | ||
| 521 | - | var xStrcasecmp func(string, string) int32 | |
| 521 | + | var xStrcasecmp func(string, string) int | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | // A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard | |
| 524 | 524 | // strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it. | |
| 525 | - | func Strcasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string) int32 { | |
| 525 | + | func Strcasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string) int { | |
| 526 | 526 | ||
| 527 | 527 | return xStrcasecmp(S1Var, S2Var) | |
| 528 | 528 | ||
| @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ func Strdupv(StrArrayVar string) uintptr { | |||
| 689 | 689 | ||
| 690 | 690 | } | |
| 691 | 691 | ||
| 692 | - | var xStrerror func(int32) string | |
| 692 | + | var xStrerror func(int) string | |
| 693 | 693 | ||
| 694 | 694 | // Returns a string corresponding to the given error code, e.g. "no | |
| 695 | 695 | // such process". Unlike strerror(), this always returns a string in | |
| @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ var xStrerror func(int32) string | |||
| 711 | 711 | // g_strerror (saved_errno); | |
| 712 | 712 | // | |
| 713 | 713 | // ]| | |
| 714 | - | func Strerror(ErrnumVar int32) string { | |
| 714 | + | func Strerror(ErrnumVar int) string { | |
| 715 | 715 | ||
| 716 | 716 | return xStrerror(ErrnumVar) | |
| 717 | 717 | ||
| @@ -814,13 +814,13 @@ func Strlcpy(DestVar string, SrcVar string, DestSizeVar uint) uint { | |||
| 814 | 814 | ||
| 815 | 815 | } | |
| 816 | 816 | ||
| 817 | - | var xStrncasecmp func(string, string, uint) int32 | |
| 817 | + | var xStrncasecmp func(string, string, uint) int | |
| 818 | 818 | ||
| 819 | 819 | // A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard | |
| 820 | 820 | // strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it. It is similar | |
| 821 | 821 | // to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n characters of | |
| 822 | 822 | // the strings. | |
| 823 | - | func Strncasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string, NVar uint) int32 { | |
| 823 | + | func Strncasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string, NVar uint) int { | |
| 824 | 824 | ||
| 825 | 825 | return xStrncasecmp(S1Var, S2Var, NVar) | |
| 826 | 826 | ||
| @@ -887,19 +887,19 @@ func StrrstrLen(HaystackVar string, HaystackLenVar int, NeedleVar string) string | |||
| 887 | 887 | ||
| 888 | 888 | } | |
| 889 | 889 | ||
| 890 | - | var xStrsignal func(int32) string | |
| 890 | + | var xStrsignal func(int) string | |
| 891 | 891 | ||
| 892 | 892 | // Returns a string describing the given signal, e.g. "Segmentation fault". | |
| 893 | 893 | // You should use this function in preference to strsignal(), because it | |
| 894 | 894 | // returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support | |
| 895 | 895 | // the strsignal() function. | |
| 896 | - | func Strsignal(SignumVar int32) string { | |
| 896 | + | func Strsignal(SignumVar int) string { | |
| 897 | 897 | ||
| 898 | 898 | return xStrsignal(SignumVar) | |
| 899 | 899 | ||
| 900 | 900 | } | |
| 901 | 901 | ||
| 902 | - | var xStrsplit func(string, string, int32) uintptr | |
| 902 | + | var xStrsplit func(string, string, int) uintptr | |
| 903 | 903 | ||
| 904 | 904 | // Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given | |
| 905 | 905 | // @delimiter. If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is | |
| @@ -915,13 +915,13 @@ var xStrsplit func(string, string, int32) uintptr | |||
| 915 | 915 | // more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need | |
| 916 | 916 | // to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string | |
| 917 | 917 | // before calling g_strsplit(). | |
| 918 | - | func Strsplit(StringVar string, DelimiterVar string, MaxTokensVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 918 | + | func Strsplit(StringVar string, DelimiterVar string, MaxTokensVar int) uintptr { | |
| 919 | 919 | ||
| 920 | 920 | return xStrsplit(StringVar, DelimiterVar, MaxTokensVar) | |
| 921 | 921 | ||
| 922 | 922 | } | |
| 923 | 923 | ||
| 924 | - | var xStrsplitSet func(string, string, int32) uintptr | |
| 924 | + | var xStrsplitSet func(string, string, int) uintptr | |
| 925 | 925 | ||
| 926 | 926 | // Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters | |
| 927 | 927 | // in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not | |
| @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ var xStrsplitSet func(string, string, int32) uintptr | |||
| 944 | 944 | // | |
| 945 | 945 | // Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used | |
| 946 | 946 | // to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters. | |
| 947 | - | func StrsplitSet(StringVar string, DelimitersVar string, MaxTokensVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 947 | + | func StrsplitSet(StringVar string, DelimitersVar string, MaxTokensVar int) uintptr { | |
| 948 | 948 | ||
| 949 | 949 | return xStrsplitSet(StringVar, DelimitersVar, MaxTokensVar) | |
| 950 | 950 | ||
M v4/glib/gtestutils.go +24 -24
| @@ -180,62 +180,62 @@ const ( | |||
| 180 | 180 | GTestRunIncompleteValue TestResult = 3 | |
| 181 | 181 | ) | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| 183 | - | var xAssertionMessage func(string, string, int32, string, string) | |
| 183 | + | var xAssertionMessage func(string, string, int, string, string) | |
| 184 | 184 | ||
| 185 | - | func AssertionMessage(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, MessageVar string) { | |
| 185 | + | func AssertionMessage(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, MessageVar string) { | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | xAssertionMessage(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, MessageVar) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | } | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | - | var xAssertionMessageCmpnum func(string, string, int32, string, string, float64, string, float64, byte) | |
| 191 | + | var xAssertionMessageCmpnum func(string, string, int, string, string, float64, string, float64, byte) | |
| 192 | 192 | ||
| 193 | - | func AssertionMessageCmpnum(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var float64, CmpVar string, Arg2Var float64, NumtypeVar byte) { | |
| 193 | + | func AssertionMessageCmpnum(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var float64, CmpVar string, Arg2Var float64, NumtypeVar byte) { | |
| 194 | 194 | ||
| 195 | 195 | xAssertionMessageCmpnum(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, Arg1Var, CmpVar, Arg2Var, NumtypeVar) | |
| 196 | 196 | ||
| 197 | 197 | } | |
| 198 | 198 | ||
| 199 | - | var xAssertionMessageCmpstr func(string, string, int32, string, string, string, string, string) | |
| 199 | + | var xAssertionMessageCmpstr func(string, string, int, string, string, string, string, string) | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | - | func AssertionMessageCmpstr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var string, CmpVar string, Arg2Var string) { | |
| 201 | + | func AssertionMessageCmpstr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var string, CmpVar string, Arg2Var string) { | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
| 203 | 203 | xAssertionMessageCmpstr(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, Arg1Var, CmpVar, Arg2Var) | |
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | 205 | } | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| 207 | - | var xAssertionMessageCmpstrv func(string, string, int32, string, string, string, string, uint) | |
| 207 | + | var xAssertionMessageCmpstrv func(string, string, int, string, string, string, string, uint) | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | - | func AssertionMessageCmpstrv(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var string, Arg2Var string, FirstWrongIdxVar uint) { | |
| 209 | + | func AssertionMessageCmpstrv(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, Arg1Var string, Arg2Var string, FirstWrongIdxVar uint) { | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | xAssertionMessageCmpstrv(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, Arg1Var, Arg2Var, FirstWrongIdxVar) | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | } | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | - | var xAssertionMessageError func(string, string, int32, string, string, *Error, Quark, int32) | |
| 215 | + | var xAssertionMessageError func(string, string, int, string, string, *Error, Quark, int) | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | - | func AssertionMessageError(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, ErrorVar *Error, ErrorDomainVar Quark, ErrorCodeVar int32) { | |
| 217 | + | func AssertionMessageError(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, ErrorVar *Error, ErrorDomainVar Quark, ErrorCodeVar int) { | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | xAssertionMessageError(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, ErrorVar, ErrorDomainVar, ErrorCodeVar) | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
| 221 | 221 | } | |
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | - | var xAssertionMessageExpr func(string, string, int32, string, string) | |
| 223 | + | var xAssertionMessageExpr func(string, string, int, string, string) | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | // Internal function used to print messages from the public g_assert() and | |
| 226 | 226 | // g_assert_not_reached() macros. | |
| 227 | - | func AssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string) { | |
| 227 | + | func AssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string) { | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | xAssertionMessageExpr(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | } | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | - | var xStrcmp0 func(string, string) int32 | |
| 233 | + | var xStrcmp0 func(string, string) int | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| 235 | 235 | // Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL | |
| 236 | 236 | // gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings. | |
| 237 | 237 | // Comparing two %NULL pointers returns 0. | |
| 238 | - | func Strcmp0(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int32 { | |
| 238 | + | func Strcmp0(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int { | |
| 239 | 239 | ||
| 240 | 240 | return xStrcmp0(Str1Var, Str2Var) | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| @@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ func TestAddVtable(TestpathVar string, DataSizeVar uint, TestDataVar uintptr, Da | |||
| 300 | 300 | ||
| 301 | 301 | } | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| 303 | - | var xTestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal func(string, string, int32, string) | |
| 303 | + | var xTestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal func(string, string, int, string) | |
| 304 | 304 | ||
| 305 | - | func TestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string) { | |
| 305 | + | func TestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string) { | |
| 306 | 306 | ||
| 307 | 307 | xTestAssertExpectedMessagesInternal(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar) | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ func TestIncompletePrintf(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |||
| 595 | 595 | ||
| 596 | 596 | } | |
| 597 | 597 | ||
| 598 | - | var xTestInit func(int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 598 | + | var xTestInit func(int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 599 | 599 | ||
| 600 | 600 | // Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the | |
| 601 | 601 | // test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname() | |
| @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ var xTestInit func(int32, string, ...interface{}) | |||
| 648 | 648 | // from being executed, as g_assert() is commonly (erroneously) used in unit | |
| 649 | 649 | // tests, and is a no-op when compiled with `G_DISABLE_ASSERT`. Ensure your | |
| 650 | 650 | // tests are compiled without `G_DISABLE_ASSERT` defined. | |
| 651 | - | func TestInit(ArgcVar int32, ArgvVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 651 | + | func TestInit(ArgcVar int, ArgvVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 652 | 652 | ||
| 653 | 653 | xTestInit(ArgcVar, ArgvVar, varArgs...) | |
| 654 | 654 | ||
| @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ func TestRandIntRange(BeginVar int32, EndVar int32) int32 { | |||
| 798 | 798 | ||
| 799 | 799 | } | |
| 800 | 800 | ||
| 801 | - | var xTestRun func() int32 | |
| 801 | + | var xTestRun func() int | |
| 802 | 802 | ||
| 803 | 803 | // Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved | |
| 804 | 804 | // with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test | |
| @@ -832,13 +832,13 @@ var xTestRun func() int32 | |||
| 832 | 832 | // If all tests are skipped or marked as incomplete (expected failures), | |
| 833 | 833 | // this function will return 0 if producing TAP output, or 77 (treated | |
| 834 | 834 | // as "skip test" by Automake) otherwise. | |
| 835 | - | func TestRun() int32 { | |
| 835 | + | func TestRun() int { | |
| 836 | 836 | ||
| 837 | 837 | return xTestRun() | |
| 838 | 838 | ||
| 839 | 839 | } | |
| 840 | 840 | ||
| 841 | - | var xTestRunSuite func(*TestSuite) int32 | |
| 841 | + | var xTestRunSuite func(*TestSuite) int | |
| 842 | 842 | ||
| 843 | 843 | // Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites. | |
| 844 | 844 | // The test suites to be executed are filtered according to | |
| @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ var xTestRunSuite func(*TestSuite) int32 | |||
| 848 | 848 | // | |
| 849 | 849 | // g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once | |
| 850 | 850 | // in a program. | |
| 851 | - | func TestRunSuite(SuiteVar *TestSuite) int32 { | |
| 851 | + | func TestRunSuite(SuiteVar *TestSuite) int { | |
| 852 | 852 | ||
| 853 | 853 | return xTestRunSuite(SuiteVar) | |
| 854 | 854 | ||
| @@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ func TestTimerStart() { | |||
| 966 | 966 | ||
| 967 | 967 | } | |
| 968 | 968 | ||
| 969 | - | var xTestTrapAssertions func(string, string, int32, string, uint64, string) | |
| 969 | + | var xTestTrapAssertions func(string, string, int, string, uint64, string) | |
| 970 | 970 | ||
| 971 | - | func TestTrapAssertions(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, AssertionFlagsVar uint64, PatternVar string) { | |
| 971 | + | func TestTrapAssertions(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, AssertionFlagsVar uint64, PatternVar string) { | |
| 972 | 972 | ||
| 973 | 973 | xTestTrapAssertions(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, AssertionFlagsVar, PatternVar) | |
| 974 | 974 | ||
M v4/glib/gthreadpool.go +4 -4
| @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ func ThreadPoolGetMaxIdleTime() uint { | |||
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | 32 | } | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | - | var xThreadPoolGetMaxUnusedThreads func() int32 | |
| 34 | + | var xThreadPoolGetMaxUnusedThreads func() int | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | 36 | // Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. | |
| 37 | - | func ThreadPoolGetMaxUnusedThreads() int32 { | |
| 37 | + | func ThreadPoolGetMaxUnusedThreads() int { | |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | 39 | return xThreadPoolGetMaxUnusedThreads() | |
| 40 | 40 | ||
| @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ func ThreadPoolSetMaxIdleTime(IntervalVar uint) { | |||
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | } | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | - | var xThreadPoolSetMaxUnusedThreads func(int32) | |
| 69 | + | var xThreadPoolSetMaxUnusedThreads func(int) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | // Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. | |
| 72 | 72 | // If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number | |
| 73 | 73 | // of unused threads. | |
| 74 | 74 | // | |
| 75 | 75 | // The default value is 2. | |
| 76 | - | func ThreadPoolSetMaxUnusedThreads(MaxThreadsVar int32) { | |
| 76 | + | func ThreadPoolSetMaxUnusedThreads(MaxThreadsVar int) { | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | xThreadPoolSetMaxUnusedThreads(MaxThreadsVar) | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
M v4/glib/gtypes.go +2 -2
| @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ package glib | |||
| 5 | 5 | // values. The function should return a negative integer if the first | |
| 6 | 6 | // value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive | |
| 7 | 7 | // integer if the first value comes after the second. | |
| 8 | - | type CompareDataFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 8 | + | type CompareDataFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 9 | 9 | ||
| 10 | 10 | // Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two | |
| 11 | 11 | // values. The function should return a negative integer if the first | |
| 12 | 12 | // value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive | |
| 13 | 13 | // integer if the first value comes after the second. | |
| 14 | - | type CompareFunc func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 14 | + | type CompareFunc func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 15 | 15 | ||
| 16 | 16 | // A function of this signature is used to copy the node data | |
| 17 | 17 | // when doing a deep-copy of a tree. | |
M v4/glib/gunicode.go +10 -10
| @@ -586,10 +586,10 @@ func UnicharBreakType(CVar uint32) UnicodeBreakType { | |||
| 586 | 586 | ||
| 587 | 587 | } | |
| 588 | 588 | ||
| 589 | - | var xUnicharCombiningClass func(uint32) int32 | |
| 589 | + | var xUnicharCombiningClass func(uint32) int | |
| 590 | 590 | ||
| 591 | 591 | // Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character. | |
| 592 | - | func UnicharCombiningClass(UcVar uint32) int32 { | |
| 592 | + | func UnicharCombiningClass(UcVar uint32) int { | |
| 593 | 593 | ||
| 594 | 594 | return xUnicharCombiningClass(UcVar) | |
| 595 | 595 | ||
| @@ -650,11 +650,11 @@ func UnicharDecompose(ChVar uint32, AVar uint32, BVar uint32) bool { | |||
| 650 | 650 | ||
| 651 | 651 | } | |
| 652 | 652 | ||
| 653 | - | var xUnicharDigitValue func(uint32) int32 | |
| 653 | + | var xUnicharDigitValue func(uint32) int | |
| 654 | 654 | ||
| 655 | 655 | // Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal | |
| 656 | 656 | // digit. | |
| 657 | - | func UnicharDigitValue(CVar uint32) int32 { | |
| 657 | + | func UnicharDigitValue(CVar uint32) int { | |
| 658 | 658 | ||
| 659 | 659 | return xUnicharDigitValue(CVar) | |
| 660 | 660 | ||
| @@ -929,10 +929,10 @@ func UnicharIszerowidth(CVar uint32) bool { | |||
| 929 | 929 | ||
| 930 | 930 | } | |
| 931 | 931 | ||
| 932 | - | var xUnicharToUtf8 func(uint32, string) int32 | |
| 932 | + | var xUnicharToUtf8 func(uint32, string) int | |
| 933 | 933 | ||
| 934 | 934 | // Converts a single character to UTF-8. | |
| 935 | - | func UnicharToUtf8(CVar uint32, OutbufVar string) int32 { | |
| 935 | + | func UnicharToUtf8(CVar uint32, OutbufVar string) int { | |
| 936 | 936 | ||
| 937 | 937 | return xUnicharToUtf8(CVar, OutbufVar) | |
| 938 | 938 | ||
| @@ -985,11 +985,11 @@ func UnicharValidate(ChVar uint32) bool { | |||
| 985 | 985 | ||
| 986 | 986 | } | |
| 987 | 987 | ||
| 988 | - | var xUnicharXdigitValue func(uint32) int32 | |
| 988 | + | var xUnicharXdigitValue func(uint32) int | |
| 989 | 989 | ||
| 990 | 990 | // Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexadecimal | |
| 991 | 991 | // digit. | |
| 992 | - | func UnicharXdigitValue(CVar uint32) int32 { | |
| 992 | + | func UnicharXdigitValue(CVar uint32) int { | |
| 993 | 993 | ||
| 994 | 994 | return xUnicharXdigitValue(CVar) | |
| 995 | 995 | ||
| @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ func Utf8Casefold(StrVar string, LenVar int) string { | |||
| 1100 | 1100 | ||
| 1101 | 1101 | } | |
| 1102 | 1102 | ||
| 1103 | - | var xUtf8Collate func(string, string) int32 | |
| 1103 | + | var xUtf8Collate func(string, string) int | |
| 1104 | 1104 | ||
| 1105 | 1105 | // Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically | |
| 1106 | 1106 | // correct rules for the [current locale][setlocale]. | |
| @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ var xUtf8Collate func(string, string) int32 | |||
| 1112 | 1112 | // If the two strings are not comparable due to being in different collation | |
| 1113 | 1113 | // sequences, the result is undefined. This can happen if the strings are in | |
| 1114 | 1114 | // different language scripts, for example. | |
| 1115 | - | func Utf8Collate(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int32 { | |
| 1115 | + | func Utf8Collate(Str1Var string, Str2Var string) int { | |
| 1116 | 1116 | ||
| 1117 | 1117 | return xUtf8Collate(Str1Var, Str2Var) | |
| 1118 | 1118 | ||
M v4/glib/guri.go +14 -14
| @@ -254,19 +254,19 @@ const ( | |||
| 254 | 254 | GUriErrorBadFragmentValue UriError = 9 | |
| 255 | 255 | ) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | - | var xUriBuild func(UriFlags, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) *Uri | |
| 257 | + | var xUriBuild func(UriFlags, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) *Uri | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | // Creates a new #GUri from the given components according to @flags. | |
| 260 | 260 | // | |
| 261 | 261 | // See also g_uri_build_with_user(), which allows specifying the | |
| 262 | 262 | // components of the "userinfo" separately. | |
| 263 | - | func UriBuild(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) *Uri { | |
| 263 | + | func UriBuild(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) *Uri { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | return xUriBuild(FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserinfoVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | 267 | } | |
| 268 | 268 | ||
| 269 | - | var xUriBuildWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) *Uri | |
| 269 | + | var xUriBuildWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) *Uri | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | 271 | // Creates a new #GUri from the given components according to @flags | |
| 272 | 272 | // (%G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_PASSWORD is added unconditionally). The @flags must be | |
| @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ var xUriBuildWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int | |||
| 276 | 276 | // In contrast to g_uri_build(), this allows specifying the components | |
| 277 | 277 | // of the ‘userinfo’ field separately. Note that @user must be non-%NULL | |
| 278 | 278 | // if either @password or @auth_params is non-%NULL. | |
| 279 | - | func UriBuildWithUser(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) *Uri { | |
| 279 | + | func UriBuildWithUser(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) *Uri { | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | return xUriBuildWithUser(FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserVar, PasswordVar, AuthParamsVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ func UriIsValid(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags) bool { | |||
| 333 | 333 | ||
| 334 | 334 | } | |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | - | var xUriJoin func(UriFlags, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) string | |
| 336 | + | var xUriJoin func(UriFlags, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) string | |
| 337 | 337 | ||
| 338 | 338 | // Joins the given components together according to @flags to create | |
| 339 | 339 | // an absolute URI string. @path may not be %NULL (though it may be the empty | |
| @@ -351,13 +351,13 @@ var xUriJoin func(UriFlags, string, string, string, int32, string, string, strin | |||
| 351 | 351 | // | |
| 352 | 352 | // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_PASSWORD and %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS are ignored if set | |
| 353 | 353 | // in @flags. | |
| 354 | - | func UriJoin(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) string { | |
| 354 | + | func UriJoin(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) string { | |
| 355 | 355 | ||
| 356 | 356 | return xUriJoin(FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserinfoVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
| 358 | 358 | } | |
| 359 | 359 | ||
| 360 | - | var xUriJoinWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) string | |
| 360 | + | var xUriJoinWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) string | |
| 361 | 361 | ||
| 362 | 362 | // Joins the given components together according to @flags to create | |
| 363 | 363 | // an absolute URI string. @path may not be %NULL (though it may be the empty | |
| @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ var xUriJoinWithUser func(UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int3 | |||
| 368 | 368 | // | |
| 369 | 369 | // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_PASSWORD and %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS are ignored if set | |
| 370 | 370 | // in @flags. | |
| 371 | - | func UriJoinWithUser(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) string { | |
| 371 | + | func UriJoinWithUser(FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) string { | |
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | 373 | return xUriJoinWithUser(FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserVar, PasswordVar, AuthParamsVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ func UriResolveRelative(BaseUriStringVar string, UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriF | |||
| 465 | 465 | ||
| 466 | 466 | } | |
| 467 | 467 | ||
| 468 | - | var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) bool | |
| 468 | + | var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) bool | |
| 469 | 469 | ||
| 470 | 470 | // Parses @uri_ref (which can be an | |
| 471 | 471 | // [absolute or relative URI][relative-absolute-uris]) according to @flags, and | |
| @@ -483,13 +483,13 @@ var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, int32, string, stri | |||
| 483 | 483 | // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS @flags are ignored by g_uri_split(), | |
| 484 | 484 | // since it always returns only the full userinfo; use | |
| 485 | 485 | // g_uri_split_with_user() if you want it split up. | |
| 486 | - | func UriSplit(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) bool { | |
| 486 | + | func UriSplit(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) bool { | |
| 487 | 487 | ||
| 488 | 488 | return xUriSplit(UriRefVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserinfoVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 489 | 489 | ||
| 490 | 490 | } | |
| 491 | 491 | ||
| 492 | - | var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, string, string, int32) bool | |
| 492 | + | var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, string, string, int) bool | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
| 494 | 494 | // Parses @uri_string (which must be an [absolute URI][relative-absolute-uris]) | |
| 495 | 495 | // according to @flags, and returns the pieces relevant to connecting to a host. | |
| @@ -497,13 +497,13 @@ var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, string, string, int32) bool | |||
| 497 | 497 | // mostly a wrapper around that function with simpler arguments. | |
| 498 | 498 | // However, it will return an error if @uri_string is a relative URI, | |
| 499 | 499 | // or does not contain a hostname component. | |
| 500 | - | func UriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32) bool { | |
| 500 | + | func UriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int) bool { | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | 502 | return xUriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, HostVar, PortVar) | |
| 503 | 503 | ||
| 504 | 504 | } | |
| 505 | 505 | ||
| 506 | - | var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int32, string, string, string) bool | |
| 506 | + | var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int, string, string, string) bool | |
| 507 | 507 | ||
| 508 | 508 | // Parses @uri_ref (which can be an | |
| 509 | 509 | // [absolute or relative URI][relative-absolute-uris]) according to @flags, and | |
| @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, string, str | |||
| 516 | 516 | // be parsed out if @flags contains %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_PASSWORD, and | |
| 517 | 517 | // @auth_params will only be parsed out if @flags contains | |
| 518 | 518 | // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS. | |
| 519 | - | func UriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int32, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) bool { | |
| 519 | + | func UriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) bool { | |
| 520 | 520 | ||
| 521 | 521 | return xUriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserVar, PasswordVar, AuthParamsVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar) | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
M v4/glib/gutils.go +8 -8
| @@ -108,26 +108,26 @@ func Atexit(FuncVar VoidFunc) { | |||
| 108 | 108 | ||
| 109 | 109 | } | |
| 110 | 110 | ||
| 111 | - | var xBitNthLsf func(uint32, int32) int32 | |
| 111 | + | var xBitNthLsf func(uint32, int) int | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | // Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching | |
| 114 | 114 | // from (but not including) @nth_bit upwards. Bits are numbered | |
| 115 | 115 | // from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, | |
| 116 | 116 | // usually). To start searching from the 0th bit, set @nth_bit to -1. | |
| 117 | - | func BitNthLsf(MaskVar uint32, NthBitVar int32) int32 { | |
| 117 | + | func BitNthLsf(MaskVar uint32, NthBitVar int) int { | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | return xBitNthLsf(MaskVar, NthBitVar) | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | } | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | - | var xBitNthMsf func(uint32, int32) int32 | |
| 123 | + | var xBitNthMsf func(uint32, int) int | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | // Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching | |
| 126 | 126 | // from (but not including) @nth_bit downwards. Bits are numbered | |
| 127 | 127 | // from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, | |
| 128 | 128 | // usually). To start searching from the last bit, set @nth_bit to | |
| 129 | 129 | // -1 or GLIB_SIZEOF_LONG * 8. | |
| 130 | - | func BitNthMsf(MaskVar uint32, NthBitVar int32) int32 { | |
| 130 | + | func BitNthMsf(MaskVar uint32, NthBitVar int) int { | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | return xBitNthMsf(MaskVar, NthBitVar) | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ func SetPrgname(PrgnameVar string) { | |||
| 654 | 654 | ||
| 655 | 655 | } | |
| 656 | 656 | ||
| 657 | - | var xSnprintf func(string, uint32, string, ...interface{}) int32 | |
| 657 | + | var xSnprintf func(string, uint32, string, ...interface{}) int | |
| 658 | 658 | ||
| 659 | 659 | // A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed | |
| 660 | 660 | // to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so | |
| @@ -673,13 +673,13 @@ var xSnprintf func(string, uint32, string, ...interface{}) int32 | |||
| 673 | 673 | // | |
| 674 | 674 | // The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in | |
| 675 | 675 | // the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 676 | - | func Snprintf(StringVar string, NVar uint32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int32 { | |
| 676 | + | func Snprintf(StringVar string, NVar uint32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int { | |
| 677 | 677 | ||
| 678 | 678 | return xSnprintf(StringVar, NVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 679 | 679 | ||
| 680 | 680 | } | |
| 681 | 681 | ||
| 682 | - | var xVsnprintf func(string, uint32, string, []interface{}) int32 | |
| 682 | + | var xVsnprintf func(string, uint32, string, []interface{}) int | |
| 683 | 683 | ||
| 684 | 684 | // A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed | |
| 685 | 685 | // to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so | |
| @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ var xVsnprintf func(string, uint32, string, []interface{}) int32 | |||
| 698 | 698 | // | |
| 699 | 699 | // The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in | |
| 700 | 700 | // the Single Unix Specification. | |
| 701 | - | func Vsnprintf(StringVar string, NVar uint32, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 701 | + | func Vsnprintf(StringVar string, NVar uint32, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 702 | 702 | ||
| 703 | 703 | return xVsnprintf(StringVar, NVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 704 | 704 | ||
M v4/gobject/gclosure.go +1 -1
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ type ClosureNotify func(uintptr, *Closure) | |||
| 26 | 26 | // This is the signature of va_list marshaller functions, an optional | |
| 27 | 27 | // marshaller that can be used in some situations to avoid | |
| 28 | 28 | // marshalling the signal argument into GValues. | |
| 29 | - | type VaClosureMarshal func(*Closure, *Value, *TypeInstance, []interface{}, uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 29 | + | type VaClosureMarshal func(*Closure, *Value, *TypeInstance, []interface{}, uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | // A #GCClosure is a specialization of #GClosure for C function callbacks. | |
| 32 | 32 | type CClosure struct { | |
M v4/gobject/genums.go +4 -4
| @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ func EnumCompleteTypeInfo(GEnumTypeVar []interface{}, InfoVar *TypeInfo, ConstVa | |||
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | } | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | - | var xEnumGetValue func(*EnumClass, int32) *EnumValue | |
| 86 | + | var xEnumGetValue func(*EnumClass, int) *EnumValue | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | // Returns the #GEnumValue for a value. | |
| 89 | - | func EnumGetValue(EnumClassVar *EnumClass, ValueVar int32) *EnumValue { | |
| 89 | + | func EnumGetValue(EnumClassVar *EnumClass, ValueVar int) *EnumValue { | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | return xEnumGetValue(EnumClassVar, ValueVar) | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ func EnumRegisterStatic(NameVar string, ConstStaticValuesVar *EnumValue) []inter | |||
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | 124 | } | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | - | var xEnumToString func([]interface{}, int32) string | |
| 126 | + | var xEnumToString func([]interface{}, int) string | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | 128 | // Pretty-prints @value in the form of the enum’s name. | |
| 129 | 129 | // | |
| 130 | 130 | // This is intended to be used for debugging purposes. The format of the output | |
| 131 | 131 | // may change in the future. | |
| 132 | - | func EnumToString(GEnumTypeVar []interface{}, ValueVar int32) string { | |
| 132 | + | func EnumToString(GEnumTypeVar []interface{}, ValueVar int) string { | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| 134 | 134 | return xEnumToString(GEnumTypeVar, ValueVar) | |
| 135 | 135 | ||
M v4/gobject/gparam.go +2 -2
| @@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ func ParamValueValidate(PspecVar *ParamSpec, ValueVar *Value) bool { | |||
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | } | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | - | var xParamValuesCmp func(uintptr, *Value, *Value) int32 | |
| 164 | + | var xParamValuesCmp func(uintptr, *Value, *Value) int | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | 166 | // Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec, and return -1, 0 or +1, | |
| 167 | 167 | // if @value1 is found to be less than, equal to or greater than @value2, | |
| 168 | 168 | // respectively. | |
| 169 | - | func ParamValuesCmp(PspecVar *ParamSpec, Value1Var *Value, Value2Var *Value) int32 { | |
| 169 | + | func ParamValuesCmp(PspecVar *ParamSpec, Value1Var *Value, Value2Var *Value) int { | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | return xParamValuesCmp(PspecVar.GoPointer(), Value1Var, Value2Var) | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
M v4/gobject/gparamspecs.go +4 -4
| @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ func NewParamSpecDouble(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, Minimum | |||
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | } | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | - | var xNewParamSpecEnum func(string, string, string, []interface{}, int32, ParamFlags) uintptr | |
| 86 | + | var xNewParamSpecEnum func(string, string, string, []interface{}, int, ParamFlags) uintptr | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | // Creates a new #GParamSpecEnum instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ENUM | |
| 89 | 89 | // property. | |
| 90 | 90 | // | |
| 91 | 91 | // See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. | |
| 92 | - | func NewParamSpecEnum(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, EnumTypeVar []interface{}, DefaultValueVar int32, FlagsVar ParamFlags) *ParamSpec { | |
| 92 | + | func NewParamSpecEnum(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, EnumTypeVar []interface{}, DefaultValueVar int, FlagsVar ParamFlags) *ParamSpec { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | NewParamSpecEnumPtr := xNewParamSpecEnum(NameVar, NickVar, BlurbVar, EnumTypeVar, DefaultValueVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 95 | 95 | if NewParamSpecEnumPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ func ParamSpecGtype(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, IsATypeVar | |||
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | } | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | - | var xNewParamSpecInt func(string, string, string, int32, int32, int32, ParamFlags) uintptr | |
| 161 | + | var xNewParamSpecInt func(string, string, string, int, int, int, ParamFlags) uintptr | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | // Creates a new #GParamSpecInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT property. | |
| 164 | 164 | // | |
| 165 | 165 | // See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names. | |
| 166 | - | func NewParamSpecInt(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, MinimumVar int32, MaximumVar int32, DefaultValueVar int32, FlagsVar ParamFlags) *ParamSpec { | |
| 166 | + | func NewParamSpecInt(NameVar string, NickVar string, BlurbVar string, MinimumVar int, MaximumVar int, DefaultValueVar int, FlagsVar ParamFlags) *ParamSpec { | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | NewParamSpecIntPtr := xNewParamSpecInt(NameVar, NickVar, BlurbVar, MinimumVar, MaximumVar, DefaultValueVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 169 | 169 | if NewParamSpecIntPtr == 0 { | |
M v4/gobject/gtype.go +6 -6
| @@ -380,9 +380,9 @@ func TypeAddClassPrivate(ClassTypeVar []interface{}, PrivateSizeVar uint) { | |||
| 380 | 380 | ||
| 381 | 381 | } | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | - | var xTypeAddInstancePrivate func([]interface{}, uint) int32 | |
| 383 | + | var xTypeAddInstancePrivate func([]interface{}, uint) int | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| 385 | - | func TypeAddInstancePrivate(ClassTypeVar []interface{}, PrivateSizeVar uint) int32 { | |
| 385 | + | func TypeAddInstancePrivate(ClassTypeVar []interface{}, PrivateSizeVar uint) int { | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | 387 | return xTypeAddInstancePrivate(ClassTypeVar, PrivateSizeVar) | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
| @@ -511,9 +511,9 @@ func TypeChildren(TypeVar []interface{}, NChildrenVar uint) uintptr { | |||
| 511 | 511 | ||
| 512 | 512 | } | |
| 513 | 513 | ||
| 514 | - | var xTypeClassAdjustPrivateOffset func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 514 | + | var xTypeClassAdjustPrivateOffset func(uintptr, int) | |
| 515 | 515 | ||
| 516 | - | func TypeClassAdjustPrivateOffset(GClassVar uintptr, PrivateSizeOrOffsetVar int32) { | |
| 516 | + | func TypeClassAdjustPrivateOffset(GClassVar uintptr, PrivateSizeOrOffsetVar int) { | |
| 517 | 517 | ||
| 518 | 518 | xTypeClassAdjustPrivateOffset(GClassVar, PrivateSizeOrOffsetVar) | |
| 519 | 519 | ||
| @@ -695,13 +695,13 @@ func TypeFundamentalNext() []interface{} { | |||
| 695 | 695 | ||
| 696 | 696 | } | |
| 697 | 697 | ||
| 698 | - | var xTypeGetInstanceCount func([]interface{}) int32 | |
| 698 | + | var xTypeGetInstanceCount func([]interface{}) int | |
| 699 | 699 | ||
| 700 | 700 | // Returns the number of instances allocated of the particular type; | |
| 701 | 701 | // this is only available if GLib is built with debugging support and | |
| 702 | 702 | // the instance_count debug flag is set (by setting the GOBJECT_DEBUG | |
| 703 | 703 | // variable to include instance-count). | |
| 704 | - | func TypeGetInstanceCount(TypeVar []interface{}) int32 { | |
| 704 | + | func TypeGetInstanceCount(TypeVar []interface{}) int { | |
| 705 | 705 | ||
| 706 | 706 | return xTypeGetInstanceCount(TypeVar) | |
| 707 | 707 | ||
M v4/gsk/gskglshader.go +26 -26
| @@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ func (x *GLShader) Compile(RendererVar *Renderer) bool { | |||
| 192 | 192 | ||
| 193 | 193 | } | |
| 194 | 194 | ||
| 195 | - | var xGLShaderFindUniformByName func(uintptr, string) int32 | |
| 195 | + | var xGLShaderFindUniformByName func(uintptr, string) int | |
| 196 | 196 | ||
| 197 | 197 | // Looks for a uniform by the name @name, and returns the index | |
| 198 | 198 | // of the uniform, or -1 if it was not found. | |
| 199 | - | func (x *GLShader) FindUniformByName(NameVar string) int32 { | |
| 199 | + | func (x *GLShader) FindUniformByName(NameVar string) int { | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | return xGLShaderFindUniformByName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar) | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
| @@ -238,78 +238,78 @@ func (x *GLShader) FormatArgsVa(UniformsVar []interface{}) *glib.Bytes { | |||
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | } | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgBool func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32) bool | |
| 241 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgBool func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int) bool | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 244 | 244 | // | |
| 245 | 245 | // The uniform must be of bool type. | |
| 246 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgBool(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32) bool { | |
| 246 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgBool(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int) bool { | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | return xGLShaderGetArgBool(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar) | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | } | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgFloat func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32) float32 | |
| 252 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgFloat func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int) float32 | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 255 | 255 | // | |
| 256 | 256 | // The uniform must be of float type. | |
| 257 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgFloat(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32) float32 { | |
| 257 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgFloat(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int) float32 { | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | return xGLShaderGetArgFloat(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar) | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| 261 | 261 | } | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgInt func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32) int32 | |
| 263 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgInt func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int) int32 | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 266 | 266 | // | |
| 267 | 267 | // The uniform must be of int type. | |
| 268 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgInt(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32) int32 { | |
| 268 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgInt(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int) int32 { | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | 270 | return xGLShaderGetArgInt(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar) | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | } | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| 274 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgUint func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32) uint32 | |
| 274 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgUint func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int) uint32 | |
| 275 | 275 | ||
| 276 | 276 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 277 | 277 | // | |
| 278 | 278 | // The uniform must be of uint type. | |
| 279 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgUint(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32) uint32 { | |
| 279 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgUint(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int) uint32 { | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | return xGLShaderGetArgUint(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar) | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | } | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgVec2 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32, *graphene.Vec2) | |
| 285 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgVec2 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int, *graphene.Vec2) | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| 287 | 287 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 288 | 288 | // | |
| 289 | 289 | // The uniform must be of vec2 type. | |
| 290 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec2(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec2) { | |
| 290 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec2(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec2) { | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | xGLShaderGetArgVec2(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar, OutValueVar) | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | 294 | } | |
| 295 | 295 | ||
| 296 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgVec3 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32, *graphene.Vec3) | |
| 296 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgVec3 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int, *graphene.Vec3) | |
| 297 | 297 | ||
| 298 | 298 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 299 | 299 | // | |
| 300 | 300 | // The uniform must be of vec3 type. | |
| 301 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec3(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec3) { | |
| 301 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec3(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec3) { | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| 303 | 303 | xGLShaderGetArgVec3(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar, OutValueVar) | |
| 304 | 304 | ||
| 305 | 305 | } | |
| 306 | 306 | ||
| 307 | - | var xGLShaderGetArgVec4 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int32, *graphene.Vec4) | |
| 307 | + | var xGLShaderGetArgVec4 func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, int, *graphene.Vec4) | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | // Gets the value of the uniform @idx in the @args block. | |
| 310 | 310 | // | |
| 311 | 311 | // The uniform must be of vec4 type. | |
| 312 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec4(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int32, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec4) { | |
| 312 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetArgVec4(ArgsVar *glib.Bytes, IdxVar int, OutValueVar *graphene.Vec4) { | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | 314 | xGLShaderGetArgVec4(x.GoPointer(), ArgsVar, IdxVar, OutValueVar) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| @@ -324,23 +324,23 @@ func (x *GLShader) GetArgsSize() uint { | |||
| 324 | 324 | ||
| 325 | 325 | } | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | - | var xGLShaderGetNTextures func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 327 | + | var xGLShaderGetNTextures func(uintptr) int | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | // Returns the number of textures that the shader requires. | |
| 330 | 330 | // | |
| 331 | 331 | // This can be used to check that the a passed shader works | |
| 332 | 332 | // in your usecase. It is determined by looking at the highest | |
| 333 | 333 | // u_textureN value that the shader defines. | |
| 334 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetNTextures() int32 { | |
| 334 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetNTextures() int { | |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | 336 | return xGLShaderGetNTextures(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 337 | 337 | ||
| 338 | 338 | } | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | - | var xGLShaderGetNUniforms func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 340 | + | var xGLShaderGetNUniforms func(uintptr) int | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | // Get the number of declared uniforms for this shader. | |
| 343 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetNUniforms() int32 { | |
| 343 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetNUniforms() int { | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| 345 | 345 | return xGLShaderGetNUniforms(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| @@ -365,28 +365,28 @@ func (x *GLShader) GetSource() *glib.Bytes { | |||
| 365 | 365 | ||
| 366 | 366 | } | |
| 367 | 367 | ||
| 368 | - | var xGLShaderGetUniformName func(uintptr, int32) string | |
| 368 | + | var xGLShaderGetUniformName func(uintptr, int) string | |
| 369 | 369 | ||
| 370 | 370 | // Get the name of the declared uniform for this shader at index @idx. | |
| 371 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformName(IdxVar int32) string { | |
| 371 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformName(IdxVar int) string { | |
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | 373 | return xGLShaderGetUniformName(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar) | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | 375 | } | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| 377 | - | var xGLShaderGetUniformOffset func(uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 377 | + | var xGLShaderGetUniformOffset func(uintptr, int) int | |
| 378 | 378 | ||
| 379 | 379 | // Get the offset into the data block where data for this uniforms is stored. | |
| 380 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformOffset(IdxVar int32) int32 { | |
| 380 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformOffset(IdxVar int) int { | |
| 381 | 381 | ||
| 382 | 382 | return xGLShaderGetUniformOffset(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar) | |
| 383 | 383 | ||
| 384 | 384 | } | |
| 385 | 385 | ||
| 386 | - | var xGLShaderGetUniformType func(uintptr, int32) GLUniformType | |
| 386 | + | var xGLShaderGetUniformType func(uintptr, int) GLUniformType | |
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | 388 | // Get the type of the declared uniform for this shader at index @idx. | |
| 389 | - | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformType(IdxVar int32) GLUniformType { | |
| 389 | + | func (x *GLShader) GetUniformType(IdxVar int) GLUniformType { | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | return xGLShaderGetUniformType(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar) | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 577 | 577 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 578 | 578 | // | |
| 579 | 579 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 580 | - | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 580 | + | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 581 | 581 | ||
| 582 | 582 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 583 | 583 | ||
| @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 613 | 613 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 614 | 614 | // | |
| 615 | 615 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 616 | - | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 616 | + | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 617 | 617 | ||
| 618 | 618 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 619 | 619 | ||
| @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 646 | 646 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 647 | 647 | // | |
| 648 | 648 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 649 | - | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 649 | + | func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 650 | 650 | ||
| 651 | 651 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 652 | 652 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessible.go +9 -9
| @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ type Accessible interface { | |||
| 34 | 34 | ResetRelation(RelationVar AccessibleRelation) | |
| 35 | 35 | ResetState(StateVar AccessibleState) | |
| 36 | 36 | UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) | |
| 37 | - | UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 37 | + | UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 38 | 38 | UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) | |
| 39 | - | UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 39 | + | UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 40 | 40 | UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) | |
| 41 | - | UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 41 | + | UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) | |
| 42 | 42 | } | |
| 43 | 43 | type AccessibleBase struct { | |
| 44 | 44 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, var | |||
| 110 | 110 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 111 | 111 | // | |
| 112 | 112 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 113 | - | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 113 | + | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, var | |||
| 146 | 146 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 147 | 147 | // | |
| 148 | 148 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 149 | - | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 149 | + | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...i | |||
| 179 | 179 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 180 | 180 | // | |
| 181 | 181 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 182 | - | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 182 | + | func (x *AccessibleBase) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| @@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ var XGtkAccessibleResetProperty func(uintptr, AccessibleProperty) | |||
| 190 | 190 | var XGtkAccessibleResetRelation func(uintptr, AccessibleRelation) | |
| 191 | 191 | var XGtkAccessibleResetState func(uintptr, AccessibleState) | |
| 192 | 192 | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty func(uintptr, AccessibleProperty, ...interface{}) | |
| 193 | - | var XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 193 | + | var XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 194 | 194 | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation func(uintptr, AccessibleRelation, ...interface{}) | |
| 195 | - | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 195 | + | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 196 | 196 | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateState func(uintptr, AccessibleState, ...interface{}) | |
| 197 | - | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 197 | + | var XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 198 | 198 | ||
| 199 | 199 | var xAccessiblePropertyInitValue func(AccessibleProperty, *gobject.Value) | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkactionbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ func (x *ActionBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 217 | 217 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 218 | 218 | // | |
| 219 | 219 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 220 | - | func (x *ActionBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 220 | + | func (x *ActionBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *ActionBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 253 | 253 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 254 | 254 | // | |
| 255 | 255 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 256 | - | func (x *ActionBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 256 | + | func (x *ActionBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 257 | 257 | ||
| 258 | 258 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ func (x *ActionBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 286 | 286 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 287 | 287 | // | |
| 288 | 288 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 289 | - | func (x *ActionBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 289 | + | func (x *ActionBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 290 | 290 | ||
| 291 | 291 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 292 | 292 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 289 | 289 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 290 | 290 | // | |
| 291 | 291 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 292 | - | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 292 | + | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | 294 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 295 | 295 | ||
| @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 325 | 325 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 326 | 326 | // | |
| 327 | 327 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 328 | - | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 328 | + | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 329 | 329 | ||
| 330 | 330 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 331 | 331 | ||
| @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 358 | 358 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 359 | 359 | // | |
| 360 | 360 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 361 | - | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 361 | + | func (x *AppChooserButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
| 363 | 363 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 364 | 364 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 172 | 172 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 173 | 173 | // | |
| 174 | 174 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 208 | 208 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 209 | 209 | // | |
| 210 | 210 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 211 | - | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 211 | + | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 241 | 241 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 242 | 242 | // | |
| 243 | 243 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 244 | - | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 244 | + | func (x *AppChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| 246 | 246 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.go +3 -3
| @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 272 | 272 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 273 | 273 | // | |
| 274 | 274 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 275 | - | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 275 | + | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | 277 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 308 | 308 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 309 | 309 | // | |
| 310 | 310 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 311 | - | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 311 | + | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
| 313 | 313 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 314 | 314 | ||
| @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 341 | 341 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 342 | 342 | // | |
| 343 | 343 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 344 | - | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 344 | + | func (x *AppChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 345 | 345 | ||
| 346 | 346 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 347 | 347 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkapplication.go +1 -1
| @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ func (x *Application) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) { | |||
| 753 | 753 | // } | |
| 754 | 754 | // | |
| 755 | 755 | // ]| | |
| 756 | - | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 756 | + | func (x *Application) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 757 | 757 | ||
| 758 | 758 | gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 759 | 759 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.go +4 -4
| @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddAction(ActionVar gio.Action) { | |||
| 474 | 474 | // } | |
| 475 | 475 | // | |
| 476 | 476 | // ]| | |
| 477 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 477 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int, UserDataVar uintptr) { | |
| 478 | 478 | ||
| 479 | 479 | gio.XGActionMapAddActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar, UserDataVar) | |
| 480 | 480 | ||
| @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 565 | 565 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 566 | 566 | // | |
| 567 | 567 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 568 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 568 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 569 | 569 | ||
| 570 | 570 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 571 | 571 | ||
| @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 601 | 601 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 602 | 602 | // | |
| 603 | 603 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 604 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 604 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 605 | 605 | ||
| 606 | 606 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 607 | 607 | ||
| @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 634 | 634 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 635 | 635 | // | |
| 636 | 636 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 637 | - | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 637 | + | func (x *ApplicationWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 638 | 638 | ||
| 639 | 639 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 640 | 640 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkaspectframe.go +3 -3
| @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 213 | 213 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 214 | 214 | // | |
| 215 | 215 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 216 | - | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 216 | + | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 249 | 249 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 250 | 250 | // | |
| 251 | 251 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 252 | - | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 252 | + | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 282 | 282 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 283 | 283 | // | |
| 284 | 284 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 285 | - | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 285 | + | func (x *AspectFrame) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| 287 | 287 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 288 | 288 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkassistant.go +20 -20
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 17 | 17 | // “forward” button and for handling the behavior of the “last” button. | |
| 18 | 18 | // | |
| 19 | 19 | // See [method@Gtk.Assistant.set_forward_page_func]. | |
| 20 | - | type AssistantPageFunc func(int32, uintptr) int32 | |
| 20 | + | type AssistantPageFunc func(int, uintptr) int | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | // Determines the page role inside a `GtkAssistant`. | |
| 23 | 23 | // | |
| @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ func (x *Assistant) AddActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget) { | |||
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | 128 | } | |
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | - | var xAssistantAppendPage func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 130 | + | var xAssistantAppendPage func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | // Appends a page to the @assistant. | |
| 133 | - | func (x *Assistant) AppendPage(PageVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 133 | + | func (x *Assistant) AppendPage(PageVar *Widget) int { | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | 135 | return xAssistantAppendPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| @@ -154,28 +154,28 @@ func (x *Assistant) Commit() { | |||
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | } | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| 157 | - | var xAssistantGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 157 | + | var xAssistantGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | // Returns the page number of the current page. | |
| 160 | - | func (x *Assistant) GetCurrentPage() int32 { | |
| 160 | + | func (x *Assistant) GetCurrentPage() int { | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | return xAssistantGetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | } | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | - | var xAssistantGetNPages func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 166 | + | var xAssistantGetNPages func(uintptr) int | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | // Returns the number of pages in the @assistant | |
| 169 | - | func (x *Assistant) GetNPages() int32 { | |
| 169 | + | func (x *Assistant) GetNPages() int { | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | return xAssistantGetNPages(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
| 173 | 173 | } | |
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | - | var xAssistantGetNthPage func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 175 | + | var xAssistantGetNthPage func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | // Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num. | |
| 178 | - | func (x *Assistant) GetNthPage(PageNumVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 178 | + | func (x *Assistant) GetNthPage(PageNumVar int) *Widget { | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | 180 | GetNthPagePtr := xAssistantGetNthPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 181 | 181 | if GetNthPagePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ func (x *Assistant) GetPages() *gio.ListModelBase { | |||
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | } | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | - | var xAssistantInsertPage func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 254 | + | var xAssistantInsertPage func(uintptr, uintptr, int) int | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| 256 | 256 | // Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position. | |
| 257 | - | func (x *Assistant) InsertPage(PageVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) int32 { | |
| 257 | + | func (x *Assistant) InsertPage(PageVar *Widget, PositionVar int) int { | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | return xAssistantInsertPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| @@ -275,10 +275,10 @@ func (x *Assistant) NextPage() { | |||
| 275 | 275 | ||
| 276 | 276 | } | |
| 277 | 277 | ||
| 278 | - | var xAssistantPrependPage func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 278 | + | var xAssistantPrependPage func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | 280 | // Prepends a page to the @assistant. | |
| 281 | - | func (x *Assistant) PrependPage(PageVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 281 | + | func (x *Assistant) PrependPage(PageVar *Widget) int { | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | return xAssistantPrependPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| @@ -308,23 +308,23 @@ func (x *Assistant) RemoveActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget) { | |||
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | } | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| 311 | - | var xAssistantRemovePage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 311 | + | var xAssistantRemovePage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
| 313 | 313 | // Removes the @page_num’s page from @assistant. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *Assistant) RemovePage(PageNumVar int32) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *Assistant) RemovePage(PageNumVar int) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | xAssistantRemovePage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | } | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | - | var xAssistantSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 320 | + | var xAssistantSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | 322 | // Switches the page to @page_num. | |
| 323 | 323 | // | |
| 324 | 324 | // Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, | |
| 325 | 325 | // as the @assistant flow can be set with | |
| 326 | 326 | // gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func(). | |
| 327 | - | func (x *Assistant) SetCurrentPage(PageNumVar int32) { | |
| 327 | + | func (x *Assistant) SetCurrentPage(PageNumVar int) { | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | xAssistantSetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ func (x *Assistant) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 539 | 539 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 540 | 540 | // | |
| 541 | 541 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 542 | - | func (x *Assistant) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 542 | + | func (x *Assistant) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 543 | 543 | ||
| 544 | 544 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 545 | 545 | ||
| @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ func (x *Assistant) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 575 | 575 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 576 | 576 | // | |
| 577 | 577 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 578 | - | func (x *Assistant) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 578 | + | func (x *Assistant) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 579 | 579 | ||
| 580 | 580 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 581 | 581 | ||
| @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ func (x *Assistant) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 608 | 608 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 609 | 609 | // | |
| 610 | 610 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 611 | - | func (x *Assistant) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 611 | + | func (x *Assistant) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 612 | 612 | ||
| 613 | 613 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 614 | 614 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.go +4 -4
| @@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ func (x *BookmarkList) GetFilename() string { | |||
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | } | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| 66 | - | var xBookmarkListGetIoPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 66 | + | var xBookmarkListGetIoPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | // Gets the IO priority to use while loading file. | |
| 69 | - | func (x *BookmarkList) GetIoPriority() int32 { | |
| 69 | + | func (x *BookmarkList) GetIoPriority() int { | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | return xBookmarkListGetIoPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 72 | 72 | ||
| @@ -97,12 +97,12 @@ func (x *BookmarkList) SetAttributes(AttributesVar string) { | |||
| 97 | 97 | ||
| 98 | 98 | } | |
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | - | var xBookmarkListSetIoPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 100 | + | var xBookmarkListSetIoPriority func(uintptr, int) | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | 102 | // Sets the IO priority to use while loading files. | |
| 103 | 103 | // | |
| 104 | 104 | // The default IO priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. | |
| 105 | - | func (x *BookmarkList) SetIoPriority(IoPriorityVar int32) { | |
| 105 | + | func (x *BookmarkList) SetIoPriority(IoPriorityVar int) { | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | 107 | xBookmarkListSetIoPriority(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar) | |
| 108 | 108 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkbox.go +9 -9
| @@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ func BoxNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Box { | |||
| 55 | 55 | return cls | |
| 56 | 56 | } | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | - | var xNewBox func(Orientation, int32) uintptr | |
| 58 | + | var xNewBox func(Orientation, int) uintptr | |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| 60 | 60 | // Creates a new `GtkBox`. | |
| 61 | - | func NewBox(OrientationVar Orientation, SpacingVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 61 | + | func NewBox(OrientationVar Orientation, SpacingVar int) *Widget { | |
| 62 | 62 | NewBoxPtr := xNewBox(OrientationVar, SpacingVar) | |
| 63 | 63 | if NewBoxPtr == 0 { | |
| 64 | 64 | return nil | |
| @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ func (x *Box) GetHomogeneous() bool { | |||
| 99 | 99 | ||
| 100 | 100 | } | |
| 101 | 101 | ||
| 102 | - | var xBoxGetSpacing func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 102 | + | var xBoxGetSpacing func(uintptr) int | |
| 103 | 103 | ||
| 104 | 104 | // Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing(). | |
| 105 | - | func (x *Box) GetSpacing() int32 { | |
| 105 | + | func (x *Box) GetSpacing() int { | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | 107 | return xBoxGetSpacing(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 108 | 108 | ||
| @@ -179,10 +179,10 @@ func (x *Box) SetHomogeneous(HomogeneousVar bool) { | |||
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | 180 | } | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | - | var xBoxSetSpacing func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 182 | + | var xBoxSetSpacing func(uintptr, int) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | // Sets the number of pixels to place between children of @box. | |
| 185 | - | func (x *Box) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int32) { | |
| 185 | + | func (x *Box) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int) { | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | xBoxSetSpacing(x.GoPointer(), SpacingVar) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ func (x *Box) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...int | |||
| 254 | 254 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 255 | 255 | // | |
| 256 | 256 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 257 | - | func (x *Box) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 257 | + | func (x *Box) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (x *Box) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...int | |||
| 290 | 290 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 291 | 291 | // | |
| 292 | 292 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 293 | - | func (x *Box) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 293 | + | func (x *Box) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 294 | 294 | ||
| 295 | 295 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *Box) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) | |||
| 323 | 323 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 324 | 324 | // | |
| 325 | 325 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 326 | - | func (x *Box) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 326 | + | func (x *Box) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 327 | 327 | ||
| 328 | 328 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 329 | 329 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkbutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ func (x *Button) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ... | |||
| 350 | 350 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 351 | 351 | // | |
| 352 | 352 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 353 | - | func (x *Button) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 353 | + | func (x *Button) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 354 | 354 | ||
| 355 | 355 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 356 | 356 | ||
| @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (x *Button) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ... | |||
| 386 | 386 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 387 | 387 | // | |
| 388 | 388 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 389 | - | func (x *Button) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 389 | + | func (x *Button) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ func (x *Button) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface | |||
| 419 | 419 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 420 | 420 | // | |
| 421 | 421 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 422 | - | func (x *Button) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 422 | + | func (x *Button) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 423 | 423 | ||
| 424 | 424 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 425 | 425 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcalendar.go +3 -3
| @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *Calendar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 336 | 336 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 337 | 337 | // | |
| 338 | 338 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 339 | - | func (x *Calendar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 339 | + | func (x *Calendar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
| 341 | 341 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
| @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ func (x *Calendar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 372 | 372 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 373 | 373 | // | |
| 374 | 374 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 375 | - | func (x *Calendar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 375 | + | func (x *Calendar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| 377 | 377 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 378 | 378 | ||
| @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ func (x *Calendar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 405 | 405 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 406 | 406 | // | |
| 407 | 407 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 408 | - | func (x *Calendar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 408 | + | func (x *Calendar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellarea.go +20 -20
| @@ -424,11 +424,11 @@ func (x *CellArea) ApplyAttributes(TreeModelVar TreeModel, IterVar *TreeIter, Is | |||
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | 425 | } | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | - | var xCellAreaAttributeConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 427 | + | var xCellAreaAttributeConnect func(uintptr, uintptr, string, int) | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| 429 | 429 | // Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the | |
| 430 | 430 | // `GtkTreeModel` in use. | |
| 431 | - | func (x *CellArea) AttributeConnect(RendererVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 431 | + | func (x *CellArea) AttributeConnect(RendererVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 432 | 432 | ||
| 433 | 433 | xCellAreaAttributeConnect(x.GoPointer(), RendererVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 434 | 434 | ||
| @@ -445,11 +445,11 @@ func (x *CellArea) AttributeDisconnect(RendererVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar s | |||
| 445 | 445 | ||
| 446 | 446 | } | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| 448 | - | var xCellAreaAttributeGetColumn func(uintptr, uintptr, string) int32 | |
| 448 | + | var xCellAreaAttributeGetColumn func(uintptr, uintptr, string) int | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | 450 | // Returns the model column that an attribute has been mapped to, | |
| 451 | 451 | // or -1 if the attribute is not mapped. | |
| 452 | - | func (x *CellArea) AttributeGetColumn(RendererVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string) int32 { | |
| 452 | + | func (x *CellArea) AttributeGetColumn(RendererVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string) int { | |
| 453 | 453 | ||
| 454 | 454 | return xCellAreaAttributeGetColumn(x.GoPointer(), RendererVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar) | |
| 455 | 455 | ||
| @@ -556,10 +556,10 @@ func (x *CellArea) CreateContext() *CellAreaContext { | |||
| 556 | 556 | ||
| 557 | 557 | } | |
| 558 | 558 | ||
| 559 | - | var xCellAreaEvent func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *gdk.Rectangle, CellRendererState) int32 | |
| 559 | + | var xCellAreaEvent func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *gdk.Rectangle, CellRendererState) int | |
| 560 | 560 | ||
| 561 | 561 | // Delegates event handling to a `GtkCellArea`. | |
| 562 | - | func (x *CellArea) Event(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, EventVar *gdk.Event, CellAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle, FlagsVar CellRendererState) int32 { | |
| 562 | + | func (x *CellArea) Event(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, EventVar *gdk.Event, CellAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle, FlagsVar CellRendererState) int { | |
| 563 | 563 | ||
| 564 | 564 | return xCellAreaEvent(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), EventVar.GoPointer(), CellAreaVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 565 | 565 | ||
| @@ -609,11 +609,11 @@ func (x *CellArea) GetCellAllocation(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Wid | |||
| 609 | 609 | ||
| 610 | 610 | } | |
| 611 | 611 | ||
| 612 | - | var xCellAreaGetCellAtPosition func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *gdk.Rectangle, int32, int32, *gdk.Rectangle) uintptr | |
| 612 | + | var xCellAreaGetCellAtPosition func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *gdk.Rectangle, int, int, *gdk.Rectangle) uintptr | |
| 613 | 613 | ||
| 614 | 614 | // Gets the `GtkCellRenderer` at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally | |
| 615 | 615 | // returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area. | |
| 616 | - | func (x *CellArea) GetCellAtPosition(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, CellAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle, XVar int32, YVar int32, AllocAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle) *CellRenderer { | |
| 616 | + | func (x *CellArea) GetCellAtPosition(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, CellAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle, XVar int, YVar int, AllocAreaVar *gdk.Rectangle) *CellRenderer { | |
| 617 | 617 | ||
| 618 | 618 | GetCellAtPositionPtr := xCellAreaGetCellAtPosition(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), CellAreaVar, XVar, YVar, AllocAreaVar) | |
| 619 | 619 | if GetCellAtPositionPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ func (x *CellArea) GetFocusSiblings(RendererVar *CellRenderer) *glib.List { | |||
| 730 | 730 | ||
| 731 | 731 | } | |
| 732 | 732 | ||
| 733 | - | var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 733 | + | var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 734 | 734 | ||
| 735 | 735 | // Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural height. | |
| 736 | 736 | // | |
| @@ -739,13 +739,13 @@ var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 739 | 739 | // to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to | |
| 740 | 740 | // consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of | |
| 741 | 741 | // requests. | |
| 742 | - | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredHeight(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 742 | + | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredHeight(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 743 | 743 | ||
| 744 | 744 | xCellAreaGetPreferredHeight(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 745 | 745 | ||
| 746 | 746 | } | |
| 747 | 747 | ||
| 748 | - | var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 748 | + | var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 749 | 749 | ||
| 750 | 750 | // Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural height if it would be given | |
| 751 | 751 | // the specified @width. | |
| @@ -761,13 +761,13 @@ var xCellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, i | |||
| 761 | 761 | // requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then | |
| 762 | 762 | // the full width of the requested rows checked again with | |
| 763 | 763 | // gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width(). | |
| 764 | - | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int32, MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 764 | + | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int, MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 765 | 765 | ||
| 766 | 766 | xCellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 767 | 767 | ||
| 768 | 768 | } | |
| 769 | 769 | ||
| 770 | - | var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 770 | + | var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 771 | 771 | ||
| 772 | 772 | // Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural width. | |
| 773 | 773 | // | |
| @@ -776,13 +776,13 @@ var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 776 | 776 | // to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to | |
| 777 | 777 | // consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of | |
| 778 | 778 | // requests. | |
| 779 | - | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredWidth(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 779 | + | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredWidth(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 780 | 780 | ||
| 781 | 781 | xCellAreaGetPreferredWidth(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 782 | 782 | ||
| 783 | 783 | } | |
| 784 | 784 | ||
| 785 | - | var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 785 | + | var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 786 | 786 | ||
| 787 | 787 | // Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural width if it would be given | |
| 788 | 788 | // the specified @height. | |
| @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ var xCellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32, i | |||
| 798 | 798 | // requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then | |
| 799 | 799 | // the full height of the requested rows checked again with | |
| 800 | 800 | // gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height(). | |
| 801 | - | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, HeightVar int32, MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 801 | + | func (x *CellArea) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(ContextVar *CellAreaContext, WidgetVar *Widget, HeightVar int, MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 802 | 802 | ||
| 803 | 803 | xCellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), HeightVar, MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 804 | 804 | ||
| @@ -873,14 +873,14 @@ func (x *CellArea) RemoveFocusSibling(RendererVar *CellRenderer, SiblingVar *Cel | |||
| 873 | 873 | ||
| 874 | 874 | } | |
| 875 | 875 | ||
| 876 | - | var xCellAreaRequestRenderer func(uintptr, uintptr, Orientation, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 876 | + | var xCellAreaRequestRenderer func(uintptr, uintptr, Orientation, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 877 | 877 | ||
| 878 | 878 | // This is a convenience function for `GtkCellArea` implementations | |
| 879 | 879 | // to request size for cell renderers. It’s important to use this | |
| 880 | 880 | // function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area() | |
| 881 | 881 | // at render and event time since this function will add padding | |
| 882 | 882 | // around the cell for focus painting. | |
| 883 | - | func (x *CellArea) RequestRenderer(RendererVar *CellRenderer, OrientationVar Orientation, WidgetVar *Widget, ForSizeVar int32, MinimumSizeVar int32, NaturalSizeVar int32) { | |
| 883 | + | func (x *CellArea) RequestRenderer(RendererVar *CellRenderer, OrientationVar Orientation, WidgetVar *Widget, ForSizeVar int, MinimumSizeVar int, NaturalSizeVar int) { | |
| 884 | 884 | ||
| 885 | 885 | xCellAreaRequestRenderer(x.GoPointer(), RendererVar.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, WidgetVar.GoPointer(), ForSizeVar, MinimumSizeVar, NaturalSizeVar) | |
| 886 | 886 | ||
| @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ func (x *CellArea) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 1008 | 1008 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 1009 | 1009 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 1010 | 1010 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 1011 | - | func (x *CellArea) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 1011 | + | func (x *CellArea) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 1012 | 1012 | ||
| 1013 | 1013 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 1014 | 1014 | ||
| @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ func (x *CellArea) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 1081 | 1081 | // | |
| 1082 | 1082 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 1083 | 1083 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 1084 | - | func (x *CellArea) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1084 | + | func (x *CellArea) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 1085 | 1085 | ||
| 1086 | 1086 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1087 | 1087 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareabox.go +6 -6
| @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ func NewCellAreaBox() *CellArea { | |||
| 53 | 53 | return NewCellAreaBoxCls | |
| 54 | 54 | } | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | - | var xCellAreaBoxGetSpacing func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 56 | + | var xCellAreaBoxGetSpacing func(uintptr) int | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | // Gets the spacing added between cell renderers. | |
| 59 | - | func (x *CellAreaBox) GetSpacing() int32 { | |
| 59 | + | func (x *CellAreaBox) GetSpacing() int { | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | return xCellAreaBoxGetSpacing(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 62 | 62 | ||
| @@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ func (x *CellAreaBox) PackStart(RendererVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool, Align | |||
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | } | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | - | var xCellAreaBoxSetSpacing func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 89 | + | var xCellAreaBoxSetSpacing func(uintptr, int) | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | // Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box. | |
| 92 | - | func (x *CellAreaBox) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int32) { | |
| 92 | + | func (x *CellAreaBox) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int) { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | xCellAreaBoxSetSpacing(x.GoPointer(), SpacingVar) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ func (x *CellAreaBox) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 120 | 120 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 121 | 121 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 122 | 122 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 123 | - | func (x *CellAreaBox) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 123 | + | func (x *CellAreaBox) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ func (x *CellAreaBox) GetCells() *glib.List { | |||
| 171 | 171 | // | |
| 172 | 172 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 173 | 173 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 174 | - | func (x *CellAreaBox) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 174 | + | func (x *CellAreaBox) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.go +16 -16
| @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func CellAreaContextNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *CellAreaContext { | |||
| 38 | 38 | return cls | |
| 39 | 39 | } | |
| 40 | 40 | ||
| 41 | - | var xCellAreaContextAllocate func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 41 | + | var xCellAreaContextAllocate func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 42 | 42 | ||
| 43 | 43 | // Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be | |
| 44 | 44 | // rendered with @context. | |
| @@ -50,20 +50,20 @@ var xCellAreaContextAllocate func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 50 | 50 | // and vertical orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the | |
| 51 | 51 | // rows. This is generally the case for `GtkTreeView` when | |
| 52 | 52 | // `GtkTreeView:fixed-height-mode` is enabled. | |
| 53 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) Allocate(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 53 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) Allocate(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | 55 | xCellAreaContextAllocate(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | } | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | - | var xCellAreaContextGetAllocation func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 59 | + | var xCellAreaContextGetAllocation func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | // Fetches the current allocation size for @context. | |
| 62 | 62 | // | |
| 63 | 63 | // If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the | |
| 64 | 64 | // context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(), | |
| 65 | 65 | // the returned value will be -1. | |
| 66 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetAllocation(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 66 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetAllocation(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | xCellAreaContextGetAllocation(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| @@ -96,59 +96,59 @@ func (x *CellAreaContext) GetArea() *CellArea { | |||
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | } | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | - | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 99 | + | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | 101 | // Gets the accumulative preferred height for all rows which have been | |
| 102 | 102 | // requested with this context. | |
| 103 | 103 | // | |
| 104 | 104 | // After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever | |
| 105 | 105 | // requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are 0. | |
| 106 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeight(MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 106 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeight(MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight(x.GoPointer(), MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | 110 | } | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | - | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 112 | + | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | // Gets the accumulative preferred height for @width for all rows | |
| 115 | 115 | // which have been requested for the same said @width with this context. | |
| 116 | 116 | // | |
| 117 | 117 | // After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever | |
| 118 | 118 | // requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are -1. | |
| 119 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(WidthVar int32, MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 119 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(WidthVar int, MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | xCellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightForWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | } | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | - | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 125 | + | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | 127 | // Gets the accumulative preferred width for all rows which have been | |
| 128 | 128 | // requested with this context. | |
| 129 | 129 | // | |
| 130 | 130 | // After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever | |
| 131 | 131 | // requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are 0. | |
| 132 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidth(MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 132 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidth(MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| 134 | 134 | xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth(x.GoPointer(), MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 135 | 135 | ||
| 136 | 136 | } | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | - | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 138 | + | var xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | // Gets the accumulative preferred width for @height for all rows which | |
| 141 | 141 | // have been requested for the same said @height with this context. | |
| 142 | 142 | // | |
| 143 | 143 | // After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever | |
| 144 | 144 | // requesting the size of a `GtkCellArea`, the returned values are -1. | |
| 145 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(HeightVar int32, MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 145 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(HeightVar int, MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | xCellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthForHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar, MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | } | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | - | var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredHeight func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 151 | + | var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredHeight func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | 153 | // Causes the minimum and/or natural height to grow if the new | |
| 154 | 154 | // proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural height. | |
| @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredHeight func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 157 | 157 | // the request process over a series of `GtkTreeModel` rows to | |
| 158 | 158 | // progressively push the requested height over a series of | |
| 159 | 159 | // gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests. | |
| 160 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) PushPreferredHeight(MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 160 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) PushPreferredHeight(MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | xCellAreaContextPushPreferredHeight(x.GoPointer(), MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | } | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | - | var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredWidth func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 166 | + | var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredWidth func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | // Causes the minimum and/or natural width to grow if the new | |
| 169 | 169 | // proposed sizes exceed the current minimum and natural width. | |
| @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ var xCellAreaContextPushPreferredWidth func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 172 | 172 | // the request process over a series of `GtkTreeModel` rows to | |
| 173 | 173 | // progressively push the requested width over a series of | |
| 174 | 174 | // gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *CellAreaContext) PushPreferredWidth(MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *CellAreaContext) PushPreferredWidth(MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | xCellAreaContextPushPreferredWidth(x.GoPointer(), MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcelllayout.go +6 -6
| @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ type CellLayoutIface struct { | |||
| 136 | 136 | type CellLayout interface { | |
| 137 | 137 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 138 | 138 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 139 | - | AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) | |
| 139 | + | AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) | |
| 140 | 140 | Clear() | |
| 141 | 141 | ClearAttributes(CellVar *CellRenderer) | |
| 142 | 142 | GetArea() *CellArea | |
| 143 | 143 | GetCells() *glib.List | |
| 144 | 144 | PackEnd(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) | |
| 145 | 145 | PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) | |
| 146 | - | Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) | |
| 146 | + | Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) | |
| 147 | 147 | SetAttributes(CellVar *CellRenderer, varArgs ...interface{}) | |
| 148 | 148 | SetCellDataFunc(CellVar *CellRenderer, FuncVar CellLayoutDataFunc, FuncDataVar uintptr, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify) | |
| 149 | 149 | } | |
| @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ func (x *CellLayoutBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 166 | 166 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 167 | 167 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 168 | 168 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 169 | - | func (x *CellLayoutBase) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 169 | + | func (x *CellLayoutBase) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
| @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func (x *CellLayoutBase) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 239 | 239 | // | |
| 240 | 240 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 241 | 241 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 242 | - | func (x *CellLayoutBase) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 242 | + | func (x *CellLayoutBase) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| 244 | 244 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| @@ -272,14 +272,14 @@ func (x *CellLayoutBase) SetCellDataFunc(CellVar *CellRenderer, FuncVar CellLayo | |||
| 272 | 272 | ||
| 273 | 273 | } | |
| 274 | 274 | ||
| 275 | - | var XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute func(uintptr, uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 275 | + | var XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute func(uintptr, uintptr, string, int) | |
| 276 | 276 | var XGtkCellLayoutClear func(uintptr) | |
| 277 | 277 | var XGtkCellLayoutClearAttributes func(uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 278 | 278 | var XGtkCellLayoutGetArea func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 279 | 279 | var XGtkCellLayoutGetCells func(uintptr) *glib.List | |
| 280 | 280 | var XGtkCellLayoutPackEnd func(uintptr, uintptr, bool) | |
| 281 | 281 | var XGtkCellLayoutPackStart func(uintptr, uintptr, bool) | |
| 282 | - | var XGtkCellLayoutReorder func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 282 | + | var XGtkCellLayoutReorder func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 283 | 283 | var XGtkCellLayoutSetAttributes func(uintptr, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |
| 284 | 284 | var XGtkCellLayoutSetCellDataFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.go +16 -16
| @@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ func (x *CellRenderer) GetAlignment(XalignVar float32, YalignVar float32) { | |||
| 135 | 135 | ||
| 136 | 136 | } | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | - | var xCellRendererGetFixedSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 138 | + | var xCellRendererGetFixedSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | // Fills in @width and @height with the appropriate size of @cell. | |
| 141 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetFixedSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 141 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetFixedSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 142 | 142 | ||
| 143 | 143 | xCellRendererGetFixedSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| @@ -162,29 +162,29 @@ func (x *CellRenderer) GetIsExpander() bool { | |||
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | } | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | - | var xCellRendererGetPadding func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 165 | + | var xCellRendererGetPadding func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | // Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell. | |
| 168 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPadding(XpadVar int32, YpadVar int32) { | |
| 168 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPadding(XpadVar int, YpadVar int) { | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | 170 | xCellRendererGetPadding(x.GoPointer(), XpadVar, YpadVar) | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | 172 | } | |
| 173 | 173 | ||
| 174 | - | var xCellRendererGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 174 | + | var xCellRendererGetPreferredHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | // Retrieves a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget. | |
| 177 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredHeight(WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumSizeVar int32, NaturalSizeVar int32) { | |
| 177 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredHeight(WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumSizeVar int, NaturalSizeVar int) { | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| 179 | 179 | xCellRendererGetPreferredHeight(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), MinimumSizeVar, NaturalSizeVar) | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | } | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| 183 | - | var xCellRendererGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 183 | + | var xCellRendererGetPreferredHeightForWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 184 | 184 | ||
| 185 | 185 | // Retrieves a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were rendered to | |
| 186 | 186 | // @widget with the specified @width. | |
| 187 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int32, MinimumHeightVar int32, NaturalHeightVar int32) { | |
| 187 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredHeightForWidth(WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int, MinimumHeightVar int, NaturalHeightVar int) { | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | xCellRendererGetPreferredHeightForWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, MinimumHeightVar, NaturalHeightVar) | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| @@ -200,20 +200,20 @@ func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredSize(WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumSizeVar *Requi | |||
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | } | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
| 203 | - | var xCellRendererGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 203 | + | var xCellRendererGetPreferredWidth func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | 205 | // Retrieves a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget. | |
| 206 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredWidth(WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumSizeVar int32, NaturalSizeVar int32) { | |
| 206 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredWidth(WidgetVar *Widget, MinimumSizeVar int, NaturalSizeVar int) { | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | 208 | xCellRendererGetPreferredWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), MinimumSizeVar, NaturalSizeVar) | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | 210 | } | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | - | var xCellRendererGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 212 | + | var xCellRendererGetPreferredWidthForHeight func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | // Retrieves a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were rendered to | |
| 215 | 215 | // @widget with the specified @height. | |
| 216 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(WidgetVar *Widget, HeightVar int32, MinimumWidthVar int32, NaturalWidthVar int32) { | |
| 216 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) GetPreferredWidthForHeight(WidgetVar *Widget, HeightVar int, MinimumWidthVar int, NaturalWidthVar int) { | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | xCellRendererGetPreferredWidthForHeight(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), HeightVar, MinimumWidthVar, NaturalWidthVar) | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| @@ -276,10 +276,10 @@ func (x *CellRenderer) SetAlignment(XalignVar float32, YalignVar float32) { | |||
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | 277 | } | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | - | var xCellRendererSetFixedSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 279 | + | var xCellRendererSetFixedSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | // Sets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties set. | |
| 282 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) SetFixedSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 282 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) SetFixedSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| 284 | 284 | xCellRendererSetFixedSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| @@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ func (x *CellRenderer) SetIsExpander(IsExpanderVar bool) { | |||
| 303 | 303 | ||
| 304 | 304 | } | |
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | - | var xCellRendererSetPadding func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 306 | + | var xCellRendererSetPadding func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | // Sets the renderer’s padding. | |
| 309 | - | func (x *CellRenderer) SetPadding(XpadVar int32, YpadVar int32) { | |
| 309 | + | func (x *CellRenderer) SetPadding(XpadVar int, YpadVar int) { | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| 311 | 311 | xCellRendererSetPadding(x.GoPointer(), XpadVar, YpadVar) | |
| 312 | 312 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.go +2 -2
| @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func NewCellRendererText() *CellRenderer { | |||
| 53 | 53 | return NewCellRendererTextCls | |
| 54 | 54 | } | |
| 55 | 55 | ||
| 56 | - | var xCellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFont func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 56 | + | var xCellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFont func(uintptr, int) | |
| 57 | 57 | ||
| 58 | 58 | // Sets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the “font” and | |
| 59 | 59 | // “y_pad” property set on it. Further changes in these properties do not | |
| @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ var xCellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFont func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 62 | 62 | // if calculating the size of a cell is too slow (ie, a massive number of cells | |
| 63 | 63 | // displayed). If @number_of_rows is -1, then the fixed height is unset, and | |
| 64 | 64 | // the height is determined by the properties again. | |
| 65 | - | func (x *CellRendererText) SetFixedHeightFromFont(NumberOfRowsVar int32) { | |
| 65 | + | func (x *CellRendererText) SetFixedHeightFromFont(NumberOfRowsVar int) { | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | xCellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFont(x.GoPointer(), NumberOfRowsVar) | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcellview.go +5 -5
| @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ func (x *CellView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 294 | 294 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 295 | 295 | // | |
| 296 | 296 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 297 | - | func (x *CellView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 297 | + | func (x *CellView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
| 299 | 299 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 300 | 300 | ||
| @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ func (x *CellView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 330 | 330 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 331 | 331 | // | |
| 332 | 332 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 333 | - | func (x *CellView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 333 | + | func (x *CellView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 334 | 334 | ||
| 335 | 335 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 336 | 336 | ||
| @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ func (x *CellView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 363 | 363 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 364 | 364 | // | |
| 365 | 365 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 366 | - | func (x *CellView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 366 | + | func (x *CellView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 367 | 367 | ||
| 368 | 368 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 369 | 369 | ||
| @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (x *CellView) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 386 | 386 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 387 | 387 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 388 | 388 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 389 | - | func (x *CellView) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 389 | + | func (x *CellView) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ func (x *CellView) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 459 | 459 | // | |
| 460 | 460 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 461 | 461 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 462 | - | func (x *CellView) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 462 | + | func (x *CellView) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 463 | 463 | ||
| 464 | 464 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 465 | 465 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterbox.go +3 -3
| @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (x *CenterBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 245 | 245 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 246 | 246 | // | |
| 247 | 247 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 248 | - | func (x *CenterBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 248 | + | func (x *CenterBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *CenterBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 281 | 281 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 282 | 282 | // | |
| 283 | 283 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 284 | - | func (x *CenterBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 284 | + | func (x *CenterBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| 286 | 286 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *CenterBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 314 | 314 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 315 | 315 | // | |
| 316 | 316 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 317 | - | func (x *CenterBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 317 | + | func (x *CenterBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 318 | 318 | ||
| 319 | 319 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 320 | 320 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *CheckButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 360 | 360 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 361 | 361 | // | |
| 362 | 362 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 363 | - | func (x *CheckButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 363 | + | func (x *CheckButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 364 | 364 | ||
| 365 | 365 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 366 | 366 | ||
| @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ func (x *CheckButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 396 | 396 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 397 | 397 | // | |
| 398 | 398 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 399 | - | func (x *CheckButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 399 | + | func (x *CheckButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 402 | 402 | ||
| @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ func (x *CheckButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 429 | 429 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 430 | 430 | // | |
| 431 | 431 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 432 | - | func (x *CheckButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 432 | + | func (x *CheckButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.go +4 -4
| @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *ColorButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 212 | 212 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 213 | 213 | // | |
| 214 | 214 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 215 | - | func (x *ColorButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 215 | + | func (x *ColorButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ func (x *ColorButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 248 | 248 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 249 | 249 | // | |
| 250 | 250 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 251 | - | func (x *ColorButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 251 | + | func (x *ColorButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *ColorButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 281 | 281 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 282 | 282 | // | |
| 283 | 283 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 284 | - | func (x *ColorButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 284 | + | func (x *ColorButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| 286 | 286 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *ColorButton) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 314 | 314 | // of removing the default color palette from the color chooser. | |
| 315 | 315 | // | |
| 316 | 316 | // If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. | |
| 317 | - | func (x *ColorButton) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int32, NColorsVar int32, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 317 | + | func (x *ColorButton) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int, NColorsVar int, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 318 | 318 | ||
| 319 | 319 | XGtkColorChooserAddPalette(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, ColorsPerLineVar, NColorsVar, ColorsVar) | |
| 320 | 320 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.go +3 -3
| @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type ColorChooserInterface struct { | |||
| 24 | 24 | type ColorChooser interface { | |
| 25 | 25 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 26 | 26 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 27 | - | AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int32, NColorsVar int32, ColorsVar uintptr) | |
| 27 | + | AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int, NColorsVar int, ColorsVar uintptr) | |
| 28 | 28 | GetRgba(ColorVar *gdk.RGBA) | |
| 29 | 29 | GetUseAlpha() bool | |
| 30 | 30 | SetRgba(ColorVar *gdk.RGBA) | |
| @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 59 | 59 | // of removing the default color palette from the color chooser. | |
| 60 | 60 | // | |
| 61 | 61 | // If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. | |
| 62 | - | func (x *ColorChooserBase) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int32, NColorsVar int32, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 62 | + | func (x *ColorChooserBase) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int, NColorsVar int, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | XGtkColorChooserAddPalette(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, ColorsPerLineVar, NColorsVar, ColorsVar) | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserBase) SetUseAlpha(UseAlphaVar bool) { | |||
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | } | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
| 96 | - | var XGtkColorChooserAddPalette func(uintptr, Orientation, int32, int32, uintptr) | |
| 96 | + | var XGtkColorChooserAddPalette func(uintptr, Orientation, int, int, uintptr) | |
| 97 | 97 | var XGtkColorChooserGetRgba func(uintptr, *gdk.RGBA) | |
| 98 | 98 | var XGtkColorChooserGetUseAlpha func(uintptr) bool | |
| 99 | 99 | var XGtkColorChooserSetRgba func(uintptr, *gdk.RGBA) | |
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.go +4 -4
| @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 113 | 113 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 114 | 114 | // | |
| 115 | 115 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 116 | - | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 116 | + | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 117 | 117 | ||
| 118 | 118 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 119 | 119 | ||
| @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 149 | 149 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 150 | 150 | // | |
| 151 | 151 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 152 | - | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 152 | + | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | 154 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 182 | 182 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 183 | 183 | // | |
| 184 | 184 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 185 | - | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 185 | + | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserDialog) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 215 | 215 | // of removing the default color palette from the color chooser. | |
| 216 | 216 | // | |
| 217 | 217 | // If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. | |
| 218 | - | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int32, NColorsVar int32, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 218 | + | func (x *ColorChooserDialog) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int, NColorsVar int, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| 220 | 220 | XGtkColorChooserAddPalette(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, ColorsPerLineVar, NColorsVar, ColorsVar) | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.go +4 -4
| @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 124 | 124 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 125 | 125 | // | |
| 126 | 126 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 127 | - | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 127 | + | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 160 | 160 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 161 | 161 | // | |
| 162 | 162 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 163 | - | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 163 | + | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 193 | 193 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 194 | 194 | // | |
| 195 | 195 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 196 | - | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 196 | + | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *ColorChooserWidget) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 226 | 226 | // of removing the default color palette from the color chooser. | |
| 227 | 227 | // | |
| 228 | 228 | // If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. | |
| 229 | - | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int32, NColorsVar int32, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 229 | + | func (x *ColorChooserWidget) AddPalette(OrientationVar Orientation, ColorsPerLineVar int, NColorsVar int, ColorsVar uintptr) { | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | XGtkColorChooserAddPalette(x.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, ColorsPerLineVar, NColorsVar, ColorsVar) | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnview.go +3 -3
| @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ func (x *ColumnView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 420 | 420 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 421 | 421 | // | |
| 422 | 422 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 423 | - | func (x *ColumnView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 423 | + | func (x *ColumnView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | 425 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ func (x *ColumnView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 456 | 456 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 457 | 457 | // | |
| 458 | 458 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 459 | - | func (x *ColumnView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 459 | + | func (x *ColumnView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| 461 | 461 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 462 | 462 | ||
| @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ func (x *ColumnView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 489 | 489 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 490 | 490 | // | |
| 491 | 491 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 492 | - | func (x *ColumnView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 492 | + | func (x *ColumnView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
| 494 | 494 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 495 | 495 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.go +4 -4
| @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ func (x *ColumnViewColumn) GetFactory() *ListItemFactory { | |||
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | } | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | - | var xColumnViewColumnGetFixedWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 110 | + | var xColumnViewColumnGetFixedWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | // Gets the fixed width of the column. | |
| 113 | - | func (x *ColumnViewColumn) GetFixedWidth() int32 { | |
| 113 | + | func (x *ColumnViewColumn) GetFixedWidth() int { | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | return xColumnViewColumnGetFixedWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| @@ -202,14 +202,14 @@ func (x *ColumnViewColumn) SetFactory(FactoryVar *ListItemFactory) { | |||
| 202 | 202 | ||
| 203 | 203 | } | |
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | - | var xColumnViewColumnSetFixedWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 205 | + | var xColumnViewColumnSetFixedWidth func(uintptr, int) | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| 207 | 207 | // If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @column; | |
| 208 | 208 | // otherwise unsets it. | |
| 209 | 209 | // | |
| 210 | 210 | // Setting a fixed width overrides the automatically calculated | |
| 211 | 211 | // width. Interactive resizing also sets the “fixed-width” property. | |
| 212 | - | func (x *ColumnViewColumn) SetFixedWidth(FixedWidthVar int32) { | |
| 212 | + | func (x *ColumnViewColumn) SetFixedWidth(FixedWidthVar int) { | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | xColumnViewColumnSetFixedWidth(x.GoPointer(), FixedWidthVar) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcombobox.go +17 -17
| @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func NewWithModelAndEntryComboBox(ModelVar TreeModel) *Widget { | |||
| 155 | 155 | return NewWithModelAndEntryComboBoxCls | |
| 156 | 156 | } | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| 158 | - | var xComboBoxGetActive func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 158 | + | var xComboBoxGetActive func(uintptr) int | |
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | // Returns the index of the currently active item. | |
| 161 | 161 | // | |
| @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ var xComboBoxGetActive func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 163 | 163 | // an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns | |
| 164 | 164 | // `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where `path` is the | |
| 165 | 165 | // [struct@Gtk.TreePath] of the active item. | |
| 166 | - | func (x *ComboBox) GetActive() int32 { | |
| 166 | + | func (x *ComboBox) GetActive() int { | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | return xComboBoxGetActive(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| @@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ func (x *ComboBox) GetChild() *Widget { | |||
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | } | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | - | var xComboBoxGetEntryTextColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 232 | + | var xComboBoxGetEntryTextColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | // Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings | |
| 235 | 235 | // from to display in the internal entry. | |
| 236 | - | func (x *ComboBox) GetEntryTextColumn() int32 { | |
| 236 | + | func (x *ComboBox) GetEntryTextColumn() int { | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | 238 | return xComboBoxGetEntryTextColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 239 | 239 | ||
| @@ -248,11 +248,11 @@ func (x *ComboBox) GetHasEntry() bool { | |||
| 248 | 248 | ||
| 249 | 249 | } | |
| 250 | 250 | ||
| 251 | - | var xComboBoxGetIdColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 251 | + | var xComboBoxGetIdColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | // Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs | |
| 254 | 254 | // for values from. | |
| 255 | - | func (x *ComboBox) GetIdColumn() int32 { | |
| 255 | + | func (x *ComboBox) GetIdColumn() int { | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | return xComboBoxGetIdColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| @@ -334,10 +334,10 @@ func (x *ComboBox) PopupForDevice(DeviceVar *gdk.Device) { | |||
| 334 | 334 | ||
| 335 | 335 | } | |
| 336 | 336 | ||
| 337 | - | var xComboBoxSetActive func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 337 | + | var xComboBoxSetActive func(uintptr, int) | |
| 338 | 338 | ||
| 339 | 339 | // Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index. | |
| 340 | - | func (x *ComboBox) SetActive(IndexVar int32) { | |
| 340 | + | func (x *ComboBox) SetActive(IndexVar int) { | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | xComboBoxSetActive(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 343 | 343 | ||
| @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) SetChild(ChildVar *Widget) { | |||
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | } | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| 393 | - | var xComboBoxSetEntryTextColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 393 | + | var xComboBoxSetEntryTextColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 394 | 394 | ||
| 395 | 395 | // Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get strings | |
| 396 | 396 | // from to be @text_column. | |
| @@ -403,20 +403,20 @@ var xComboBoxSetEntryTextColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 403 | 403 | // | |
| 404 | 404 | // This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with | |
| 405 | 405 | // [property@Gtk.ComboBox:has-entry] as %TRUE. | |
| 406 | - | func (x *ComboBox) SetEntryTextColumn(TextColumnVar int32) { | |
| 406 | + | func (x *ComboBox) SetEntryTextColumn(TextColumnVar int) { | |
| 407 | 407 | ||
| 408 | 408 | xComboBoxSetEntryTextColumn(x.GoPointer(), TextColumnVar) | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | } | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | - | var xComboBoxSetIdColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 412 | + | var xComboBoxSetIdColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | // Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs | |
| 415 | 415 | // for values from. | |
| 416 | 416 | // | |
| 417 | 417 | // The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box must be of type | |
| 418 | 418 | // %G_TYPE_STRING. | |
| 419 | - | func (x *ComboBox) SetIdColumn(IdColumnVar int32) { | |
| 419 | + | func (x *ComboBox) SetIdColumn(IdColumnVar int) { | |
| 420 | 420 | ||
| 421 | 421 | xComboBoxSetIdColumn(x.GoPointer(), IdColumnVar) | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
| @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 651 | 651 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 652 | 652 | // | |
| 653 | 653 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 654 | - | func (x *ComboBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 654 | + | func (x *ComboBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 655 | 655 | ||
| 656 | 656 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 657 | 657 | ||
| @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 687 | 687 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 688 | 688 | // | |
| 689 | 689 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 690 | - | func (x *ComboBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 690 | + | func (x *ComboBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 691 | 691 | ||
| 692 | 692 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 693 | 693 | ||
| @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 720 | 720 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 721 | 721 | // | |
| 722 | 722 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 723 | - | func (x *ComboBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 723 | + | func (x *ComboBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 724 | 724 | ||
| 725 | 725 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) StartEditing(EventVar *gdk.Event) { | |||
| 773 | 773 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 774 | 774 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 775 | 775 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 776 | - | func (x *ComboBox) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 776 | + | func (x *ComboBox) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 777 | 777 | ||
| 778 | 778 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 779 | 779 | ||
| @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ func (x *ComboBox) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 846 | 846 | // | |
| 847 | 847 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 848 | 848 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 849 | - | func (x *ComboBox) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 849 | + | func (x *ComboBox) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 850 | 850 | ||
| 851 | 851 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 852 | 852 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.go +11 -11
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) GetActiveText() string { | |||
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | } | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | - | var xComboBoxTextInsert func(uintptr, int32, string, string) | |
| 153 | + | var xComboBoxTextInsert func(uintptr, int, string, string) | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | // Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box. | |
| 156 | 156 | // | |
| @@ -158,13 +158,13 @@ var xComboBoxTextInsert func(uintptr, int32, string, string) | |||
| 158 | 158 | // See [property@Gtk.ComboBox:id-column]. | |
| 159 | 159 | // | |
| 160 | 160 | // If @position is negative then @text is appended. | |
| 161 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) Insert(PositionVar int32, IdVar string, TextVar string) { | |
| 161 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) Insert(PositionVar int, IdVar string, TextVar string) { | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | xComboBoxTextInsert(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, IdVar, TextVar) | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | } | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | - | var xComboBoxTextInsertText func(uintptr, int32, string) | |
| 167 | + | var xComboBoxTextInsertText func(uintptr, int, string) | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
| 169 | 169 | // Inserts @text at @position in the list of strings stored in @combo_box. | |
| 170 | 170 | // | |
| @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ var xComboBoxTextInsertText func(uintptr, int32, string) | |||
| 172 | 172 | // | |
| 173 | 173 | // This is the same as calling [method@Gtk.ComboBoxText.insert] | |
| 174 | 174 | // with a %NULL ID string. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) InsertText(PositionVar int32, TextVar string) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) InsertText(PositionVar int, TextVar string) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | xComboBoxTextInsertText(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, TextVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| @@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) PrependText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 204 | 204 | ||
| 205 | 205 | } | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| 207 | - | var xComboBoxTextRemove func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 207 | + | var xComboBoxTextRemove func(uintptr, int) | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | // Removes the string at @position from @combo_box. | |
| 210 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) Remove(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 210 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) Remove(PositionVar int) { | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | xComboBoxTextRemove(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 288 | 288 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 289 | 289 | // | |
| 290 | 290 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 291 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 291 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 292 | 292 | ||
| 293 | 293 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 294 | 294 | ||
| @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 324 | 324 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 325 | 325 | // | |
| 326 | 326 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 327 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 327 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 357 | 357 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 358 | 358 | // | |
| 359 | 359 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 360 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 360 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 361 | 361 | ||
| 362 | 362 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 363 | 363 | ||
| @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) StartEditing(EventVar *gdk.Event) { | |||
| 410 | 410 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 411 | 411 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 412 | 412 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 413 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 413 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 414 | 414 | ||
| 415 | 415 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *ComboBoxText) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 483 | 483 | // | |
| 484 | 484 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 485 | 485 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 486 | - | func (x *ComboBoxText) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 486 | + | func (x *ComboBoxText) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 487 | 487 | ||
| 488 | 488 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 489 | 489 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraint.go +6 -6
| @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ func ConstraintNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Constraint { | |||
| 62 | 62 | return cls | |
| 63 | 63 | } | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | - | var xNewConstraint func(uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, ConstraintRelation, uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, float64, float64, int32) uintptr | |
| 65 | + | var xNewConstraint func(uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, ConstraintRelation, uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, float64, float64, int) uintptr | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | // Creates a new constraint representing a relation between a layout | |
| 68 | 68 | // attribute on a source and a layout attribute on a target. | |
| 69 | - | func NewConstraint(TargetVar ConstraintTarget, TargetAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, RelationVar ConstraintRelation, SourceVar ConstraintTarget, SourceAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, MultiplierVar float64, ConstantVar float64, StrengthVar int32) *Constraint { | |
| 69 | + | func NewConstraint(TargetVar ConstraintTarget, TargetAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, RelationVar ConstraintRelation, SourceVar ConstraintTarget, SourceAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, MultiplierVar float64, ConstantVar float64, StrengthVar int) *Constraint { | |
| 70 | 70 | NewConstraintPtr := xNewConstraint(TargetVar.GoPointer(), TargetAttributeVar, RelationVar, SourceVar.GoPointer(), SourceAttributeVar, MultiplierVar, ConstantVar, StrengthVar) | |
| 71 | 71 | if NewConstraintPtr == 0 { | |
| 72 | 72 | return nil | |
| @@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ func NewConstraint(TargetVar ConstraintTarget, TargetAttributeVar ConstraintAttr | |||
| 77 | 77 | return NewConstraintCls | |
| 78 | 78 | } | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | - | var xNewConstantConstraint func(uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, ConstraintRelation, float64, int32) uintptr | |
| 80 | + | var xNewConstantConstraint func(uintptr, ConstraintAttribute, ConstraintRelation, float64, int) uintptr | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | // Creates a new constraint representing a relation between a layout | |
| 83 | 83 | // attribute on a target and a constant value. | |
| 84 | - | func NewConstantConstraint(TargetVar ConstraintTarget, TargetAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, RelationVar ConstraintRelation, ConstantVar float64, StrengthVar int32) *Constraint { | |
| 84 | + | func NewConstantConstraint(TargetVar ConstraintTarget, TargetAttributeVar ConstraintAttribute, RelationVar ConstraintRelation, ConstantVar float64, StrengthVar int) *Constraint { | |
| 85 | 85 | NewConstantConstraintPtr := xNewConstantConstraint(TargetVar.GoPointer(), TargetAttributeVar, RelationVar, ConstantVar, StrengthVar) | |
| 86 | 86 | if NewConstantConstraintPtr == 0 { | |
| 87 | 87 | return nil | |
| @@ -151,10 +151,10 @@ func (x *Constraint) GetSourceAttribute() ConstraintAttribute { | |||
| 151 | 151 | ||
| 152 | 152 | } | |
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | - | var xConstraintGetStrength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 154 | + | var xConstraintGetStrength func(uintptr) int | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | // Retrieves the strength of the constraint. | |
| 157 | - | func (x *Constraint) GetStrength() int32 { | |
| 157 | + | func (x *Constraint) GetStrength() int { | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | return xConstraintGetStrength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintguide.go +12 -12
| @@ -47,19 +47,19 @@ func NewConstraintGuide() *ConstraintGuide { | |||
| 47 | 47 | return NewConstraintGuideCls | |
| 48 | 48 | } | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | - | var xConstraintGuideGetMaxSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 50 | + | var xConstraintGuideGetMaxSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | 52 | // Gets the maximum size of @guide. | |
| 53 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetMaxSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 53 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetMaxSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | 55 | xConstraintGuideGetMaxSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | } | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | - | var xConstraintGuideGetMinSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 59 | + | var xConstraintGuideGetMinSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 60 | 60 | ||
| 61 | 61 | // Gets the minimum size of @guide. | |
| 62 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetMinSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 62 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetMinSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 63 | 63 | ||
| 64 | 64 | xConstraintGuideGetMinSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 65 | 65 | ||
| @@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetName() string { | |||
| 74 | 74 | ||
| 75 | 75 | } | |
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | - | var xConstraintGuideGetNatSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 77 | + | var xConstraintGuideGetNatSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| 79 | 79 | // Gets the natural size of @guide. | |
| 80 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetNatSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 80 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetNatSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | xConstraintGuideGetNatSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| @@ -92,25 +92,25 @@ func (x *ConstraintGuide) GetStrength() ConstraintStrength { | |||
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | } | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| 95 | - | var xConstraintGuideSetMaxSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 95 | + | var xConstraintGuideSetMaxSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 96 | 96 | ||
| 97 | 97 | // Sets the maximum size of @guide. | |
| 98 | 98 | // | |
| 99 | 99 | // If @guide is attached to a `GtkConstraintLayout`, | |
| 100 | 100 | // the constraints will be updated to reflect the new size. | |
| 101 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetMaxSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 101 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetMaxSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | xConstraintGuideSetMaxSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | } | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | - | var xConstraintGuideSetMinSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 107 | + | var xConstraintGuideSetMinSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 108 | 108 | ||
| 109 | 109 | // Sets the minimum size of @guide. | |
| 110 | 110 | // | |
| 111 | 111 | // If @guide is attached to a `GtkConstraintLayout`, | |
| 112 | 112 | // the constraints will be updated to reflect the new size. | |
| 113 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetMinSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 113 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetMinSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | 115 | xConstraintGuideSetMinSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 116 | 116 | ||
| @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetName(NameVar string) { | |||
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | 128 | } | |
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | - | var xConstraintGuideSetNatSize func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 130 | + | var xConstraintGuideSetNatSize func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | // Sets the natural size of @guide. | |
| 133 | 133 | // | |
| 134 | 134 | // If @guide is attached to a `GtkConstraintLayout`, | |
| 135 | 135 | // the constraints will be updated to reflect the new size. | |
| 136 | - | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetNatSize(WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 136 | + | func (x *ConstraintGuide) SetNatSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | xConstraintGuideSetNatSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintlayout.go +4 -4
| @@ -238,20 +238,20 @@ func (x *ConstraintLayout) AddConstraint(ConstraintVar *Constraint) { | |||
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | } | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | - | var xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescription func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, int32, **glib.Error, string, ...interface{}) *glib.List | |
| 241 | + | var xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescription func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, int, **glib.Error, string, ...interface{}) *glib.List | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | // Creates a list of constraints from a VFL description. | |
| 244 | 244 | // | |
| 245 | 245 | // This function is a convenience wrapper around | |
| 246 | 246 | // [method@Gtk.ConstraintLayout.add_constraints_from_descriptionv], using | |
| 247 | 247 | // variadic arguments to populate the view/target map. | |
| 248 | - | func (x *ConstraintLayout) AddConstraintsFromDescription(LinesVar uintptr, NLinesVar uint, HspacingVar int32, VspacingVar int32, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FirstViewVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *glib.List { | |
| 248 | + | func (x *ConstraintLayout) AddConstraintsFromDescription(LinesVar uintptr, NLinesVar uint, HspacingVar int, VspacingVar int, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FirstViewVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *glib.List { | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | return xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescription(x.GoPointer(), LinesVar, NLinesVar, HspacingVar, VspacingVar, ErrorVar, FirstViewVar, varArgs...) | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | } | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | - | var xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescriptionv func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int32, int32, *glib.HashTable) *glib.List | |
| 254 | + | var xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescriptionv func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int, int, *glib.HashTable) *glib.List | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| 256 | 256 | // Creates a list of constraints from a VFL description. | |
| 257 | 257 | // | |
| @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ var xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescriptionv func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, | |||
| 334 | 334 | // [button1(==button2.height)] | |
| 335 | 335 | // | |
| 336 | 336 | // ``` | |
| 337 | - | func (x *ConstraintLayout) AddConstraintsFromDescriptionv(LinesVar uintptr, NLinesVar uint, HspacingVar int32, VspacingVar int32, ViewsVar *glib.HashTable) *glib.List { | |
| 337 | + | func (x *ConstraintLayout) AddConstraintsFromDescriptionv(LinesVar uintptr, NLinesVar uint, HspacingVar int, VspacingVar int, ViewsVar *glib.HashTable) *glib.List { | |
| 338 | 338 | ||
| 339 | 339 | return xConstraintLayoutAddConstraintsFromDescriptionv(x.GoPointer(), LinesVar, NLinesVar, HspacingVar, VspacingVar, ViewsVar) | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.go +2 -2
| @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ import ( | |||
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | 9 | // A function to be used by `GtkCustomLayout` to allocate a widget. | |
| 10 | - | type CustomAllocateFunc func(uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 10 | + | type CustomAllocateFunc func(uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 11 | 11 | ||
| 12 | 12 | // A function to be used by `GtkCustomLayout` to measure a widget. | |
| 13 | - | type CustomMeasureFunc func(uintptr, Orientation, int32, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 13 | + | type CustomMeasureFunc func(uintptr, Orientation, int, int, int, int, int) | |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | 15 | // Queries a widget for its preferred size request mode. | |
| 16 | 16 | type CustomRequestModeFunc func(uintptr) SizeRequestMode | |
M v4/gtk/gtkdialog.go +19 -19
| @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func NewWithButtonsDialog(TitleVar string, ParentVar *Window, FlagsVar DialogFla | |||
| 267 | 267 | return NewWithButtonsDialogCls | |
| 268 | 268 | } | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | - | var xDialogAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 270 | + | var xDialogAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | // Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a `GtkDialog`. | |
| 273 | 273 | // | |
| @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ var xDialogAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 278 | 278 | // | |
| 279 | 279 | // If you want to add a non-activatable widget, simply pack it into | |
| 280 | 280 | // the @action_area field of the `GtkDialog` struct. | |
| 281 | - | func (x *Dialog) AddActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget, ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 281 | + | func (x *Dialog) AddActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget, ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | xDialogAddActionWidget(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | 285 | } | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| 287 | - | var xDialogAddButton func(uintptr, string, int32) uintptr | |
| 287 | + | var xDialogAddButton func(uintptr, string, int) uintptr | |
| 288 | 288 | ||
| 289 | 289 | // Adds a button with the given text. | |
| 290 | 290 | // | |
| @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ var xDialogAddButton func(uintptr, string, int32) uintptr | |||
| 292 | 292 | // [signal@Gtk.Dialog::response] signal with the given @response_id. | |
| 293 | 293 | // The button is appended to the end of the dialog’s action area. | |
| 294 | 294 | // The button widget is returned, but usually you don’t need it. | |
| 295 | - | func (x *Dialog) AddButton(ButtonTextVar string, ResponseIdVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 295 | + | func (x *Dialog) AddButton(ButtonTextVar string, ResponseIdVar int) *Widget { | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | AddButtonPtr := xDialogAddButton(x.GoPointer(), ButtonTextVar, ResponseIdVar) | |
| 298 | 298 | if AddButtonPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -360,21 +360,21 @@ func (x *Dialog) GetHeaderBar() *HeaderBar { | |||
| 360 | 360 | ||
| 361 | 361 | } | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
| 363 | - | var xDialogGetResponseForWidget func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 363 | + | var xDialogGetResponseForWidget func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 364 | 364 | ||
| 365 | 365 | // Gets the response id of a widget in the action area | |
| 366 | 366 | // of a dialog. | |
| 367 | - | func (x *Dialog) GetResponseForWidget(WidgetVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 367 | + | func (x *Dialog) GetResponseForWidget(WidgetVar *Widget) int { | |
| 368 | 368 | ||
| 369 | 369 | return xDialogGetResponseForWidget(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 370 | 370 | ||
| 371 | 371 | } | |
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | - | var xDialogGetWidgetForResponse func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 373 | + | var xDialogGetWidgetForResponse func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | 375 | // Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area | |
| 376 | 376 | // of a dialog. | |
| 377 | - | func (x *Dialog) GetWidgetForResponse(ResponseIdVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 377 | + | func (x *Dialog) GetWidgetForResponse(ResponseIdVar int) *Widget { | |
| 378 | 378 | ||
| 379 | 379 | GetWidgetForResponsePtr := xDialogGetWidgetForResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 380 | 380 | if GetWidgetForResponsePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -389,35 +389,35 @@ func (x *Dialog) GetWidgetForResponse(ResponseIdVar int32) *Widget { | |||
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | 390 | } | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| 392 | - | var xDialogResponse func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 392 | + | var xDialogResponse func(uintptr, int) | |
| 393 | 393 | ||
| 394 | 394 | // Emits the ::response signal with the given response ID. | |
| 395 | 395 | // | |
| 396 | 396 | // Used to indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way. | |
| 397 | - | func (x *Dialog) Response(ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 397 | + | func (x *Dialog) Response(ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 398 | 398 | ||
| 399 | 399 | xDialogResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | } | |
| 402 | 402 | ||
| 403 | - | var xDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 403 | + | var xDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, int) | |
| 404 | 404 | ||
| 405 | 405 | // Sets the default widget for the dialog based on the response ID. | |
| 406 | 406 | // | |
| 407 | 407 | // Pressing “Enter” normally activates the default widget. | |
| 408 | - | func (x *Dialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 408 | + | func (x *Dialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | xDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | 412 | } | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | - | var xDialogSetResponseSensitive func(uintptr, int32, bool) | |
| 414 | + | var xDialogSetResponseSensitive func(uintptr, int, bool) | |
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | // A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons. | |
| 417 | 417 | // | |
| 418 | 418 | // Calls `gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)` | |
| 419 | 419 | // for each widget in the dialog’s action area with the given @response_id. | |
| 420 | - | func (x *Dialog) SetResponseSensitive(ResponseIdVar int32, SettingVar bool) { | |
| 420 | + | func (x *Dialog) SetResponseSensitive(ResponseIdVar int, SettingVar bool) { | |
| 421 | 421 | ||
| 422 | 422 | xDialogSetResponseSensitive(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar, SettingVar) | |
| 423 | 423 | ||
| @@ -453,8 +453,8 @@ func (x *Dialog) ConnectClose(cb func(Dialog)) { | |||
| 453 | 453 | // delete event, and when [method@Gtk.Dialog.response] is called. | |
| 454 | 454 | // On a delete event, the response ID is %GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT. | |
| 455 | 455 | // Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked. | |
| 456 | - | func (x *Dialog) ConnectResponse(cb func(Dialog, int32)) { | |
| 457 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int32) { | |
| 456 | + | func (x *Dialog) ConnectResponse(cb func(Dialog, int)) { | |
| 457 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int) { | |
| 458 | 458 | fa := Dialog{} | |
| 459 | 459 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ... | |||
| 522 | 522 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 523 | 523 | // | |
| 524 | 524 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 525 | - | func (x *Dialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 525 | + | func (x *Dialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 526 | 526 | ||
| 527 | 527 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 528 | 528 | ||
| @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ... | |||
| 558 | 558 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 559 | 559 | // | |
| 560 | 560 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 561 | - | func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 561 | + | func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 562 | 562 | ||
| 563 | 563 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 564 | 564 | ||
| @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface | |||
| 591 | 591 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 592 | 592 | // | |
| 593 | 593 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 594 | - | func (x *Dialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 594 | + | func (x *Dialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 595 | 595 | ||
| 596 | 596 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 597 | 597 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.go +4 -4
| @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ func (x *DirectoryList) GetFile() *gio.FileBase { | |||
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | 106 | } | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | - | var xDirectoryListGetIoPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 108 | + | var xDirectoryListGetIoPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | 110 | // Gets the IO priority set via gtk_directory_list_set_io_priority(). | |
| 111 | - | func (x *DirectoryList) GetIoPriority() int32 { | |
| 111 | + | func (x *DirectoryList) GetIoPriority() int { | |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | 113 | return xDirectoryListGetIoPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *DirectoryList) SetFile(FileVar gio.File) { | |||
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | } | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | - | var xDirectoryListSetIoPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 164 | + | var xDirectoryListSetIoPriority func(uintptr, int) | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | 166 | // Sets the IO priority to use while loading directories. | |
| 167 | 167 | // | |
| @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ var xDirectoryListSetIoPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 172 | 172 | // the GTK redraw priority. If you are loading a lot of directories in | |
| 173 | 173 | // parallel, lowering it to something like %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE | |
| 174 | 174 | // may increase responsiveness. | |
| 175 | - | func (x *DirectoryList) SetIoPriority(IoPriorityVar int32) { | |
| 175 | + | func (x *DirectoryList) SetIoPriority(IoPriorityVar int) { | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | 177 | xDirectoryListSetIoPriority(x.GoPointer(), IoPriorityVar) | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkdragicon.go +3 -3
| @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *DragIcon) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 127 | 127 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 128 | 128 | // | |
| 129 | 129 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 130 | - | func (x *DragIcon) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 130 | + | func (x *DragIcon) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 133 | 133 | ||
| @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ func (x *DragIcon) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 163 | 163 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 164 | 164 | // | |
| 165 | 165 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 166 | - | func (x *DragIcon) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 166 | + | func (x *DragIcon) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ func (x *DragIcon) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 196 | 196 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 197 | 197 | // | |
| 198 | 198 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 199 | - | func (x *DragIcon) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 199 | + | func (x *DragIcon) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | 201 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkdragsource.go +2 -2
| @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *DragSource) SetContent(ContentVar *gdk.ContentProvider) { | |||
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | } | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | - | var xDragSourceSetIcon func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 211 | + | var xDragSourceSetIcon func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | // Sets a paintable to use as icon during DND operations. | |
| 214 | 214 | // | |
| @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ var xDragSourceSetIcon func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 220 | 220 | // This function can be called before a drag is started, or in | |
| 221 | 221 | // a [signal@Gtk.DragSource::prepare] or | |
| 222 | 222 | // [signal@Gtk.DragSource::drag-begin] signal handler. | |
| 223 | - | func (x *DragSource) SetIcon(PaintableVar gdk.Paintable, HotXVar int32, HotYVar int32) { | |
| 223 | + | func (x *DragSource) SetIcon(PaintableVar gdk.Paintable, HotXVar int, HotYVar int) { | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | xDragSourceSetIcon(x.GoPointer(), PaintableVar.GoPointer(), HotXVar, HotYVar) | |
| 226 | 226 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.go +14 -14
| @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 13 | 13 | // | |
| 14 | 14 | // This function should exclusively redraw the contents of the drawing area | |
| 15 | 15 | // and must not call any widget functions that cause changes. | |
| 16 | - | type DrawingAreaDrawFunc func(uintptr, *cairo.Context, int32, int32, uintptr) | |
| 16 | + | type DrawingAreaDrawFunc func(uintptr, *cairo.Context, int, int, uintptr) | |
| 17 | 17 | ||
| 18 | 18 | type DrawingAreaClass struct { | |
| 19 | 19 | ParentClass uintptr | |
| @@ -132,25 +132,25 @@ func NewDrawingArea() *Widget { | |||
| 132 | 132 | return NewDrawingAreaCls | |
| 133 | 133 | } | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | - | var xDrawingAreaGetContentHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 135 | + | var xDrawingAreaGetContentHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | 137 | // Retrieves the content height of the `GtkDrawingArea`. | |
| 138 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) GetContentHeight() int32 { | |
| 138 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) GetContentHeight() int { | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | return xDrawingAreaGetContentHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| 142 | 142 | } | |
| 143 | 143 | ||
| 144 | - | var xDrawingAreaGetContentWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 144 | + | var xDrawingAreaGetContentWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 145 | 145 | ||
| 146 | 146 | // Retrieves the content width of the `GtkDrawingArea`. | |
| 147 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) GetContentWidth() int32 { | |
| 147 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) GetContentWidth() int { | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | return xDrawingAreaGetContentWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | } | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | - | var xDrawingAreaSetContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 153 | + | var xDrawingAreaSetContentHeight func(uintptr, int) | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | // Sets the desired height of the contents of the drawing area. | |
| 156 | 156 | // | |
| @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ var xDrawingAreaSetContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 160 | 160 | // [method@Gtk.Widget.set_valign] to avoid that. | |
| 161 | 161 | // | |
| 162 | 162 | // If the height is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear. | |
| 163 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) SetContentHeight(HeightVar int32) { | |
| 163 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) SetContentHeight(HeightVar int) { | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | xDrawingAreaSetContentHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | } | |
| 168 | 168 | ||
| 169 | - | var xDrawingAreaSetContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 169 | + | var xDrawingAreaSetContentWidth func(uintptr, int) | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | // Sets the desired width of the contents of the drawing area. | |
| 172 | 172 | // | |
| @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ var xDrawingAreaSetContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 176 | 176 | // [method@Gtk.Widget.set_halign] to avoid that. | |
| 177 | 177 | // | |
| 178 | 178 | // If the width is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear. | |
| 179 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) SetContentWidth(WidthVar int32) { | |
| 179 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) SetContentWidth(WidthVar int) { | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | xDrawingAreaSetContentWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar) | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ func (c *DrawingArea) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 217 | 217 | // | |
| 218 | 218 | // This is useful in order to keep state up to date with the widget size, | |
| 219 | 219 | // like for instance a backing surface. | |
| 220 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) ConnectResize(cb func(DrawingArea, int32, int32)) { | |
| 221 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int32, HeightVarp int32) { | |
| 220 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) ConnectResize(cb func(DrawingArea, int, int)) { | |
| 221 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) { | |
| 222 | 222 | fa := DrawingArea{} | |
| 223 | 223 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 286 | 286 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 287 | 287 | // | |
| 288 | 288 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 289 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 289 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 290 | 290 | ||
| 291 | 291 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 292 | 292 | ||
| @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 322 | 322 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 323 | 323 | // | |
| 324 | 324 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 325 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 325 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | 327 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 355 | 355 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 356 | 356 | // | |
| 357 | 357 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 358 | - | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 358 | + | func (x *DrawingArea) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 359 | 359 | ||
| 360 | 360 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 361 | 361 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkdropdown.go +3 -3
| @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ func (x *DropDown) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 376 | 376 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 377 | 377 | // | |
| 378 | 378 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 379 | - | func (x *DropDown) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 379 | + | func (x *DropDown) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 380 | 380 | ||
| 381 | 381 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ func (x *DropDown) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 412 | 412 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 413 | 413 | // | |
| 414 | 414 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 415 | - | func (x *DropDown) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 415 | + | func (x *DropDown) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| 417 | 417 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 418 | 418 | ||
| @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ func (x *DropDown) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 445 | 445 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 446 | 446 | // | |
| 447 | 447 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 448 | - | func (x *DropDown) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 448 | + | func (x *DropDown) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | 450 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 451 | 451 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkeditable.go +33 -33
| @@ -157,28 +157,28 @@ type Editable interface { | |||
| 157 | 157 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 158 | 158 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 159 | 159 | DeleteSelection() | |
| 160 | - | DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) | |
| 160 | + | DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) | |
| 161 | 161 | FinishDelegate() | |
| 162 | 162 | GetAlignment() float32 | |
| 163 | - | GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string | |
| 163 | + | GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string | |
| 164 | 164 | GetDelegate() *EditableBase | |
| 165 | 165 | GetEditable() bool | |
| 166 | 166 | GetEnableUndo() bool | |
| 167 | - | GetMaxWidthChars() int32 | |
| 168 | - | GetPosition() int32 | |
| 169 | - | GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool | |
| 167 | + | GetMaxWidthChars() int | |
| 168 | + | GetPosition() int | |
| 169 | + | GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool | |
| 170 | 170 | GetText() string | |
| 171 | - | GetWidthChars() int32 | |
| 171 | + | GetWidthChars() int | |
| 172 | 172 | InitDelegate() | |
| 173 | - | InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) | |
| 174 | - | SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) | |
| 173 | + | InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) | |
| 174 | + | SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) | |
| 175 | 175 | SetAlignment(XalignVar float32) | |
| 176 | 176 | SetEditable(IsEditableVar bool) | |
| 177 | 177 | SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) | |
| 178 | - | SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) | |
| 179 | - | SetPosition(PositionVar int32) | |
| 178 | + | SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) | |
| 179 | + | SetPosition(PositionVar int) | |
| 180 | 180 | SetText(TextVar string) | |
| 181 | - | SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) | |
| 181 | + | SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) | |
| 182 | 182 | } | |
| 183 | 183 | type EditableBase struct { | |
| 184 | 184 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 209 | 209 | // the end of the text. | |
| 210 | 210 | // | |
| 211 | 211 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 212 | - | func (x *EditableBase) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 212 | + | func (x *EditableBase) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 240 | 240 | // the end of the text. | |
| 241 | 241 | // | |
| 242 | 242 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 243 | - | func (x *EditableBase) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 243 | + | func (x *EditableBase) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 244 | 244 | ||
| 245 | 245 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 280 | 280 | } | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
| 282 | 282 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 283 | - | func (x *EditableBase) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 283 | + | func (x *EditableBase) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | 285 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 290 | 290 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 291 | 291 | // | |
| 292 | 292 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 293 | - | func (x *EditableBase) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 293 | + | func (x *EditableBase) GetPosition() int { | |
| 294 | 294 | ||
| 295 | 295 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 303 | 303 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 304 | 304 | // | |
| 305 | 305 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 306 | - | func (x *EditableBase) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 306 | + | func (x *EditableBase) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) GetText() string { | |||
| 320 | 320 | ||
| 321 | 321 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 322 | 322 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 323 | - | func (x *EditableBase) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 323 | + | func (x *EditableBase) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
| 325 | 325 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 345 | 345 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 346 | 346 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 347 | 347 | // inserted text. | |
| 348 | - | func (x *EditableBase) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 348 | + | func (x *EditableBase) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 349 | 349 | ||
| 350 | 350 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 351 | 351 | ||
| @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar i | |||
| 359 | 359 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 360 | 360 | // | |
| 361 | 361 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 362 | - | func (x *EditableBase) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 362 | + | func (x *EditableBase) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 363 | 363 | ||
| 364 | 364 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 365 | 365 | ||
| @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 395 | 395 | } | |
| 396 | 396 | ||
| 397 | 397 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 398 | - | func (x *EditableBase) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 398 | + | func (x *EditableBase) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 399 | 399 | ||
| 400 | 400 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ func (x *EditableBase) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 408 | 408 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 409 | 409 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 410 | 410 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 411 | - | func (x *EditableBase) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 411 | + | func (x *EditableBase) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 412 | 412 | ||
| 413 | 413 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 414 | 414 | ||
| @@ -429,35 +429,35 @@ func (x *EditableBase) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 429 | 429 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 430 | 430 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 431 | 431 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 432 | - | func (x *EditableBase) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 432 | + | func (x *EditableBase) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | 436 | } | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| 438 | 438 | var XGtkEditableDeleteSelection func(uintptr) | |
| 439 | - | var XGtkEditableDeleteText func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 439 | + | var XGtkEditableDeleteText func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 440 | 440 | var XGtkEditableFinishDelegate func(uintptr) | |
| 441 | 441 | var XGtkEditableGetAlignment func(uintptr) float32 | |
| 442 | - | var XGtkEditableGetChars func(uintptr, int32, int32) string | |
| 442 | + | var XGtkEditableGetChars func(uintptr, int, int) string | |
| 443 | 443 | var XGtkEditableGetDelegate func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 444 | 444 | var XGtkEditableGetEditable func(uintptr) bool | |
| 445 | 445 | var XGtkEditableGetEnableUndo func(uintptr) bool | |
| 446 | - | var XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 447 | - | var XGtkEditableGetPosition func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 448 | - | var XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds func(uintptr, int32, int32) bool | |
| 446 | + | var XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr) int | |
| 447 | + | var XGtkEditableGetPosition func(uintptr) int | |
| 448 | + | var XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds func(uintptr, int, int) bool | |
| 449 | 449 | var XGtkEditableGetText func(uintptr) string | |
| 450 | - | var XGtkEditableGetWidthChars func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 450 | + | var XGtkEditableGetWidthChars func(uintptr) int | |
| 451 | 451 | var XGtkEditableInitDelegate func(uintptr) | |
| 452 | - | var XGtkEditableInsertText func(uintptr, string, int32, int32) | |
| 453 | - | var XGtkEditableSelectRegion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 452 | + | var XGtkEditableInsertText func(uintptr, string, int, int) | |
| 453 | + | var XGtkEditableSelectRegion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 454 | 454 | var XGtkEditableSetAlignment func(uintptr, float32) | |
| 455 | 455 | var XGtkEditableSetEditable func(uintptr, bool) | |
| 456 | 456 | var XGtkEditableSetEnableUndo func(uintptr, bool) | |
| 457 | - | var XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 458 | - | var XGtkEditableSetPosition func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 457 | + | var XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr, int) | |
| 458 | + | var XGtkEditableSetPosition func(uintptr, int) | |
| 459 | 459 | var XGtkEditableSetText func(uintptr, string) | |
| 460 | - | var XGtkEditableSetWidthChars func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 460 | + | var XGtkEditableSetWidthChars func(uintptr, int) | |
| 461 | 461 | ||
| 462 | 462 | // The identifiers for [iface@Gtk.Editable] properties. | |
| 463 | 463 | // | |
M v4/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.go +14 -14
| @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 165 | 165 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 166 | 166 | // | |
| 167 | 167 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 168 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 168 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | 170 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 201 | 201 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 234 | 234 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 235 | 235 | // | |
| 236 | 236 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 237 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 237 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 267 | 267 | // the end of the text. | |
| 268 | 268 | // | |
| 269 | 269 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 270 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 270 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 298 | 298 | // the end of the text. | |
| 299 | 299 | // | |
| 300 | 300 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 301 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 301 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| 303 | 303 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 304 | 304 | ||
| @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 338 | 338 | } | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 341 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 341 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
| 343 | 343 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 348 | 348 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 349 | 349 | // | |
| 350 | 350 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 351 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 351 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) GetPosition() int { | |
| 352 | 352 | ||
| 353 | 353 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 354 | 354 | ||
| @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 361 | 361 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 362 | 362 | // | |
| 363 | 363 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 364 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 364 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 365 | 365 | ||
| 366 | 366 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 367 | 367 | ||
| @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) GetText() string { | |||
| 378 | 378 | ||
| 379 | 379 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 380 | 380 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 381 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 381 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | 383 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 403 | 403 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 404 | 404 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 405 | 405 | // inserted text. | |
| 406 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 406 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 407 | 407 | ||
| 408 | 408 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar | |||
| 417 | 417 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 418 | 418 | // | |
| 419 | 419 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 420 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 420 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 421 | 421 | ||
| 422 | 422 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 423 | 423 | ||
| @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 453 | 453 | } | |
| 454 | 454 | ||
| 455 | 455 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 456 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 456 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | 458 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 459 | 459 | ||
| @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 466 | 466 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 467 | 467 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 468 | 468 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 469 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 469 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 470 | 470 | ||
| 471 | 471 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 472 | 472 | ||
| @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ func (x *EditableLabel) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 487 | 487 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 488 | 488 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 489 | 489 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 490 | - | func (x *EditableLabel) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 490 | + | func (x *EditableLabel) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 491 | 491 | ||
| 492 | 492 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkemojichooser.go +3 -3
| @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 146 | 146 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 147 | 147 | // | |
| 148 | 148 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 149 | - | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 149 | + | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 182 | 182 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 183 | 183 | // | |
| 184 | 184 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 185 | - | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 185 | + | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 215 | 215 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 216 | 216 | // | |
| 217 | 217 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 218 | - | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 218 | + | func (x *EmojiChooser) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| 220 | 220 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkentry.go +22 -22
| @@ -232,11 +232,11 @@ func (x *Entry) GetCompletion() *EntryCompletion { | |||
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | } | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| 235 | - | var xEntryGetCurrentIconDragSource func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 235 | + | var xEntryGetCurrentIconDragSource func(uintptr) int | |
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | 237 | // Returns the index of the icon which is the source of the | |
| 238 | 238 | // current DND operation, or -1. | |
| 239 | - | func (x *Entry) GetCurrentIconDragSource() int32 { | |
| 239 | + | func (x *Entry) GetCurrentIconDragSource() int { | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | return xEntryGetCurrentIconDragSource(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ func (x *Entry) GetIconArea(IconPosVar EntryIconPosition, IconAreaVar *gdk.Recta | |||
| 295 | 295 | ||
| 296 | 296 | } | |
| 297 | 297 | ||
| 298 | - | var xEntryGetIconAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32) int32 | |
| 298 | + | var xEntryGetIconAtPos func(uintptr, int, int) int | |
| 299 | 299 | ||
| 300 | 300 | // Finds the icon at the given position and return its index. | |
| 301 | 301 | // | |
| @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ var xEntryGetIconAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32) int32 | |||
| 304 | 304 | // -1 is returned. This function is intended for use in a | |
| 305 | 305 | // | |
| 306 | 306 | // [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] signal handler. | |
| 307 | - | func (x *Entry) GetIconAtPos(XVar int32, YVar int32) int32 { | |
| 307 | + | func (x *Entry) GetIconAtPos(XVar int, YVar int) int { | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | return xEntryGetIconAtPos(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar) | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| @@ -433,12 +433,12 @@ func (x *Entry) GetInvisibleChar() uint32 { | |||
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | } | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | - | var xEntryGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 436 | + | var xEntryGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| 438 | 438 | // Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @entry. | |
| 439 | 439 | // | |
| 440 | 440 | // See [method@Gtk.Entry.set_max_length]. | |
| 441 | - | func (x *Entry) GetMaxLength() int32 { | |
| 441 | + | func (x *Entry) GetMaxLength() int { | |
| 442 | 442 | ||
| 443 | 443 | return xEntryGetMaxLength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ func (x *Entry) SetInvisibleChar(ChVar uint32) { | |||
| 798 | 798 | ||
| 799 | 799 | } | |
| 800 | 800 | ||
| 801 | - | var xEntrySetMaxLength func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 801 | + | var xEntrySetMaxLength func(uintptr, int) | |
| 802 | 802 | ||
| 803 | 803 | // Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. | |
| 804 | 804 | // | |
| @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ var xEntrySetMaxLength func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 807 | 807 | // | |
| 808 | 808 | // This is equivalent to getting @entry's `GtkEntryBuffer` and | |
| 809 | 809 | // calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.set_max_length] on it. | |
| 810 | - | func (x *Entry) SetMaxLength(MaxVar int32) { | |
| 810 | + | func (x *Entry) SetMaxLength(MaxVar int) { | |
| 811 | 811 | ||
| 812 | 812 | xEntrySetMaxLength(x.GoPointer(), MaxVar) | |
| 813 | 813 | ||
| @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ func (x *Entry) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 1007 | 1007 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1008 | 1008 | // | |
| 1009 | 1009 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1010 | - | func (x *Entry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1010 | + | func (x *Entry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1011 | 1011 | ||
| 1012 | 1012 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1013 | 1013 | ||
| @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ func (x *Entry) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 1043 | 1043 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1044 | 1044 | // | |
| 1045 | 1045 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1046 | - | func (x *Entry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1046 | + | func (x *Entry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1047 | 1047 | ||
| 1048 | 1048 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1049 | 1049 | ||
| @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ func (x *Entry) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 1076 | 1076 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1077 | 1077 | // | |
| 1078 | 1078 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1079 | - | func (x *Entry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1079 | + | func (x *Entry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1080 | 1080 | ||
| 1081 | 1081 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1082 | 1082 | ||
| @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ func (x *Entry) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 1139 | 1139 | // the end of the text. | |
| 1140 | 1140 | // | |
| 1141 | 1141 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1142 | - | func (x *Entry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 1142 | + | func (x *Entry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 1143 | 1143 | ||
| 1144 | 1144 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1145 | 1145 | ||
| @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ func (x *Entry) FinishDelegate() { | |||
| 1163 | 1163 | // the end of the text. | |
| 1164 | 1164 | // | |
| 1165 | 1165 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1166 | - | func (x *Entry) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 1166 | + | func (x *Entry) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 1167 | 1167 | ||
| 1168 | 1168 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1169 | 1169 | ||
| @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ func (x *Entry) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 1203 | 1203 | } | |
| 1204 | 1204 | ||
| 1205 | 1205 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 1206 | - | func (x *Entry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 1206 | + | func (x *Entry) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 1207 | 1207 | ||
| 1208 | 1208 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 1209 | 1209 | ||
| @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ func (x *Entry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 1213 | 1213 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 1214 | 1214 | // | |
| 1215 | 1215 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 1216 | - | func (x *Entry) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 1216 | + | func (x *Entry) GetPosition() int { | |
| 1217 | 1217 | ||
| 1218 | 1218 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 1219 | 1219 | ||
| @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ func (x *Entry) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 1226 | 1226 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 1227 | 1227 | // | |
| 1228 | 1228 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1229 | - | func (x *Entry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 1229 | + | func (x *Entry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 1230 | 1230 | ||
| 1231 | 1231 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1232 | 1232 | ||
| @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ func (x *Entry) GetText() string { | |||
| 1243 | 1243 | ||
| 1244 | 1244 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 1245 | 1245 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 1246 | - | func (x *Entry) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 1246 | + | func (x *Entry) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 1247 | 1247 | ||
| 1248 | 1248 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 1249 | 1249 | ||
| @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ func (x *Entry) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 1268 | 1268 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 1269 | 1269 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 1270 | 1270 | // inserted text. | |
| 1271 | - | func (x *Entry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1271 | + | func (x *Entry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 1272 | 1272 | ||
| 1273 | 1273 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 1274 | 1274 | ||
| @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ func (x *Entry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |||
| 1282 | 1282 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 1283 | 1283 | // | |
| 1284 | 1284 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1285 | - | func (x *Entry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 1285 | + | func (x *Entry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 1286 | 1286 | ||
| 1287 | 1287 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1288 | 1288 | ||
| @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ func (x *Entry) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 1308 | 1308 | } | |
| 1309 | 1309 | ||
| 1310 | 1310 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 1311 | - | func (x *Entry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 1311 | + | func (x *Entry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 1312 | 1312 | ||
| 1313 | 1313 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 1314 | 1314 | ||
| @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ func (x *Entry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 1321 | 1321 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 1322 | 1322 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 1323 | 1323 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 1324 | - | func (x *Entry) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1324 | + | func (x *Entry) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 1325 | 1325 | ||
| 1326 | 1326 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1327 | 1327 | ||
| @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ func (x *Entry) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 1342 | 1342 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 1343 | 1343 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 1344 | 1344 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 1345 | - | func (x *Entry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 1345 | + | func (x *Entry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 1346 | 1346 | ||
| 1347 | 1347 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 1348 | 1348 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.go +12 -12
| @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ func EntryBufferNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *EntryBuffer { | |||
| 31 | 31 | return cls | |
| 32 | 32 | } | |
| 33 | 33 | ||
| 34 | - | var xNewEntryBuffer func(string, int32) uintptr | |
| 34 | + | var xNewEntryBuffer func(string, int) uintptr | |
| 35 | 35 | ||
| 36 | 36 | // Create a new `GtkEntryBuffer` object. | |
| 37 | 37 | // | |
| 38 | 38 | // Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer. | |
| 39 | - | func NewEntryBuffer(InitialCharsVar string, NInitialCharsVar int32) *EntryBuffer { | |
| 39 | + | func NewEntryBuffer(InitialCharsVar string, NInitialCharsVar int) *EntryBuffer { | |
| 40 | 40 | NewEntryBufferPtr := xNewEntryBuffer(InitialCharsVar, NInitialCharsVar) | |
| 41 | 41 | if NewEntryBufferPtr == 0 { | |
| 42 | 42 | return nil | |
| @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ func NewEntryBuffer(InitialCharsVar string, NInitialCharsVar int32) *EntryBuffer | |||
| 47 | 47 | return NewEntryBufferCls | |
| 48 | 48 | } | |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | - | var xEntryBufferDeleteText func(uintptr, uint, int32) uint | |
| 50 | + | var xEntryBufferDeleteText func(uintptr, uint, int) uint | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | 52 | // Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer. | |
| 53 | 53 | // | |
| @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ var xEntryBufferDeleteText func(uintptr, uint, int32) uint | |||
| 60 | 60 | // | |
| 61 | 61 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, | |
| 62 | 62 | // not bytes. | |
| 63 | - | func (x *EntryBuffer) DeleteText(PositionVar uint, NCharsVar int32) uint { | |
| 63 | + | func (x *EntryBuffer) DeleteText(PositionVar uint, NCharsVar int) uint { | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | return xEntryBufferDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, NCharsVar) | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ func (x *EntryBuffer) GetLength() uint { | |||
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | } | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | - | var xEntryBufferGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 107 | + | var xEntryBufferGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int | |
| 108 | 108 | ||
| 109 | 109 | // Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @buffer. | |
| 110 | - | func (x *EntryBuffer) GetMaxLength() int32 { | |
| 110 | + | func (x *EntryBuffer) GetMaxLength() int { | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | return xEntryBufferGetMaxLength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ func (x *EntryBuffer) GetText() string { | |||
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | } | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | - | var xEntryBufferInsertText func(uintptr, uint, string, int32) uint | |
| 128 | + | var xEntryBufferInsertText func(uintptr, uint, string, int) uint | |
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | 130 | // Inserts @n_chars characters of @chars into the contents of the | |
| 131 | 131 | // buffer, at position @position. | |
| @@ -136,25 +136,25 @@ var xEntryBufferInsertText func(uintptr, uint, string, int32) uint | |||
| 136 | 136 | // coerced to sane values. | |
| 137 | 137 | // | |
| 138 | 138 | // Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 139 | - | func (x *EntryBuffer) InsertText(PositionVar uint, CharsVar string, NCharsVar int32) uint { | |
| 139 | + | func (x *EntryBuffer) InsertText(PositionVar uint, CharsVar string, NCharsVar int) uint { | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
| 141 | 141 | return xEntryBufferInsertText(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, CharsVar, NCharsVar) | |
| 142 | 142 | ||
| 143 | 143 | } | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | - | var xEntryBufferSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 145 | + | var xEntryBufferSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int) | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | // Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. | |
| 148 | 148 | // | |
| 149 | 149 | // If the current contents are longer than the given length, then | |
| 150 | 150 | // they will be truncated to fit. | |
| 151 | - | func (x *EntryBuffer) SetMaxLength(MaxLengthVar int32) { | |
| 151 | + | func (x *EntryBuffer) SetMaxLength(MaxLengthVar int) { | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | 153 | xEntryBufferSetMaxLength(x.GoPointer(), MaxLengthVar) | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | } | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| 157 | - | var xEntryBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 157 | + | var xEntryBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int) | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | // Sets the text in the buffer. | |
| 160 | 160 | // | |
| @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ var xEntryBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int32) | |||
| 163 | 163 | // [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.insert_text]. | |
| 164 | 164 | // | |
| 165 | 165 | // Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 166 | - | func (x *EntryBuffer) SetText(CharsVar string, NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 166 | + | func (x *EntryBuffer) SetText(CharsVar string, NCharsVar int) { | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
| 168 | 168 | xEntryBufferSetText(x.GoPointer(), CharsVar, NCharsVar) | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.go +10 -10
| @@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) GetInlineSelection() bool { | |||
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | } | |
| 172 | 172 | ||
| 173 | - | var xEntryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 173 | + | var xEntryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLength func(uintptr) int | |
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | 175 | // Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion. | |
| 176 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) GetMinimumKeyLength() int32 { | |
| 176 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) GetMinimumKeyLength() int { | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
| 178 | 178 | return xEntryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
| @@ -228,10 +228,10 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) GetPopupSingleMatch() bool { | |||
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | } | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | - | var xEntryCompletionGetTextColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 231 | + | var xEntryCompletionGetTextColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | // Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from. | |
| 234 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) GetTextColumn() int32 { | |
| 234 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) GetTextColumn() int { | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
| 236 | 236 | return xEntryCompletionGetTextColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) SetMatchFunc(FuncVar EntryCompletionMatchFunc, FuncDat | |||
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | 279 | } | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | - | var xEntryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 281 | + | var xEntryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength func(uintptr, int) | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | // Requires the length of the search key for @completion to be at least | |
| 284 | 284 | // @length. | |
| @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ var xEntryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 286 | 286 | // This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small | |
| 287 | 287 | // key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway | |
| 288 | 288 | // (ie, a too large dataset). | |
| 289 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) SetMinimumKeyLength(LengthVar int32) { | |
| 289 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) SetMinimumKeyLength(LengthVar int) { | |
| 290 | 290 | ||
| 291 | 291 | xEntryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar) | |
| 292 | 292 | ||
| @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) SetPopupSingleMatch(PopupSingleMatchVar bool) { | |||
| 337 | 337 | ||
| 338 | 338 | } | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | - | var xEntryCompletionSetTextColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 340 | + | var xEntryCompletionSetTextColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | // Convenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a | |
| 343 | 343 | // completion list with just strings. | |
| @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ var xEntryCompletionSetTextColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 350 | 350 | // column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell | |
| 351 | 351 | // renderer, use g_object_set() to set the | |
| 352 | 352 | // [property@Gtk.EntryCompletion:text-column] property directly. | |
| 353 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) SetTextColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 353 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) SetTextColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 354 | 354 | ||
| 355 | 355 | xEntryCompletionSetTextColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 356 | 356 | ||
| @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 454 | 454 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 455 | 455 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 456 | 456 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ func (x *EntryCompletion) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 527 | 527 | // | |
| 528 | 528 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 529 | 529 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 530 | - | func (x *EntryCompletion) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 530 | + | func (x *EntryCompletion) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 531 | 531 | ||
| 532 | 532 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 533 | 533 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkenums.go +2 -2
| @@ -1492,11 +1492,11 @@ const ( | |||
| 1492 | 1492 | WrapWordCharValue WrapMode = 3 | |
| 1493 | 1493 | ) | |
| 1494 | 1494 | ||
| 1495 | - | var xOrderingFromCmpfunc func(int32) Ordering | |
| 1495 | + | var xOrderingFromCmpfunc func(int) Ordering | |
| 1496 | 1496 | ||
| 1497 | 1497 | // Converts the result of a `GCompareFunc` like strcmp() to a | |
| 1498 | 1498 | // `GtkOrdering` value. | |
| 1499 | - | func OrderingFromCmpfunc(CmpfuncResultVar int32) Ordering { | |
| 1499 | + | func OrderingFromCmpfunc(CmpfuncResultVar int) Ordering { | |
| 1500 | 1500 | ||
| 1501 | 1501 | return xOrderingFromCmpfunc(CmpfuncResultVar) | |
| 1502 | 1502 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkexpander.go +3 -3
| @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ func (x *Expander) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 395 | 395 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 396 | 396 | // | |
| 397 | 397 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 398 | - | func (x *Expander) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 398 | + | func (x *Expander) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 399 | 399 | ||
| 400 | 400 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ func (x *Expander) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 431 | 431 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 432 | 432 | // | |
| 433 | 433 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 434 | - | func (x *Expander) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 434 | + | func (x *Expander) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | 436 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ func (x *Expander) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 464 | 464 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 465 | 465 | // | |
| 466 | 466 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 467 | - | func (x *Expander) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 467 | + | func (x *Expander) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 468 | 468 | ||
| 469 | 469 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 470 | 470 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 279 | 279 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 280 | 280 | // | |
| 281 | 281 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 282 | - | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 282 | + | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| 284 | 284 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 315 | 315 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 316 | 316 | // | |
| 317 | 317 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 318 | - | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 318 | + | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | 320 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 348 | 348 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 349 | 349 | // | |
| 350 | 350 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 351 | - | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 351 | + | func (x *FileChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 352 | 352 | ||
| 353 | 353 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 354 | 354 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.go +5 -5
| @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ func (x *FileChooserWidget) ConnectPlacesShortcut(cb func(FileChooserWidget)) { | |||
| 211 | 211 | // Note that in the default binding, that <kbd>Alt</kbd>-<kbd>1</kbd> is | |
| 212 | 212 | // actually defined to switch to the bookmark at index 0, and so on | |
| 213 | 213 | // successively. | |
| 214 | - | func (x *FileChooserWidget) ConnectQuickBookmark(cb func(FileChooserWidget, int32)) { | |
| 215 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, BookmarkIndexVarp int32) { | |
| 214 | + | func (x *FileChooserWidget) ConnectQuickBookmark(cb func(FileChooserWidget, int)) { | |
| 215 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, BookmarkIndexVarp int) { | |
| 216 | 216 | fa := FileChooserWidget{} | |
| 217 | 217 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 353 | 353 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 354 | 354 | // | |
| 355 | 355 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 356 | - | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 356 | + | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
| 358 | 358 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 359 | 359 | ||
| @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 389 | 389 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 390 | 390 | // | |
| 391 | 391 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 392 | - | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 392 | + | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 393 | 393 | ||
| 394 | 394 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 395 | 395 | ||
| @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 422 | 422 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 423 | 423 | // | |
| 424 | 424 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 425 | - | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 425 | + | func (x *FileChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfixed.go +3 -3
| @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ func (x *Fixed) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 206 | 206 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 207 | 207 | // | |
| 208 | 208 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 209 | - | func (x *Fixed) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 209 | + | func (x *Fixed) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ func (x *Fixed) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 242 | 242 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 243 | 243 | // | |
| 244 | 244 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 245 | - | func (x *Fixed) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 245 | + | func (x *Fixed) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | 247 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ func (x *Fixed) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 275 | 275 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 276 | 276 | // | |
| 277 | 277 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 278 | - | func (x *Fixed) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 278 | + | func (x *Fixed) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | 280 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkflowbox.go +17 -17
| @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ type FlowBoxForeachFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |||
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | 28 | // A function to compare two children to determine which | |
| 29 | 29 | // should come first. | |
| 30 | - | type FlowBoxSortFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 30 | + | type FlowBoxSortFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | 32 | type FlowBoxChildClass struct { | |
| 33 | 33 | ParentClass uintptr | |
| @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ func (x *FlowBox) GetActivateOnSingleClick() bool { | |||
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | 154 | } | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | - | var xFlowBoxGetChildAtIndex func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 156 | + | var xFlowBoxGetChildAtIndex func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| 158 | 158 | // Gets the nth child in the @box. | |
| 159 | - | func (x *FlowBox) GetChildAtIndex(IdxVar int32) *FlowBoxChild { | |
| 159 | + | func (x *FlowBox) GetChildAtIndex(IdxVar int) *FlowBoxChild { | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | 161 | GetChildAtIndexPtr := xFlowBoxGetChildAtIndex(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar) | |
| 162 | 162 | if GetChildAtIndexPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ func (x *FlowBox) GetChildAtIndex(IdxVar int32) *FlowBoxChild { | |||
| 171 | 171 | ||
| 172 | 172 | } | |
| 173 | 173 | ||
| 174 | - | var xFlowBoxGetChildAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 174 | + | var xFlowBoxGetChildAtPos func(uintptr, int, int) uintptr | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | // Gets the child in the (@x, @y) position. | |
| 177 | 177 | // | |
| 178 | 178 | // Both @x and @y are assumed to be relative to the origin of @box. | |
| 179 | - | func (x *FlowBox) GetChildAtPos(XVar int32, YVar int32) *FlowBoxChild { | |
| 179 | + | func (x *FlowBox) GetChildAtPos(XVar int, YVar int) *FlowBoxChild { | |
| 180 | 180 | ||
| 181 | 181 | GetChildAtPosPtr := xFlowBoxGetChildAtPos(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar) | |
| 182 | 182 | if GetChildAtPosPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ func (x *FlowBox) GetSelectionMode() SelectionMode { | |||
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | } | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | - | var xFlowBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 257 | + | var xFlowBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | // Inserts the @widget into @box at @position. | |
| 260 | 260 | // | |
| @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ var xFlowBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 263 | 263 | // | |
| 264 | 264 | // If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of children | |
| 265 | 265 | // in the @box, then the @widget will be appended to the end. | |
| 266 | - | func (x *FlowBox) Insert(WidgetVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 266 | + | func (x *FlowBox) Insert(WidgetVar *Widget, PositionVar int) { | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | 268 | xFlowBoxInsert(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| @@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ func (x *FlowBox) ConnectChildActivated(cb func(FlowBox, uintptr)) { | |||
| 570 | 570 | // move by individual children | |
| 571 | 571 | // - <kbd>Home</kbd>, <kbd>End</kbd> move to the ends of the box | |
| 572 | 572 | // - <kbd>PgUp</kbd>, <kbd>PgDn</kbd> move vertically by pages | |
| 573 | - | func (x *FlowBox) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(FlowBox, MovementStep, int32, bool, bool) bool) { | |
| 574 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int32, ExtendVarp bool, ModifyVarp bool) bool { | |
| 573 | + | func (x *FlowBox) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(FlowBox, MovementStep, int, bool, bool) bool) { | |
| 574 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int, ExtendVarp bool, ModifyVarp bool) bool { | |
| 575 | 575 | fa := FlowBox{} | |
| 576 | 576 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 577 | 577 | ||
| @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ func (x *FlowBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 705 | 705 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 706 | 706 | // | |
| 707 | 707 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 708 | - | func (x *FlowBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 708 | + | func (x *FlowBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 709 | 709 | ||
| 710 | 710 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 711 | 711 | ||
| @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ func (x *FlowBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 741 | 741 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 742 | 742 | // | |
| 743 | 743 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 744 | - | func (x *FlowBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 744 | + | func (x *FlowBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 745 | 745 | ||
| 746 | 746 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 747 | 747 | ||
| @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ func (x *FlowBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 774 | 774 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 775 | 775 | // | |
| 776 | 776 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 777 | - | func (x *FlowBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 777 | + | func (x *FlowBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 778 | 778 | ||
| 779 | 779 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 780 | 780 | ||
| @@ -878,10 +878,10 @@ func (x *FlowBoxChild) GetChild() *Widget { | |||
| 878 | 878 | ||
| 879 | 879 | } | |
| 880 | 880 | ||
| 881 | - | var xFlowBoxChildGetIndex func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 881 | + | var xFlowBoxChildGetIndex func(uintptr) int | |
| 882 | 882 | ||
| 883 | 883 | // Gets the current index of the @child in its `GtkFlowBox` container. | |
| 884 | - | func (x *FlowBoxChild) GetIndex() int32 { | |
| 884 | + | func (x *FlowBoxChild) GetIndex() int { | |
| 885 | 885 | ||
| 886 | 886 | return xFlowBoxChildGetIndex(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 887 | 887 | ||
| @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 992 | 992 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 993 | 993 | // | |
| 994 | 994 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 995 | - | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 995 | + | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 996 | 996 | ||
| 997 | 997 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 998 | 998 | ||
| @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 1028 | 1028 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1029 | 1029 | // | |
| 1030 | 1030 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1031 | - | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1031 | + | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1032 | 1032 | ||
| 1033 | 1033 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1034 | 1034 | ||
| @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 1061 | 1061 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1062 | 1062 | // | |
| 1063 | 1063 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1064 | - | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1064 | + | func (x *FlowBoxChild) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1065 | 1065 | ||
| 1066 | 1066 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1067 | 1067 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfontbutton.go +4 -4
| @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ func (x *FontButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 244 | 244 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 245 | 245 | // | |
| 246 | 246 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 247 | - | func (x *FontButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 247 | + | func (x *FontButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| 249 | 249 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 250 | 250 | ||
| @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *FontButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 280 | 280 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 281 | 281 | // | |
| 282 | 282 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 283 | - | func (x *FontButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 283 | + | func (x *FontButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | 285 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *FontButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 313 | 313 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 314 | 314 | // | |
| 315 | 315 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 316 | - | func (x *FontButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 316 | + | func (x *FontButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ func (x *FontButton) GetFontMap() *pango.FontMap { | |||
| 427 | 427 | } | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| 429 | 429 | // The selected font size. | |
| 430 | - | func (x *FontButton) GetFontSize() int32 { | |
| 430 | + | func (x *FontButton) GetFontSize() int { | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | 432 | return XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooser.go +3 -3
| @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ type FontChooser interface { | |||
| 36 | 36 | GetFontFamily() *pango.FontFamily | |
| 37 | 37 | GetFontFeatures() string | |
| 38 | 38 | GetFontMap() *pango.FontMap | |
| 39 | - | GetFontSize() int32 | |
| 39 | + | GetFontSize() int | |
| 40 | 40 | GetLanguage() string | |
| 41 | 41 | GetLevel() FontChooserLevel | |
| 42 | 42 | GetPreviewText() string | |
| @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserBase) GetFontMap() *pango.FontMap { | |||
| 160 | 160 | } | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | // The selected font size. | |
| 163 | - | func (x *FontChooserBase) GetFontSize() int32 { | |
| 163 | + | func (x *FontChooserBase) GetFontSize() int { | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | 165 | return XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ var XGtkFontChooserGetFontFace func(uintptr) uintptr | |||
| 283 | 283 | var XGtkFontChooserGetFontFamily func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 284 | 284 | var XGtkFontChooserGetFontFeatures func(uintptr) string | |
| 285 | 285 | var XGtkFontChooserGetFontMap func(uintptr) uintptr | |
| 286 | - | var XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 286 | + | var XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 287 | 287 | var XGtkFontChooserGetLanguage func(uintptr) string | |
| 288 | 288 | var XGtkFontChooserGetLevel func(uintptr) FontChooserLevel | |
| 289 | 289 | var XGtkFontChooserGetPreviewText func(uintptr) string | |
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.go +4 -4
| @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 117 | 117 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 118 | 118 | // | |
| 119 | 119 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 120 | - | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 120 | + | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| 122 | 122 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 153 | 153 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 154 | 154 | // | |
| 155 | 155 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 156 | - | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 156 | + | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| 158 | 158 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 159 | 159 | ||
| @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 186 | 186 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 187 | 187 | // | |
| 188 | 188 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 189 | - | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 189 | + | func (x *FontChooserDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | 191 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 192 | 192 | ||
| @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserDialog) GetFontMap() *pango.FontMap { | |||
| 300 | 300 | } | |
| 301 | 301 | ||
| 302 | 302 | // The selected font size. | |
| 303 | - | func (x *FontChooserDialog) GetFontSize() int32 { | |
| 303 | + | func (x *FontChooserDialog) GetFontSize() int { | |
| 304 | 304 | ||
| 305 | 305 | return XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 306 | 306 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.go +4 -4
| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 118 | 118 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 119 | 119 | // | |
| 120 | 120 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 121 | - | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 121 | + | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 154 | 154 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 155 | 155 | // | |
| 156 | 156 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 157 | - | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 157 | + | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 187 | 187 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 188 | 188 | // | |
| 189 | 189 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 190 | - | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 190 | + | func (x *FontChooserWidget) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 191 | 191 | ||
| 192 | 192 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ func (x *FontChooserWidget) GetFontMap() *pango.FontMap { | |||
| 301 | 301 | } | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| 303 | 303 | // The selected font size. | |
| 304 | - | func (x *FontChooserWidget) GetFontSize() int32 { | |
| 304 | + | func (x *FontChooserWidget) GetFontSize() int { | |
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | 306 | return XGtkFontChooserGetFontSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkframe.go +3 -3
| @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *Frame) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 250 | 250 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 251 | 251 | // | |
| 252 | 252 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 253 | - | func (x *Frame) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | + | func (x *Frame) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ func (x *Frame) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 286 | 286 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 287 | 287 | // | |
| 288 | 288 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 289 | - | func (x *Frame) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 289 | + | func (x *Frame) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 290 | 290 | ||
| 291 | 291 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 292 | 292 | ||
| @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ func (x *Frame) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 319 | 319 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 320 | 320 | // | |
| 321 | 321 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 322 | - | func (x *Frame) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 322 | + | func (x *Frame) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 323 | 323 | ||
| 324 | 324 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 325 | 325 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureclick.go +4 -4
| @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ func (c *GestureClick) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 51 | 51 | } | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| 53 | 53 | // Emitted whenever a button or touch press happens. | |
| 54 | - | func (x *GestureClick) ConnectPressed(cb func(GestureClick, int32, float64, float64)) { | |
| 55 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NPressVarp int32, XVarp float64, YVarp float64) { | |
| 54 | + | func (x *GestureClick) ConnectPressed(cb func(GestureClick, int, float64, float64)) { | |
| 55 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NPressVarp int, XVarp float64, YVarp float64) { | |
| 56 | 56 | fa := GestureClick{} | |
| 57 | 57 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ func (x *GestureClick) ConnectPressed(cb func(GestureClick, int32, float64, floa | |||
| 68 | 68 | // this event, note that [signal@Gtk.GestureClick::stopped] may | |
| 69 | 69 | // have been emitted between the press and its release, @n_press | |
| 70 | 70 | // will only start over at the next press. | |
| 71 | - | func (x *GestureClick) ConnectReleased(cb func(GestureClick, int32, float64, float64)) { | |
| 72 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NPressVarp int32, XVarp float64, YVarp float64) { | |
| 71 | + | func (x *GestureClick) ConnectReleased(cb func(GestureClick, int, float64, float64)) { | |
| 72 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NPressVarp int, XVarp float64, YVarp float64) { | |
| 73 | 73 | fa := GestureClick{} | |
| 74 | 74 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkglarea.go +9 -9
| @@ -220,12 +220,12 @@ func (x *GLArea) GetHasStencilBuffer() bool { | |||
| 220 | 220 | ||
| 221 | 221 | } | |
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | - | var xGLAreaGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 223 | + | var xGLAreaGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | // Retrieves the required version of OpenGL. | |
| 226 | 226 | // | |
| 227 | 227 | // See [method@Gtk.GLArea.set_required_version]. | |
| 228 | - | func (x *GLArea) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int32, MinorVar int32) { | |
| 228 | + | func (x *GLArea) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) { | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | xGLAreaGetRequiredVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar) | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| @@ -331,13 +331,13 @@ func (x *GLArea) SetHasStencilBuffer(HasStencilBufferVar bool) { | |||
| 331 | 331 | ||
| 332 | 332 | } | |
| 333 | 333 | ||
| 334 | - | var xGLAreaSetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 334 | + | var xGLAreaSetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| 336 | 336 | // Sets the required version of OpenGL to be used when creating | |
| 337 | 337 | // the context for the widget. | |
| 338 | 338 | // | |
| 339 | 339 | // This function must be called before the area has been realized. | |
| 340 | - | func (x *GLArea) SetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int32, MinorVar int32) { | |
| 340 | + | func (x *GLArea) SetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) { | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | xGLAreaSetRequiredVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar) | |
| 343 | 343 | ||
| @@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ func (x *GLArea) ConnectRender(cb func(GLArea, uintptr) bool) { | |||
| 410 | 410 | // is emitted. | |
| 411 | 411 | // | |
| 412 | 412 | // The default handler sets up the GL viewport. | |
| 413 | - | func (x *GLArea) ConnectResize(cb func(GLArea, int32, int32)) { | |
| 414 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int32, HeightVarp int32) { | |
| 413 | + | func (x *GLArea) ConnectResize(cb func(GLArea, int, int)) { | |
| 414 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) { | |
| 415 | 415 | fa := GLArea{} | |
| 416 | 416 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ func (x *GLArea) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ... | |||
| 479 | 479 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 480 | 480 | // | |
| 481 | 481 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 482 | - | func (x *GLArea) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 482 | + | func (x *GLArea) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 483 | 483 | ||
| 484 | 484 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 485 | 485 | ||
| @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ func (x *GLArea) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ... | |||
| 515 | 515 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 516 | 516 | // | |
| 517 | 517 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 518 | - | func (x *GLArea) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 518 | + | func (x *GLArea) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 519 | 519 | ||
| 520 | 520 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 521 | 521 | ||
| @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ func (x *GLArea) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface | |||
| 548 | 548 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 549 | 549 | // | |
| 550 | 550 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 551 | - | func (x *GLArea) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 551 | + | func (x *GLArea) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 552 | 552 | ||
| 553 | 553 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 554 | 554 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkgrid.go +27 -27
| @@ -123,20 +123,20 @@ func NewGrid() *Widget { | |||
| 123 | 123 | return NewGridCls | |
| 124 | 124 | } | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | - | var xGridAttach func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 126 | + | var xGridAttach func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, int) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | 128 | // Adds a widget to the grid. | |
| 129 | 129 | // | |
| 130 | 130 | // The position of @child is determined by @column and @row. | |
| 131 | 131 | // The number of “cells” that @child will occupy is determined | |
| 132 | 132 | // by @width and @height. | |
| 133 | - | func (x *Grid) Attach(ChildVar *Widget, ColumnVar int32, RowVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 133 | + | func (x *Grid) Attach(ChildVar *Widget, ColumnVar int, RowVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | 135 | xGridAttach(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), ColumnVar, RowVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | 137 | } | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| 139 | - | var xGridAttachNextTo func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, PositionType, int32, int32) | |
| 139 | + | var xGridAttachNextTo func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, PositionType, int, int) | |
| 140 | 140 | ||
| 141 | 141 | // Adds a widget to the grid. | |
| 142 | 142 | // | |
| @@ -147,26 +147,26 @@ var xGridAttachNextTo func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, PositionType, int32, int32 | |||
| 147 | 147 | // | |
| 148 | 148 | // Attaching widgets labeled `[1]`, `[2]`, `[3]` with `@sibling == %NULL` and | |
| 149 | 149 | // `@side == %GTK_POS_LEFT` yields a layout of `[3][2][1]`. | |
| 150 | - | func (x *Grid) AttachNextTo(ChildVar *Widget, SiblingVar *Widget, SideVar PositionType, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 150 | + | func (x *Grid) AttachNextTo(ChildVar *Widget, SiblingVar *Widget, SideVar PositionType, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
| 152 | 152 | xGridAttachNextTo(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), SiblingVar.GoPointer(), SideVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 153 | 153 | ||
| 154 | 154 | } | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | - | var xGridGetBaselineRow func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 156 | + | var xGridGetBaselineRow func(uintptr) int | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| 158 | 158 | // Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid. | |
| 159 | - | func (x *Grid) GetBaselineRow() int32 { | |
| 159 | + | func (x *Grid) GetBaselineRow() int { | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | 161 | return xGridGetBaselineRow(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | } | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | - | var xGridGetChildAt func(uintptr, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 165 | + | var xGridGetChildAt func(uintptr, int, int) uintptr | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | // Gets the child of @grid whose area covers the grid | |
| 168 | 168 | // cell at @column, @row. | |
| 169 | - | func (x *Grid) GetChildAt(ColumnVar int32, RowVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 169 | + | func (x *Grid) GetChildAt(ColumnVar int, RowVar int) *Widget { | |
| 170 | 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | GetChildAtPtr := xGridGetChildAt(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar, RowVar) | |
| 172 | 172 | if GetChildAtPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -199,12 +199,12 @@ func (x *Grid) GetColumnSpacing() uint { | |||
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | } | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | - | var xGridGetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int32) BaselinePosition | |
| 202 | + | var xGridGetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int) BaselinePosition | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| 204 | 204 | // Returns the baseline position of @row. | |
| 205 | 205 | // | |
| 206 | 206 | // See [method@Gtk.Grid.set_row_baseline_position]. | |
| 207 | - | func (x *Grid) GetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int32) BaselinePosition { | |
| 207 | + | func (x *Grid) GetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int) BaselinePosition { | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | return xGridGetRowBaselinePosition(x.GoPointer(), RowVar) | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ func (x *Grid) GetRowSpacing() uint { | |||
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | } | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | - | var xGridInsertColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 231 | + | var xGridInsertColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | // Inserts a column at the specified position. | |
| 234 | 234 | // | |
| 235 | 235 | // Children which are attached at or to the right of this position | |
| 236 | 236 | // are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this | |
| 237 | 237 | // position are grown to span the new column. | |
| 238 | - | func (x *Grid) InsertColumn(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 238 | + | func (x *Grid) InsertColumn(PositionVar int) { | |
| 239 | 239 | ||
| 240 | 240 | xGridInsertColumn(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| @@ -255,23 +255,23 @@ func (x *Grid) InsertNextTo(SiblingVar *Widget, SideVar PositionType) { | |||
| 255 | 255 | ||
| 256 | 256 | } | |
| 257 | 257 | ||
| 258 | - | var xGridInsertRow func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 258 | + | var xGridInsertRow func(uintptr, int) | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| 260 | 260 | // Inserts a row at the specified position. | |
| 261 | 261 | // | |
| 262 | 262 | // Children which are attached at or below this position | |
| 263 | 263 | // are moved one row down. Children which span across this | |
| 264 | 264 | // position are grown to span the new row. | |
| 265 | - | func (x *Grid) InsertRow(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 265 | + | func (x *Grid) InsertRow(PositionVar int) { | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | 267 | xGridInsertRow(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 268 | 268 | ||
| 269 | 269 | } | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | - | var xGridQueryChild func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 271 | + | var xGridQueryChild func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, int) | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
| 273 | 273 | // Queries the attach points and spans of @child inside the given `GtkGrid`. | |
| 274 | - | func (x *Grid) QueryChild(ChildVar *Widget, ColumnVar int32, RowVar int32, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 274 | + | func (x *Grid) QueryChild(ChildVar *Widget, ColumnVar int, RowVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 275 | 275 | ||
| 276 | 276 | xGridQueryChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), ColumnVar, RowVar, WidthVar, HeightVar) | |
| 277 | 277 | ||
| @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ func (x *Grid) Remove(ChildVar *Widget) { | |||
| 289 | 289 | ||
| 290 | 290 | } | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | - | var xGridRemoveColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 292 | + | var xGridRemoveColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | 294 | // Removes a column from the grid. | |
| 295 | 295 | // | |
| @@ -297,13 +297,13 @@ var xGridRemoveColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 297 | 297 | // spanning children that overlap this column have their | |
| 298 | 298 | // width reduced by one, and children after the column | |
| 299 | 299 | // are moved to the left. | |
| 300 | - | func (x *Grid) RemoveColumn(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 300 | + | func (x *Grid) RemoveColumn(PositionVar int) { | |
| 301 | 301 | ||
| 302 | 302 | xGridRemoveColumn(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 303 | 303 | ||
| 304 | 304 | } | |
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | - | var xGridRemoveRow func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 306 | + | var xGridRemoveRow func(uintptr, int) | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | // Removes a row from the grid. | |
| 309 | 309 | // | |
| @@ -311,20 +311,20 @@ var xGridRemoveRow func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 311 | 311 | // spanning children that overlap this row have their | |
| 312 | 312 | // height reduced by one, and children below the row | |
| 313 | 313 | // are moved up. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *Grid) RemoveRow(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *Grid) RemoveRow(PositionVar int) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | xGridRemoveRow(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | } | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | - | var xGridSetBaselineRow func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 320 | + | var xGridSetBaselineRow func(uintptr, int) | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | 322 | // Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. | |
| 323 | 323 | // | |
| 324 | 324 | // Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only | |
| 325 | 325 | // one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the | |
| 326 | 326 | // parent of the @grid. | |
| 327 | - | func (x *Grid) SetBaselineRow(RowVar int32) { | |
| 327 | + | func (x *Grid) SetBaselineRow(RowVar int) { | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | xGridSetBaselineRow(x.GoPointer(), RowVar) | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| @@ -348,13 +348,13 @@ func (x *Grid) SetColumnSpacing(SpacingVar uint) { | |||
| 348 | 348 | ||
| 349 | 349 | } | |
| 350 | 350 | ||
| 351 | - | var xGridSetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int32, BaselinePosition) | |
| 351 | + | var xGridSetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int, BaselinePosition) | |
| 352 | 352 | ||
| 353 | 353 | // Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the | |
| 354 | 354 | // grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. | |
| 355 | 355 | // | |
| 356 | 356 | // The default baseline position is %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER. | |
| 357 | - | func (x *Grid) SetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int32, PosVar BaselinePosition) { | |
| 357 | + | func (x *Grid) SetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int, PosVar BaselinePosition) { | |
| 358 | 358 | ||
| 359 | 359 | xGridSetRowBaselinePosition(x.GoPointer(), RowVar, PosVar) | |
| 360 | 360 | ||
| @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ func (x *Grid) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...in | |||
| 444 | 444 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 445 | 445 | // | |
| 446 | 446 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 447 | - | func (x *Grid) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 447 | + | func (x *Grid) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 448 | 448 | ||
| 449 | 449 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 450 | 450 | ||
| @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ func (x *Grid) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...in | |||
| 480 | 480 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 481 | 481 | // | |
| 482 | 482 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 483 | - | func (x *Grid) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 483 | + | func (x *Grid) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 484 | 484 | ||
| 485 | 485 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 486 | 486 | ||
| @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ func (x *Grid) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{} | |||
| 513 | 513 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 514 | 514 | // | |
| 515 | 515 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 516 | - | func (x *Grid) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 516 | + | func (x *Grid) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 517 | 517 | ||
| 518 | 518 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 519 | 519 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkgridlayout.go +24 -24
| @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ func NewGridLayout() *LayoutManager { | |||
| 52 | 52 | return NewGridLayoutCls | |
| 53 | 53 | } | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | - | var xGridLayoutGetBaselineRow func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 55 | + | var xGridLayoutGetBaselineRow func(uintptr) int | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | // Retrieves the row set with gtk_grid_layout_set_baseline_row(). | |
| 58 | - | func (x *GridLayout) GetBaselineRow() int32 { | |
| 58 | + | func (x *GridLayout) GetBaselineRow() int { | |
| 59 | 59 | ||
| 60 | 60 | return xGridLayoutGetBaselineRow(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 61 | 61 | ||
| @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ func (x *GridLayout) GetColumnSpacing() uint { | |||
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | } | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | - | var xGridLayoutGetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int32) BaselinePosition | |
| 82 | + | var xGridLayoutGetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int) BaselinePosition | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | // Returns the baseline position of @row. | |
| 85 | 85 | // | |
| @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ var xGridLayoutGetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int32) BaselinePosition | |||
| 87 | 87 | // [method@Gtk.GridLayout.set_row_baseline_position], | |
| 88 | 88 | // the default value of %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER | |
| 89 | 89 | // is returned. | |
| 90 | - | func (x *GridLayout) GetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int32) BaselinePosition { | |
| 90 | + | func (x *GridLayout) GetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int) BaselinePosition { | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | return xGridLayoutGetRowBaselinePosition(x.GoPointer(), RowVar) | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| @@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ func (x *GridLayout) GetRowSpacing() uint { | |||
| 111 | 111 | ||
| 112 | 112 | } | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | - | var xGridLayoutSetBaselineRow func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 114 | + | var xGridLayoutSetBaselineRow func(uintptr, int) | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| 116 | 116 | // Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. | |
| 117 | 117 | // | |
| 118 | 118 | // Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only | |
| 119 | 119 | // one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the | |
| 120 | 120 | // parent of the @grid. | |
| 121 | - | func (x *GridLayout) SetBaselineRow(RowVar int32) { | |
| 121 | + | func (x *GridLayout) SetBaselineRow(RowVar int) { | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | xGridLayoutSetBaselineRow(x.GoPointer(), RowVar) | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ func (x *GridLayout) SetColumnSpacing(SpacingVar uint) { | |||
| 142 | 142 | ||
| 143 | 143 | } | |
| 144 | 144 | ||
| 145 | - | var xGridLayoutSetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int32, BaselinePosition) | |
| 145 | + | var xGridLayoutSetRowBaselinePosition func(uintptr, int, BaselinePosition) | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | // Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the | |
| 148 | 148 | // grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. | |
| 149 | - | func (x *GridLayout) SetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int32, PosVar BaselinePosition) { | |
| 149 | + | func (x *GridLayout) SetRowBaselinePosition(RowVar int, PosVar BaselinePosition) { | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | xGridLayoutSetRowBaselinePosition(x.GoPointer(), RowVar, PosVar) | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| @@ -189,73 +189,73 @@ func GridLayoutChildNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *GridLayoutChild { | |||
| 189 | 189 | return cls | |
| 190 | 190 | } | |
| 191 | 191 | ||
| 192 | - | var xGridLayoutChildGetColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 192 | + | var xGridLayoutChildGetColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | // Retrieves the column number to which @child attaches its left side. | |
| 195 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetColumn() int32 { | |
| 195 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetColumn() int { | |
| 196 | 196 | ||
| 197 | 197 | return xGridLayoutChildGetColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 198 | 198 | ||
| 199 | 199 | } | |
| 200 | 200 | ||
| 201 | - | var xGridLayoutChildGetColumnSpan func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 201 | + | var xGridLayoutChildGetColumnSpan func(uintptr) int | |
| 202 | 202 | ||
| 203 | 203 | // Retrieves the number of columns that @child spans to. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetColumnSpan() int32 { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetColumnSpan() int { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | return xGridLayoutChildGetColumnSpan(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | 208 | } | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | - | var xGridLayoutChildGetRow func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 210 | + | var xGridLayoutChildGetRow func(uintptr) int | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | // Retrieves the row number to which @child attaches its top side. | |
| 213 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetRow() int32 { | |
| 213 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetRow() int { | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | 215 | return xGridLayoutChildGetRow(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | } | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | - | var xGridLayoutChildGetRowSpan func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 219 | + | var xGridLayoutChildGetRowSpan func(uintptr) int | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
| 221 | 221 | // Retrieves the number of rows that @child spans to. | |
| 222 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetRowSpan() int32 { | |
| 222 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) GetRowSpan() int { | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | 224 | return xGridLayoutChildGetRowSpan(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | } | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| 228 | - | var xGridLayoutChildSetColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 228 | + | var xGridLayoutChildSetColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | // Sets the column number to attach the left side of @child. | |
| 231 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 231 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | xGridLayoutChildSetColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| 235 | 235 | } | |
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | - | var xGridLayoutChildSetColumnSpan func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 237 | + | var xGridLayoutChildSetColumnSpan func(uintptr, int) | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | // Sets the number of columns @child spans to. | |
| 240 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetColumnSpan(SpanVar int32) { | |
| 240 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetColumnSpan(SpanVar int) { | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| 242 | 242 | xGridLayoutChildSetColumnSpan(x.GoPointer(), SpanVar) | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| 244 | 244 | } | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| 246 | - | var xGridLayoutChildSetRow func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 246 | + | var xGridLayoutChildSetRow func(uintptr, int) | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | // Sets the row to place @child in. | |
| 249 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetRow(RowVar int32) { | |
| 249 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetRow(RowVar int) { | |
| 250 | 250 | ||
| 251 | 251 | xGridLayoutChildSetRow(x.GoPointer(), RowVar) | |
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | } | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | - | var xGridLayoutChildSetRowSpan func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 255 | + | var xGridLayoutChildSetRowSpan func(uintptr, int) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | // Sets the number of rows @child spans to. | |
| 258 | - | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetRowSpan(SpanVar int32) { | |
| 258 | + | func (x *GridLayoutChild) SetRowSpan(SpanVar int) { | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| 260 | 260 | xGridLayoutChildSetRowSpan(x.GoPointer(), SpanVar) | |
| 261 | 261 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkgridview.go +3 -3
| @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ func (x *GridView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 304 | 304 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 305 | 305 | // | |
| 306 | 306 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 307 | - | func (x *GridView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 307 | + | func (x *GridView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 310 | 310 | ||
| @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ func (x *GridView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 340 | 340 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 341 | 341 | // | |
| 342 | 342 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 343 | - | func (x *GridView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 343 | + | func (x *GridView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| 345 | 345 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 346 | 346 | ||
| @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ func (x *GridView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 373 | 373 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 374 | 374 | // | |
| 375 | 375 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 376 | - | func (x *GridView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 376 | + | func (x *GridView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 377 | 377 | ||
| 378 | 378 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 379 | 379 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkheaderbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 301 | 301 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 302 | 302 | // | |
| 303 | 303 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 304 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 304 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 305 | 305 | ||
| 306 | 306 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 337 | 337 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 338 | 338 | // | |
| 339 | 339 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 340 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 340 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| 342 | 342 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 343 | 343 | ||
| @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 370 | 370 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 371 | 371 | // | |
| 372 | 372 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 373 | - | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 373 | + | func (x *HeaderBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | 375 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkicontheme.go +8 -8
| @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ func IconPaintableNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *IconPaintable { | |||
| 49 | 49 | return cls | |
| 50 | 50 | } | |
| 51 | 51 | ||
| 52 | - | var xNewForFileIconPaintable func(uintptr, int32, int32) uintptr | |
| 52 | + | var xNewForFileIconPaintable func(uintptr, int, int) uintptr | |
| 53 | 53 | ||
| 54 | 54 | // Creates a `GtkIconPaintable` for a file with a given size and scale. | |
| 55 | 55 | // | |
| 56 | 56 | // The icon can then be rendered by using it as a `GdkPaintable`. | |
| 57 | - | func NewForFileIconPaintable(FileVar gio.File, SizeVar int32, ScaleVar int32) *IconPaintable { | |
| 57 | + | func NewForFileIconPaintable(FileVar gio.File, SizeVar int, ScaleVar int) *IconPaintable { | |
| 58 | 58 | NewForFileIconPaintablePtr := xNewForFileIconPaintable(FileVar.GoPointer(), SizeVar, ScaleVar) | |
| 59 | 59 | if NewForFileIconPaintablePtr == 0 { | |
| 60 | 60 | return nil | |
| @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 204 | 204 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 205 | - | func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 205 | + | func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 206 | 206 | ||
| 207 | 207 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 218 | 218 | // | |
| 219 | 219 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 220 | 220 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 221 | - | func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 221 | + | func (x *IconPaintable) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | 223 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| @@ -460,13 +460,13 @@ func (x *IconTheme) HasIcon(IconNameVar string) bool { | |||
| 460 | 460 | ||
| 461 | 461 | } | |
| 462 | 462 | ||
| 463 | - | var xIconThemeLookupByGicon func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, TextDirection, IconLookupFlags) uintptr | |
| 463 | + | var xIconThemeLookupByGicon func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, TextDirection, IconLookupFlags) uintptr | |
| 464 | 464 | ||
| 465 | 465 | // Looks up a icon for a desired size and window scale. | |
| 466 | 466 | // | |
| 467 | 467 | // The icon can then be rendered by using it as a `GdkPaintable`, | |
| 468 | 468 | // or you can get information such as the filename and size. | |
| 469 | - | func (x *IconTheme) LookupByGicon(IconVar gio.Icon, SizeVar int32, ScaleVar int32, DirectionVar TextDirection, FlagsVar IconLookupFlags) *IconPaintable { | |
| 469 | + | func (x *IconTheme) LookupByGicon(IconVar gio.Icon, SizeVar int, ScaleVar int, DirectionVar TextDirection, FlagsVar IconLookupFlags) *IconPaintable { | |
| 470 | 470 | ||
| 471 | 471 | LookupByGiconPtr := xIconThemeLookupByGicon(x.GoPointer(), IconVar.GoPointer(), SizeVar, ScaleVar, DirectionVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 472 | 472 | if LookupByGiconPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ func (x *IconTheme) LookupByGicon(IconVar gio.Icon, SizeVar int32, ScaleVar int3 | |||
| 479 | 479 | ||
| 480 | 480 | } | |
| 481 | 481 | ||
| 482 | - | var xIconThemeLookupIcon func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int32, int32, TextDirection, IconLookupFlags) uintptr | |
| 482 | + | var xIconThemeLookupIcon func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int, int, TextDirection, IconLookupFlags) uintptr | |
| 483 | 483 | ||
| 484 | 484 | // Looks up a named icon for a desired size and window scale, | |
| 485 | 485 | // returning a `GtkIconPaintable`. | |
| @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ var xIconThemeLookupIcon func(uintptr, string, uintptr, int32, int32, TextDirect | |||
| 497 | 497 | // Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and | |
| 498 | 498 | // update the icon. This is usually done by overriding the | |
| 499 | 499 | // GtkWidgetClass.css-changed() function. | |
| 500 | - | func (x *IconTheme) LookupIcon(IconNameVar string, FallbacksVar uintptr, SizeVar int32, ScaleVar int32, DirectionVar TextDirection, FlagsVar IconLookupFlags) *IconPaintable { | |
| 500 | + | func (x *IconTheme) LookupIcon(IconNameVar string, FallbacksVar uintptr, SizeVar int, ScaleVar int, DirectionVar TextDirection, FlagsVar IconLookupFlags) *IconPaintable { | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | 502 | LookupIconPtr := xIconThemeLookupIcon(x.GoPointer(), IconNameVar, FallbacksVar, SizeVar, ScaleVar, DirectionVar, FlagsVar) | |
| 503 | 503 | if LookupIconPtr == 0 { | |
M v4/gtk/gtkiconview.go +63 -63
| @@ -174,19 +174,19 @@ func (x *IconView) GetCellRect(PathVar *TreePath, CellVar *CellRenderer, RectVar | |||
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | 175 | } | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | - | var xIconViewGetColumnSpacing func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 177 | + | var xIconViewGetColumnSpacing func(uintptr) int | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| 179 | 179 | // Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property. | |
| 180 | - | func (x *IconView) GetColumnSpacing() int32 { | |
| 180 | + | func (x *IconView) GetColumnSpacing() int { | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | return xIconViewGetColumnSpacing(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | } | |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| 186 | - | var xIconViewGetColumns func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 186 | + | var xIconViewGetColumns func(uintptr) int | |
| 187 | 187 | ||
| 188 | 188 | // Returns the value of the ::columns property. | |
| 189 | - | func (x *IconView) GetColumns() int32 { | |
| 189 | + | func (x *IconView) GetColumns() int { | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | 191 | return xIconViewGetColumns(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 192 | 192 | ||
| @@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ func (x *IconView) GetCursor(PathVar **TreePath, CellVar **CellRenderer) bool { | |||
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | } | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | - | var xIconViewGetDestItemAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32, **TreePath, *IconViewDropPosition) bool | |
| 208 | + | var xIconViewGetDestItemAtPos func(uintptr, int, int, **TreePath, *IconViewDropPosition) bool | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | 210 | // Determines the destination item for a given position. | |
| 211 | - | func (x *IconView) GetDestItemAtPos(DragXVar int32, DragYVar int32, PathVar **TreePath, PosVar *IconViewDropPosition) bool { | |
| 211 | + | func (x *IconView) GetDestItemAtPos(DragXVar int, DragYVar int, PathVar **TreePath, PosVar *IconViewDropPosition) bool { | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | return xIconViewGetDestItemAtPos(x.GoPointer(), DragXVar, DragYVar, PathVar, PosVar) | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| @@ -223,20 +223,20 @@ func (x *IconView) GetDragDestItem(PathVar **TreePath, PosVar *IconViewDropPosit | |||
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | 224 | } | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | - | var xIconViewGetItemAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32, **TreePath, *uintptr) bool | |
| 226 | + | var xIconViewGetItemAtPos func(uintptr, int, int, **TreePath, *uintptr) bool | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| 228 | 228 | // Gets the path and cell for the icon at the given position. | |
| 229 | - | func (x *IconView) GetItemAtPos(XVar int32, YVar int32, PathVar **TreePath, CellVar **CellRenderer) bool { | |
| 229 | + | func (x *IconView) GetItemAtPos(XVar int, YVar int, PathVar **TreePath, CellVar **CellRenderer) bool { | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | return xIconViewGetItemAtPos(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, PathVar, gobject.ConvertPtr(CellVar)) | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | } | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| 235 | - | var xIconViewGetItemColumn func(uintptr, *TreePath) int32 | |
| 235 | + | var xIconViewGetItemColumn func(uintptr, *TreePath) int | |
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | 237 | // Gets the column in which the item @path is currently | |
| 238 | 238 | // displayed. Column numbers start at 0. | |
| 239 | - | func (x *IconView) GetItemColumn(PathVar *TreePath) int32 { | |
| 239 | + | func (x *IconView) GetItemColumn(PathVar *TreePath) int { | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | return xIconViewGetItemColumn(x.GoPointer(), PathVar) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| @@ -252,47 +252,47 @@ func (x *IconView) GetItemOrientation() Orientation { | |||
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | } | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | - | var xIconViewGetItemPadding func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 255 | + | var xIconViewGetItemPadding func(uintptr) int | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | // Returns the value of the ::item-padding property. | |
| 258 | - | func (x *IconView) GetItemPadding() int32 { | |
| 258 | + | func (x *IconView) GetItemPadding() int { | |
| 259 | 259 | ||
| 260 | 260 | return xIconViewGetItemPadding(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 261 | 261 | ||
| 262 | 262 | } | |
| 263 | 263 | ||
| 264 | - | var xIconViewGetItemRow func(uintptr, *TreePath) int32 | |
| 264 | + | var xIconViewGetItemRow func(uintptr, *TreePath) int | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | 266 | // Gets the row in which the item @path is currently | |
| 267 | 267 | // displayed. Row numbers start at 0. | |
| 268 | - | func (x *IconView) GetItemRow(PathVar *TreePath) int32 { | |
| 268 | + | func (x *IconView) GetItemRow(PathVar *TreePath) int { | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | 270 | return xIconViewGetItemRow(x.GoPointer(), PathVar) | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | } | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| 274 | - | var xIconViewGetItemWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 274 | + | var xIconViewGetItemWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 275 | 275 | ||
| 276 | 276 | // Returns the value of the ::item-width property. | |
| 277 | - | func (x *IconView) GetItemWidth() int32 { | |
| 277 | + | func (x *IconView) GetItemWidth() int { | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| 279 | 279 | return xIconViewGetItemWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | } | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | - | var xIconViewGetMargin func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 283 | + | var xIconViewGetMargin func(uintptr) int | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | 285 | // Returns the value of the ::margin property. | |
| 286 | - | func (x *IconView) GetMargin() int32 { | |
| 286 | + | func (x *IconView) GetMargin() int { | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| 288 | 288 | return xIconViewGetMargin(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
| 290 | 290 | } | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | - | var xIconViewGetMarkupColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 292 | + | var xIconViewGetMarkupColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| 294 | 294 | // Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view. | |
| 295 | - | func (x *IconView) GetMarkupColumn() int32 { | |
| 295 | + | func (x *IconView) GetMarkupColumn() int { | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | return xIconViewGetMarkupColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
| @@ -317,19 +317,19 @@ func (x *IconView) GetModel() *TreeModelBase { | |||
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | } | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | - | var xIconViewGetPathAtPos func(uintptr, int32, int32) *TreePath | |
| 320 | + | var xIconViewGetPathAtPos func(uintptr, int, int) *TreePath | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | 322 | // Gets the path for the icon at the given position. | |
| 323 | - | func (x *IconView) GetPathAtPos(XVar int32, YVar int32) *TreePath { | |
| 323 | + | func (x *IconView) GetPathAtPos(XVar int, YVar int) *TreePath { | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
| 325 | 325 | return xIconViewGetPathAtPos(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar) | |
| 326 | 326 | ||
| 327 | 327 | } | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | - | var xIconViewGetPixbufColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 329 | + | var xIconViewGetPixbufColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| 331 | 331 | // Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view. | |
| 332 | - | func (x *IconView) GetPixbufColumn() int32 { | |
| 332 | + | func (x *IconView) GetPixbufColumn() int { | |
| 333 | 333 | ||
| 334 | 334 | return xIconViewGetPixbufColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 335 | 335 | ||
| @@ -345,10 +345,10 @@ func (x *IconView) GetReorderable() bool { | |||
| 345 | 345 | ||
| 346 | 346 | } | |
| 347 | 347 | ||
| 348 | - | var xIconViewGetRowSpacing func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 348 | + | var xIconViewGetRowSpacing func(uintptr) int | |
| 349 | 349 | ||
| 350 | 350 | // Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property. | |
| 351 | - | func (x *IconView) GetRowSpacing() int32 { | |
| 351 | + | func (x *IconView) GetRowSpacing() int { | |
| 352 | 352 | ||
| 353 | 353 | return xIconViewGetRowSpacing(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 354 | 354 | ||
| @@ -387,35 +387,35 @@ func (x *IconView) GetSelectionMode() SelectionMode { | |||
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | 388 | } | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | - | var xIconViewGetSpacing func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 390 | + | var xIconViewGetSpacing func(uintptr) int | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| 392 | 392 | // Returns the value of the ::spacing property. | |
| 393 | - | func (x *IconView) GetSpacing() int32 { | |
| 393 | + | func (x *IconView) GetSpacing() int { | |
| 394 | 394 | ||
| 395 | 395 | return xIconViewGetSpacing(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 396 | 396 | ||
| 397 | 397 | } | |
| 398 | 398 | ||
| 399 | - | var xIconViewGetTextColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 399 | + | var xIconViewGetTextColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | // Returns the column with text for @icon_view. | |
| 402 | - | func (x *IconView) GetTextColumn() int32 { | |
| 402 | + | func (x *IconView) GetTextColumn() int { | |
| 403 | 403 | ||
| 404 | 404 | return xIconViewGetTextColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 405 | 405 | ||
| 406 | 406 | } | |
| 407 | 407 | ||
| 408 | - | var xIconViewGetTooltipColumn func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 408 | + | var xIconViewGetTooltipColumn func(uintptr) int | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | // Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for | |
| 411 | 411 | // displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows. | |
| 412 | - | func (x *IconView) GetTooltipColumn() int32 { | |
| 412 | + | func (x *IconView) GetTooltipColumn() int { | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | return xIconViewGetTooltipColumn(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | } | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| 418 | - | var xIconViewGetTooltipContext func(uintptr, int32, int32, bool, *uintptr, **TreePath, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 418 | + | var xIconViewGetTooltipContext func(uintptr, int, int, bool, *uintptr, **TreePath, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | // This function is supposed to be used in a `GtkWidget::query-tooltip` | |
| 421 | 421 | // signal handler for `GtkIconView`. The @x, @y and @keyboard_tip values | |
| @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ var xIconViewGetTooltipContext func(uintptr, int32, int32, bool, *uintptr, **Tre | |||
| 427 | 427 | // tooltips the item returned will be the cursor item. When %TRUE, then any of | |
| 428 | 428 | // @model, @path and @iter which have been provided will be set to point to | |
| 429 | 429 | // that row and the corresponding model. | |
| 430 | - | func (x *IconView) GetTooltipContext(XVar int32, YVar int32, KeyboardTipVar bool, ModelVar *TreeModel, PathVar **TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |
| 430 | + | func (x *IconView) GetTooltipContext(XVar int, YVar int, KeyboardTipVar bool, ModelVar *TreeModel, PathVar **TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | 432 | return xIconViewGetTooltipContext(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, KeyboardTipVar, gobject.ConvertPtr(ModelVar), PathVar, IterVar) | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| @@ -525,23 +525,23 @@ func (x *IconView) SetActivateOnSingleClick(SingleVar bool) { | |||
| 525 | 525 | ||
| 526 | 526 | } | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
| 528 | - | var xIconViewSetColumnSpacing func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 528 | + | var xIconViewSetColumnSpacing func(uintptr, int) | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| 530 | 530 | // Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space | |
| 531 | 531 | // which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. | |
| 532 | - | func (x *IconView) SetColumnSpacing(ColumnSpacingVar int32) { | |
| 532 | + | func (x *IconView) SetColumnSpacing(ColumnSpacingVar int) { | |
| 533 | 533 | ||
| 534 | 534 | xIconViewSetColumnSpacing(x.GoPointer(), ColumnSpacingVar) | |
| 535 | 535 | ||
| 536 | 536 | } | |
| 537 | 537 | ||
| 538 | - | var xIconViewSetColumns func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 538 | + | var xIconViewSetColumns func(uintptr, int) | |
| 539 | 539 | ||
| 540 | 540 | // Sets the ::columns property which determines in how | |
| 541 | 541 | // many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is | |
| 542 | 542 | // -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically | |
| 543 | 543 | // to fill the available area. | |
| 544 | - | func (x *IconView) SetColumns(ColumnsVar int32) { | |
| 544 | + | func (x *IconView) SetColumns(ColumnsVar int) { | |
| 545 | 545 | ||
| 546 | 546 | xIconViewSetColumns(x.GoPointer(), ColumnsVar) | |
| 547 | 547 | ||
| @@ -583,45 +583,45 @@ func (x *IconView) SetItemOrientation(OrientationVar Orientation) { | |||
| 583 | 583 | ||
| 584 | 584 | } | |
| 585 | 585 | ||
| 586 | - | var xIconViewSetItemPadding func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 586 | + | var xIconViewSetItemPadding func(uintptr, int) | |
| 587 | 587 | ||
| 588 | 588 | // Sets the `GtkIconView`:item-padding property which specifies the padding | |
| 589 | 589 | // around each of the icon view’s items. | |
| 590 | - | func (x *IconView) SetItemPadding(ItemPaddingVar int32) { | |
| 590 | + | func (x *IconView) SetItemPadding(ItemPaddingVar int) { | |
| 591 | 591 | ||
| 592 | 592 | xIconViewSetItemPadding(x.GoPointer(), ItemPaddingVar) | |
| 593 | 593 | ||
| 594 | 594 | } | |
| 595 | 595 | ||
| 596 | - | var xIconViewSetItemWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 596 | + | var xIconViewSetItemWidth func(uintptr, int) | |
| 597 | 597 | ||
| 598 | 598 | // Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width | |
| 599 | 599 | // to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will | |
| 600 | 600 | // automatically determine a suitable item size. | |
| 601 | - | func (x *IconView) SetItemWidth(ItemWidthVar int32) { | |
| 601 | + | func (x *IconView) SetItemWidth(ItemWidthVar int) { | |
| 602 | 602 | ||
| 603 | 603 | xIconViewSetItemWidth(x.GoPointer(), ItemWidthVar) | |
| 604 | 604 | ||
| 605 | 605 | } | |
| 606 | 606 | ||
| 607 | - | var xIconViewSetMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 607 | + | var xIconViewSetMargin func(uintptr, int) | |
| 608 | 608 | ||
| 609 | 609 | // Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space | |
| 610 | 610 | // which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right | |
| 611 | 611 | // of the icon view. | |
| 612 | - | func (x *IconView) SetMargin(MarginVar int32) { | |
| 612 | + | func (x *IconView) SetMargin(MarginVar int) { | |
| 613 | 613 | ||
| 614 | 614 | xIconViewSetMargin(x.GoPointer(), MarginVar) | |
| 615 | 615 | ||
| 616 | 616 | } | |
| 617 | 617 | ||
| 618 | - | var xIconViewSetMarkupColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 618 | + | var xIconViewSetMarkupColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 619 | 619 | ||
| 620 | 620 | // Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be | |
| 621 | 621 | // @column. The markup column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. | |
| 622 | 622 | // If the markup column is set to something, it overrides | |
| 623 | 623 | // the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column(). | |
| 624 | - | func (x *IconView) SetMarkupColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 624 | + | func (x *IconView) SetMarkupColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 625 | 625 | ||
| 626 | 626 | xIconViewSetMarkupColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 627 | 627 | ||
| @@ -639,11 +639,11 @@ func (x *IconView) SetModel(ModelVar TreeModel) { | |||
| 639 | 639 | ||
| 640 | 640 | } | |
| 641 | 641 | ||
| 642 | - | var xIconViewSetPixbufColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 642 | + | var xIconViewSetPixbufColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 643 | 643 | ||
| 644 | 644 | // Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf | |
| 645 | 645 | // column must be of type `GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF` | |
| 646 | - | func (x *IconView) SetPixbufColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 646 | + | func (x *IconView) SetPixbufColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 647 | 647 | ||
| 648 | 648 | xIconViewSetPixbufColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 649 | 649 | ||
| @@ -669,11 +669,11 @@ func (x *IconView) SetReorderable(ReorderableVar bool) { | |||
| 669 | 669 | ||
| 670 | 670 | } | |
| 671 | 671 | ||
| 672 | - | var xIconViewSetRowSpacing func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 672 | + | var xIconViewSetRowSpacing func(uintptr, int) | |
| 673 | 673 | ||
| 674 | 674 | // Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space | |
| 675 | 675 | // which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. | |
| 676 | - | func (x *IconView) SetRowSpacing(RowSpacingVar int32) { | |
| 676 | + | func (x *IconView) SetRowSpacing(RowSpacingVar int) { | |
| 677 | 677 | ||
| 678 | 678 | xIconViewSetRowSpacing(x.GoPointer(), RowSpacingVar) | |
| 679 | 679 | ||
| @@ -688,22 +688,22 @@ func (x *IconView) SetSelectionMode(ModeVar SelectionMode) { | |||
| 688 | 688 | ||
| 689 | 689 | } | |
| 690 | 690 | ||
| 691 | - | var xIconViewSetSpacing func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 691 | + | var xIconViewSetSpacing func(uintptr, int) | |
| 692 | 692 | ||
| 693 | 693 | // Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space | |
| 694 | 694 | // which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and | |
| 695 | 695 | // the text) of an item. | |
| 696 | - | func (x *IconView) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int32) { | |
| 696 | + | func (x *IconView) SetSpacing(SpacingVar int) { | |
| 697 | 697 | ||
| 698 | 698 | xIconViewSetSpacing(x.GoPointer(), SpacingVar) | |
| 699 | 699 | ||
| 700 | 700 | } | |
| 701 | 701 | ||
| 702 | - | var xIconViewSetTextColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 702 | + | var xIconViewSetTextColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 703 | 703 | ||
| 704 | 704 | // Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text | |
| 705 | 705 | // column must be of type `G_TYPE_STRING`. | |
| 706 | - | func (x *IconView) SetTextColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 706 | + | func (x *IconView) SetTextColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 707 | 707 | ||
| 708 | 708 | xIconViewSetTextColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 709 | 709 | ||
| @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ func (x *IconView) SetTooltipCell(TooltipVar *Tooltip, PathVar *TreePath, CellVa | |||
| 721 | 721 | ||
| 722 | 722 | } | |
| 723 | 723 | ||
| 724 | - | var xIconViewSetTooltipColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 724 | + | var xIconViewSetTooltipColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 725 | 725 | ||
| 726 | 726 | // If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items, you | |
| 727 | 727 | // can use this function to have `GtkIconView` handle these automatically | |
| @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ var xIconViewSetTooltipColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 733 | 733 | // | |
| 734 | 734 | // Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), | |
| 735 | 735 | // so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text. | |
| 736 | - | func (x *IconView) SetTooltipColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 736 | + | func (x *IconView) SetTooltipColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 737 | 737 | ||
| 738 | 738 | xIconViewSetTooltipColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 739 | 739 | ||
| @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@ func (x *IconView) ConnectItemActivated(cb func(IconView, uintptr)) { | |||
| 848 | 848 | // - PageUp/PageDown which move by "pages" | |
| 849 | 849 | // All of these will extend the selection when combined with | |
| 850 | 850 | // the Shift modifier. | |
| 851 | - | func (x *IconView) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(IconView, MovementStep, int32, bool, bool) bool) { | |
| 852 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int32, ExtendVarp bool, ModifyVarp bool) bool { | |
| 851 | + | func (x *IconView) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(IconView, MovementStep, int, bool, bool) bool) { | |
| 852 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int, ExtendVarp bool, ModifyVarp bool) bool { | |
| 853 | 853 | fa := IconView{} | |
| 854 | 854 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 855 | 855 | ||
| @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ func (x *IconView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 1009 | 1009 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1010 | 1010 | // | |
| 1011 | 1011 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1012 | - | func (x *IconView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1012 | + | func (x *IconView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1013 | 1013 | ||
| 1014 | 1014 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1015 | 1015 | ||
| @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ func (x *IconView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 1045 | 1045 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1046 | 1046 | // | |
| 1047 | 1047 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1048 | - | func (x *IconView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1048 | + | func (x *IconView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1049 | 1049 | ||
| 1050 | 1050 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1051 | 1051 | ||
| @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ func (x *IconView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 1078 | 1078 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1079 | 1079 | // | |
| 1080 | 1080 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1081 | - | func (x *IconView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1081 | + | func (x *IconView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1082 | 1082 | ||
| 1083 | 1083 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1084 | 1084 | ||
| @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ func (x *IconView) GetBuildableId() string { | |||
| 1101 | 1101 | // example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the | |
| 1102 | 1102 | // “text” attribute of a `GtkCellRendererText` get its values from column 2. | |
| 1103 | 1103 | // In this context "attribute" and "property" are used interchangeably. | |
| 1104 | - | func (x *IconView) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 1104 | + | func (x *IconView) AddAttribute(CellVar *CellRenderer, AttributeVar string, ColumnVar int) { | |
| 1105 | 1105 | ||
| 1106 | 1106 | XGtkCellLayoutAddAttribute(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ColumnVar) | |
| 1107 | 1107 | ||
| @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ func (x *IconView) PackStart(CellVar *CellRenderer, ExpandVar bool) { | |||
| 1174 | 1174 | // | |
| 1175 | 1175 | // Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout | |
| 1176 | 1176 | // for this to function properly. | |
| 1177 | - | func (x *IconView) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1177 | + | func (x *IconView) Reorder(CellVar *CellRenderer, PositionVar int) { | |
| 1178 | 1178 | ||
| 1179 | 1179 | XGtkCellLayoutReorder(x.GoPointer(), CellVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1180 | 1180 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkimage.go +7 -7
| @@ -321,10 +321,10 @@ func (x *Image) GetPaintable() *gdk.PaintableBase { | |||
| 321 | 321 | ||
| 322 | 322 | } | |
| 323 | 323 | ||
| 324 | - | var xImageGetPixelSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 324 | + | var xImageGetPixelSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 325 | 325 | ||
| 326 | 326 | // Gets the pixel size used for named icons. | |
| 327 | - | func (x *Image) GetPixelSize() int32 { | |
| 327 | + | func (x *Image) GetPixelSize() int { | |
| 328 | 328 | ||
| 329 | 329 | return xImageGetPixelSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 330 | 330 | ||
| @@ -422,13 +422,13 @@ func (x *Image) SetIconSize(IconSizeVar IconSize) { | |||
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | } | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | - | var xImageSetPixelSize func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 425 | + | var xImageSetPixelSize func(uintptr, int) | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | // Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. | |
| 428 | 428 | // | |
| 429 | 429 | // If the pixel size is set to a value != -1, it is used instead | |
| 430 | 430 | // of the icon size set by [method@Gtk.Image.set_from_icon_name]. | |
| 431 | - | func (x *Image) SetPixelSize(PixelSizeVar int32) { | |
| 431 | + | func (x *Image) SetPixelSize(PixelSizeVar int) { | |
| 432 | 432 | ||
| 433 | 433 | xImageSetPixelSize(x.GoPointer(), PixelSizeVar) | |
| 434 | 434 | ||
| @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ func (x *Image) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 500 | 500 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 501 | 501 | // | |
| 502 | 502 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 503 | - | func (x *Image) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 503 | + | func (x *Image) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 504 | 504 | ||
| 505 | 505 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 506 | 506 | ||
| @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ func (x *Image) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 536 | 536 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 537 | 537 | // | |
| 538 | 538 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 539 | - | func (x *Image) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 539 | + | func (x *Image) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 540 | 540 | ||
| 541 | 541 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 542 | 542 | ||
| @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ func (x *Image) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 569 | 569 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 570 | 570 | // | |
| 571 | 571 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 572 | - | func (x *Image) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 572 | + | func (x *Image) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 573 | 573 | ||
| 574 | 574 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 575 | 575 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontext.go +16 -16
| @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func IMContextNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *IMContext { | |||
| 52 | 52 | return cls | |
| 53 | 53 | } | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | - | var xIMContextDeleteSurrounding func(uintptr, int32, int32) bool | |
| 55 | + | var xIMContextDeleteSurrounding func(uintptr, int, int) bool | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | 57 | // Asks the widget that the input context is attached to delete | |
| 58 | 58 | // characters around the cursor position by emitting the | |
| @@ -71,18 +71,18 @@ var xIMContextDeleteSurrounding func(uintptr, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 71 | 71 | // This function is used by an input method that wants to make | |
| 72 | 72 | // subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. | |
| 73 | 73 | // It is not useful for applications. | |
| 74 | - | func (x *IMContext) DeleteSurrounding(OffsetVar int32, NCharsVar int32) bool { | |
| 74 | + | func (x *IMContext) DeleteSurrounding(OffsetVar int, NCharsVar int) bool { | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | return xIMContextDeleteSurrounding(x.GoPointer(), OffsetVar, NCharsVar) | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | 78 | } | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | - | var xIMContextFilterKey func(uintptr, bool, uintptr, uintptr, uint32, uint, gdk.ModifierType, int32) bool | |
| 80 | + | var xIMContextFilterKey func(uintptr, bool, uintptr, uintptr, uint32, uint, gdk.ModifierType, int) bool | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | // Allow an input method to forward key press and release events | |
| 83 | 83 | // to another input method without necessarily having a `GdkEvent` | |
| 84 | 84 | // available. | |
| 85 | - | func (x *IMContext) FilterKey(PressVar bool, SurfaceVar *gdk.Surface, DeviceVar *gdk.Device, TimeVar uint32, KeycodeVar uint, StateVar gdk.ModifierType, GroupVar int32) bool { | |
| 85 | + | func (x *IMContext) FilterKey(PressVar bool, SurfaceVar *gdk.Surface, DeviceVar *gdk.Device, TimeVar uint32, KeycodeVar uint, StateVar gdk.ModifierType, GroupVar int) bool { | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | return xIMContextFilterKey(x.GoPointer(), PressVar, SurfaceVar.GoPointer(), DeviceVar.GoPointer(), TimeVar, KeycodeVar, StateVar, GroupVar) | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| @@ -127,19 +127,19 @@ func (x *IMContext) FocusOut() { | |||
| 127 | 127 | ||
| 128 | 128 | } | |
| 129 | 129 | ||
| 130 | - | var xIMContextGetPreeditString func(uintptr, string, **pango.AttrList, int32) | |
| 130 | + | var xIMContextGetPreeditString func(uintptr, string, **pango.AttrList, int) | |
| 131 | 131 | ||
| 132 | 132 | // Retrieve the current preedit string for the input context, | |
| 133 | 133 | // and a list of attributes to apply to the string. | |
| 134 | 134 | // | |
| 135 | 135 | // This string should be displayed inserted at the insertion point. | |
| 136 | - | func (x *IMContext) GetPreeditString(StrVar string, AttrsVar **pango.AttrList, CursorPosVar int32) { | |
| 136 | + | func (x *IMContext) GetPreeditString(StrVar string, AttrsVar **pango.AttrList, CursorPosVar int) { | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | xIMContextGetPreeditString(x.GoPointer(), StrVar, AttrsVar, CursorPosVar) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | } | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| 142 | - | var xIMContextGetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |
| 142 | + | var xIMContextGetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int) bool | |
| 143 | 143 | ||
| 144 | 144 | // Retrieves context around the insertion point. | |
| 145 | 145 | // | |
| @@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ var xIMContextGetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int32) bool | |||
| 156 | 156 | // Note that there is no obligation for a widget to respond to the | |
| 157 | 157 | // `::retrieve-surrounding` signal, so input methods must be prepared to | |
| 158 | 158 | // function without context. | |
| 159 | - | func (x *IMContext) GetSurrounding(TextVar string, CursorIndexVar int32) bool { | |
| 159 | + | func (x *IMContext) GetSurrounding(TextVar string, CursorIndexVar int) bool { | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | 161 | return xIMContextGetSurrounding(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, CursorIndexVar) | |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | 163 | } | |
| 164 | 164 | ||
| 165 | - | var xIMContextGetSurroundingWithSelection func(uintptr, string, int32, int32) bool | |
| 165 | + | var xIMContextGetSurroundingWithSelection func(uintptr, string, int, int) bool | |
| 166 | 166 | ||
| 167 | 167 | // Retrieves context around the insertion point. | |
| 168 | 168 | // | |
| @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ var xIMContextGetSurroundingWithSelection func(uintptr, string, int32, int32) bo | |||
| 179 | 179 | // Note that there is no obligation for a widget to respond to the | |
| 180 | 180 | // `::retrieve-surrounding` signal, so input methods must be prepared to | |
| 181 | 181 | // function without context. | |
| 182 | - | func (x *IMContext) GetSurroundingWithSelection(TextVar string, CursorIndexVar int32, AnchorIndexVar int32) bool { | |
| 182 | + | func (x *IMContext) GetSurroundingWithSelection(TextVar string, CursorIndexVar int, AnchorIndexVar int) bool { | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | return xIMContextGetSurroundingWithSelection(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, CursorIndexVar, AnchorIndexVar) | |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *IMContext) SetCursorLocation(AreaVar *gdk.Rectangle) { | |||
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | 223 | } | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | - | var xIMContextSetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int32, int32) | |
| 225 | + | var xIMContextSetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int, int) | |
| 226 | 226 | ||
| 227 | 227 | // Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit | |
| 228 | 228 | // string. | |
| @@ -230,19 +230,19 @@ var xIMContextSetSurrounding func(uintptr, string, int32, int32) | |||
| 230 | 230 | // This function is expected to be called in response to the | |
| 231 | 231 | // [signal@Gtk.IMContext::retrieve-surrounding] signal, and will | |
| 232 | 232 | // likely have no effect if called at other times. | |
| 233 | - | func (x *IMContext) SetSurrounding(TextVar string, LenVar int32, CursorIndexVar int32) { | |
| 233 | + | func (x *IMContext) SetSurrounding(TextVar string, LenVar int, CursorIndexVar int) { | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
| 235 | 235 | xIMContextSetSurrounding(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LenVar, CursorIndexVar) | |
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | 237 | } | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | - | var xIMContextSetSurroundingWithSelection func(uintptr, string, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 239 | + | var xIMContextSetSurroundingWithSelection func(uintptr, string, int, int, int) | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | // Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit | |
| 242 | 242 | // string. This function is expected to be called in response to the | |
| 243 | 243 | // [signal@Gtk.IMContext::retrieve_surrounding] signal, and will likely | |
| 244 | 244 | // have no effect if called at other times. | |
| 245 | - | func (x *IMContext) SetSurroundingWithSelection(TextVar string, LenVar int32, CursorIndexVar int32, AnchorIndexVar int32) { | |
| 245 | + | func (x *IMContext) SetSurroundingWithSelection(TextVar string, LenVar int, CursorIndexVar int, AnchorIndexVar int) { | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | 247 | xIMContextSetSurroundingWithSelection(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LenVar, CursorIndexVar, AnchorIndexVar) | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| @@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ func (x *IMContext) ConnectCommit(cb func(IMContext, string)) { | |||
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | // The ::delete-surrounding signal is emitted when the input method | |
| 293 | 293 | // needs to delete all or part of the context surrounding the cursor. | |
| 294 | - | func (x *IMContext) ConnectDeleteSurrounding(cb func(IMContext, int32, int32) bool) { | |
| 295 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, OffsetVarp int32, NCharsVarp int32) bool { | |
| 294 | + | func (x *IMContext) ConnectDeleteSurrounding(cb func(IMContext, int, int) bool) { | |
| 295 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, OffsetVarp int, NCharsVarp int) bool { | |
| 296 | 296 | fa := IMContext{} | |
| 297 | 297 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.go +2 -2
| @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *IMContextSimple) AddComposeFile(ComposeFileVar string) { | |||
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | } | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | - | var xIMContextSimpleAddTable func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 86 | + | var xIMContextSimpleAddTable func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | // Adds an additional table to search to the input context. | |
| 89 | 89 | // Each row of the table consists of @max_seq_len key symbols | |
| @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ var xIMContextSimpleAddTable func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 94 | 94 | // The table must be sorted in dictionary order on the | |
| 95 | 95 | // numeric value of the key symbol fields. (Values beyond | |
| 96 | 96 | // the length of the sequence should be zero.) | |
| 97 | - | func (x *IMContextSimple) AddTable(DataVar uintptr, MaxSeqLenVar int32, NSeqsVar int32) { | |
| 97 | + | func (x *IMContextSimple) AddTable(DataVar uintptr, MaxSeqLenVar int, NSeqsVar int) { | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | 99 | xIMContextSimpleAddTable(x.GoPointer(), DataVar, MaxSeqLenVar, NSeqsVar) | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkinfobar.go +15 -15
| @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func NewWithButtonsInfoBar(FirstButtonTextVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) *W | |||
| 134 | 134 | return NewWithButtonsInfoBarCls | |
| 135 | 135 | } | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| 137 | - | var xInfoBarAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 137 | + | var xInfoBarAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 138 | 138 | ||
| 139 | 139 | // Add an activatable widget to the action area of a `GtkInfoBar`. | |
| 140 | 140 | // | |
| @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ var xInfoBarAddActionWidget func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 142 | 142 | // [signal@Gtk.InfoBar::response] signal on the message area | |
| 143 | 143 | // when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to the | |
| 144 | 144 | // end of the message areas action area. | |
| 145 | - | func (x *InfoBar) AddActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget, ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 145 | + | func (x *InfoBar) AddActionWidget(ChildVar *Widget, ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 146 | 146 | ||
| 147 | 147 | xInfoBarAddActionWidget(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | } | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | - | var xInfoBarAddButton func(uintptr, string, int32) uintptr | |
| 151 | + | var xInfoBarAddButton func(uintptr, string, int) uintptr | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | 153 | // Adds a button with the given text. | |
| 154 | 154 | // | |
| @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ var xInfoBarAddButton func(uintptr, string, int32) uintptr | |||
| 156 | 156 | // signal with the given response_id. The button is appended to the | |
| 157 | 157 | // end of the info bars's action area. The button widget is returned, | |
| 158 | 158 | // but usually you don't need it. | |
| 159 | - | func (x *InfoBar) AddButton(ButtonTextVar string, ResponseIdVar int32) *Button { | |
| 159 | + | func (x *InfoBar) AddButton(ButtonTextVar string, ResponseIdVar int) *Button { | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| 161 | 161 | AddButtonPtr := xInfoBarAddButton(x.GoPointer(), ButtonTextVar, ResponseIdVar) | |
| 162 | 162 | if AddButtonPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -242,16 +242,16 @@ func (x *InfoBar) RemoveChild(WidgetVar *Widget) { | |||
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | 243 | } | |
| 244 | 244 | ||
| 245 | - | var xInfoBarResponse func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 245 | + | var xInfoBarResponse func(uintptr, int) | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | 247 | // Emits the “response” signal with the given @response_id. | |
| 248 | - | func (x *InfoBar) Response(ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 248 | + | func (x *InfoBar) Response(ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | xInfoBarResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | } | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | - | var xInfoBarSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 254 | + | var xInfoBarSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, int) | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| 256 | 256 | // Sets the last widget in the info bar’s action area with | |
| 257 | 257 | // the given response_id as the default widget for the dialog. | |
| @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ var xInfoBarSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 260 | 260 | // | |
| 261 | 261 | // Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to | |
| 262 | 262 | // be added to a widget hierarchy. | |
| 263 | - | func (x *InfoBar) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseIdVar int32) { | |
| 263 | + | func (x *InfoBar) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseIdVar int) { | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | xInfoBarSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| @@ -277,14 +277,14 @@ func (x *InfoBar) SetMessageType(MessageTypeVar MessageType) { | |||
| 277 | 277 | ||
| 278 | 278 | } | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | - | var xInfoBarSetResponseSensitive func(uintptr, int32, bool) | |
| 280 | + | var xInfoBarSetResponseSensitive func(uintptr, int, bool) | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
| 282 | 282 | // Sets the sensitivity of action widgets for @response_id. | |
| 283 | 283 | // | |
| 284 | 284 | // Calls `gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting)` for each | |
| 285 | 285 | // widget in the info bars’s action area with the given @response_id. | |
| 286 | 286 | // A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize buttons. | |
| 287 | - | func (x *InfoBar) SetResponseSensitive(ResponseIdVar int32, SettingVar bool) { | |
| 287 | + | func (x *InfoBar) SetResponseSensitive(ResponseIdVar int, SettingVar bool) { | |
| 288 | 288 | ||
| 289 | 289 | xInfoBarSetResponseSensitive(x.GoPointer(), ResponseIdVar, SettingVar) | |
| 290 | 290 | ||
| @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ func (x *InfoBar) ConnectClose(cb func(InfoBar)) { | |||
| 346 | 346 | // The signal is also emitted when the application programmer | |
| 347 | 347 | // calls [method@Gtk.InfoBar.response]. The @response_id depends | |
| 348 | 348 | // on which action widget was clicked. | |
| 349 | - | func (x *InfoBar) ConnectResponse(cb func(InfoBar, int32)) { | |
| 350 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int32) { | |
| 349 | + | func (x *InfoBar) ConnectResponse(cb func(InfoBar, int)) { | |
| 350 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int) { | |
| 351 | 351 | fa := InfoBar{} | |
| 352 | 352 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 353 | 353 | ||
| @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *InfoBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 415 | 415 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 416 | 416 | // | |
| 417 | 417 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 418 | - | func (x *InfoBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 418 | + | func (x *InfoBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 421 | 421 | ||
| @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ func (x *InfoBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 451 | 451 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 452 | 452 | // | |
| 453 | 453 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 454 | - | func (x *InfoBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 454 | + | func (x *InfoBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 455 | 455 | ||
| 456 | 456 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ func (x *InfoBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 484 | 484 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 485 | 485 | // | |
| 486 | 486 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 487 | - | func (x *InfoBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 487 | + | func (x *InfoBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 488 | 488 | ||
| 489 | 489 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 490 | 490 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkinscription.go +3 -3
| @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ func (x *Inscription) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 351 | 351 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 352 | 352 | // | |
| 353 | 353 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 354 | - | func (x *Inscription) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 354 | + | func (x *Inscription) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 355 | 355 | ||
| 356 | 356 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
| @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ func (x *Inscription) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 387 | 387 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 388 | 388 | // | |
| 389 | 389 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 390 | - | func (x *Inscription) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 390 | + | func (x *Inscription) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| 392 | 392 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 393 | 393 | ||
| @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ func (x *Inscription) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 420 | 420 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 421 | 421 | // | |
| 422 | 422 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 423 | - | func (x *Inscription) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 423 | + | func (x *Inscription) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | 425 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklabel.go +23 -23
| @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ func (x *Label) GetLayout() *pango.Layout { | |||
| 357 | 357 | ||
| 358 | 358 | } | |
| 359 | 359 | ||
| 360 | - | var xLabelGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 360 | + | var xLabelGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 361 | 361 | ||
| 362 | 362 | // Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw its `PangoLayout`. | |
| 363 | 363 | // | |
| @@ -366,30 +366,30 @@ var xLabelGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 366 | 366 | // of the label is clicked. Remember when using the [class@Pango.Layout] | |
| 367 | 367 | // functions you need to convert to and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() | |
| 368 | 368 | // or [const@Pango.SCALE]. | |
| 369 | - | func (x *Label) GetLayoutOffsets(XVar int32, YVar int32) { | |
| 369 | + | func (x *Label) GetLayoutOffsets(XVar int, YVar int) { | |
| 370 | 370 | ||
| 371 | 371 | xLabelGetLayoutOffsets(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar) | |
| 372 | 372 | ||
| 373 | 373 | } | |
| 374 | 374 | ||
| 375 | - | var xLabelGetLines func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 375 | + | var xLabelGetLines func(uintptr) int | |
| 376 | 376 | ||
| 377 | 377 | // Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping | |
| 378 | 378 | // label should be limited. | |
| 379 | 379 | // | |
| 380 | 380 | // See [method@Gtk.Label.set_lines]. | |
| 381 | - | func (x *Label) GetLines() int32 { | |
| 381 | + | func (x *Label) GetLines() int { | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | 383 | return xLabelGetLines(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
| 385 | 385 | } | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | - | var xLabelGetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 387 | + | var xLabelGetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr) int | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
| 389 | 389 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. | |
| 390 | 390 | // | |
| 391 | 391 | // See [method@Gtk.Label.set_width_chars]. | |
| 392 | - | func (x *Label) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 392 | + | func (x *Label) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 393 | 393 | ||
| 394 | 394 | return xLabelGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 395 | 395 | ||
| @@ -449,10 +449,10 @@ func (x *Label) GetSelectable() bool { | |||
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | 450 | } | |
| 451 | 451 | ||
| 452 | - | var xLabelGetSelectionBounds func(uintptr, int32, int32) bool | |
| 452 | + | var xLabelGetSelectionBounds func(uintptr, int, int) bool | |
| 453 | 453 | ||
| 454 | 454 | // Gets the selected range of characters in the label. | |
| 455 | - | func (x *Label) GetSelectionBounds(StartVar int32, EndVar int32) bool { | |
| 455 | + | func (x *Label) GetSelectionBounds(StartVar int, EndVar int) bool { | |
| 456 | 456 | ||
| 457 | 457 | return xLabelGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartVar, EndVar) | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| @@ -514,12 +514,12 @@ func (x *Label) GetUseUnderline() bool { | |||
| 514 | 514 | ||
| 515 | 515 | } | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
| 517 | - | var xLabelGetWidthChars func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 517 | + | var xLabelGetWidthChars func(uintptr) int | |
| 518 | 518 | ||
| 519 | 519 | // Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. | |
| 520 | 520 | // | |
| 521 | 521 | // See [method@Gtk.Label.set_width_chars]. | |
| 522 | - | func (x *Label) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 522 | + | func (x *Label) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 523 | 523 | ||
| 524 | 524 | return xLabelGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 525 | 525 | ||
| @@ -569,14 +569,14 @@ func (x *Label) GetYalign() float32 { | |||
| 569 | 569 | ||
| 570 | 570 | } | |
| 571 | 571 | ||
| 572 | - | var xLabelSelectRegion func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 572 | + | var xLabelSelectRegion func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 573 | 573 | ||
| 574 | 574 | // Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable. | |
| 575 | 575 | // | |
| 576 | 576 | // See [method@Gtk.Label.set_selectable]. If the label is not selectable, | |
| 577 | 577 | // this function has no effect. If @start_offset or | |
| 578 | 578 | // @end_offset are -1, then the end of the label will be substituted. | |
| 579 | - | func (x *Label) SelectRegion(StartOffsetVar int32, EndOffsetVar int32) { | |
| 579 | + | func (x *Label) SelectRegion(StartOffsetVar int, EndOffsetVar int) { | |
| 580 | 580 | ||
| 581 | 581 | xLabelSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartOffsetVar, EndOffsetVar) | |
| 582 | 582 | ||
| @@ -649,14 +649,14 @@ func (x *Label) SetLabel(StrVar string) { | |||
| 649 | 649 | ||
| 650 | 650 | } | |
| 651 | 651 | ||
| 652 | - | var xLabelSetLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 652 | + | var xLabelSetLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 653 | 653 | ||
| 654 | 654 | // Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label | |
| 655 | 655 | // should be limited. | |
| 656 | 656 | // | |
| 657 | 657 | // This has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized. | |
| 658 | 658 | // Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the number of lines. | |
| 659 | - | func (x *Label) SetLines(LinesVar int32) { | |
| 659 | + | func (x *Label) SetLines(LinesVar int) { | |
| 660 | 660 | ||
| 661 | 661 | xLabelSetLines(x.GoPointer(), LinesVar) | |
| 662 | 662 | ||
| @@ -714,10 +714,10 @@ func (x *Label) SetMarkupWithMnemonic(StrVar string) { | |||
| 714 | 714 | ||
| 715 | 715 | } | |
| 716 | 716 | ||
| 717 | - | var xLabelSetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 717 | + | var xLabelSetMaxWidthChars func(uintptr, int) | |
| 718 | 718 | ||
| 719 | 719 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars. | |
| 720 | - | func (x *Label) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 720 | + | func (x *Label) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 721 | 721 | ||
| 722 | 722 | xLabelSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 723 | 723 | ||
| @@ -844,10 +844,10 @@ func (x *Label) SetUseUnderline(SettingVar bool) { | |||
| 844 | 844 | ||
| 845 | 845 | } | |
| 846 | 846 | ||
| 847 | - | var xLabelSetWidthChars func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 847 | + | var xLabelSetWidthChars func(uintptr, int) | |
| 848 | 848 | ||
| 849 | 849 | // Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars. | |
| 850 | - | func (x *Label) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 850 | + | func (x *Label) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 851 | 851 | ||
| 852 | 852 | xLabelSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 853 | 853 | ||
| @@ -985,8 +985,8 @@ func (x *Label) ConnectCopyClipboard(cb func(Label)) { | |||
| 985 | 985 | // - Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines | |
| 986 | 986 | // - Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs | |
| 987 | 987 | // - Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer | |
| 988 | - | func (x *Label) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(Label, MovementStep, int32, bool)) { | |
| 989 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int32, ExtendSelectionVarp bool) { | |
| 988 | + | func (x *Label) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(Label, MovementStep, int, bool)) { | |
| 989 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int, ExtendSelectionVarp bool) { | |
| 990 | 990 | fa := Label{} | |
| 991 | 991 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 992 | 992 | ||
| @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ func (x *Label) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 1054 | 1054 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1055 | 1055 | // | |
| 1056 | 1056 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1057 | - | func (x *Label) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1057 | + | func (x *Label) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1058 | 1058 | ||
| 1059 | 1059 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1060 | 1060 | ||
| @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ func (x *Label) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 1090 | 1090 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1091 | 1091 | // | |
| 1092 | 1092 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1093 | - | func (x *Label) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1093 | + | func (x *Label) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1094 | 1094 | ||
| 1095 | 1095 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1096 | 1096 | ||
| @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ func (x *Label) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 1123 | 1123 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1124 | 1124 | // | |
| 1125 | 1125 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1126 | - | func (x *Label) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1126 | + | func (x *Label) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1127 | 1127 | ||
| 1128 | 1128 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1129 | 1129 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.go +4 -4
| @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ func LayoutManagerNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *LayoutManager { | |||
| 79 | 79 | return cls | |
| 80 | 80 | } | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | - | var xLayoutManagerAllocate func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 82 | + | var xLayoutManagerAllocate func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int) | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | // Assigns the given @width, @height, and @baseline to | |
| 85 | 85 | // a @widget, and computes the position and sizes of the children of | |
| 86 | 86 | // the @widget using the layout management policy of @manager. | |
| 87 | - | func (x *LayoutManager) Allocate(WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int32, HeightVar int32, BaselineVar int32) { | |
| 87 | + | func (x *LayoutManager) Allocate(WidgetVar *Widget, WidthVar int, HeightVar int, BaselineVar int) { | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | 89 | xLayoutManagerAllocate(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar, BaselineVar) | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| @@ -154,14 +154,14 @@ func (x *LayoutManager) LayoutChanged() { | |||
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | } | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| 157 | - | var xLayoutManagerMeasure func(uintptr, uintptr, Orientation, int32, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 157 | + | var xLayoutManagerMeasure func(uintptr, uintptr, Orientation, int, int, int, int, int) | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | // Measures the size of the @widget using @manager, for the | |
| 160 | 160 | // given @orientation and size. | |
| 161 | 161 | // | |
| 162 | 162 | // See the [class@Gtk.Widget] documentation on layout management for | |
| 163 | 163 | // more details. | |
| 164 | - | func (x *LayoutManager) Measure(WidgetVar *Widget, OrientationVar Orientation, ForSizeVar int32, MinimumVar int32, NaturalVar int32, MinimumBaselineVar int32, NaturalBaselineVar int32) { | |
| 164 | + | func (x *LayoutManager) Measure(WidgetVar *Widget, OrientationVar Orientation, ForSizeVar int, MinimumVar int, NaturalVar int, MinimumBaselineVar int, NaturalBaselineVar int) { | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| 166 | 166 | xLayoutManagerMeasure(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer(), OrientationVar, ForSizeVar, MinimumVar, NaturalVar, MinimumBaselineVar, NaturalBaselineVar) | |
| 167 | 167 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklevelbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ func (x *LevelBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 369 | 369 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 370 | 370 | // | |
| 371 | 371 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 372 | - | func (x *LevelBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 372 | + | func (x *LevelBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 373 | 373 | ||
| 374 | 374 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ func (x *LevelBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 405 | 405 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 406 | 406 | // | |
| 407 | 407 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 408 | - | func (x *LevelBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 408 | + | func (x *LevelBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| 410 | 410 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ func (x *LevelBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 438 | 438 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 439 | 439 | // | |
| 440 | 440 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 441 | - | func (x *LevelBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 441 | + | func (x *LevelBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 442 | 442 | ||
| 443 | 443 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklinkbutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ func (x *LinkButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 206 | 206 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 207 | 207 | // | |
| 208 | 208 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 209 | - | func (x *LinkButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 209 | + | func (x *LinkButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ func (x *LinkButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 242 | 242 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 243 | 243 | // | |
| 244 | 244 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 245 | - | func (x *LinkButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 245 | + | func (x *LinkButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | 247 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ func (x *LinkButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 275 | 275 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 276 | 276 | // | |
| 277 | 277 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 278 | - | func (x *LinkButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 278 | + | func (x *LinkButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | 280 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 281 | 281 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklistbase.go +3 -3
| @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *ListBase) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 83 | 83 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 84 | 84 | // | |
| 85 | 85 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 86 | - | func (x *ListBase) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 86 | + | func (x *ListBase) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 89 | 89 | ||
| @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *ListBase) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 119 | 119 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 120 | 120 | // | |
| 121 | 121 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 122 | - | func (x *ListBase) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 122 | + | func (x *ListBase) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | 124 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *ListBase) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 152 | 152 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 153 | 153 | // | |
| 154 | 154 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 155 | - | func (x *ListBase) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 155 | + | func (x *ListBase) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| 157 | 157 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklistbox.go +17 -17
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ type ListBoxFilterFunc func(uintptr, uintptr) bool | |||
| 26 | 26 | type ListBoxForeachFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | 28 | // Compare two rows to determine which should be first. | |
| 29 | - | type ListBoxSortFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 29 | + | type ListBoxSortFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | // Whenever @row changes or which row is before @row changes this | |
| 32 | 32 | // is called, which lets you update the header on @row. | |
| @@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ func (x *ListBox) GetAdjustment() *Adjustment { | |||
| 207 | 207 | ||
| 208 | 208 | } | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | - | var xListBoxGetRowAtIndex func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 210 | + | var xListBoxGetRowAtIndex func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | // Gets the n-th child in the list (not counting headers). | |
| 213 | 213 | // | |
| 214 | 214 | // If @index_ is negative or larger than the number of items in the | |
| 215 | 215 | // list, %NULL is returned. | |
| 216 | - | func (x *ListBox) GetRowAtIndex(IndexVar int32) *ListBoxRow { | |
| 216 | + | func (x *ListBox) GetRowAtIndex(IndexVar int) *ListBoxRow { | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | GetRowAtIndexPtr := xListBoxGetRowAtIndex(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 219 | 219 | if GetRowAtIndexPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -228,10 +228,10 @@ func (x *ListBox) GetRowAtIndex(IndexVar int32) *ListBoxRow { | |||
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | } | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | - | var xListBoxGetRowAtY func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 231 | + | var xListBoxGetRowAtY func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | // Gets the row at the @y position. | |
| 234 | - | func (x *ListBox) GetRowAtY(YVar int32) *ListBoxRow { | |
| 234 | + | func (x *ListBox) GetRowAtY(YVar int) *ListBoxRow { | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
| 236 | 236 | GetRowAtYPtr := xListBoxGetRowAtY(x.GoPointer(), YVar) | |
| 237 | 237 | if GetRowAtYPtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ func (x *ListBox) GetShowSeparators() bool { | |||
| 296 | 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | } | |
| 298 | 298 | ||
| 299 | - | var xListBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 299 | + | var xListBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 300 | 300 | ||
| 301 | 301 | // Insert the @child into the @box at @position. | |
| 302 | 302 | // | |
| @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ var xListBoxInsert func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 305 | 305 | // | |
| 306 | 306 | // If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of items in the | |
| 307 | 307 | // @box, then the @child will be appended to the end. | |
| 308 | - | func (x *ListBox) Insert(ChildVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 308 | + | func (x *ListBox) Insert(ChildVar *Widget, PositionVar int) { | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | 310 | xListBoxInsert(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 311 | 311 | ||
| @@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ func (x *ListBox) ConnectActivateCursorRow(cb func(ListBox)) { | |||
| 570 | 570 | gobject.ObjectConnect(x.GoPointer(), "signal::activate-cursor-row", purego.NewCallback(fcb)) | |
| 571 | 571 | } | |
| 572 | 572 | ||
| 573 | - | func (x *ListBox) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(ListBox, MovementStep, int32, bool, bool)) { | |
| 574 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp MovementStep, P0Varp int32, P1Varp bool, P2Varp bool) { | |
| 573 | + | func (x *ListBox) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(ListBox, MovementStep, int, bool, bool)) { | |
| 574 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp MovementStep, P0Varp int, P1Varp bool, P2Varp bool) { | |
| 575 | 575 | fa := ListBox{} | |
| 576 | 576 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 577 | 577 | ||
| @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ func (x *ListBox) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 726 | 726 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 727 | 727 | // | |
| 728 | 728 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 729 | - | func (x *ListBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 729 | + | func (x *ListBox) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 730 | 730 | ||
| 731 | 731 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 732 | 732 | ||
| @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ func (x *ListBox) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 762 | 762 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 763 | 763 | // | |
| 764 | 764 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 765 | - | func (x *ListBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 765 | + | func (x *ListBox) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 766 | 766 | ||
| 767 | 767 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 768 | 768 | ||
| @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ func (x *ListBox) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 795 | 795 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 796 | 796 | // | |
| 797 | 797 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 798 | - | func (x *ListBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 798 | + | func (x *ListBox) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 799 | 799 | ||
| 800 | 800 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 801 | 801 | ||
| @@ -914,10 +914,10 @@ func (x *ListBoxRow) GetHeader() *Widget { | |||
| 914 | 914 | ||
| 915 | 915 | } | |
| 916 | 916 | ||
| 917 | - | var xListBoxRowGetIndex func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 917 | + | var xListBoxRowGetIndex func(uintptr) int | |
| 918 | 918 | ||
| 919 | 919 | // Gets the current index of the @row in its `GtkListBox` container. | |
| 920 | - | func (x *ListBoxRow) GetIndex() int32 { | |
| 920 | + | func (x *ListBoxRow) GetIndex() int { | |
| 921 | 921 | ||
| 922 | 922 | return xListBoxRowGetIndex(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 923 | 923 | ||
| @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 1065 | 1065 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1066 | 1066 | // | |
| 1067 | 1067 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1068 | - | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1068 | + | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1069 | 1069 | ||
| 1070 | 1070 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1071 | 1071 | ||
| @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 1101 | 1101 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1102 | 1102 | // | |
| 1103 | 1103 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1104 | - | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1104 | + | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1105 | 1105 | ||
| 1106 | 1106 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1107 | 1107 | ||
| @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 1134 | 1134 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1135 | 1135 | // | |
| 1136 | 1136 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1137 | - | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1137 | + | func (x *ListBoxRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1138 | 1138 | ||
| 1139 | 1139 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1140 | 1140 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkliststore.go +26 -26
| @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ func ListStoreNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ListStore { | |||
| 171 | 171 | return cls | |
| 172 | 172 | } | |
| 173 | 173 | ||
| 174 | - | var xNewListStore func(int32, ...interface{}) uintptr | |
| 174 | + | var xNewListStore func(int, ...interface{}) uintptr | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | // Creates a new list store as with @n_columns columns each of the types passed | |
| 177 | 177 | // in. Note that only types derived from standard GObject fundamental types | |
| @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ var xNewListStore func(int32, ...interface{}) uintptr | |||
| 180 | 180 | // As an example, `gtk_list_store_new (3, G_TYPE_INT, G_TYPE_STRING, | |
| 181 | 181 | // GDK_TYPE_TEXTURE);` will create a new `GtkListStore` with three columns, of type | |
| 182 | 182 | // int, string and `GdkTexture`, respectively. | |
| 183 | - | func NewListStore(NColumnsVar int32, varArgs ...interface{}) *ListStore { | |
| 183 | + | func NewListStore(NColumnsVar int, varArgs ...interface{}) *ListStore { | |
| 184 | 184 | NewListStorePtr := xNewListStore(NColumnsVar, varArgs...) | |
| 185 | 185 | if NewListStorePtr == 0 { | |
| 186 | 186 | return nil | |
| @@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ func NewListStore(NColumnsVar int32, varArgs ...interface{}) *ListStore { | |||
| 191 | 191 | return NewListStoreCls | |
| 192 | 192 | } | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | - | var xNewvListStore func(int32, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 194 | + | var xNewvListStore func(int, uintptr) uintptr | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | 196 | // Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings. | |
| 197 | - | func NewvListStore(NColumnsVar int32, TypesVar uintptr) *ListStore { | |
| 197 | + | func NewvListStore(NColumnsVar int, TypesVar uintptr) *ListStore { | |
| 198 | 198 | NewvListStorePtr := xNewvListStore(NColumnsVar, TypesVar) | |
| 199 | 199 | if NewvListStorePtr == 0 { | |
| 200 | 200 | return nil | |
| @@ -225,14 +225,14 @@ func (x *ListStore) Clear() { | |||
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | } | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| 228 | - | var xListStoreInsert func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32) | |
| 228 | + | var xListStoreInsert func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int) | |
| 229 | 229 | ||
| 230 | 230 | // Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new | |
| 231 | 231 | // row. If @position is -1 or is larger than the number of rows on the list, | |
| 232 | 232 | // then the new row will be appended to the list. The row will be empty after | |
| 233 | 233 | // this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call | |
| 234 | 234 | // gtk_list_store_set() or gtk_list_store_set_value(). | |
| 235 | - | func (x *ListStore) Insert(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 235 | + | func (x *ListStore) Insert(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int) { | |
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | 237 | xListStoreInsert(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, PositionVar) | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) InsertBefore(IterVar *TreeIter, SiblingVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | 263 | } | |
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | - | var xListStoreInsertWithValues func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32, ...interface{}) | |
| 265 | + | var xListStoreInsertWithValues func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int, ...interface{}) | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | 267 | // Creates a new row at @position. @iter will be changed to point to this new | |
| 268 | 268 | // row. If @position is -1, or larger than the number of rows in the list, then | |
| @@ -298,20 +298,20 @@ var xListStoreInsertWithValues func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32, ...interface{}) | |||
| 298 | 298 | // Since emitting the `GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered` signal repeatedly can | |
| 299 | 299 | // affect the performance of the program, gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() | |
| 300 | 300 | // should generally be preferred when inserting rows in a sorted list store. | |
| 301 | - | func (x *ListStore) InsertWithValues(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int32, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 301 | + | func (x *ListStore) InsertWithValues(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 302 | 302 | ||
| 303 | 303 | xListStoreInsertWithValues(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, PositionVar, varArgs...) | |
| 304 | 304 | ||
| 305 | 305 | } | |
| 306 | 306 | ||
| 307 | - | var xListStoreInsertWithValuesv func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32, uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 307 | + | var xListStoreInsertWithValuesv func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int, uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 308 | 308 | ||
| 309 | 309 | // A variant of gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() which | |
| 310 | 310 | // takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of | |
| 311 | 311 | // varargs. | |
| 312 | 312 | // | |
| 313 | 313 | // This function is mainly intended for language-bindings. | |
| 314 | - | func (x *ListStore) InsertWithValuesv(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int32, ColumnsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr, NValuesVar int32) { | |
| 314 | + | func (x *ListStore) InsertWithValuesv(IterVar *TreeIter, PositionVar int, ColumnsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr, NValuesVar int) { | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | xListStoreInsertWithValuesv(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, PositionVar, ColumnsVar, ValuesVar, NValuesVar) | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| @@ -400,13 +400,13 @@ func (x *ListStore) Set(IterVar *TreeIter, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |||
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | } | |
| 402 | 402 | ||
| 403 | - | var xListStoreSetColumnTypes func(uintptr, int32, uintptr) | |
| 403 | + | var xListStoreSetColumnTypes func(uintptr, int, uintptr) | |
| 404 | 404 | ||
| 405 | 405 | // This function is meant primarily for `GObject`s that inherit from `GtkListStore`, | |
| 406 | 406 | // and should only be used when constructing a new `GtkListStore`. It will not | |
| 407 | 407 | // function after a row has been added, or a method on the `GtkTreeModel` | |
| 408 | 408 | // interface is called. | |
| 409 | - | func (x *ListStore) SetColumnTypes(NColumnsVar int32, TypesVar uintptr) { | |
| 409 | + | func (x *ListStore) SetColumnTypes(NColumnsVar int, TypesVar uintptr) { | |
| 410 | 410 | ||
| 411 | 411 | xListStoreSetColumnTypes(x.GoPointer(), NColumnsVar, TypesVar) | |
| 412 | 412 | ||
| @@ -422,25 +422,25 @@ func (x *ListStore) SetValist(IterVar *TreeIter, VarArgsVar []interface{}) { | |||
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | } | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | - | var xListStoreSetValue func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32, *gobject.Value) | |
| 425 | + | var xListStoreSetValue func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int, *gobject.Value) | |
| 426 | 426 | ||
| 427 | 427 | // Sets the data in the cell specified by @iter and @column. | |
| 428 | 428 | // The type of @value must be convertible to the type of the | |
| 429 | 429 | // column. | |
| 430 | - | func (x *ListStore) SetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int32, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 430 | + | func (x *ListStore) SetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | 432 | xListStoreSetValue(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ColumnVar, ValueVar) | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | } | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | - | var xListStoreSetValuesv func(uintptr, *TreeIter, uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 436 | + | var xListStoreSetValuesv func(uintptr, *TreeIter, uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 437 | 437 | ||
| 438 | 438 | // A variant of gtk_list_store_set_valist() which | |
| 439 | 439 | // takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of | |
| 440 | 440 | // varargs. This function is mainly intended for | |
| 441 | 441 | // language-bindings and in case the number of columns to | |
| 442 | 442 | // change is not known until run-time. | |
| 443 | - | func (x *ListStore) SetValuesv(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr, NValuesVar int32) { | |
| 443 | + | func (x *ListStore) SetValuesv(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr, NValuesVar int) { | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| 445 | 445 | xListStoreSetValuesv(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ColumnsVar, ValuesVar, NValuesVar) | |
| 446 | 446 | ||
| @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) Get(IterVar *TreeIter, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |||
| 578 | 578 | } | |
| 579 | 579 | ||
| 580 | 580 | // Returns the type of the column. | |
| 581 | - | func (x *ListStore) GetColumnType(IndexVar int32) []interface{} { | |
| 581 | + | func (x *ListStore) GetColumnType(IndexVar int) []interface{} { | |
| 582 | 582 | ||
| 583 | 583 | return XGtkTreeModelGetColumnType(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 584 | 584 | ||
| @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) GetIterFromString(IterVar *TreeIter, PathStringVar string) b | |||
| 626 | 626 | } | |
| 627 | 627 | ||
| 628 | 628 | // Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model. | |
| 629 | - | func (x *ListStore) GetNColumns() int32 { | |
| 629 | + | func (x *ListStore) GetNColumns() int { | |
| 630 | 630 | ||
| 631 | 631 | return XGtkTreeModelGetNColumns(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 632 | 632 | ||
| @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) GetValist(IterVar *TreeIter, VarArgsVar []interface{}) { | |||
| 666 | 666 | // | |
| 667 | 667 | // When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called | |
| 668 | 668 | // to free any allocated memory. | |
| 669 | - | func (x *ListStore) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int32, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 669 | + | func (x *ListStore) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 670 | 670 | ||
| 671 | 671 | XGtkTreeModelGetValue(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ColumnVar, ValueVar) | |
| 672 | 672 | ||
| @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) IterHasChild(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 697 | 697 | // | |
| 698 | 698 | // As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number | |
| 699 | 699 | // of toplevel nodes is returned. | |
| 700 | - | func (x *ListStore) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int32 { | |
| 700 | + | func (x *ListStore) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int { | |
| 701 | 701 | ||
| 702 | 702 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNChildren(x.GoPointer(), IterVar) | |
| 703 | 703 | ||
| @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) IterNext(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 720 | 720 | // will remain a valid node after this function has been called. As a | |
| 721 | 721 | // special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n-th root node | |
| 722 | 722 | // is set. | |
| 723 | - | func (x *ListStore) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int32) bool { | |
| 723 | + | func (x *ListStore) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int) bool { | |
| 724 | 724 | ||
| 725 | 725 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNthChild(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ParentVar, NVar) | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) RowInserted(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 826 | 826 | // | |
| 827 | 827 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 828 | 828 | // reordered. | |
| 829 | - | func (x *ListStore) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int32) { | |
| 829 | + | func (x *ListStore) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int) { | |
| 830 | 830 | ||
| 831 | 831 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReordered(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar) | |
| 832 | 832 | ||
| @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrder | |||
| 838 | 838 | // | |
| 839 | 839 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 840 | 840 | // reordered. | |
| 841 | - | func (x *ListStore) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int32) { | |
| 841 | + | func (x *ListStore) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int) { | |
| 842 | 842 | ||
| 843 | 843 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReorderedWithLength(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar, LengthVar) | |
| 844 | 844 | ||
| @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) UnrefNode(IterVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 862 | 862 | // order. It returns %TRUE unless the @sort_column_id is | |
| 863 | 863 | // %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID or | |
| 864 | 864 | // %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID. | |
| 865 | - | func (x *ListStore) GetSortColumnId(SortColumnIdVar int32, OrderVar *SortType) bool { | |
| 865 | + | func (x *ListStore) GetSortColumnId(SortColumnIdVar int, OrderVar *SortType) bool { | |
| 866 | 866 | ||
| 867 | 867 | return XGtkTreeSortableGetSortColumnId(x.GoPointer(), SortColumnIdVar, OrderVar) | |
| 868 | 868 | ||
| @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) SetDefaultSortFunc(SortFuncVar TreeIterCompareFunc, UserData | |||
| 901 | 901 | // will be used, if it is set | |
| 902 | 902 | // | |
| 903 | 903 | // - %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID: no sorting will occur | |
| 904 | - | func (x *ListStore) SetSortColumnId(SortColumnIdVar int32, OrderVar SortType) { | |
| 904 | + | func (x *ListStore) SetSortColumnId(SortColumnIdVar int, OrderVar SortType) { | |
| 905 | 905 | ||
| 906 | 906 | XGtkTreeSortableSetSortColumnId(x.GoPointer(), SortColumnIdVar, OrderVar) | |
| 907 | 907 | ||
| @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) SetSortColumnId(SortColumnIdVar int32, OrderVar SortType) { | |||
| 910 | 910 | // Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If the | |
| 911 | 911 | // current sort column id of @sortable is the same as @sort_column_id, then | |
| 912 | 912 | // the model will sort using this function. | |
| 913 | - | func (x *ListStore) SetSortFunc(SortColumnIdVar int32, SortFuncVar TreeIterCompareFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify) { | |
| 913 | + | func (x *ListStore) SetSortFunc(SortColumnIdVar int, SortFuncVar TreeIterCompareFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify) { | |
| 914 | 914 | ||
| 915 | 915 | XGtkTreeSortableSetSortFunc(x.GoPointer(), SortColumnIdVar, purego.NewCallback(SortFuncVar), UserDataVar, purego.NewCallback(DestroyVar)) | |
| 916 | 916 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklistview.go +3 -3
| @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ func (x *ListView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 347 | 347 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 348 | 348 | // | |
| 349 | 349 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 350 | - | func (x *ListView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 350 | + | func (x *ListView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 351 | 351 | ||
| 352 | 352 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 353 | 353 | ||
| @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *ListView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 383 | 383 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 384 | 384 | // | |
| 385 | 385 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 386 | - | func (x *ListView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 386 | + | func (x *ListView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | 388 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ func (x *ListView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 416 | 416 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 417 | 417 | // | |
| 418 | 418 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 419 | - | func (x *ListView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 419 | + | func (x *ListView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 420 | 420 | ||
| 421 | 421 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtklockbutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *LockButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 165 | 165 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 166 | 166 | // | |
| 167 | 167 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 168 | - | func (x *LockButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 168 | + | func (x *LockButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | 170 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *LockButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 201 | 201 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *LockButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *LockButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *LockButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 234 | 234 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 235 | 235 | // | |
| 236 | 236 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 237 | - | func (x *LockButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 237 | + | func (x *LockButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkmediacontrols.go +3 -3
| @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *MediaControls) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 135 | 135 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 136 | 136 | // | |
| 137 | 137 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 138 | - | func (x *MediaControls) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 138 | + | func (x *MediaControls) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ func (x *MediaControls) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 171 | 171 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 172 | 172 | // | |
| 173 | 173 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 174 | - | func (x *MediaControls) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 174 | + | func (x *MediaControls) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
| @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ func (x *MediaControls) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 204 | 204 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 205 | 205 | // | |
| 206 | 206 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 207 | - | func (x *MediaControls) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 207 | + | func (x *MediaControls) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkmediafile.go +2 -2
| @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 297 | 297 | // | |
| 298 | 298 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 299 | 299 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 300 | - | func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 300 | + | func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 301 | 301 | ||
| 302 | 302 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 303 | 303 | ||
| @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 313 | 313 | // | |
| 314 | 314 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 315 | 315 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 316 | - | func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 316 | + | func (x *MediaFile) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkmediastream.go +6 -6
| @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ func (x *MediaStream) Ended() { | |||
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | 55 | } | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | - | var xMediaStreamError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 57 | + | var xMediaStreamError func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | 59 | // Sets @self into an error state using a printf()-style format string. | |
| 60 | 60 | // | |
| 61 | 61 | // This is a utility function that calls [method@Gtk.MediaStream.gerror]. | |
| 62 | 62 | // See that function for details. | |
| 63 | - | func (x *MediaStream) Error(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 63 | + | func (x *MediaStream) Error(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | xMediaStreamError(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, varArgs...) | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | } | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | - | var xMediaStreamErrorValist func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int32, string, []interface{}) | |
| 69 | + | var xMediaStreamErrorValist func(uintptr, glib.Quark, int, string, []interface{}) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | // Sets @self into an error state using a printf()-style format string. | |
| 72 | 72 | // | |
| 73 | 73 | // This is a utility function that calls [method@Gtk.MediaStream.gerror]. | |
| 74 | 74 | // See that function for details. | |
| 75 | - | func (x *MediaStream) ErrorValist(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int32, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 75 | + | func (x *MediaStream) ErrorValist(DomainVar glib.Quark, CodeVar int, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) { | |
| 76 | 76 | ||
| 77 | 77 | xMediaStreamErrorValist(x.GoPointer(), DomainVar, CodeVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar) | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 { | |||
| 578 | 578 | // | |
| 579 | 579 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0. | |
| 580 | 580 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 581 | - | func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |
| 581 | + | func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicHeight() int { | |
| 582 | 582 | ||
| 583 | 583 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 584 | 584 | ||
| @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicHeight() int32 { | |||
| 594 | 594 | // | |
| 595 | 595 | // If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0. | |
| 596 | 596 | // Negative values are never returned. | |
| 597 | - | func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicWidth() int32 { | |
| 597 | + | func (x *MediaStream) GetIntrinsicWidth() int { | |
| 598 | 598 | ||
| 599 | 599 | return gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 600 | 600 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkmenubutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ func (x *MenuButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 487 | 487 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 488 | 488 | // | |
| 489 | 489 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 490 | - | func (x *MenuButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 490 | + | func (x *MenuButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 491 | 491 | ||
| 492 | 492 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
| @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ func (x *MenuButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 523 | 523 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 524 | 524 | // | |
| 525 | 525 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 526 | - | func (x *MenuButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 526 | + | func (x *MenuButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
| 528 | 528 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ func (x *MenuButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 556 | 556 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 557 | 557 | // | |
| 558 | 558 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 559 | - | func (x *MenuButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 559 | + | func (x *MenuButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 560 | 560 | ||
| 561 | 561 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 562 | 562 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 313 | 313 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 314 | 314 | // | |
| 315 | 315 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 316 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 316 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 317 | 317 | ||
| 318 | 318 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 349 | 349 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 350 | 350 | // | |
| 351 | 351 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 352 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 352 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 353 | 353 | ||
| 354 | 354 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 355 | 355 | ||
| @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 382 | 382 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 383 | 383 | // | |
| 384 | 384 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 385 | - | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 385 | + | func (x *MessageDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 386 | 386 | ||
| 387 | 387 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtknativedialog.go +2 -2
| @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ func (c *NativeDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 186 | 186 | // | |
| 187 | 187 | // If you call [method@Gtk.NativeDialog.hide] before the user | |
| 188 | 188 | // responds to the dialog this signal will not be emitted. | |
| 189 | - | func (x *NativeDialog) ConnectResponse(cb func(NativeDialog, int32)) { | |
| 190 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int32) { | |
| 189 | + | func (x *NativeDialog) ConnectResponse(cb func(NativeDialog, int)) { | |
| 190 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseIdVarp int) { | |
| 191 | 191 | fa := NativeDialog{} | |
| 192 | 192 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 193 | 193 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtknotebook.go +31 -31
| @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ func NewNotebook() *Widget { | |||
| 141 | 141 | return NewNotebookCls | |
| 142 | 142 | } | |
| 143 | 143 | ||
| 144 | - | var xNotebookAppendPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 144 | + | var xNotebookAppendPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 145 | 145 | ||
| 146 | 146 | // Appends a page to @notebook. | |
| 147 | - | func (x *Notebook) AppendPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 147 | + | func (x *Notebook) AppendPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget) int { | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | return xNotebookAppendPage(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| 151 | 151 | } | |
| 152 | 152 | ||
| 153 | - | var xNotebookAppendPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 153 | + | var xNotebookAppendPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | // Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the | |
| 156 | 156 | // label in the popup menu. | |
| 157 | - | func (x *Notebook) AppendPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 157 | + | func (x *Notebook) AppendPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget) int { | |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | 159 | return xNotebookAppendPageMenu(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer(), MenuLabelVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 160 | 160 | ||
| @@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ func (x *Notebook) GetActionWidget(PackTypeVar PackType) *Widget { | |||
| 194 | 194 | ||
| 195 | 195 | } | |
| 196 | 196 | ||
| 197 | - | var xNotebookGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 197 | + | var xNotebookGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int | |
| 198 | 198 | ||
| 199 | 199 | // Returns the page number of the current page. | |
| 200 | - | func (x *Notebook) GetCurrentPage() int32 { | |
| 200 | + | func (x *Notebook) GetCurrentPage() int { | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | return xNotebookGetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| @@ -240,19 +240,19 @@ func (x *Notebook) GetMenuLabelText(ChildVar *Widget) string { | |||
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | } | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| 243 | - | var xNotebookGetNPages func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 243 | + | var xNotebookGetNPages func(uintptr) int | |
| 244 | 244 | ||
| 245 | 245 | // Gets the number of pages in a notebook. | |
| 246 | - | func (x *Notebook) GetNPages() int32 { | |
| 246 | + | func (x *Notebook) GetNPages() int { | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | return xNotebookGetNPages(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | } | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | - | var xNotebookGetNthPage func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 252 | + | var xNotebookGetNthPage func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | // Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num. | |
| 255 | - | func (x *Notebook) GetNthPage(PageNumVar int32) *Widget { | |
| 255 | + | func (x *Notebook) GetNthPage(PageNumVar int) *Widget { | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | GetNthPagePtr := xNotebookGetNthPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 258 | 258 | if GetNthPagePtr == 0 { | |
| @@ -390,20 +390,20 @@ func (x *Notebook) GetTabReorderable(ChildVar *Widget) bool { | |||
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | } | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| 393 | - | var xNotebookInsertPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 393 | + | var xNotebookInsertPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int) int | |
| 394 | 394 | ||
| 395 | 395 | // Insert a page into @notebook at the given position. | |
| 396 | - | func (x *Notebook) InsertPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) int32 { | |
| 396 | + | func (x *Notebook) InsertPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, PositionVar int) int { | |
| 397 | 397 | ||
| 398 | 398 | return xNotebookInsertPage(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 399 | 399 | ||
| 400 | 400 | } | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| 402 | - | var xNotebookInsertPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int32) int32 | |
| 402 | + | var xNotebookInsertPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, int) int | |
| 403 | 403 | ||
| 404 | 404 | // Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying | |
| 405 | 405 | // the widget to use as the label in the popup menu. | |
| 406 | - | func (x *Notebook) InsertPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) int32 { | |
| 406 | + | func (x *Notebook) InsertPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget, PositionVar int) int { | |
| 407 | 407 | ||
| 408 | 408 | return xNotebookInsertPageMenu(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer(), MenuLabelVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 409 | 409 | ||
| @@ -420,11 +420,11 @@ func (x *Notebook) NextPage() { | |||
| 420 | 420 | ||
| 421 | 421 | } | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | - | var xNotebookPageNum func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 423 | + | var xNotebookPageNum func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| 425 | 425 | // Finds the index of the page which contains the given child | |
| 426 | 426 | // widget. | |
| 427 | - | func (x *Notebook) PageNum(ChildVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 427 | + | func (x *Notebook) PageNum(ChildVar *Widget) int { | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| 429 | 429 | return xNotebookPageNum(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 430 | 430 | ||
| @@ -451,20 +451,20 @@ func (x *Notebook) PopupEnable() { | |||
| 451 | 451 | ||
| 452 | 452 | } | |
| 453 | 453 | ||
| 454 | - | var xNotebookPrependPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 454 | + | var xNotebookPrependPage func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 455 | 455 | ||
| 456 | 456 | // Prepends a page to @notebook. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *Notebook) PrependPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *Notebook) PrependPage(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget) int { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | return xNotebookPrependPage(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| 461 | 461 | } | |
| 462 | 462 | ||
| 463 | - | var xNotebookPrependPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 463 | + | var xNotebookPrependPageMenu func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 464 | 464 | ||
| 465 | 465 | // Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the | |
| 466 | 466 | // label in the popup menu. | |
| 467 | - | func (x *Notebook) PrependPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget) int32 { | |
| 467 | + | func (x *Notebook) PrependPageMenu(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget, MenuLabelVar *Widget) int { | |
| 468 | 468 | ||
| 469 | 469 | return xNotebookPrependPageMenu(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), TabLabelVar.GoPointer(), MenuLabelVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 470 | 470 | ||
| @@ -481,24 +481,24 @@ func (x *Notebook) PrevPage() { | |||
| 481 | 481 | ||
| 482 | 482 | } | |
| 483 | 483 | ||
| 484 | - | var xNotebookRemovePage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 484 | + | var xNotebookRemovePage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 485 | 485 | ||
| 486 | 486 | // Removes a page from the notebook given its index | |
| 487 | 487 | // in the notebook. | |
| 488 | - | func (x *Notebook) RemovePage(PageNumVar int32) { | |
| 488 | + | func (x *Notebook) RemovePage(PageNumVar int) { | |
| 489 | 489 | ||
| 490 | 490 | xNotebookRemovePage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 491 | 491 | ||
| 492 | 492 | } | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
| 494 | - | var xNotebookReorderChild func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 494 | + | var xNotebookReorderChild func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 495 | 495 | ||
| 496 | 496 | // Reorders the page containing @child, so that it appears in position | |
| 497 | 497 | // @position. | |
| 498 | 498 | // | |
| 499 | 499 | // If @position is greater than or equal to the number of children in | |
| 500 | 500 | // the list or negative, @child will be moved to the end of the list. | |
| 501 | - | func (x *Notebook) ReorderChild(ChildVar *Widget, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 501 | + | func (x *Notebook) ReorderChild(ChildVar *Widget, PositionVar int) { | |
| 502 | 502 | ||
| 503 | 503 | xNotebookReorderChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 504 | 504 | ||
| @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ func (x *Notebook) SetActionWidget(WidgetVar *Widget, PackTypeVar PackType) { | |||
| 517 | 517 | ||
| 518 | 518 | } | |
| 519 | 519 | ||
| 520 | - | var xNotebookSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 520 | + | var xNotebookSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 521 | 521 | ||
| 522 | 522 | // Switches to the page number @page_num. | |
| 523 | 523 | // | |
| @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ var xNotebookSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 525 | 525 | // to switch to a page unless the child widget is visible. | |
| 526 | 526 | // Therefore, it is recommended to show child widgets before | |
| 527 | 527 | // adding them to a notebook. | |
| 528 | - | func (x *Notebook) SetCurrentPage(PageNumVar int32) { | |
| 528 | + | func (x *Notebook) SetCurrentPage(PageNumVar int) { | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| 530 | 530 | xNotebookSetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNumVar) | |
| 531 | 531 | ||
| @@ -696,8 +696,8 @@ func (c *Notebook) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 696 | 696 | c.Ptr = ptr | |
| 697 | 697 | } | |
| 698 | 698 | ||
| 699 | - | func (x *Notebook) ConnectChangeCurrentPage(cb func(Notebook, int32) bool) { | |
| 700 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp int32) bool { | |
| 699 | + | func (x *Notebook) ConnectChangeCurrentPage(cb func(Notebook, int) bool) { | |
| 700 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp int) bool { | |
| 701 | 701 | fa := Notebook{} | |
| 702 | 702 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 703 | 703 | ||
| @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ func (x *Notebook) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 880 | 880 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 881 | 881 | // | |
| 882 | 882 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 883 | - | func (x *Notebook) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 883 | + | func (x *Notebook) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 884 | 884 | ||
| 885 | 885 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 886 | 886 | ||
| @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ func (x *Notebook) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 916 | 916 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 917 | 917 | // | |
| 918 | 918 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 919 | - | func (x *Notebook) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 919 | + | func (x *Notebook) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 920 | 920 | ||
| 921 | 921 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 922 | 922 | ||
| @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ func (x *Notebook) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 949 | 949 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 950 | 950 | // | |
| 951 | 951 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 952 | - | func (x *Notebook) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 952 | + | func (x *Notebook) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 953 | 953 | ||
| 954 | 954 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 955 | 955 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlay.go +3 -3
| @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *Overlay) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 249 | 249 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 250 | 250 | // | |
| 251 | 251 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 252 | - | func (x *Overlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 252 | + | func (x *Overlay) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ func (x *Overlay) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 285 | 285 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 286 | 286 | // | |
| 287 | 287 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 288 | - | func (x *Overlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 288 | + | func (x *Overlay) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
| 290 | 290 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ func (x *Overlay) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 318 | 318 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 319 | 319 | // | |
| 320 | 320 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 321 | - | func (x *Overlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 321 | + | func (x *Overlay) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| 323 | 323 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.go +6 -6
| @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ import ( | |||
| 12 | 12 | type PadActionEntry struct { | |
| 13 | 13 | Type PadActionType | |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | - | Index int32 | |
| 15 | + | Index int | |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | - | Mode int32 | |
| 17 | + | Mode int | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | 19 | Label string | |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ func NewPadController(GroupVar gio.ActionGroup, PadVar *gdk.Device) *PadControll | |||
| 122 | 122 | return NewPadControllerCls | |
| 123 | 123 | } | |
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | - | var xPadControllerSetAction func(uintptr, PadActionType, int32, int32, string, string) | |
| 125 | + | var xPadControllerSetAction func(uintptr, PadActionType, int, int, string, string) | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | 127 | // Adds an individual action to @controller. | |
| 128 | 128 | // | |
| @@ -133,19 +133,19 @@ var xPadControllerSetAction func(uintptr, PadActionType, int32, int32, string, s | |||
| 133 | 133 | // The given @label should be considered user-visible, so internationalization | |
| 134 | 134 | // rules apply. Some windowing systems may be able to use those for user | |
| 135 | 135 | // feedback. | |
| 136 | - | func (x *PadController) SetAction(TypeVar PadActionType, IndexVar int32, ModeVar int32, LabelVar string, ActionNameVar string) { | |
| 136 | + | func (x *PadController) SetAction(TypeVar PadActionType, IndexVar int, ModeVar int, LabelVar string, ActionNameVar string) { | |
| 137 | 137 | ||
| 138 | 138 | xPadControllerSetAction(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar, IndexVar, ModeVar, LabelVar, ActionNameVar) | |
| 139 | 139 | ||
| 140 | 140 | } | |
| 141 | 141 | ||
| 142 | - | var xPadControllerSetActionEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 142 | + | var xPadControllerSetActionEntries func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 143 | 143 | ||
| 144 | 144 | // A convenience function to add a group of action entries on | |
| 145 | 145 | // @controller. | |
| 146 | 146 | // | |
| 147 | 147 | // See [struct@Gtk.PadActionEntry] and [method@Gtk.PadController.set_action]. | |
| 148 | - | func (x *PadController) SetActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int32) { | |
| 148 | + | func (x *PadController) SetActionEntries(EntriesVar uintptr, NEntriesVar int) { | |
| 149 | 149 | ||
| 150 | 150 | xPadControllerSetActionEntries(x.GoPointer(), EntriesVar, NEntriesVar) | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.go +3 -3
| @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty | |||
| 165 | 165 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 166 | 166 | // | |
| 167 | 167 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 168 | - | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 168 | + | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 169 | 169 | ||
| 170 | 170 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 171 | 171 | ||
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation | |||
| 201 | 201 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs | |||
| 234 | 234 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 235 | 235 | // | |
| 236 | 236 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 237 | - | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 237 | + | func (x *PageSetupUnixDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | 239 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpaned.go +7 -7
| @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ func (x *Paned) GetEndChild() *Widget { | |||
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | 119 | } | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | - | var xPanedGetPosition func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 121 | + | var xPanedGetPosition func(uintptr) int | |
| 122 | 122 | ||
| 123 | 123 | // Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes. | |
| 124 | - | func (x *Paned) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 124 | + | func (x *Paned) GetPosition() int { | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| 126 | 126 | return xPanedGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 127 | 127 | ||
| @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ func (x *Paned) SetEndChild(ChildVar *Widget) { | |||
| 201 | 201 | ||
| 202 | 202 | } | |
| 203 | 203 | ||
| 204 | - | var xPanedSetPosition func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 204 | + | var xPanedSetPosition func(uintptr, int) | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | // Sets the position of the divider between the two panes. | |
| 207 | - | func (x *Paned) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 207 | + | func (x *Paned) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 208 | 208 | ||
| 209 | 209 | xPanedSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ func (x *Paned) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 434 | 434 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 435 | 435 | // | |
| 436 | 436 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 437 | - | func (x *Paned) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 437 | + | func (x *Paned) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 438 | 438 | ||
| 439 | 439 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 440 | 440 | ||
| @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ func (x *Paned) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 470 | 470 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 471 | 471 | // | |
| 472 | 472 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 473 | - | func (x *Paned) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 473 | + | func (x *Paned) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 474 | 474 | ||
| 475 | 475 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 476 | 476 | ||
| @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ func (x *Paned) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 503 | 503 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 504 | 504 | // | |
| 505 | 505 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 506 | - | func (x *Paned) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 506 | + | func (x *Paned) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 507 | 507 | ||
| 508 | 508 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 509 | 509 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.go +14 -14
| @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 201 | 201 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 202 | 202 | // | |
| 203 | 203 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 204 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 204 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 205 | 205 | ||
| 206 | 206 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 207 | 207 | ||
| @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 237 | 237 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 238 | 238 | // | |
| 239 | 239 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 240 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 240 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| 242 | 242 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 270 | 270 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 271 | 271 | // | |
| 272 | 272 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 273 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 273 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 274 | 274 | ||
| 275 | 275 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 303 | 303 | // the end of the text. | |
| 304 | 304 | // | |
| 305 | 305 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 306 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 306 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 334 | 334 | // the end of the text. | |
| 335 | 335 | // | |
| 336 | 336 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 337 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 337 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 338 | 338 | ||
| 339 | 339 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
| @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 374 | 374 | } | |
| 375 | 375 | ||
| 376 | 376 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 377 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 377 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 378 | 378 | ||
| 379 | 379 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 380 | 380 | ||
| @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 384 | 384 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 385 | 385 | // | |
| 386 | 386 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 387 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 387 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetPosition() int { | |
| 388 | 388 | ||
| 389 | 389 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 397 | 397 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 398 | 398 | // | |
| 399 | 399 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 400 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 400 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| 402 | 402 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 403 | 403 | ||
| @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) GetText() string { | |||
| 414 | 414 | ||
| 415 | 415 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 416 | 416 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 417 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 417 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 418 | 418 | ||
| 419 | 419 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 420 | 420 | ||
| @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 439 | 439 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 440 | 440 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 441 | 441 | // inserted text. | |
| 442 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 442 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 443 | 443 | ||
| 444 | 444 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 445 | 445 | ||
| @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar | |||
| 453 | 453 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 454 | 454 | // | |
| 455 | 455 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 456 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 456 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | 458 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 459 | 459 | ||
| @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 489 | 489 | } | |
| 490 | 490 | ||
| 491 | 491 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 492 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 492 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 493 | 493 | ||
| 494 | 494 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 495 | 495 | ||
| @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 502 | 502 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 503 | 503 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 504 | 504 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 505 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 505 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 506 | 506 | ||
| 507 | 507 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 508 | 508 | ||
| @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntry) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 523 | 523 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 524 | 524 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 525 | 525 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 526 | - | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 526 | + | func (x *PasswordEntry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
| 528 | 528 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpicture.go +3 -3
| @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ func (x *Picture) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 452 | 452 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 453 | 453 | // | |
| 454 | 454 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 455 | - | func (x *Picture) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 455 | + | func (x *Picture) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 456 | 456 | ||
| 457 | 457 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ func (x *Picture) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 488 | 488 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 489 | 489 | // | |
| 490 | 490 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 491 | - | func (x *Picture) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 491 | + | func (x *Picture) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 492 | 492 | ||
| 493 | 493 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 494 | 494 | ||
| @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ func (x *Picture) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 521 | 521 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 522 | 522 | // | |
| 523 | 523 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 524 | - | func (x *Picture) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 524 | + | func (x *Picture) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 525 | 525 | ||
| 526 | 526 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpopover.go +7 -7
| @@ -179,10 +179,10 @@ func (x *Popover) GetMnemonicsVisible() bool { | |||
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | 180 | } | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | - | var xPopoverGetOffset func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 182 | + | var xPopoverGetOffset func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| 184 | 184 | // Gets the offset previous set with gtk_popover_set_offset(). | |
| 185 | - | func (x *Popover) GetOffset(XOffsetVar int32, YOffsetVar int32) { | |
| 185 | + | func (x *Popover) GetOffset(XOffsetVar int, YOffsetVar int) { | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| 187 | 187 | xPopoverGetOffset(x.GoPointer(), XOffsetVar, YOffsetVar) | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ func (x *Popover) SetMnemonicsVisible(MnemonicsVisibleVar bool) { | |||
| 311 | 311 | ||
| 312 | 312 | } | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | - | var xPopoverSetOffset func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 314 | + | var xPopoverSetOffset func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| 316 | 316 | // Sets the offset to use when calculating the position | |
| 317 | 317 | // of the popover. | |
| 318 | 318 | // | |
| 319 | 319 | // These values are used when preparing the [struct@Gdk.PopupLayout] | |
| 320 | 320 | // for positioning the popover. | |
| 321 | - | func (x *Popover) SetOffset(XOffsetVar int32, YOffsetVar int32) { | |
| 321 | + | func (x *Popover) SetOffset(XOffsetVar int, YOffsetVar int) { | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| 323 | 323 | xPopoverSetOffset(x.GoPointer(), XOffsetVar, YOffsetVar) | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
| @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ func (x *Popover) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 443 | 443 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 444 | 444 | // | |
| 445 | 445 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 446 | - | func (x *Popover) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 446 | + | func (x *Popover) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| 448 | 448 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ func (x *Popover) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 479 | 479 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 480 | 480 | // | |
| 481 | 481 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 482 | - | func (x *Popover) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 482 | + | func (x *Popover) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 483 | 483 | ||
| 484 | 484 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 485 | 485 | ||
| @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ func (x *Popover) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 512 | 512 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 513 | 513 | // | |
| 514 | 514 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 515 | - | func (x *Popover) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 515 | + | func (x *Popover) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
| 517 | 517 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 518 | 518 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.go +3 -3
| @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 309 | 309 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 310 | 310 | // | |
| 311 | 311 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 312 | - | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 312 | + | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 313 | 313 | ||
| 314 | 314 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 315 | 315 | ||
| @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 345 | 345 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 346 | 346 | // | |
| 347 | 347 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 348 | - | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 348 | + | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 349 | 349 | ||
| 350 | 350 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 351 | 351 | ||
| @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 378 | 378 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 379 | 379 | // | |
| 380 | 380 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 381 | - | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 381 | + | func (x *PopoverMenu) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 382 | 382 | ||
| 383 | 383 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 384 | 384 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.go +3 -3
| @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, var | |||
| 181 | 181 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 182 | 182 | // | |
| 183 | 183 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 184 | - | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 184 | + | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 185 | 185 | ||
| 186 | 186 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 187 | 187 | ||
| @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, var | |||
| 217 | 217 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 218 | 218 | // | |
| 219 | 219 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 220 | - | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 220 | + | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...i | |||
| 250 | 250 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 251 | 251 | // | |
| 252 | 252 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 253 | - | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | + | func (x *PopoverMenuBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprinter.go +4 -4
| @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ func (x *Printer) AcceptsPs() bool { | |||
| 116 | 116 | ||
| 117 | 117 | } | |
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | - | var xPrinterCompare func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 119 | + | var xPrinterCompare func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | 121 | // Compares two printers. | |
| 122 | - | func (x *Printer) Compare(BVar *Printer) int32 { | |
| 122 | + | func (x *Printer) Compare(BVar *Printer) int { | |
| 123 | 123 | ||
| 124 | 124 | return xPrinterCompare(x.GoPointer(), BVar.GoPointer()) | |
| 125 | 125 | ||
| @@ -217,10 +217,10 @@ func (x *Printer) GetIconName() string { | |||
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | } | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| 220 | - | var xPrinterGetJobCount func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 220 | + | var xPrinterGetJobCount func(uintptr) int | |
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | 222 | // Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer. | |
| 223 | - | func (x *Printer) GetJobCount() int32 { | |
| 223 | + | func (x *Printer) GetJobCount() int { | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | return xPrinterGetJobCount(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 226 | 226 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprintjob.go +10 -10
| @@ -75,19 +75,19 @@ func (x *PrintJob) GetNUpLayout() NumberUpLayout { | |||
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | } | |
| 77 | 77 | ||
| 78 | - | var xPrintJobGetNumCopies func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 78 | + | var xPrintJobGetNumCopies func(uintptr) int | |
| 79 | 79 | ||
| 80 | 80 | // Gets the number of copies of this job. | |
| 81 | - | func (x *PrintJob) GetNumCopies() int32 { | |
| 81 | + | func (x *PrintJob) GetNumCopies() int { | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | 83 | return xPrintJobGetNumCopies(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | 85 | } | |
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | - | var xPrintJobGetPageRanges func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 87 | + | var xPrintJobGetPageRanges func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | 89 | // Gets the page ranges for this job. | |
| 90 | - | func (x *PrintJob) GetPageRanges(NRangesVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 90 | + | func (x *PrintJob) GetPageRanges(NRangesVar int) uintptr { | |
| 91 | 91 | ||
| 92 | 92 | return xPrintJobGetPageRanges(x.GoPointer(), NRangesVar) | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| @@ -249,19 +249,19 @@ func (x *PrintJob) SetNUpLayout(LayoutVar NumberUpLayout) { | |||
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | } | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | - | var xPrintJobSetNumCopies func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 252 | + | var xPrintJobSetNumCopies func(uintptr, int) | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | 254 | // Sets the number of copies for this job. | |
| 255 | - | func (x *PrintJob) SetNumCopies(NumCopiesVar int32) { | |
| 255 | + | func (x *PrintJob) SetNumCopies(NumCopiesVar int) { | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | 257 | xPrintJobSetNumCopies(x.GoPointer(), NumCopiesVar) | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | } | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| 261 | - | var xPrintJobSetPageRanges func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 261 | + | var xPrintJobSetPageRanges func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 262 | 262 | ||
| 263 | 263 | // Sets the page ranges for this job. | |
| 264 | - | func (x *PrintJob) SetPageRanges(RangesVar uintptr, NRangesVar int32) { | |
| 264 | + | func (x *PrintJob) SetPageRanges(RangesVar uintptr, NRangesVar int) { | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | 266 | xPrintJobSetPageRanges(x.GoPointer(), RangesVar, NRangesVar) | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *PrintJob) SetScale(ScaleVar float64) { | |||
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | 315 | } | |
| 316 | 316 | ||
| 317 | - | var xPrintJobSetSourceFd func(uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 317 | + | var xPrintJobSetSourceFd func(uintptr, int) bool | |
| 318 | 318 | ||
| 319 | 319 | // Make the `GtkPrintJob` send an existing document to the | |
| 320 | 320 | // printing system. | |
| @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ var xPrintJobSetSourceFd func(uintptr, int32) bool | |||
| 327 | 327 | // This is similar to [method@Gtk.PrintJob.set_source_file], | |
| 328 | 328 | // but takes expects an open file descriptor for the file, | |
| 329 | 329 | // instead of a filename. | |
| 330 | - | func (x *PrintJob) SetSourceFd(FdVar int32) bool { | |
| 330 | + | func (x *PrintJob) SetSourceFd(FdVar int) bool { | |
| 331 | 331 | ||
| 332 | 332 | return xPrintJobSetSourceFd(x.GoPointer(), FdVar) | |
| 333 | 333 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperation.go +12 -12
| @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) GetHasSelection() bool { | |||
| 323 | 323 | ||
| 324 | 324 | } | |
| 325 | 325 | ||
| 326 | - | var xPrintOperationGetNPagesToPrint func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 326 | + | var xPrintOperationGetNPagesToPrint func(uintptr) int | |
| 327 | 327 | ||
| 328 | 328 | // Returns the number of pages that will be printed. | |
| 329 | 329 | // | |
| @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ var xPrintOperationGetNPagesToPrint func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 335 | 335 | // print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. | |
| 336 | 336 | // | |
| 337 | 337 | // This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. | |
| 338 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) GetNPagesToPrint() int32 { | |
| 338 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) GetNPagesToPrint() int { | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | return xPrintOperationGetNPagesToPrint(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 341 | 341 | ||
| @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) SetAllowAsync(AllowAsyncVar bool) { | |||
| 504 | 504 | ||
| 505 | 505 | } | |
| 506 | 506 | ||
| 507 | - | var xPrintOperationSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 507 | + | var xPrintOperationSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 508 | 508 | ||
| 509 | 509 | // Sets the current page. | |
| 510 | 510 | // | |
| @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ var xPrintOperationSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 512 | 512 | // the user will be able to select to print only the current page. | |
| 513 | 513 | // | |
| 514 | 514 | // Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. | |
| 515 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) SetCurrentPage(CurrentPageVar int32) { | |
| 515 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) SetCurrentPage(CurrentPageVar int) { | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
| 517 | 517 | xPrintOperationSetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer(), CurrentPageVar) | |
| 518 | 518 | ||
| @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) SetJobName(JobNameVar string) { | |||
| 612 | 612 | ||
| 613 | 613 | } | |
| 614 | 614 | ||
| 615 | - | var xPrintOperationSetNPages func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 615 | + | var xPrintOperationSetNPages func(uintptr, int) | |
| 616 | 616 | ||
| 617 | 617 | // Sets the number of pages in the document. | |
| 618 | 618 | // | |
| @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ var xPrintOperationSetNPages func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 625 | 625 | // and [signal@Gtk.PrintOperation::draw-page] signals are 0-based, i.e. | |
| 626 | 626 | // if the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal | |
| 627 | 627 | // will be for page @n_pages - 1. | |
| 628 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) SetNPages(NPagesVar int32) { | |
| 628 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) SetNPages(NPagesVar int) { | |
| 629 | 629 | ||
| 630 | 630 | xPrintOperationSetNPages(x.GoPointer(), NPagesVar) | |
| 631 | 631 | ||
| @@ -845,8 +845,8 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectDone(cb func(PrintOperation, PrintOperationResul | |||
| 845 | 845 | // [method@Gtk.PrintOperation.set_unit] before starting the print | |
| 846 | 846 | // operation to set up the transformation of the cairo context | |
| 847 | 847 | // according to your needs. | |
| 848 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectDrawPage(cb func(PrintOperation, uintptr, int32)) { | |
| 849 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ContextVarp uintptr, PageNrVarp int32) { | |
| 848 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectDrawPage(cb func(PrintOperation, uintptr, int)) { | |
| 849 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ContextVarp uintptr, PageNrVarp int) { | |
| 850 | 850 | fa := PrintOperation{} | |
| 851 | 851 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 852 | 852 | ||
| @@ -929,8 +929,8 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectPreview(cb func(PrintOperation, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 929 | 929 | // This gives the application a chance to modify the page setup. | |
| 930 | 930 | // Any changes done to @setup will be in force only for printing | |
| 931 | 931 | // this page. | |
| 932 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectRequestPageSetup(cb func(PrintOperation, uintptr, int32, uintptr)) { | |
| 933 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ContextVarp uintptr, PageNrVarp int32, SetupVarp uintptr) { | |
| 932 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) ConnectRequestPageSetup(cb func(PrintOperation, uintptr, int, uintptr)) { | |
| 933 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ContextVarp uintptr, PageNrVarp int, SetupVarp uintptr) { | |
| 934 | 934 | fa := PrintOperation{} | |
| 935 | 935 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 936 | 936 | ||
| @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) EndPreview() { | |||
| 982 | 982 | ||
| 983 | 983 | // Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that | |
| 984 | 984 | // have been selected for printing. | |
| 985 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) IsSelected(PageNrVar int32) bool { | |
| 985 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) IsSelected(PageNrVar int) bool { | |
| 986 | 986 | ||
| 987 | 987 | return XGtkPrintOperationPreviewIsSelected(x.GoPointer(), PageNrVar) | |
| 988 | 988 | ||
| @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperation) IsSelected(PageNrVar int32) bool { | |||
| 999 | 999 | // | |
| 1000 | 1000 | // Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to | |
| 1001 | 1001 | // be associated with the print context. | |
| 1002 | - | func (x *PrintOperation) RenderPage(PageNrVar int32) { | |
| 1002 | + | func (x *PrintOperation) RenderPage(PageNrVar int) { | |
| 1003 | 1003 | ||
| 1004 | 1004 | XGtkPrintOperationPreviewRenderPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNrVar) | |
| 1005 | 1005 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.go +6 -6
| @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ type PrintOperationPreview interface { | |||
| 20 | 20 | GoPointer() uintptr | |
| 21 | 21 | SetGoPointer(uintptr) | |
| 22 | 22 | EndPreview() | |
| 23 | - | IsSelected(PageNrVar int32) bool | |
| 24 | - | RenderPage(PageNrVar int32) | |
| 23 | + | IsSelected(PageNrVar int) bool | |
| 24 | + | RenderPage(PageNrVar int) | |
| 25 | 25 | } | |
| 26 | 26 | type PrintOperationPreviewBase struct { | |
| 27 | 27 | Ptr uintptr | |
| @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) EndPreview() { | |||
| 46 | 46 | ||
| 47 | 47 | // Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that | |
| 48 | 48 | // have been selected for printing. | |
| 49 | - | func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) IsSelected(PageNrVar int32) bool { | |
| 49 | + | func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) IsSelected(PageNrVar int) bool { | |
| 50 | 50 | ||
| 51 | 51 | return XGtkPrintOperationPreviewIsSelected(x.GoPointer(), PageNrVar) | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) IsSelected(PageNrVar int32) bool { | |||
| 63 | 63 | // | |
| 64 | 64 | // Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to | |
| 65 | 65 | // be associated with the print context. | |
| 66 | - | func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) RenderPage(PageNrVar int32) { | |
| 66 | + | func (x *PrintOperationPreviewBase) RenderPage(PageNrVar int) { | |
| 67 | 67 | ||
| 68 | 68 | XGtkPrintOperationPreviewRenderPage(x.GoPointer(), PageNrVar) | |
| 69 | 69 | ||
| 70 | 70 | } | |
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | 72 | var XGtkPrintOperationPreviewEndPreview func(uintptr) | |
| 73 | - | var XGtkPrintOperationPreviewIsSelected func(uintptr, int32) bool | |
| 74 | - | var XGtkPrintOperationPreviewRenderPage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 73 | + | var XGtkPrintOperationPreviewIsSelected func(uintptr, int) bool | |
| 74 | + | var XGtkPrintOperationPreviewRenderPage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | func init() { | |
| 77 | 77 | lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("GTK"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL) | |
M v4/gtk/gtkprintsettings.go +30 -30
| @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ type PrintSettingsFunc func(string, string, uintptr) | |||
| 14 | 14 | // | |
| 15 | 15 | // See also [method@Gtk.PrintSettings.set_page_ranges]. | |
| 16 | 16 | type PageRange struct { | |
| 17 | - | Start int32 | |
| 17 | + | Start int | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | - | End int32 | |
| 19 | + | End int | |
| 20 | 20 | } | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | // A `GtkPrintSettings` object represents the settings of a print dialog in | |
| @@ -224,20 +224,20 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) GetFinishings() string { | |||
| 224 | 224 | ||
| 225 | 225 | } | |
| 226 | 226 | ||
| 227 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetInt func(uintptr, string) int32 | |
| 227 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetInt func(uintptr, string) int | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | // Returns the integer value of @key, or 0. | |
| 230 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetInt(KeyVar string) int32 { | |
| 230 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetInt(KeyVar string) int { | |
| 231 | 231 | ||
| 232 | 232 | return xPrintSettingsGetInt(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar) | |
| 233 | 233 | ||
| 234 | 234 | } | |
| 235 | 235 | ||
| 236 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetIntWithDefault func(uintptr, string, int32) int32 | |
| 236 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetIntWithDefault func(uintptr, string, int) int | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | 238 | // Returns the value of @key, interpreted as | |
| 239 | 239 | // an integer, or the default value. | |
| 240 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetIntWithDefault(KeyVar string, DefVar int32) int32 { | |
| 240 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetIntWithDefault(KeyVar string, DefVar int) int { | |
| 241 | 241 | ||
| 242 | 242 | return xPrintSettingsGetIntWithDefault(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, DefVar) | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| @@ -266,19 +266,19 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) GetMediaType() string { | |||
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | 267 | } | |
| 268 | 268 | ||
| 269 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetNCopies func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 269 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetNCopies func(uintptr) int | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | 271 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. | |
| 272 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetNCopies() int32 { | |
| 272 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetNCopies() int { | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| 274 | 274 | return xPrintSettingsGetNCopies(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 275 | 275 | ||
| 276 | 276 | } | |
| 277 | 277 | ||
| 278 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetNumberUp func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 278 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetNumberUp func(uintptr) int | |
| 279 | 279 | ||
| 280 | 280 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. | |
| 281 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetNumberUp() int32 { | |
| 281 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetNumberUp() int { | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | return xPrintSettingsGetNumberUp(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| @@ -312,10 +312,10 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) GetOutputBin() string { | |||
| 312 | 312 | ||
| 313 | 313 | } | |
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetPageRanges func(uintptr, int32) uintptr | |
| 315 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetPageRanges func(uintptr, int) uintptr | |
| 316 | 316 | ||
| 317 | 317 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES. | |
| 318 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetPageRanges(NumRangesVar int32) uintptr { | |
| 318 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetPageRanges(NumRangesVar int) uintptr { | |
| 319 | 319 | ||
| 320 | 320 | return xPrintSettingsGetPageRanges(x.GoPointer(), NumRangesVar) | |
| 321 | 321 | ||
| @@ -397,28 +397,28 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) GetQuality() PrintQuality { | |||
| 397 | 397 | ||
| 398 | 398 | } | |
| 399 | 399 | ||
| 400 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetResolution func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 400 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetResolution func(uintptr) int | |
| 401 | 401 | ||
| 402 | 402 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION. | |
| 403 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolution() int32 { | |
| 403 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolution() int { | |
| 404 | 404 | ||
| 405 | 405 | return xPrintSettingsGetResolution(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 406 | 406 | ||
| 407 | 407 | } | |
| 408 | 408 | ||
| 409 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetResolutionX func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 409 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetResolutionX func(uintptr) int | |
| 410 | 410 | ||
| 411 | 411 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X. | |
| 412 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolutionX() int32 { | |
| 412 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolutionX() int { | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | return xPrintSettingsGetResolutionX(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | } | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| 418 | - | var xPrintSettingsGetResolutionY func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 418 | + | var xPrintSettingsGetResolutionY func(uintptr) int | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | // Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. | |
| 421 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolutionY() int32 { | |
| 421 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) GetResolutionY() int { | |
| 422 | 422 | ||
| 423 | 423 | return xPrintSettingsGetResolutionY(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 424 | 424 | ||
| @@ -558,10 +558,10 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) SetFinishings(FinishingsVar string) { | |||
| 558 | 558 | ||
| 559 | 559 | } | |
| 560 | 560 | ||
| 561 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetInt func(uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 561 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetInt func(uintptr, string, int) | |
| 562 | 562 | ||
| 563 | 563 | // Sets @key to an integer value. | |
| 564 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetInt(KeyVar string, ValueVar int32) { | |
| 564 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetInt(KeyVar string, ValueVar int) { | |
| 565 | 565 | ||
| 566 | 566 | xPrintSettingsSetInt(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, ValueVar) | |
| 567 | 567 | ||
| @@ -587,19 +587,19 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) SetMediaType(MediaTypeVar string) { | |||
| 587 | 587 | ||
| 588 | 588 | } | |
| 589 | 589 | ||
| 590 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetNCopies func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 590 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetNCopies func(uintptr, int) | |
| 591 | 591 | ||
| 592 | 592 | // Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. | |
| 593 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetNCopies(NumCopiesVar int32) { | |
| 593 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetNCopies(NumCopiesVar int) { | |
| 594 | 594 | ||
| 595 | 595 | xPrintSettingsSetNCopies(x.GoPointer(), NumCopiesVar) | |
| 596 | 596 | ||
| 597 | 597 | } | |
| 598 | 598 | ||
| 599 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetNumberUp func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 599 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetNumberUp func(uintptr, int) | |
| 600 | 600 | ||
| 601 | 601 | // Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. | |
| 602 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetNumberUp(NumberUpVar int32) { | |
| 602 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetNumberUp(NumberUpVar int) { | |
| 603 | 603 | ||
| 604 | 604 | xPrintSettingsSetNumberUp(x.GoPointer(), NumberUpVar) | |
| 605 | 605 | ||
| @@ -632,10 +632,10 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) SetOutputBin(OutputBinVar string) { | |||
| 632 | 632 | ||
| 633 | 633 | } | |
| 634 | 634 | ||
| 635 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetPageRanges func(uintptr, uintptr, int32) | |
| 635 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetPageRanges func(uintptr, uintptr, int) | |
| 636 | 636 | ||
| 637 | 637 | // Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES. | |
| 638 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetPageRanges(PageRangesVar uintptr, NumRangesVar int32) { | |
| 638 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetPageRanges(PageRangesVar uintptr, NumRangesVar int) { | |
| 639 | 639 | ||
| 640 | 640 | xPrintSettingsSetPageRanges(x.GoPointer(), PageRangesVar, NumRangesVar) | |
| 641 | 641 | ||
| @@ -716,23 +716,23 @@ func (x *PrintSettings) SetQuality(QualityVar PrintQuality) { | |||
| 716 | 716 | ||
| 717 | 717 | } | |
| 718 | 718 | ||
| 719 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetResolution func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 719 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetResolution func(uintptr, int) | |
| 720 | 720 | ||
| 721 | 721 | // Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, | |
| 722 | 722 | // %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and | |
| 723 | 723 | // %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. | |
| 724 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetResolution(ResolutionVar int32) { | |
| 724 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetResolution(ResolutionVar int) { | |
| 725 | 725 | ||
| 726 | 726 | xPrintSettingsSetResolution(x.GoPointer(), ResolutionVar) | |
| 727 | 727 | ||
| 728 | 728 | } | |
| 729 | 729 | ||
| 730 | - | var xPrintSettingsSetResolutionXy func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 730 | + | var xPrintSettingsSetResolutionXy func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 731 | 731 | ||
| 732 | 732 | // Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, | |
| 733 | 733 | // %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and | |
| 734 | 734 | // %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. | |
| 735 | - | func (x *PrintSettings) SetResolutionXy(ResolutionXVar int32, ResolutionYVar int32) { | |
| 735 | + | func (x *PrintSettings) SetResolutionXy(ResolutionXVar int, ResolutionYVar int) { | |
| 736 | 736 | ||
| 737 | 737 | xPrintSettingsSetResolutionXy(x.GoPointer(), ResolutionXVar, ResolutionYVar) | |
| 738 | 738 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.go +7 -7
| @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ func (x *PrintUnixDialog) AddCustomTab(ChildVar *Widget, TabLabelVar *Widget) { | |||
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | } | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | - | var xPrintUnixDialogGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 105 | + | var xPrintUnixDialogGetCurrentPage func(uintptr) int | |
| 106 | 106 | ||
| 107 | 107 | // Gets the current page of the `GtkPrintUnixDialog`. | |
| 108 | - | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) GetCurrentPage() int32 { | |
| 108 | + | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) GetCurrentPage() int { | |
| 109 | 109 | ||
| 110 | 110 | return xPrintUnixDialogGetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 111 | 111 | ||
| @@ -212,13 +212,13 @@ func (x *PrintUnixDialog) GetSupportSelection() bool { | |||
| 212 | 212 | ||
| 213 | 213 | } | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | - | var xPrintUnixDialogSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 215 | + | var xPrintUnixDialogSetCurrentPage func(uintptr, int) | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
| 217 | 217 | // Sets the current page number. | |
| 218 | 218 | // | |
| 219 | 219 | // If @current_page is not -1, this enables the current page choice | |
| 220 | 220 | // for the range of pages to print. | |
| 221 | - | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) SetCurrentPage(CurrentPageVar int32) { | |
| 221 | + | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) SetCurrentPage(CurrentPageVar int) { | |
| 222 | 222 | ||
| 223 | 223 | xPrintUnixDialogSetCurrentPage(x.GoPointer(), CurrentPageVar) | |
| 224 | 224 | ||
| @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 354 | 354 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 355 | 355 | // | |
| 356 | 356 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 357 | - | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 357 | + | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 358 | 358 | ||
| 359 | 359 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 360 | 360 | ||
| @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 390 | 390 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 391 | 391 | // | |
| 392 | 392 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 393 | - | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 393 | + | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 394 | 394 | ||
| 395 | 395 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 396 | 396 | ||
| @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 423 | 423 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 424 | 424 | // | |
| 425 | 425 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 426 | - | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 426 | + | func (x *PrintUnixDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 427 | 427 | ||
| 428 | 428 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 429 | 429 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkprogressbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 310 | 310 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 311 | 311 | // | |
| 312 | 312 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 313 | - | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 313 | + | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 314 | 314 | ||
| 315 | 315 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 316 | 316 | ||
| @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 346 | 346 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 347 | 347 | // | |
| 348 | 348 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 349 | - | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 349 | + | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 350 | 350 | ||
| 351 | 351 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 352 | 352 | ||
| @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 379 | 379 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 380 | 380 | // | |
| 381 | 381 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 382 | - | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 382 | + | func (x *ProgressBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 383 | 383 | ||
| 384 | 384 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 385 | 385 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkrange.go +9 -9
| @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ func (x *Range) GetRestrictToFillLevel() bool { | |||
| 103 | 103 | ||
| 104 | 104 | } | |
| 105 | 105 | ||
| 106 | - | var xRangeGetRoundDigits func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 106 | + | var xRangeGetRoundDigits func(uintptr) int | |
| 107 | 107 | ||
| 108 | 108 | // Gets the number of digits to round the value to when | |
| 109 | 109 | // it changes. | |
| 110 | 110 | // | |
| 111 | 111 | // See [signal@Gtk.Range::change-value]. | |
| 112 | - | func (x *Range) GetRoundDigits() int32 { | |
| 112 | + | func (x *Range) GetRoundDigits() int { | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | return xRangeGetRoundDigits(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ func (x *Range) GetShowFillLevel() bool { | |||
| 124 | 124 | ||
| 125 | 125 | } | |
| 126 | 126 | ||
| 127 | - | var xRangeGetSliderRange func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 127 | + | var xRangeGetSliderRange func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | // This function returns sliders range along the long dimension, | |
| 130 | 130 | // in widget->window coordinates. | |
| 131 | 131 | // | |
| 132 | 132 | // This function is useful mainly for `GtkRange` subclasses. | |
| 133 | - | func (x *Range) GetSliderRange(SliderStartVar int32, SliderEndVar int32) { | |
| 133 | + | func (x *Range) GetSliderRange(SliderStartVar int, SliderEndVar int) { | |
| 134 | 134 | ||
| 135 | 135 | xRangeGetSliderRange(x.GoPointer(), SliderStartVar, SliderEndVar) | |
| 136 | 136 | ||
| @@ -264,13 +264,13 @@ func (x *Range) SetRestrictToFillLevel(RestrictToFillLevelVar bool) { | |||
| 264 | 264 | ||
| 265 | 265 | } | |
| 266 | 266 | ||
| 267 | - | var xRangeSetRoundDigits func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 267 | + | var xRangeSetRoundDigits func(uintptr, int) | |
| 268 | 268 | ||
| 269 | 269 | // Sets the number of digits to round the value to when | |
| 270 | 270 | // it changes. | |
| 271 | 271 | // | |
| 272 | 272 | // See [signal@Gtk.Range::change-value]. | |
| 273 | - | func (x *Range) SetRoundDigits(RoundDigitsVar int32) { | |
| 273 | + | func (x *Range) SetRoundDigits(RoundDigitsVar int) { | |
| 274 | 274 | ||
| 275 | 275 | xRangeSetRoundDigits(x.GoPointer(), RoundDigitsVar) | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *Range) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 441 | 441 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 442 | 442 | // | |
| 443 | 443 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 444 | - | func (x *Range) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 444 | + | func (x *Range) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 445 | 445 | ||
| 446 | 446 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ func (x *Range) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 477 | 477 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 478 | 478 | // | |
| 479 | 479 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 480 | - | func (x *Range) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 480 | + | func (x *Range) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 481 | 481 | ||
| 482 | 482 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 483 | 483 | ||
| @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ func (x *Range) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 510 | 510 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 511 | 511 | // | |
| 512 | 512 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 513 | - | func (x *Range) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 513 | + | func (x *Range) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 514 | 514 | ||
| 515 | 515 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 516 | 516 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.go +2 -2
| @@ -244,10 +244,10 @@ func (x *RecentManager) MoveItem(UriVar string, NewUriVar string) bool { | |||
| 244 | 244 | ||
| 245 | 245 | } | |
| 246 | 246 | ||
| 247 | - | var xRecentManagerPurgeItems func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 247 | + | var xRecentManagerPurgeItems func(uintptr) int | |
| 248 | 248 | ||
| 249 | 249 | // Purges every item from the recently used resources list. | |
| 250 | - | func (x *RecentManager) PurgeItems() int32 { | |
| 250 | + | func (x *RecentManager) PurgeItems() int { | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | return xRecentManagerPurgeItems(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkrevealer.go +3 -3
| @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ func (x *Revealer) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 254 | 254 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 255 | 255 | // | |
| 256 | 256 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 257 | - | func (x *Revealer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 257 | + | func (x *Revealer) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 260 | 260 | ||
| @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (x *Revealer) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 290 | 290 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 291 | 291 | // | |
| 292 | 292 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 293 | - | func (x *Revealer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 293 | + | func (x *Revealer) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 294 | 294 | ||
| 295 | 295 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 296 | 296 | ||
| @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *Revealer) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 323 | 323 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 324 | 324 | // | |
| 325 | 325 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 326 | - | func (x *Revealer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 326 | + | func (x *Revealer) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 327 | 327 | ||
| 328 | 328 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 329 | 329 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkscale.go +9 -9
| @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ func (x *Scale) ClearMarks() { | |||
| 177 | 177 | ||
| 178 | 178 | } | |
| 179 | 179 | ||
| 180 | - | var xScaleGetDigits func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 180 | + | var xScaleGetDigits func(uintptr) int | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | // Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. | |
| 183 | - | func (x *Scale) GetDigits() int32 { | |
| 183 | + | func (x *Scale) GetDigits() int { | |
| 184 | 184 | ||
| 185 | 185 | return xScaleGetDigits(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *Scale) GetLayout() *pango.Layout { | |||
| 226 | 226 | ||
| 227 | 227 | } | |
| 228 | 228 | ||
| 229 | - | var xScaleGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 229 | + | var xScaleGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int, int) | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | // Obtains the coordinates where the scale will draw the | |
| 232 | 232 | // `PangoLayout` representing the text in the scale. | |
| @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ var xScaleGetLayoutOffsets func(uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 236 | 236 | // | |
| 237 | 237 | // If the [property@GtkScale:draw-value] property is %FALSE, the return | |
| 238 | 238 | // values are undefined. | |
| 239 | - | func (x *Scale) GetLayoutOffsets(XVar int32, YVar int32) { | |
| 239 | + | func (x *Scale) GetLayoutOffsets(XVar int, YVar int) { | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | xScaleGetLayoutOffsets(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ func (x *Scale) GetValuePos() PositionType { | |||
| 251 | 251 | ||
| 252 | 252 | } | |
| 253 | 253 | ||
| 254 | - | var xScaleSetDigits func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 254 | + | var xScaleSetDigits func(uintptr, int) | |
| 255 | 255 | ||
| 256 | 256 | // Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. | |
| 257 | 257 | // | |
| @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ var xScaleSetDigits func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 265 | 265 | // the smooth autoscrolling that is built into `GtkScale`. As an alternative, | |
| 266 | 266 | // you can use [method@Gtk.Scale.set_format_value_func] to format the displayed | |
| 267 | 267 | // value yourself. | |
| 268 | - | func (x *Scale) SetDigits(DigitsVar int32) { | |
| 268 | + | func (x *Scale) SetDigits(DigitsVar int) { | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | 270 | xScaleSetDigits(x.GoPointer(), DigitsVar) | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ func (x *Scale) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 385 | 385 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 386 | 386 | // | |
| 387 | 387 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 388 | - | func (x *Scale) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 388 | + | func (x *Scale) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | 390 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 391 | 391 | ||
| @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ func (x *Scale) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 421 | 421 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 422 | 422 | // | |
| 423 | 423 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 424 | - | func (x *Scale) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 424 | + | func (x *Scale) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 425 | 425 | ||
| 426 | 426 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 427 | 427 | ||
| @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *Scale) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 454 | 454 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 455 | 455 | // | |
| 456 | 456 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *Scale) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *Scale) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkscalebutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 282 | 282 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 283 | 283 | // | |
| 284 | 284 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 285 | - | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 285 | + | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 286 | 286 | ||
| 287 | 287 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 288 | 288 | ||
| @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 318 | 318 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 319 | 319 | // | |
| 320 | 320 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 321 | - | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 321 | + | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 322 | 322 | ||
| 323 | 323 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 324 | 324 | ||
| @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 351 | 351 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 352 | 352 | // | |
| 353 | 353 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 354 | - | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 354 | + | func (x *ScaleButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 355 | 355 | ||
| 356 | 356 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 357 | 357 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 170 | 170 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 171 | 171 | // | |
| 172 | 172 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 173 | - | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 173 | + | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | 175 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 206 | 206 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 207 | 207 | // | |
| 208 | 208 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 209 | - | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 209 | + | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 210 | 210 | ||
| 211 | 211 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 212 | 212 | ||
| @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 239 | 239 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 240 | 240 | // | |
| 241 | 241 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 242 | - | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 242 | + | func (x *Scrollbar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| 244 | 244 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.go +19 -19
| @@ -236,37 +236,37 @@ func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetKineticScrolling() bool { | |||
| 236 | 236 | ||
| 237 | 237 | } | |
| 238 | 238 | ||
| 239 | - | var xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 239 | + | var xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | // Returns the maximum content height set. | |
| 242 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMaxContentHeight() int32 { | |
| 242 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMaxContentHeight() int { | |
| 243 | 243 | ||
| 244 | 244 | return xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 245 | 245 | ||
| 246 | 246 | } | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | - | var xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 248 | + | var xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | // Returns the maximum content width set. | |
| 251 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMaxContentWidth() int32 { | |
| 251 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMaxContentWidth() int { | |
| 252 | 252 | ||
| 253 | 253 | return xScrolledWindowGetMaxContentWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | } | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| 257 | - | var xScrolledWindowGetMinContentHeight func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 257 | + | var xScrolledWindowGetMinContentHeight func(uintptr) int | |
| 258 | 258 | ||
| 259 | 259 | // Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window. | |
| 260 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMinContentHeight() int32 { | |
| 260 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMinContentHeight() int { | |
| 261 | 261 | ||
| 262 | 262 | return xScrolledWindowGetMinContentHeight(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 263 | 263 | ||
| 264 | 264 | } | |
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | - | var xScrolledWindowGetMinContentWidth func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 266 | + | var xScrolledWindowGetMinContentWidth func(uintptr) int | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | 268 | // Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window. | |
| 269 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMinContentWidth() int32 { | |
| 269 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) GetMinContentWidth() int { | |
| 270 | 270 | ||
| 271 | 271 | return xScrolledWindowGetMinContentWidth(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
| @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetKineticScrolling(KineticScrollingVar bool) { | |||
| 400 | 400 | ||
| 401 | 401 | } | |
| 402 | 402 | ||
| 403 | - | var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 403 | + | var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeight func(uintptr, int) | |
| 404 | 404 | ||
| 405 | 405 | // Sets the maximum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. | |
| 406 | 406 | // | |
| @@ -409,13 +409,13 @@ var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 409 | 409 | // | |
| 410 | 410 | // It is a programming error to set the maximum content height to a value | |
| 411 | 411 | // smaller than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:min-content-height]. | |
| 412 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMaxContentHeight(HeightVar int32) { | |
| 412 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMaxContentHeight(HeightVar int) { | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| 414 | 414 | xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar) | |
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | } | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| 418 | - | var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 418 | + | var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidth func(uintptr, int) | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | // Sets the maximum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. | |
| 421 | 421 | // | |
| @@ -424,13 +424,13 @@ var xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 424 | 424 | // | |
| 425 | 425 | // It is a programming error to set the maximum content width to a | |
| 426 | 426 | // value smaller than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:min-content-width]. | |
| 427 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMaxContentWidth(WidthVar int32) { | |
| 427 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMaxContentWidth(WidthVar int) { | |
| 428 | 428 | ||
| 429 | 429 | xScrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar) | |
| 430 | 430 | ||
| 431 | 431 | } | |
| 432 | 432 | ||
| 433 | - | var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 433 | + | var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentHeight func(uintptr, int) | |
| 434 | 434 | ||
| 435 | 435 | // Sets the minimum height that @scrolled_window should keep visible. | |
| 436 | 436 | // | |
| @@ -439,13 +439,13 @@ var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentHeight func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 439 | 439 | // | |
| 440 | 440 | // It is a programming error to set the minimum content height to a | |
| 441 | 441 | // value greater than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:max-content-height]. | |
| 442 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMinContentHeight(HeightVar int32) { | |
| 442 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMinContentHeight(HeightVar int) { | |
| 443 | 443 | ||
| 444 | 444 | xScrolledWindowSetMinContentHeight(x.GoPointer(), HeightVar) | |
| 445 | 445 | ||
| 446 | 446 | } | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| 448 | - | var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 448 | + | var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentWidth func(uintptr, int) | |
| 449 | 449 | ||
| 450 | 450 | // Sets the minimum width that @scrolled_window should keep visible. | |
| 451 | 451 | // | |
| @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ var xScrolledWindowSetMinContentWidth func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 454 | 454 | // | |
| 455 | 455 | // It is a programming error to set the minimum content width to a | |
| 456 | 456 | // value greater than [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:max-content-width]. | |
| 457 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMinContentWidth(WidthVar int32) { | |
| 457 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) SetMinContentWidth(WidthVar int) { | |
| 458 | 458 | ||
| 459 | 459 | xScrolledWindowSetMinContentWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar) | |
| 460 | 460 | ||
| @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, var | |||
| 686 | 686 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 687 | 687 | // | |
| 688 | 688 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 689 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 689 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 690 | 690 | ||
| 691 | 691 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 692 | 692 | ||
| @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, var | |||
| 722 | 722 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 723 | 723 | // | |
| 724 | 724 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 725 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 725 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| 727 | 727 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 728 | 728 | ||
| @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...i | |||
| 755 | 755 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 756 | 756 | // | |
| 757 | 757 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 758 | - | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 758 | + | func (x *ScrolledWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 759 | 759 | ||
| 760 | 760 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 761 | 761 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtksearchbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 267 | 267 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 268 | 268 | // | |
| 269 | 269 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 270 | - | func (x *SearchBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 270 | + | func (x *SearchBar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 271 | 271 | ||
| 272 | 272 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 273 | 273 | ||
| @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 303 | 303 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 304 | 304 | // | |
| 305 | 305 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 306 | - | func (x *SearchBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 306 | + | func (x *SearchBar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 307 | 307 | ||
| 308 | 308 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *SearchBar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 336 | 336 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 337 | 337 | // | |
| 338 | 338 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 339 | - | func (x *SearchBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 339 | + | func (x *SearchBar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 340 | 340 | ||
| 341 | 341 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtksearchentry.go +14 -14
| @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArg | |||
| 305 | 305 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 306 | 306 | // | |
| 307 | 307 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 308 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 308 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | 310 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 311 | 311 | ||
| @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArg | |||
| 341 | 341 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 342 | 342 | // | |
| 343 | 343 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 344 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 344 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 345 | 345 | ||
| 346 | 346 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 347 | 347 | ||
| @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inte | |||
| 374 | 374 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 375 | 375 | // | |
| 376 | 376 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 377 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 377 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 378 | 378 | ||
| 379 | 379 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 380 | 380 | ||
| @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 407 | 407 | // the end of the text. | |
| 408 | 408 | // | |
| 409 | 409 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 410 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 410 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | 412 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 413 | 413 | ||
| @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 438 | 438 | // the end of the text. | |
| 439 | 439 | // | |
| 440 | 440 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 441 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 441 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 442 | 442 | ||
| 443 | 443 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 478 | 478 | } | |
| 479 | 479 | ||
| 480 | 480 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 481 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 481 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 482 | 482 | ||
| 483 | 483 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 484 | 484 | ||
| @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 488 | 488 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 489 | 489 | // | |
| 490 | 490 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 491 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 491 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) GetPosition() int { | |
| 492 | 492 | ||
| 493 | 493 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 494 | 494 | ||
| @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 501 | 501 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 502 | 502 | // | |
| 503 | 503 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 504 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 504 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 505 | 505 | ||
| 506 | 506 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 507 | 507 | ||
| @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) GetText() string { | |||
| 518 | 518 | ||
| 519 | 519 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 520 | 520 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 521 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 521 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 522 | 522 | ||
| 523 | 523 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 524 | 524 | ||
| @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 543 | 543 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 544 | 544 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 545 | 545 | // inserted text. | |
| 546 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 546 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 547 | 547 | ||
| 548 | 548 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 549 | 549 | ||
| @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar in | |||
| 557 | 557 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 558 | 558 | // | |
| 559 | 559 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 560 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 560 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 561 | 561 | ||
| 562 | 562 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 563 | 563 | ||
| @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 593 | 593 | } | |
| 594 | 594 | ||
| 595 | 595 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 596 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 596 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 597 | 597 | ||
| 598 | 598 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 599 | 599 | ||
| @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 606 | 606 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 607 | 607 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 608 | 608 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 609 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 609 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 610 | 610 | ||
| 611 | 611 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 612 | 612 | ||
| @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ func (x *SearchEntry) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 627 | 627 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 628 | 628 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 629 | 629 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 630 | - | func (x *SearchEntry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 630 | + | func (x *SearchEntry) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 631 | 631 | ||
| 632 | 632 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 633 | 633 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkseparator.go +3 -3
| @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *Separator) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 115 | 115 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 116 | 116 | // | |
| 117 | 117 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 118 | - | func (x *Separator) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 118 | + | func (x *Separator) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 119 | 119 | ||
| 120 | 120 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *Separator) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 151 | 151 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 152 | 152 | // | |
| 153 | 153 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 154 | - | func (x *Separator) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 154 | + | func (x *Separator) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *Separator) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 184 | 184 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 185 | 185 | // | |
| 186 | 186 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 187 | - | func (x *Separator) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 187 | + | func (x *Separator) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.go +3 -3
| @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 141 | 141 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 142 | 142 | // | |
| 143 | 143 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 144 | - | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 144 | + | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 145 | 145 | ||
| 146 | 146 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 147 | 147 | ||
| @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 177 | 177 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 178 | 178 | // | |
| 179 | 179 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 180 | - | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 180 | + | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 210 | 210 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 211 | 211 | // | |
| 212 | 212 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 213 | - | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 213 | + | func (x *ShortcutLabel) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 214 | 214 | ||
| 215 | 215 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 216 | 216 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.go +3 -3
| @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, var | |||
| 88 | 88 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 89 | 89 | // | |
| 90 | 90 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 91 | - | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 91 | + | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 92 | 92 | ||
| 93 | 93 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 94 | 94 | ||
| @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, var | |||
| 124 | 124 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 125 | 125 | // | |
| 126 | 126 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 127 | - | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 127 | + | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | 129 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 130 | 130 | ||
| @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...i | |||
| 157 | 157 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 158 | 158 | // | |
| 159 | 159 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 160 | - | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 160 | + | func (x *ShortcutsGroup) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.go +5 -5
| @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ func (c *ShortcutsSection) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) { | |||
| 40 | 40 | c.Ptr = ptr | |
| 41 | 41 | } | |
| 42 | 42 | ||
| 43 | - | func (x *ShortcutsSection) ConnectChangeCurrentPage(cb func(ShortcutsSection, int32) bool) { | |
| 44 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp int32) bool { | |
| 43 | + | func (x *ShortcutsSection) ConnectChangeCurrentPage(cb func(ShortcutsSection, int) bool) { | |
| 44 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ObjectVarp int) bool { | |
| 45 | 45 | fa := ShortcutsSection{} | |
| 46 | 46 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 47 | 47 | ||
| @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, v | |||
| 109 | 109 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 110 | 110 | // | |
| 111 | 111 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 112 | - | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 112 | + | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 113 | 113 | ||
| 114 | 114 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, v | |||
| 145 | 145 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 146 | 146 | // | |
| 147 | 147 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 148 | - | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 148 | + | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 149 | 149 | ||
| 150 | 150 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 151 | 151 | ||
| @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs .. | |||
| 178 | 178 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 179 | 179 | // | |
| 180 | 180 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 181 | - | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 181 | + | func (x *ShortcutsSection) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| 183 | 183 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 184 | 184 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.go +3 -3
| @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, | |||
| 115 | 115 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 116 | 116 | // | |
| 117 | 117 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 118 | - | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 118 | + | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 119 | 119 | ||
| 120 | 120 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 121 | 121 | ||
| @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, | |||
| 151 | 151 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 152 | 152 | // | |
| 153 | 153 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 154 | - | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 154 | + | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 155 | 155 | ||
| 156 | 156 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 157 | 157 | ||
| @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs . | |||
| 184 | 184 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 185 | 185 | // | |
| 186 | 186 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 187 | - | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 187 | + | func (x *ShortcutsShortcut) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 188 | 188 | ||
| 189 | 189 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.go +3 -3
| @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, va | |||
| 157 | 157 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 158 | 158 | // | |
| 159 | 159 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 160 | - | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 160 | + | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | 162 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, va | |||
| 193 | 193 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 194 | 194 | // | |
| 195 | 195 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 196 | - | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 196 | + | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ... | |||
| 226 | 226 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 227 | 227 | // | |
| 228 | 228 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 229 | - | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 229 | + | func (x *ShortcutsWindow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | 231 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.go +2 -2
| @@ -281,13 +281,13 @@ func ParseStringShortcutTrigger(StringVar string) *ShortcutTrigger { | |||
| 281 | 281 | return ParseStringShortcutTriggerCls | |
| 282 | 282 | } | |
| 283 | 283 | ||
| 284 | - | var xShortcutTriggerCompare func(uintptr, uintptr) int32 | |
| 284 | + | var xShortcutTriggerCompare func(uintptr, uintptr) int | |
| 285 | 285 | ||
| 286 | 286 | // The types of @trigger1 and @trigger2 are `gconstpointer` only to allow | |
| 287 | 287 | // use of this function as a `GCompareFunc`. | |
| 288 | 288 | // | |
| 289 | 289 | // They must each be a `GtkShortcutTrigger`. | |
| 290 | - | func (x *ShortcutTrigger) Compare(Trigger2Var uintptr) int32 { | |
| 290 | + | func (x *ShortcutTrigger) Compare(Trigger2Var uintptr) int { | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | return xShortcutTriggerCompare(x.GoPointer(), Trigger2Var) | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtksizerequest.go +4 -4
| @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ import ( | |||
| 12 | 12 | type RequestedSize struct { | |
| 13 | 13 | Data uintptr | |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | - | MinimumSize int32 | |
| 15 | + | MinimumSize int | |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | - | NaturalSize int32 | |
| 17 | + | NaturalSize int | |
| 18 | 18 | } | |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | - | var xDistributeNaturalAllocation func(int32, uint, uintptr) int32 | |
| 20 | + | var xDistributeNaturalAllocation func(int, uint, uintptr) int | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | // Distributes @extra_space to child @sizes by bringing smaller | |
| 23 | 23 | // children up to natural size first. | |
| @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ var xDistributeNaturalAllocation func(int32, uint, uintptr) int32 | |||
| 25 | 25 | // The remaining space will be added to the @minimum_size member of the | |
| 26 | 26 | // `GtkRequestedSize` struct. If all sizes reach their natural size then | |
| 27 | 27 | // the remaining space is returned. | |
| 28 | - | func DistributeNaturalAllocation(ExtraSpaceVar int32, NRequestedSizesVar uint, SizesVar uintptr) int32 { | |
| 28 | + | func DistributeNaturalAllocation(ExtraSpaceVar int, NRequestedSizesVar uint, SizesVar uintptr) int { | |
| 29 | 29 | ||
| 30 | 30 | return xDistributeNaturalAllocation(ExtraSpaceVar, NRequestedSizesVar, SizesVar) | |
| 31 | 31 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtksnapshot.go +2 -2
| @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ func (x *Snapshot) RenderFrame(ContextVar *StyleContext, XVar float64, YVar floa | |||
| 450 | 450 | ||
| 451 | 451 | } | |
| 452 | 452 | ||
| 453 | - | var xSnapshotRenderInsertionCursor func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64, uintptr, int32, pango.Direction) | |
| 453 | + | var xSnapshotRenderInsertionCursor func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64, uintptr, int, pango.Direction) | |
| 454 | 454 | ||
| 455 | 455 | // Draws a text caret using @snapshot at the specified index of @layout. | |
| 456 | - | func (x *Snapshot) RenderInsertionCursor(ContextVar *StyleContext, XVar float64, YVar float64, LayoutVar *pango.Layout, IndexVar int32, DirectionVar pango.Direction) { | |
| 456 | + | func (x *Snapshot) RenderInsertionCursor(ContextVar *StyleContext, XVar float64, YVar float64, LayoutVar *pango.Layout, IndexVar int, DirectionVar pango.Direction) { | |
| 457 | 457 | ||
| 458 | 458 | xSnapshotRenderInsertionCursor(x.GoPointer(), ContextVar.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, LayoutVar.GoPointer(), IndexVar, DirectionVar) | |
| 459 | 459 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkspinbutton.go +18 -18
| @@ -329,10 +329,10 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetValue() float64 { | |||
| 329 | 329 | ||
| 330 | 330 | } | |
| 331 | 331 | ||
| 332 | - | var xSpinButtonGetValueAsInt func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 332 | + | var xSpinButtonGetValueAsInt func(uintptr) int | |
| 333 | 333 | ||
| 334 | 334 | // Get the value @spin_button represented as an integer. | |
| 335 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetValueAsInt() int32 { | |
| 335 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetValueAsInt() int { | |
| 336 | 336 | ||
| 337 | 337 | return xSpinButtonGetValueAsInt(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 338 | 338 | ||
| @@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ func (x *SpinButton) ConnectChangeValue(cb func(SpinButton, ScrollType)) { | |||
| 510 | 510 | // new value. | |
| 511 | 511 | // | |
| 512 | 512 | // The default conversion uses g_strtod(). | |
| 513 | - | func (x *SpinButton) ConnectInput(cb func(SpinButton, float64) int32) { | |
| 514 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NewValueVarp float64) int32 { | |
| 513 | + | func (x *SpinButton) ConnectInput(cb func(SpinButton, float64) int) { | |
| 514 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NewValueVarp float64) int { | |
| 515 | 515 | fa := SpinButton{} | |
| 516 | 516 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 517 | 517 | ||
| @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 641 | 641 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 642 | 642 | // | |
| 643 | 643 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 644 | - | func (x *SpinButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 644 | + | func (x *SpinButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 645 | 645 | ||
| 646 | 646 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 647 | 647 | ||
| @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 677 | 677 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 678 | 678 | // | |
| 679 | 679 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 680 | - | func (x *SpinButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 680 | + | func (x *SpinButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 681 | 681 | ||
| 682 | 682 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 683 | 683 | ||
| @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...inter | |||
| 710 | 710 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 711 | 711 | // | |
| 712 | 712 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 713 | - | func (x *SpinButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 713 | + | func (x *SpinButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 714 | 714 | ||
| 715 | 715 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 716 | 716 | ||
| @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 773 | 773 | // the end of the text. | |
| 774 | 774 | // | |
| 775 | 775 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 776 | - | func (x *SpinButton) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 776 | + | func (x *SpinButton) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 777 | 777 | ||
| 778 | 778 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 779 | 779 | ||
| @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 804 | 804 | // the end of the text. | |
| 805 | 805 | // | |
| 806 | 806 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 807 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 807 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 808 | 808 | ||
| 809 | 809 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 810 | 810 | ||
| @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 844 | 844 | } | |
| 845 | 845 | ||
| 846 | 846 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 847 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 847 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 848 | 848 | ||
| 849 | 849 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 850 | 850 | ||
| @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 854 | 854 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 855 | 855 | // | |
| 856 | 856 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 857 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 857 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetPosition() int { | |
| 858 | 858 | ||
| 859 | 859 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 860 | 860 | ||
| @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 867 | 867 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 868 | 868 | // | |
| 869 | 869 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 870 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 870 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 871 | 871 | ||
| 872 | 872 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 873 | 873 | ||
| @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) GetText() string { | |||
| 884 | 884 | ||
| 885 | 885 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 886 | 886 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 887 | - | func (x *SpinButton) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 887 | + | func (x *SpinButton) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 888 | 888 | ||
| 889 | 889 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 890 | 890 | ||
| @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 909 | 909 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 910 | 910 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 911 | 911 | // inserted text. | |
| 912 | - | func (x *SpinButton) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 912 | + | func (x *SpinButton) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 913 | 913 | ||
| 914 | 914 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 915 | 915 | ||
| @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int | |||
| 923 | 923 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 924 | 924 | // | |
| 925 | 925 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 926 | - | func (x *SpinButton) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 926 | + | func (x *SpinButton) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 927 | 927 | ||
| 928 | 928 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 929 | 929 | ||
| @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 959 | 959 | } | |
| 960 | 960 | ||
| 961 | 961 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 962 | - | func (x *SpinButton) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 962 | + | func (x *SpinButton) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 963 | 963 | ||
| 964 | 964 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 965 | 965 | ||
| @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 972 | 972 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 973 | 973 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 974 | 974 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 975 | - | func (x *SpinButton) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 975 | + | func (x *SpinButton) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 976 | 976 | ||
| 977 | 977 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 978 | 978 | ||
| @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ func (x *SpinButton) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 993 | 993 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 994 | 994 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 995 | 995 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 996 | - | func (x *SpinButton) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 996 | + | func (x *SpinButton) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 997 | 997 | ||
| 998 | 998 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 999 | 999 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkspinner.go +3 -3
| @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs .. | |||
| 150 | 150 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 151 | 151 | // | |
| 152 | 152 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 153 | - | func (x *Spinner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 153 | + | func (x *Spinner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 154 | 154 | ||
| 155 | 155 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 156 | 156 | ||
| @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs .. | |||
| 186 | 186 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 187 | 187 | // | |
| 188 | 188 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 189 | - | func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 189 | + | func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 190 | 190 | ||
| 191 | 191 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 192 | 192 | ||
| @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfac | |||
| 219 | 219 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 220 | 220 | // | |
| 221 | 221 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 222 | - | func (x *Spinner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 222 | + | func (x *Spinner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 223 | 223 | ||
| 224 | 224 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkstack.go +6 -6
| @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ func (x *Stack) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...i | |||
| 533 | 533 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 534 | 534 | // | |
| 535 | 535 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 536 | - | func (x *Stack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 536 | + | func (x *Stack) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 537 | 537 | ||
| 538 | 538 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 539 | 539 | ||
| @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ func (x *Stack) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...i | |||
| 569 | 569 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 570 | 570 | // | |
| 571 | 571 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 572 | - | func (x *Stack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 572 | + | func (x *Stack) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 573 | 573 | ||
| 574 | 574 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 575 | 575 | ||
| @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ func (x *Stack) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{ | |||
| 602 | 602 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 603 | 603 | // | |
| 604 | 604 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 605 | - | func (x *Stack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 605 | + | func (x *Stack) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 606 | 606 | ||
| 607 | 607 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 608 | 608 | ||
| @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ func (x *StackPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 824 | 824 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 825 | 825 | // | |
| 826 | 826 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 827 | - | func (x *StackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 827 | + | func (x *StackPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 828 | 828 | ||
| 829 | 829 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 830 | 830 | ||
| @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ func (x *StackPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 860 | 860 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 861 | 861 | // | |
| 862 | 862 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 863 | - | func (x *StackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 863 | + | func (x *StackPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 864 | 864 | ||
| 865 | 865 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 866 | 866 | ||
| @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ func (x *StackPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 893 | 893 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 894 | 894 | // | |
| 895 | 895 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 896 | - | func (x *StackPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 896 | + | func (x *StackPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 897 | 897 | ||
| 898 | 898 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 899 | 899 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.go +3 -3
| @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 144 | 144 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 145 | 145 | // | |
| 146 | 146 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 147 | - | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 147 | + | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 148 | 148 | ||
| 149 | 149 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 150 | 150 | ||
| @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 180 | 180 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 181 | 181 | // | |
| 182 | 182 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 183 | - | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 183 | + | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 184 | 184 | ||
| 185 | 185 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 186 | 186 | ||
| @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 213 | 213 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 214 | 214 | // | |
| 215 | 215 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 216 | - | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 216 | + | func (x *StackSidebar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 217 | 217 | ||
| 218 | 218 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 219 | 219 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.go +3 -3
| @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varA | |||
| 159 | 159 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 160 | 160 | // | |
| 161 | 161 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 162 | - | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 162 | + | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 165 | 165 | ||
| @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varA | |||
| 195 | 195 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 196 | 196 | // | |
| 197 | 197 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 198 | - | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 198 | + | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 199 | 199 | ||
| 200 | 200 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 201 | 201 | ||
| @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...in | |||
| 228 | 228 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 229 | 229 | // | |
| 230 | 230 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 231 | - | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 231 | + | func (x *StackSwitcher) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 232 | 232 | ||
| 233 | 233 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 234 | 234 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkstatusbar.go +3 -3
| @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *Statusbar) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs | |||
| 214 | 214 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 215 | 215 | // | |
| 216 | 216 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 217 | - | func (x *Statusbar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 217 | + | func (x *Statusbar) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
| @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *Statusbar) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs | |||
| 250 | 250 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 251 | 251 | // | |
| 252 | 252 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 253 | - | func (x *Statusbar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 253 | + | func (x *Statusbar) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 254 | 254 | ||
| 255 | 255 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 256 | 256 | ||
| @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ func (x *Statusbar) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interf | |||
| 283 | 283 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 284 | 284 | // | |
| 285 | 285 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 286 | - | func (x *Statusbar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 286 | + | func (x *Statusbar) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| 288 | 288 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkstylecontext.go +4 -4
| @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ func (x *StyleContext) GetPadding(PaddingVar *Border) { | |||
| 174 | 174 | ||
| 175 | 175 | } | |
| 176 | 176 | ||
| 177 | - | var xStyleContextGetScale func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 177 | + | var xStyleContextGetScale func(uintptr) int | |
| 178 | 178 | ||
| 179 | 179 | // Returns the scale used for assets. | |
| 180 | - | func (x *StyleContext) GetScale() int32 { | |
| 180 | + | func (x *StyleContext) GetScale() int { | |
| 181 | 181 | ||
| 182 | 182 | return xStyleContextGetScale(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 183 | 183 | ||
| @@ -280,10 +280,10 @@ func (x *StyleContext) SetDisplay(DisplayVar *gdk.Display) { | |||
| 280 | 280 | ||
| 281 | 281 | } | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | - | var xStyleContextSetScale func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 283 | + | var xStyleContextSetScale func(uintptr, int) | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
| 285 | 285 | // Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style. | |
| 286 | - | func (x *StyleContext) SetScale(ScaleVar int32) { | |
| 286 | + | func (x *StyleContext) SetScale(ScaleVar int) { | |
| 287 | 287 | ||
| 288 | 288 | xStyleContextSetScale(x.GoPointer(), ScaleVar) | |
| 289 | 289 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtkswitch.go +3 -3
| @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ func (x *Switch) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ... | |||
| 209 | 209 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 210 | 210 | // | |
| 211 | 211 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 212 | - | func (x *Switch) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 212 | + | func (x *Switch) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | 214 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (x *Switch) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ... | |||
| 245 | 245 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 246 | 246 | // | |
| 247 | 247 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 248 | - | func (x *Switch) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 248 | + | func (x *Switch) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| 250 | 250 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 251 | 251 | ||
| @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (x *Switch) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface | |||
| 278 | 278 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 279 | 279 | // | |
| 280 | 280 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 281 | - | func (x *Switch) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 281 | + | func (x *Switch) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 282 | 282 | ||
| 283 | 283 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 284 | 284 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktestatcontext.go +2 -2
| @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xTestAccessibleAssertionMessageRole func(string, string, int32, string, string, uintptr, AccessibleRole, AccessibleRole) | |
| 9 | + | var xTestAccessibleAssertionMessageRole func(string, string, int, string, string, uintptr, AccessibleRole, AccessibleRole) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | - | func TestAccessibleAssertionMessageRole(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int32, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, AccessibleVar Accessible, ExpectedRoleVar AccessibleRole, ActualRoleVar AccessibleRole) { | |
| 11 | + | func TestAccessibleAssertionMessageRole(DomainVar string, FileVar string, LineVar int, FuncVar string, ExprVar string, AccessibleVar Accessible, ExpectedRoleVar AccessibleRole, ActualRoleVar AccessibleRole) { | |
| 12 | 12 | ||
| 13 | 13 | xTestAccessibleAssertionMessageRole(DomainVar, FileVar, LineVar, FuncVar, ExprVar, AccessibleVar.GoPointer(), ExpectedRoleVar, ActualRoleVar) | |
| 14 | 14 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktestutils.go +2 -2
| @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 6 | 6 | "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core" | |
| 7 | 7 | ) | |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | - | var xTestInit func(int32, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |
| 9 | + | var xTestInit func(int, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | 11 | // This function is used to initialize a GTK test program. | |
| 12 | 12 | // | |
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ var xTestInit func(int32, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |||
| 17 | 17 | // | |
| 18 | 18 | // Like gtk_init() and g_test_init(), any known arguments will be | |
| 19 | 19 | // processed and stripped from @argc and @argv. | |
| 20 | - | func TestInit(ArgcpVar int32, ArgvpVar uintptr, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 20 | + | func TestInit(ArgcpVar int, ArgvpVar uintptr, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | xTestInit(ArgcpVar, ArgvpVar, varArgs...) | |
| 23 | 23 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktext.go +22 -22
| @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetInvisibleChar() uint32 { | |||
| 235 | 235 | ||
| 236 | 236 | } | |
| 237 | 237 | ||
| 238 | - | var xTextGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 238 | + | var xTextGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int | |
| 239 | 239 | ||
| 240 | 240 | // Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in @self. | |
| 241 | 241 | // | |
| @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ var xTextGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 243 | 243 | // | |
| 244 | 244 | // This is equivalent to getting @self's `GtkEntryBuffer` and | |
| 245 | 245 | // calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.get_max_length] on it. | |
| 246 | - | func (x *Text) GetMaxLength() int32 { | |
| 246 | + | func (x *Text) GetMaxLength() int { | |
| 247 | 247 | ||
| 248 | 248 | return xTextGetMaxLength(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 249 | 249 | ||
| @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ func (x *Text) SetInvisibleChar(ChVar uint32) { | |||
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | 432 | } | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | - | var xTextSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 434 | + | var xTextSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int) | |
| 435 | 435 | ||
| 436 | 436 | // Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. | |
| 437 | 437 | // | |
| @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ var xTextSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 440 | 440 | // | |
| 441 | 441 | // This is equivalent to getting @self's `GtkEntryBuffer` and | |
| 442 | 442 | // calling [method@Gtk.EntryBuffer.set_max_length] on it. | |
| 443 | - | func (x *Text) SetMaxLength(LengthVar int32) { | |
| 443 | + | func (x *Text) SetMaxLength(LengthVar int) { | |
| 444 | 444 | ||
| 445 | 445 | xTextSetMaxLength(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar) | |
| 446 | 446 | ||
| @@ -617,8 +617,8 @@ func (x *Text) ConnectCutClipboard(cb func(Text)) { | |||
| 617 | 617 | // The default bindings for this signal are <kbd>Delete</kbd> | |
| 618 | 618 | // for deleting a character and <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>Delete</kbd> | |
| 619 | 619 | // for deleting a word. | |
| 620 | - | func (x *Text) ConnectDeleteFromCursor(cb func(Text, DeleteType, int32)) { | |
| 621 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, TypeVarp DeleteType, CountVarp int32) { | |
| 620 | + | func (x *Text) ConnectDeleteFromCursor(cb func(Text, DeleteType, int)) { | |
| 621 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, TypeVarp DeleteType, CountVarp int) { | |
| 622 | 622 | fa := Text{} | |
| 623 | 623 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 624 | 624 | ||
| @@ -683,8 +683,8 @@ func (x *Text) ConnectInsertEmoji(cb func(Text)) { | |||
| 683 | 683 | // move by individual characters/lines | |
| 684 | 684 | // - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>→</kbd>, etc. move by words/paragraphs | |
| 685 | 685 | // - <kbd>Home</kbd>, <kbd>End</kbd> move to the ends of the buffer | |
| 686 | - | func (x *Text) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(Text, MovementStep, int32, bool)) { | |
| 687 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int32, ExtendVarp bool) { | |
| 686 | + | func (x *Text) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(Text, MovementStep, int, bool)) { | |
| 687 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int, ExtendVarp bool) { | |
| 688 | 688 | fa := Text{} | |
| 689 | 689 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 690 | 690 | ||
| @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ func (x *Text) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...in | |||
| 801 | 801 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 802 | 802 | // | |
| 803 | 803 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 804 | - | func (x *Text) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 804 | + | func (x *Text) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 805 | 805 | ||
| 806 | 806 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 807 | 807 | ||
| @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ func (x *Text) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...in | |||
| 837 | 837 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 838 | 838 | // | |
| 839 | 839 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 840 | - | func (x *Text) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 840 | + | func (x *Text) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 841 | 841 | ||
| 842 | 842 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 843 | 843 | ||
| @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ func (x *Text) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{} | |||
| 870 | 870 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 871 | 871 | // | |
| 872 | 872 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 873 | - | func (x *Text) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 873 | + | func (x *Text) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 874 | 874 | ||
| 875 | 875 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 876 | 876 | ||
| @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ func (x *Text) DeleteSelection() { | |||
| 903 | 903 | // the end of the text. | |
| 904 | 904 | // | |
| 905 | 905 | // Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 906 | - | func (x *Text) DeleteText(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 906 | + | func (x *Text) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 907 | 907 | ||
| 908 | 908 | XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 909 | 909 | ||
| @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetAlignment() float32 { | |||
| 934 | 934 | // the end of the text. | |
| 935 | 935 | // | |
| 936 | 936 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 937 | - | func (x *Text) GetChars(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string { | |
| 937 | + | func (x *Text) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string { | |
| 938 | 938 | ||
| 939 | 939 | return XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 940 | 940 | ||
| @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetEnableUndo() bool { | |||
| 974 | 974 | } | |
| 975 | 975 | ||
| 976 | 976 | // Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters. | |
| 977 | - | func (x *Text) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 977 | + | func (x *Text) GetMaxWidthChars() int { | |
| 978 | 978 | ||
| 979 | 979 | return XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 980 | 980 | ||
| @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetMaxWidthChars() int32 { | |||
| 984 | 984 | // to the start of the content of the editable. | |
| 985 | 985 | // | |
| 986 | 986 | // Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 987 | - | func (x *Text) GetPosition() int32 { | |
| 987 | + | func (x *Text) GetPosition() int { | |
| 988 | 988 | ||
| 989 | 989 | return XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 990 | 990 | ||
| @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetPosition() int32 { | |||
| 997 | 997 | // and %FALSE will be returned. | |
| 998 | 998 | // | |
| 999 | 999 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1000 | - | func (x *Text) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) bool { | |
| 1000 | + | func (x *Text) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool { | |
| 1001 | 1001 | ||
| 1002 | 1002 | return XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1003 | 1003 | ||
| @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ func (x *Text) GetText() string { | |||
| 1014 | 1014 | ||
| 1015 | 1015 | // Gets the number of characters of space reserved | |
| 1016 | 1016 | // for the contents of the editable. | |
| 1017 | - | func (x *Text) GetWidthChars() int32 { | |
| 1017 | + | func (x *Text) GetWidthChars() int { | |
| 1018 | 1018 | ||
| 1019 | 1019 | return XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 1020 | 1020 | ||
| @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ func (x *Text) InitDelegate() { | |||
| 1039 | 1039 | // Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 1040 | 1040 | // The function updates @position to point after the newly | |
| 1041 | 1041 | // inserted text. | |
| 1042 | - | func (x *Text) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1042 | + | func (x *Text) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) { | |
| 1043 | 1043 | ||
| 1044 | 1044 | XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar) | |
| 1045 | 1045 | ||
| @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ func (x *Text) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, PositionVar int32) { | |||
| 1053 | 1053 | // @start_pos to the end of the text. | |
| 1054 | 1054 | // | |
| 1055 | 1055 | // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes. | |
| 1056 | - | func (x *Text) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) { | |
| 1056 | + | func (x *Text) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) { | |
| 1057 | 1057 | ||
| 1058 | 1058 | XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar) | |
| 1059 | 1059 | ||
| @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ func (x *Text) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) { | |||
| 1089 | 1089 | } | |
| 1090 | 1090 | ||
| 1091 | 1091 | // Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable. | |
| 1092 | - | func (x *Text) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 1092 | + | func (x *Text) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 1093 | 1093 | ||
| 1094 | 1094 | XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 1095 | 1095 | ||
| @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ func (x *Text) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |||
| 1102 | 1102 | // or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1 | |
| 1103 | 1103 | // indicates that the position should be set after the last character | |
| 1104 | 1104 | // of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes. | |
| 1105 | - | func (x *Text) SetPosition(PositionVar int32) { | |
| 1105 | + | func (x *Text) SetPosition(PositionVar int) { | |
| 1106 | 1106 | ||
| 1107 | 1107 | XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar) | |
| 1108 | 1108 | ||
| @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ func (x *Text) SetText(TextVar string) { | |||
| 1123 | 1123 | // Note that it changes the size request, the size can still | |
| 1124 | 1124 | // be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. | |
| 1125 | 1125 | // If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size. | |
| 1126 | - | func (x *Text) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int32) { | |
| 1126 | + | func (x *Text) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) { | |
| 1127 | 1127 | ||
| 1128 | 1128 | XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar) | |
| 1129 | 1129 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktextbuffer.go +30 -30
| @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) GetCanUndo() bool { | |||
| 414 | 414 | ||
| 415 | 415 | } | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| 417 | - | var xTextBufferGetCharCount func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 417 | + | var xTextBufferGetCharCount func(uintptr) int | |
| 418 | 418 | ||
| 419 | 419 | // Gets the number of characters in the buffer. | |
| 420 | 420 | // | |
| @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ var xTextBufferGetCharCount func(uintptr) int32 | |||
| 423 | 423 | // many bytes long. | |
| 424 | 424 | // | |
| 425 | 425 | // The character count is cached, so this function is very fast. | |
| 426 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetCharCount() int32 { | |
| 426 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetCharCount() int { | |
| 427 | 427 | ||
| 428 | 428 | return xTextBufferGetCharCount(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 429 | 429 | ||
| @@ -499,19 +499,19 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtChildAnchor(IterVar *TextIter, AnchorVar *TextChil | |||
| 499 | 499 | ||
| 500 | 500 | } | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | - | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLine func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32) bool | |
| 502 | + | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLine func(uintptr, *TextIter, int) bool | |
| 503 | 503 | ||
| 504 | 504 | // Initializes @iter to the start of the given line. | |
| 505 | 505 | // | |
| 506 | 506 | // If @line_number is greater than or equal to the number of lines | |
| 507 | 507 | // in the @buffer, the end iterator is returned. | |
| 508 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLine(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int32) bool { | |
| 508 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLine(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int) bool { | |
| 509 | 509 | ||
| 510 | 510 | return xTextBufferGetIterAtLine(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, LineNumberVar) | |
| 511 | 511 | ||
| 512 | 512 | } | |
| 513 | 513 | ||
| 514 | - | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineIndex func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |
| 514 | + | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineIndex func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int) bool | |
| 515 | 515 | ||
| 516 | 516 | // Obtains an iterator pointing to @byte_index within the given line. | |
| 517 | 517 | // | |
| @@ -521,13 +521,13 @@ var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineIndex func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 521 | 521 | // If @line_number is greater than or equal to the number of lines in the @buffer, | |
| 522 | 522 | // the end iterator is returned. And if @byte_index is off the | |
| 523 | 523 | // end of the line, the iterator at the end of the line is returned. | |
| 524 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLineIndex(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int32, ByteIndexVar int32) bool { | |
| 524 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLineIndex(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int, ByteIndexVar int) bool { | |
| 525 | 525 | ||
| 526 | 526 | return xTextBufferGetIterAtLineIndex(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, LineNumberVar, ByteIndexVar) | |
| 527 | 527 | ||
| 528 | 528 | } | |
| 529 | 529 | ||
| 530 | - | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |
| 530 | + | var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int) bool | |
| 531 | 531 | ||
| 532 | 532 | // Obtains an iterator pointing to @char_offset within the given line. | |
| 533 | 533 | // | |
| @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ var xTextBufferGetIterAtLineOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 537 | 537 | // If @line_number is greater than or equal to the number of lines in the @buffer, | |
| 538 | 538 | // the end iterator is returned. And if @char_offset is off the | |
| 539 | 539 | // end of the line, the iterator at the end of the line is returned. | |
| 540 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLineOffset(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int32, CharOffsetVar int32) bool { | |
| 540 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtLineOffset(IterVar *TextIter, LineNumberVar int, CharOffsetVar int) bool { | |
| 541 | 541 | ||
| 542 | 542 | return xTextBufferGetIterAtLineOffset(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, LineNumberVar, CharOffsetVar) | |
| 543 | 543 | ||
| @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtMark(IterVar *TextIter, MarkVar *TextMark) { | |||
| 552 | 552 | ||
| 553 | 553 | } | |
| 554 | 554 | ||
| 555 | - | var xTextBufferGetIterAtOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32) | |
| 555 | + | var xTextBufferGetIterAtOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int) | |
| 556 | 556 | ||
| 557 | 557 | // Initializes @iter to a position @char_offset chars from the start | |
| 558 | 558 | // of the entire buffer. | |
| @@ -560,18 +560,18 @@ var xTextBufferGetIterAtOffset func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32) | |||
| 560 | 560 | // If @char_offset is -1 or greater than the number | |
| 561 | 561 | // of characters in the buffer, @iter is initialized to the end iterator, | |
| 562 | 562 | // the iterator one past the last valid character in the buffer. | |
| 563 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtOffset(IterVar *TextIter, CharOffsetVar int32) { | |
| 563 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetIterAtOffset(IterVar *TextIter, CharOffsetVar int) { | |
| 564 | 564 | ||
| 565 | 565 | xTextBufferGetIterAtOffset(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, CharOffsetVar) | |
| 566 | 566 | ||
| 567 | 567 | } | |
| 568 | 568 | ||
| 569 | - | var xTextBufferGetLineCount func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 569 | + | var xTextBufferGetLineCount func(uintptr) int | |
| 570 | 570 | ||
| 571 | 571 | // Obtains the number of lines in the buffer. | |
| 572 | 572 | // | |
| 573 | 573 | // This value is cached, so the function is very fast. | |
| 574 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) GetLineCount() int32 { | |
| 574 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) GetLineCount() int { | |
| 575 | 575 | ||
| 576 | 576 | return xTextBufferGetLineCount(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 577 | 577 | ||
| @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) GetText(StartVar *TextIter, EndVar *TextIter, IncludeHidden | |||
| 749 | 749 | ||
| 750 | 750 | } | |
| 751 | 751 | ||
| 752 | - | var xTextBufferInsert func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32) | |
| 752 | + | var xTextBufferInsert func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int) | |
| 753 | 753 | ||
| 754 | 754 | // Inserts @len bytes of @text at position @iter. | |
| 755 | 755 | // | |
| @@ -759,19 +759,19 @@ var xTextBufferInsert func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32) | |||
| 759 | 759 | // insertion occurs (because the buffer contents change), but the | |
| 760 | 760 | // default signal handler revalidates it to point to the end of the | |
| 761 | 761 | // inserted text. | |
| 762 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) Insert(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int32) { | |
| 762 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) Insert(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int) { | |
| 763 | 763 | ||
| 764 | 764 | xTextBufferInsert(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, TextVar, LenVar) | |
| 765 | 765 | ||
| 766 | 766 | } | |
| 767 | 767 | ||
| 768 | - | var xTextBufferInsertAtCursor func(uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 768 | + | var xTextBufferInsertAtCursor func(uintptr, string, int) | |
| 769 | 769 | ||
| 770 | 770 | // Inserts @text in @buffer. | |
| 771 | 771 | // | |
| 772 | 772 | // Simply calls [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.insert], | |
| 773 | 773 | // using the current cursor position as the insertion point. | |
| 774 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertAtCursor(TextVar string, LenVar int32) { | |
| 774 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertAtCursor(TextVar string, LenVar int) { | |
| 775 | 775 | ||
| 776 | 776 | xTextBufferInsertAtCursor(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LenVar) | |
| 777 | 777 | ||
| @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) InsertChildAnchor(IterVar *TextIter, AnchorVar *TextChildAn | |||
| 798 | 798 | ||
| 799 | 799 | } | |
| 800 | 800 | ||
| 801 | - | var xTextBufferInsertInteractive func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32, bool) bool | |
| 801 | + | var xTextBufferInsertInteractive func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int, bool) bool | |
| 802 | 802 | ||
| 803 | 803 | // Inserts @text in @buffer. | |
| 804 | 804 | // | |
| @@ -810,13 +810,13 @@ var xTextBufferInsertInteractive func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32, bool) b | |||
| 810 | 810 | // @default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't | |
| 811 | 811 | // have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the | |
| 812 | 812 | // result of [method@Gtk.TextView.get_editable] is appropriate here. | |
| 813 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertInteractive(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int32, DefaultEditableVar bool) bool { | |
| 813 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertInteractive(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int, DefaultEditableVar bool) bool { | |
| 814 | 814 | ||
| 815 | 815 | return xTextBufferInsertInteractive(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, TextVar, LenVar, DefaultEditableVar) | |
| 816 | 816 | ||
| 817 | 817 | } | |
| 818 | 818 | ||
| 819 | - | var xTextBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor func(uintptr, string, int32, bool) bool | |
| 819 | + | var xTextBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor func(uintptr, string, int, bool) bool | |
| 820 | 820 | ||
| 821 | 821 | // Inserts @text in @buffer. | |
| 822 | 822 | // | |
| @@ -826,13 +826,13 @@ var xTextBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor func(uintptr, string, int32, bool) bool | |||
| 826 | 826 | // @default_editable indicates the editability of text that doesn't | |
| 827 | 827 | // have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the | |
| 828 | 828 | // result of [method@Gtk.TextView.get_editable] is appropriate here. | |
| 829 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertInteractiveAtCursor(TextVar string, LenVar int32, DefaultEditableVar bool) bool { | |
| 829 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertInteractiveAtCursor(TextVar string, LenVar int, DefaultEditableVar bool) bool { | |
| 830 | 830 | ||
| 831 | 831 | return xTextBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LenVar, DefaultEditableVar) | |
| 832 | 832 | ||
| 833 | 833 | } | |
| 834 | 834 | ||
| 835 | - | var xTextBufferInsertMarkup func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32) | |
| 835 | + | var xTextBufferInsertMarkup func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int) | |
| 836 | 836 | ||
| 837 | 837 | // Inserts the text in @markup at position @iter. | |
| 838 | 838 | // | |
| @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ var xTextBufferInsertMarkup func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32) | |||
| 840 | 840 | // and valid UTF-8. Emits the [signal@Gtk.TextBuffer::insert-text] signal, | |
| 841 | 841 | // possibly multiple times; insertion actually occurs in the default handler | |
| 842 | 842 | // for the signal. @iter will point to the end of the inserted text on return. | |
| 843 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertMarkup(IterVar *TextIter, MarkupVar string, LenVar int32) { | |
| 843 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertMarkup(IterVar *TextIter, MarkupVar string, LenVar int) { | |
| 844 | 844 | ||
| 845 | 845 | xTextBufferInsertMarkup(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, MarkupVar, LenVar) | |
| 846 | 846 | ||
| @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) InsertRangeInteractive(IterVar *TextIter, StartVar *TextIte | |||
| 898 | 898 | ||
| 899 | 899 | } | |
| 900 | 900 | ||
| 901 | - | var xTextBufferInsertWithTags func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |
| 901 | + | var xTextBufferInsertWithTags func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int, uintptr, ...interface{}) | |
| 902 | 902 | ||
| 903 | 903 | // Inserts @text into @buffer at @iter, applying the list of tags to | |
| 904 | 904 | // the newly-inserted text. | |
| @@ -907,20 +907,20 @@ var xTextBufferInsertWithTags func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32, uintptr, . | |||
| 907 | 907 | // Equivalent to calling [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.insert], | |
| 908 | 908 | // then [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.apply_tag] on the inserted text; | |
| 909 | 909 | // this is just a convenience function. | |
| 910 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertWithTags(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int32, FirstTagVar *TextTag, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 910 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertWithTags(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int, FirstTagVar *TextTag, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 911 | 911 | ||
| 912 | 912 | xTextBufferInsertWithTags(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, TextVar, LenVar, FirstTagVar.GoPointer(), varArgs...) | |
| 913 | 913 | ||
| 914 | 914 | } | |
| 915 | 915 | ||
| 916 | - | var xTextBufferInsertWithTagsByName func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int32, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 916 | + | var xTextBufferInsertWithTagsByName func(uintptr, *TextIter, string, int, string, ...interface{}) | |
| 917 | 917 | ||
| 918 | 918 | // Inserts @text into @buffer at @iter, applying the list of tags to | |
| 919 | 919 | // the newly-inserted text. | |
| 920 | 920 | // | |
| 921 | 921 | // Same as [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.insert_with_tags], but allows you | |
| 922 | 922 | // to pass in tag names instead of tag objects. | |
| 923 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertWithTagsByName(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int32, FirstTagNameVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 923 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) InsertWithTagsByName(IterVar *TextIter, TextVar string, LenVar int, FirstTagNameVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |
| 924 | 924 | ||
| 925 | 925 | xTextBufferInsertWithTagsByName(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, TextVar, LenVar, FirstTagNameVar, varArgs...) | |
| 926 | 926 | ||
| @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) SetModified(SettingVar bool) { | |||
| 1108 | 1108 | ||
| 1109 | 1109 | } | |
| 1110 | 1110 | ||
| 1111 | - | var xTextBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int32) | |
| 1111 | + | var xTextBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int) | |
| 1112 | 1112 | ||
| 1113 | 1113 | // Deletes current contents of @buffer, and inserts @text instead. This is | |
| 1114 | 1114 | // automatically marked as an irreversible action in the undo stack. If you | |
| @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ var xTextBufferSetText func(uintptr, string, int32) | |||
| 1117 | 1117 | // | |
| 1118 | 1118 | // If @len is -1, @text must be nul-terminated. | |
| 1119 | 1119 | // @text must be valid UTF-8. | |
| 1120 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) SetText(TextVar string, LenVar int32) { | |
| 1120 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) SetText(TextVar string, LenVar int) { | |
| 1121 | 1121 | ||
| 1122 | 1122 | xTextBufferSetText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LenVar) | |
| 1123 | 1123 | ||
| @@ -1293,8 +1293,8 @@ func (x *TextBuffer) ConnectInsertPaintable(cb func(TextBuffer, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 1293 | 1293 | // | |
| 1294 | 1294 | // See also: [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.insert], | |
| 1295 | 1295 | // [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.insert_range]. | |
| 1296 | - | func (x *TextBuffer) ConnectInsertText(cb func(TextBuffer, uintptr, string, int32)) { | |
| 1297 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, LocationVarp uintptr, TextVarp string, LenVarp int32) { | |
| 1296 | + | func (x *TextBuffer) ConnectInsertText(cb func(TextBuffer, uintptr, string, int)) { | |
| 1297 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, LocationVarp uintptr, TextVarp string, LenVarp int) { | |
| 1298 | 1298 | fa := TextBuffer{} | |
| 1299 | 1299 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1300 | 1300 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktextiter.go +9 -9
| @@ -16,27 +16,27 @@ type TextIter struct { | |||
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | 17 | Dummy2 uintptr | |
| 18 | 18 | ||
| 19 | - | Dummy3 int32 | |
| 19 | + | Dummy3 int | |
| 20 | 20 | ||
| 21 | - | Dummy4 int32 | |
| 21 | + | Dummy4 int | |
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | - | Dummy5 int32 | |
| 23 | + | Dummy5 int | |
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | - | Dummy6 int32 | |
| 25 | + | Dummy6 int | |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | - | Dummy7 int32 | |
| 27 | + | Dummy7 int | |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | - | Dummy8 int32 | |
| 29 | + | Dummy8 int | |
| 30 | 30 | ||
| 31 | 31 | Dummy9 uintptr | |
| 32 | 32 | ||
| 33 | 33 | Dummy10 uintptr | |
| 34 | 34 | ||
| 35 | - | Dummy11 int32 | |
| 35 | + | Dummy11 int | |
| 36 | 36 | ||
| 37 | - | Dummy12 int32 | |
| 37 | + | Dummy12 int | |
| 38 | 38 | ||
| 39 | - | Dummy13 int32 | |
| 39 | + | Dummy13 int | |
| 40 | 40 | ||
| 41 | 41 | Dummy14 uintptr | |
| 42 | 42 | } | |
M v4/gtk/gtktexttag.go +4 -4
| @@ -71,16 +71,16 @@ func (x *TextTag) Changed(SizeChangedVar bool) { | |||
| 71 | 71 | ||
| 72 | 72 | } | |
| 73 | 73 | ||
| 74 | - | var xTextTagGetPriority func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 74 | + | var xTextTagGetPriority func(uintptr) int | |
| 75 | 75 | ||
| 76 | 76 | // Get the tag priority. | |
| 77 | - | func (x *TextTag) GetPriority() int32 { | |
| 77 | + | func (x *TextTag) GetPriority() int { | |
| 78 | 78 | ||
| 79 | 79 | return xTextTagGetPriority(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 80 | 80 | ||
| 81 | 81 | } | |
| 82 | 82 | ||
| 83 | - | var xTextTagSetPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 83 | + | var xTextTagSetPriority func(uintptr, int) | |
| 84 | 84 | ||
| 85 | 85 | // Sets the priority of a `GtkTextTag`. | |
| 86 | 86 | // | |
| @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ var xTextTagSetPriority func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 96 | 96 | // precedence of a set of tags is the order in which they were added | |
| 97 | 97 | // to the table, or created with [method@Gtk.TextBuffer.create_tag], | |
| 98 | 98 | // which adds the tag to the buffer’s table automatically. | |
| 99 | - | func (x *TextTag) SetPriority(PriorityVar int32) { | |
| 99 | + | func (x *TextTag) SetPriority(PriorityVar int) { | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | 101 | xTextTagSetPriority(x.GoPointer(), PriorityVar) | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktexttagtable.go +2 -2
| @@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ func (x *TextTagTable) Foreach(FuncVar TextTagTableForeach, DataVar uintptr) { | |||
| 86 | 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | } | |
| 88 | 88 | ||
| 89 | - | var xTextTagTableGetSize func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 89 | + | var xTextTagTableGetSize func(uintptr) int | |
| 90 | 90 | ||
| 91 | 91 | // Returns the size of the table (number of tags) | |
| 92 | - | func (x *TextTagTable) GetSize() int32 { | |
| 92 | + | func (x *TextTagTable) GetSize() int { | |
| 93 | 93 | ||
| 94 | 94 | return xTextTagTableGetSize(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 95 | 95 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktextview.go +59 -59
| @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *TextView) AddChildAtAnchor(ChildVar *Widget, AnchorVar *TextChildAnchor | |||
| 159 | 159 | ||
| 160 | 160 | } | |
| 161 | 161 | ||
| 162 | - | var xTextViewAddOverlay func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 162 | + | var xTextViewAddOverlay func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 163 | 163 | ||
| 164 | 164 | // Adds @child at a fixed coordinate in the `GtkTextView`'s text window. | |
| 165 | 165 | // | |
| @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ var xTextViewAddOverlay func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |||
| 171 | 171 | // | |
| 172 | 172 | // If instead you want a widget that will not move with the | |
| 173 | 173 | // `GtkTextView` contents see `GtkOverlay`. | |
| 174 | - | func (x *TextView) AddOverlay(ChildVar *Widget, XposVar int32, YposVar int32) { | |
| 174 | + | func (x *TextView) AddOverlay(ChildVar *Widget, XposVar int, YposVar int) { | |
| 175 | 175 | ||
| 176 | 176 | xTextViewAddOverlay(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), XposVar, YposVar) | |
| 177 | 177 | ||
| @@ -211,10 +211,10 @@ func (x *TextView) BackwardDisplayLineStart(IterVar *TextIter) bool { | |||
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | } | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | - | var xTextViewBufferToWindowCoords func(uintptr, TextWindowType, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 214 | + | var xTextViewBufferToWindowCoords func(uintptr, TextWindowType, int, int, int, int) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| 216 | 216 | // Converts buffer coordinates to window coordinates. | |
| 217 | - | func (x *TextView) BufferToWindowCoords(WinVar TextWindowType, BufferXVar int32, BufferYVar int32, WindowXVar int32, WindowYVar int32) { | |
| 217 | + | func (x *TextView) BufferToWindowCoords(WinVar TextWindowType, BufferXVar int, BufferYVar int, WindowXVar int, WindowYVar int) { | |
| 218 | 218 | ||
| 219 | 219 | xTextViewBufferToWindowCoords(x.GoPointer(), WinVar, BufferXVar, BufferYVar, WindowXVar, WindowYVar) | |
| 220 | 220 | ||
| @@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ func (x *TextView) GetAcceptsTab() bool { | |||
| 265 | 265 | ||
| 266 | 266 | } | |
| 267 | 267 | ||
| 268 | - | var xTextViewGetBottomMargin func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 268 | + | var xTextViewGetBottomMargin func(uintptr) int | |
| 269 | 269 | ||
| 270 | 270 | // Gets the bottom margin for text in the @text_view. | |
| 271 | - | func (x *TextView) GetBottomMargin() int32 { | |
| 271 | + | func (x *TextView) GetBottomMargin() int { | |
| 272 | 272 | ||
| 273 | 273 | return xTextViewGetBottomMargin(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 274 | 274 | ||
| @@ -385,13 +385,13 @@ func (x *TextView) GetGutter(WinVar TextWindowType) *Widget { | |||
| 385 | 385 | ||
| 386 | 386 | } | |
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | - | var xTextViewGetIndent func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 388 | + | var xTextViewGetIndent func(uintptr) int | |
| 389 | 389 | ||
| 390 | 390 | // Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in @text_view. | |
| 391 | 391 | // | |
| 392 | 392 | // Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default. | |
| 393 | 393 | // The indentation may be negative. | |
| 394 | - | func (x *TextView) GetIndent() int32 { | |
| 394 | + | func (x *TextView) GetIndent() int { | |
| 395 | 395 | ||
| 396 | 396 | return xTextViewGetIndent(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 397 | 397 | ||
| @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ func (x *TextView) GetInputPurpose() InputPurpose { | |||
| 415 | 415 | ||
| 416 | 416 | } | |
| 417 | 417 | ||
| 418 | - | var xTextViewGetIterAtLocation func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |
| 418 | + | var xTextViewGetIterAtLocation func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int) bool | |
| 419 | 419 | ||
| 420 | 420 | // Retrieves the iterator at buffer coordinates @x and @y. | |
| 421 | 421 | // | |
| @@ -423,13 +423,13 @@ var xTextViewGetIterAtLocation func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) bool | |||
| 423 | 423 | // the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an | |
| 424 | 424 | // event, you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with | |
| 425 | 425 | // [method@Gtk.TextView.window_to_buffer_coords]. | |
| 426 | - | func (x *TextView) GetIterAtLocation(IterVar *TextIter, XVar int32, YVar int32) bool { | |
| 426 | + | func (x *TextView) GetIterAtLocation(IterVar *TextIter, XVar int, YVar int) bool { | |
| 427 | 427 | ||
| 428 | 428 | return xTextViewGetIterAtLocation(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, XVar, YVar) | |
| 429 | 429 | ||
| 430 | 430 | } | |
| 431 | 431 | ||
| 432 | - | var xTextViewGetIterAtPosition func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32, int32) bool | |
| 432 | + | var xTextViewGetIterAtPosition func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int, int) bool | |
| 433 | 433 | ||
| 434 | 434 | // Retrieves the iterator pointing to the character at buffer | |
| 435 | 435 | // coordinates @x and @y. | |
| @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ var xTextViewGetIterAtPosition func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32, int32) boo | |||
| 441 | 441 | // | |
| 442 | 442 | // Note that this is different from [method@Gtk.TextView.get_iter_at_location], | |
| 443 | 443 | // which returns cursor locations, i.e. positions between characters. | |
| 444 | - | func (x *TextView) GetIterAtPosition(IterVar *TextIter, TrailingVar int32, XVar int32, YVar int32) bool { | |
| 444 | + | func (x *TextView) GetIterAtPosition(IterVar *TextIter, TrailingVar int, XVar int, YVar int) bool { | |
| 445 | 445 | ||
| 446 | 446 | return xTextViewGetIterAtPosition(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, TrailingVar, XVar, YVar) | |
| 447 | 447 | ||
| @@ -471,18 +471,18 @@ func (x *TextView) GetJustification() Justification { | |||
| 471 | 471 | ||
| 472 | 472 | } | |
| 473 | 473 | ||
| 474 | - | var xTextViewGetLeftMargin func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 474 | + | var xTextViewGetLeftMargin func(uintptr) int | |
| 475 | 475 | ||
| 476 | 476 | // Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view. | |
| 477 | 477 | // | |
| 478 | 478 | // Tags in the buffer may override the default. | |
| 479 | - | func (x *TextView) GetLeftMargin() int32 { | |
| 479 | + | func (x *TextView) GetLeftMargin() int { | |
| 480 | 480 | ||
| 481 | 481 | return xTextViewGetLeftMargin(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 482 | 482 | ||
| 483 | 483 | } | |
| 484 | 484 | ||
| 485 | - | var xTextViewGetLineAtY func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) | |
| 485 | + | var xTextViewGetLineAtY func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int) | |
| 486 | 486 | ||
| 487 | 487 | // Gets the `GtkTextIter` at the start of the line containing | |
| 488 | 488 | // the coordinate @y. | |
| @@ -491,20 +491,20 @@ var xTextViewGetLineAtY func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) | |||
| 491 | 491 | // [method@Gtk.TextView.window_to_buffer_coords]. If non-%NULL, | |
| 492 | 492 | // @line_top will be filled with the coordinate of the top edge | |
| 493 | 493 | // of the line. | |
| 494 | - | func (x *TextView) GetLineAtY(TargetIterVar *TextIter, YVar int32, LineTopVar int32) { | |
| 494 | + | func (x *TextView) GetLineAtY(TargetIterVar *TextIter, YVar int, LineTopVar int) { | |
| 495 | 495 | ||
| 496 | 496 | xTextViewGetLineAtY(x.GoPointer(), TargetIterVar, YVar, LineTopVar) | |
| 497 | 497 | ||
| 498 | 498 | } | |
| 499 | 499 | ||
| 500 | - | var xTextViewGetLineYrange func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32, int32) | |
| 500 | + | var xTextViewGetLineYrange func(uintptr, *TextIter, int, int) | |
| 501 | 501 | ||
| 502 | 502 | // Gets the y coordinate of the top of the line containing @iter, | |
| 503 | 503 | // and the height of the line. | |
| 504 | 504 | // | |
| 505 | 505 | // The coordinate is a buffer coordinate; convert to window | |
| 506 | 506 | // coordinates with [method@Gtk.TextView.buffer_to_window_coords]. | |
| 507 | - | func (x *TextView) GetLineYrange(IterVar *TextIter, YVar int32, HeightVar int32) { | |
| 507 | + | func (x *TextView) GetLineYrange(IterVar *TextIter, YVar int, HeightVar int) { | |
| 508 | 508 | ||
| 509 | 509 | xTextViewGetLineYrange(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, YVar, HeightVar) | |
| 510 | 510 | ||
| @@ -549,46 +549,46 @@ func (x *TextView) GetOverwrite() bool { | |||
| 549 | 549 | ||
| 550 | 550 | } | |
| 551 | 551 | ||
| 552 | - | var xTextViewGetPixelsAboveLines func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 552 | + | var xTextViewGetPixelsAboveLines func(uintptr) int | |
| 553 | 553 | ||
| 554 | 554 | // Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs. | |
| 555 | 555 | // | |
| 556 | 556 | // Adding this function with [method@Gtk.TextView.get_pixels_below_lines] | |
| 557 | 557 | // is equal to the line space between each paragraph. | |
| 558 | - | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsAboveLines() int32 { | |
| 558 | + | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsAboveLines() int { | |
| 559 | 559 | ||
| 560 | 560 | return xTextViewGetPixelsAboveLines(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 561 | 561 | ||
| 562 | 562 | } | |
| 563 | 563 | ||
| 564 | - | var xTextViewGetPixelsBelowLines func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 564 | + | var xTextViewGetPixelsBelowLines func(uintptr) int | |
| 565 | 565 | ||
| 566 | 566 | // Gets the default number of pixels to put below paragraphs. | |
| 567 | 567 | // | |
| 568 | 568 | // The line space is the sum of the value returned by this function and | |
| 569 | 569 | // the value returned by [method@Gtk.TextView.get_pixels_above_lines]. | |
| 570 | - | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsBelowLines() int32 { | |
| 570 | + | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsBelowLines() int { | |
| 571 | 571 | ||
| 572 | 572 | return xTextViewGetPixelsBelowLines(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 573 | 573 | ||
| 574 | 574 | } | |
| 575 | 575 | ||
| 576 | - | var xTextViewGetPixelsInsideWrap func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 576 | + | var xTextViewGetPixelsInsideWrap func(uintptr) int | |
| 577 | 577 | ||
| 578 | 578 | // Gets the default number of pixels to put between wrapped lines | |
| 579 | 579 | // inside a paragraph. | |
| 580 | - | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsInsideWrap() int32 { | |
| 580 | + | func (x *TextView) GetPixelsInsideWrap() int { | |
| 581 | 581 | ||
| 582 | 582 | return xTextViewGetPixelsInsideWrap(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 583 | 583 | ||
| 584 | 584 | } | |
| 585 | 585 | ||
| 586 | - | var xTextViewGetRightMargin func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 586 | + | var xTextViewGetRightMargin func(uintptr) int | |
| 587 | 587 | ||
| 588 | 588 | // Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. | |
| 589 | 589 | // | |
| 590 | 590 | // Tags in the buffer may override the default. | |
| 591 | - | func (x *TextView) GetRightMargin() int32 { | |
| 591 | + | func (x *TextView) GetRightMargin() int { | |
| 592 | 592 | ||
| 593 | 593 | return xTextViewGetRightMargin(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 594 | 594 | ||
| @@ -628,10 +628,10 @@ func (x *TextView) GetTabs() *pango.TabArray { | |||
| 628 | 628 | ||
| 629 | 629 | } | |
| 630 | 630 | ||
| 631 | - | var xTextViewGetTopMargin func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 631 | + | var xTextViewGetTopMargin func(uintptr) int | |
| 632 | 632 | ||
| 633 | 633 | // Gets the top margin for text in the @text_view. | |
| 634 | - | func (x *TextView) GetTopMargin() int32 { | |
| 634 | + | func (x *TextView) GetTopMargin() int { | |
| 635 | 635 | ||
| 636 | 636 | return xTextViewGetTopMargin(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 637 | 637 | ||
| @@ -711,18 +711,18 @@ func (x *TextView) MoveMarkOnscreen(MarkVar *TextMark) bool { | |||
| 711 | 711 | ||
| 712 | 712 | } | |
| 713 | 713 | ||
| 714 | - | var xTextViewMoveOverlay func(uintptr, uintptr, int32, int32) | |
| 714 | + | var xTextViewMoveOverlay func(uintptr, uintptr, int, int) | |
| 715 | 715 | ||
| 716 | 716 | // Updates the position of a child. | |
| 717 | 717 | // | |
| 718 | 718 | // See [method@Gtk.TextView.add_overlay]. | |
| 719 | - | func (x *TextView) MoveOverlay(ChildVar *Widget, XposVar int32, YposVar int32) { | |
| 719 | + | func (x *TextView) MoveOverlay(ChildVar *Widget, XposVar int, YposVar int) { | |
| 720 | 720 | ||
| 721 | 721 | xTextViewMoveOverlay(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer(), XposVar, YposVar) | |
| 722 | 722 | ||
| 723 | 723 | } | |
| 724 | 724 | ||
| 725 | - | var xTextViewMoveVisually func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32) bool | |
| 725 | + | var xTextViewMoveVisually func(uintptr, *TextIter, int) bool | |
| 726 | 726 | ||
| 727 | 727 | // Move the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating | |
| 728 | 728 | // it as the strong cursor position. | |
| @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ var xTextViewMoveVisually func(uintptr, *TextIter, int32) bool | |||
| 736 | 736 | // between logical and visual order will depend on the direction | |
| 737 | 737 | // of the current run, and there may be jumps when the cursor | |
| 738 | 738 | // is moved off of the end of a run. | |
| 739 | - | func (x *TextView) MoveVisually(IterVar *TextIter, CountVar int32) bool { | |
| 739 | + | func (x *TextView) MoveVisually(IterVar *TextIter, CountVar int) bool { | |
| 740 | 740 | ||
| 741 | 741 | return xTextViewMoveVisually(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, CountVar) | |
| 742 | 742 | ||
| @@ -851,13 +851,13 @@ func (x *TextView) SetAcceptsTab(AcceptsTabVar bool) { | |||
| 851 | 851 | ||
| 852 | 852 | } | |
| 853 | 853 | ||
| 854 | - | var xTextViewSetBottomMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 854 | + | var xTextViewSetBottomMargin func(uintptr, int) | |
| 855 | 855 | ||
| 856 | 856 | // Sets the bottom margin for text in @text_view. | |
| 857 | 857 | // | |
| 858 | 858 | // Note that this function is confusingly named. | |
| 859 | 859 | // In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. | |
| 860 | - | func (x *TextView) SetBottomMargin(BottomMarginVar int32) { | |
| 860 | + | func (x *TextView) SetBottomMargin(BottomMarginVar int) { | |
| 861 | 861 | ||
| 862 | 862 | xTextViewSetBottomMargin(x.GoPointer(), BottomMarginVar) | |
| 863 | 863 | ||
| @@ -928,12 +928,12 @@ func (x *TextView) SetGutter(WinVar TextWindowType, WidgetVar *Widget) { | |||
| 928 | 928 | ||
| 929 | 929 | } | |
| 930 | 930 | ||
| 931 | - | var xTextViewSetIndent func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 931 | + | var xTextViewSetIndent func(uintptr, int) | |
| 932 | 932 | ||
| 933 | 933 | // Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in @text_view. | |
| 934 | 934 | // | |
| 935 | 935 | // Tags in the buffer may override the default. | |
| 936 | - | func (x *TextView) SetIndent(IndentVar int32) { | |
| 936 | + | func (x *TextView) SetIndent(IndentVar int) { | |
| 937 | 937 | ||
| 938 | 938 | xTextViewSetIndent(x.GoPointer(), IndentVar) | |
| 939 | 939 | ||
| @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ func (x *TextView) SetJustification(JustificationVar Justification) { | |||
| 974 | 974 | ||
| 975 | 975 | } | |
| 976 | 976 | ||
| 977 | - | var xTextViewSetLeftMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 977 | + | var xTextViewSetLeftMargin func(uintptr, int) | |
| 978 | 978 | ||
| 979 | 979 | // Sets the default left margin for text in @text_view. | |
| 980 | 980 | // | |
| @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ var xTextViewSetLeftMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 982 | 982 | // | |
| 983 | 983 | // Note that this function is confusingly named. | |
| 984 | 984 | // In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. | |
| 985 | - | func (x *TextView) SetLeftMargin(LeftMarginVar int32) { | |
| 985 | + | func (x *TextView) SetLeftMargin(LeftMarginVar int) { | |
| 986 | 986 | ||
| 987 | 987 | xTextViewSetLeftMargin(x.GoPointer(), LeftMarginVar) | |
| 988 | 988 | ||
| @@ -1007,42 +1007,42 @@ func (x *TextView) SetOverwrite(OverwriteVar bool) { | |||
| 1007 | 1007 | ||
| 1008 | 1008 | } | |
| 1009 | 1009 | ||
| 1010 | - | var xTextViewSetPixelsAboveLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1010 | + | var xTextViewSetPixelsAboveLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1011 | 1011 | ||
| 1012 | 1012 | // Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in @text_view. | |
| 1013 | 1013 | // | |
| 1014 | 1014 | // Tags in the buffer for @text_view may override the defaults. | |
| 1015 | - | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsAboveLines(PixelsAboveLinesVar int32) { | |
| 1015 | + | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsAboveLines(PixelsAboveLinesVar int) { | |
| 1016 | 1016 | ||
| 1017 | 1017 | xTextViewSetPixelsAboveLines(x.GoPointer(), PixelsAboveLinesVar) | |
| 1018 | 1018 | ||
| 1019 | 1019 | } | |
| 1020 | 1020 | ||
| 1021 | - | var xTextViewSetPixelsBelowLines func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1021 | + | var xTextViewSetPixelsBelowLines func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1022 | 1022 | ||
| 1023 | 1023 | // Sets the default number of pixels of blank space | |
| 1024 | 1024 | // to put below paragraphs in @text_view. | |
| 1025 | 1025 | // | |
| 1026 | 1026 | // May be overridden by tags applied to @text_view’s buffer. | |
| 1027 | - | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsBelowLines(PixelsBelowLinesVar int32) { | |
| 1027 | + | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsBelowLines(PixelsBelowLinesVar int) { | |
| 1028 | 1028 | ||
| 1029 | 1029 | xTextViewSetPixelsBelowLines(x.GoPointer(), PixelsBelowLinesVar) | |
| 1030 | 1030 | ||
| 1031 | 1031 | } | |
| 1032 | 1032 | ||
| 1033 | - | var xTextViewSetPixelsInsideWrap func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1033 | + | var xTextViewSetPixelsInsideWrap func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1034 | 1034 | ||
| 1035 | 1035 | // Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between | |
| 1036 | 1036 | // display/wrapped lines within a paragraph. | |
| 1037 | 1037 | // | |
| 1038 | 1038 | // May be overridden by tags in @text_view’s buffer. | |
| 1039 | - | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsInsideWrap(PixelsInsideWrapVar int32) { | |
| 1039 | + | func (x *TextView) SetPixelsInsideWrap(PixelsInsideWrapVar int) { | |
| 1040 | 1040 | ||
| 1041 | 1041 | xTextViewSetPixelsInsideWrap(x.GoPointer(), PixelsInsideWrapVar) | |
| 1042 | 1042 | ||
| 1043 | 1043 | } | |
| 1044 | 1044 | ||
| 1045 | - | var xTextViewSetRightMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1045 | + | var xTextViewSetRightMargin func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1046 | 1046 | ||
| 1047 | 1047 | // Sets the default right margin for text in the text view. | |
| 1048 | 1048 | // | |
| @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ var xTextViewSetRightMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 1050 | 1050 | // | |
| 1051 | 1051 | // Note that this function is confusingly named. | |
| 1052 | 1052 | // In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. | |
| 1053 | - | func (x *TextView) SetRightMargin(RightMarginVar int32) { | |
| 1053 | + | func (x *TextView) SetRightMargin(RightMarginVar int) { | |
| 1054 | 1054 | ||
| 1055 | 1055 | xTextViewSetRightMargin(x.GoPointer(), RightMarginVar) | |
| 1056 | 1056 | ||
| @@ -1067,13 +1067,13 @@ func (x *TextView) SetTabs(TabsVar *pango.TabArray) { | |||
| 1067 | 1067 | ||
| 1068 | 1068 | } | |
| 1069 | 1069 | ||
| 1070 | - | var xTextViewSetTopMargin func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 1070 | + | var xTextViewSetTopMargin func(uintptr, int) | |
| 1071 | 1071 | ||
| 1072 | 1072 | // Sets the top margin for text in @text_view. | |
| 1073 | 1073 | // | |
| 1074 | 1074 | // Note that this function is confusingly named. | |
| 1075 | 1075 | // In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. | |
| 1076 | - | func (x *TextView) SetTopMargin(TopMarginVar int32) { | |
| 1076 | + | func (x *TextView) SetTopMargin(TopMarginVar int) { | |
| 1077 | 1077 | ||
| 1078 | 1078 | xTextViewSetTopMargin(x.GoPointer(), TopMarginVar) | |
| 1079 | 1079 | ||
| @@ -1100,11 +1100,11 @@ func (x *TextView) StartsDisplayLine(IterVar *TextIter) bool { | |||
| 1100 | 1100 | ||
| 1101 | 1101 | } | |
| 1102 | 1102 | ||
| 1103 | - | var xTextViewWindowToBufferCoords func(uintptr, TextWindowType, int32, int32, int32, int32) | |
| 1103 | + | var xTextViewWindowToBufferCoords func(uintptr, TextWindowType, int, int, int, int) | |
| 1104 | 1104 | ||
| 1105 | 1105 | // Converts coordinates on the window identified by @win to buffer | |
| 1106 | 1106 | // coordinates. | |
| 1107 | - | func (x *TextView) WindowToBufferCoords(WinVar TextWindowType, WindowXVar int32, WindowYVar int32, BufferXVar int32, BufferYVar int32) { | |
| 1107 | + | func (x *TextView) WindowToBufferCoords(WinVar TextWindowType, WindowXVar int, WindowYVar int, BufferXVar int, BufferYVar int) { | |
| 1108 | 1108 | ||
| 1109 | 1109 | xTextViewWindowToBufferCoords(x.GoPointer(), WinVar, WindowXVar, WindowYVar, BufferXVar, BufferYVar) | |
| 1110 | 1110 | ||
| @@ -1183,8 +1183,8 @@ func (x *TextView) ConnectCutClipboard(cb func(TextView)) { | |||
| 1183 | 1183 | // deleting a character, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>Delete</kbd> for | |
| 1184 | 1184 | // deleting a word and <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>Backspace</kbd> for | |
| 1185 | 1185 | // deleting a word backwards. | |
| 1186 | - | func (x *TextView) ConnectDeleteFromCursor(cb func(TextView, DeleteType, int32)) { | |
| 1187 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, TypeVarp DeleteType, CountVarp int32) { | |
| 1186 | + | func (x *TextView) ConnectDeleteFromCursor(cb func(TextView, DeleteType, int)) { | |
| 1187 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, TypeVarp DeleteType, CountVarp int) { | |
| 1188 | 1188 | fa := TextView{} | |
| 1189 | 1189 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1190 | 1190 | ||
| @@ -1263,8 +1263,8 @@ func (x *TextView) ConnectInsertEmoji(cb func(TextView)) { | |||
| 1263 | 1263 | // - <kbd>PgUp</kbd>, <kbd>PgDn</kbd> move vertically by pages | |
| 1264 | 1264 | // - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>PgUp</kbd>, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-<kbd>PgDn</kbd> | |
| 1265 | 1265 | // move horizontally by pages | |
| 1266 | - | func (x *TextView) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(TextView, MovementStep, int32, bool)) { | |
| 1267 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int32, ExtendSelectionVarp bool) { | |
| 1266 | + | func (x *TextView) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(TextView, MovementStep, int, bool)) { | |
| 1267 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp MovementStep, CountVarp int, ExtendSelectionVarp bool) { | |
| 1268 | 1268 | fa := TextView{} | |
| 1269 | 1269 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1270 | 1270 | ||
| @@ -1282,8 +1282,8 @@ func (x *TextView) ConnectMoveCursor(cb func(TextView, MovementStep, int32, bool | |||
| 1282 | 1282 | // window. | |
| 1283 | 1283 | // | |
| 1284 | 1284 | // There are no default bindings for this signal. | |
| 1285 | - | func (x *TextView) ConnectMoveViewport(cb func(TextView, ScrollStep, int32)) { | |
| 1286 | - | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp ScrollStep, CountVarp int32) { | |
| 1285 | + | func (x *TextView) ConnectMoveViewport(cb func(TextView, ScrollStep, int)) { | |
| 1286 | + | fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, StepVarp ScrollStep, CountVarp int) { | |
| 1287 | 1287 | fa := TextView{} | |
| 1288 | 1288 | fa.Ptr = clsPtr | |
| 1289 | 1289 | ||
| @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ func (x *TextView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varArgs . | |||
| 1461 | 1461 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1462 | 1462 | // | |
| 1463 | 1463 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1464 | - | func (x *TextView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1464 | + | func (x *TextView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1465 | 1465 | ||
| 1466 | 1466 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1467 | 1467 | ||
| @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ func (x *TextView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varArgs . | |||
| 1497 | 1497 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1498 | 1498 | // | |
| 1499 | 1499 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1500 | - | func (x *TextView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1500 | + | func (x *TextView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1501 | 1501 | ||
| 1502 | 1502 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1503 | 1503 | ||
| @@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ func (x *TextView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...interfa | |||
| 1530 | 1530 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 1531 | 1531 | // | |
| 1532 | 1532 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 1533 | - | func (x *TextView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1533 | + | func (x *TextView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 1534 | 1534 | ||
| 1535 | 1535 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 1536 | 1536 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktogglebutton.go +3 -3
| @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 287 | 287 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 288 | 288 | // | |
| 289 | 289 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 290 | - | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 290 | + | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 291 | 291 | ||
| 292 | 292 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 293 | 293 | ||
| @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 323 | 323 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 324 | 324 | // | |
| 325 | 325 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 326 | - | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 326 | + | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 327 | 327 | ||
| 328 | 328 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 329 | 329 | ||
| @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 356 | 356 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 357 | 357 | // | |
| 358 | 358 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 359 | - | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 359 | + | func (x *ToggleButton) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 360 | 360 | ||
| 361 | 361 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 362 | 362 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktreeexpander.go +3 -3
| @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar AccessibleProperty, varAr | |||
| 236 | 236 | // property change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 237 | 237 | // | |
| 238 | 238 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 239 | - | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int32, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 239 | + | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 240 | 240 | ||
| 241 | 241 | XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 242 | 242 | ||
| @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar AccessibleRelation, varAr | |||
| 272 | 272 | // relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 273 | 273 | // | |
| 274 | 274 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 275 | - | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int32, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 275 | + | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 276 | 276 | ||
| 277 | 277 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 278 | 278 | ||
| @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateState(FirstStateVar AccessibleState, varArgs ...int | |||
| 305 | 305 | // state change must be communicated to assistive technologies. | |
| 306 | 306 | // | |
| 307 | 307 | // This function is meant to be used by language bindings. | |
| 308 | - | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int32, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 308 | + | func (x *TreeExpander) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar uintptr, ValuesVar uintptr) { | |
| 309 | 309 | ||
| 310 | 310 | XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar) | |
| 311 | 311 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodel.go +22 -22
| @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ type TreeModelForeachFunc func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter, uintptr) bool | |||
| 17 | 17 | // model-specific data in the three @user_data | |
| 18 | 18 | // members. | |
| 19 | 19 | type TreeIter struct { | |
| 20 | - | Stamp int32 | |
| 20 | + | Stamp int | |
| 21 | 21 | ||
| 22 | 22 | UserData uintptr | |
| 23 | 23 | ||
| @@ -255,21 +255,21 @@ type TreeModel interface { | |||
| 255 | 255 | FilterNew(RootVar *TreePath) *TreeModelBase | |
| 256 | 256 | Foreach(FuncVar TreeModelForeachFunc, UserDataVar uintptr) | |
| 257 | 257 | Get(IterVar *TreeIter, varArgs ...interface{}) | |
| 258 | - | GetColumnType(IndexVar int32) []interface{} | |
| 258 | + | GetColumnType(IndexVar int) []interface{} | |
| 259 | 259 | GetFlags() TreeModelFlags | |
| 260 | 260 | GetIter(IterVar *TreeIter, PathVar *TreePath) bool | |
| 261 | 261 | GetIterFirst(IterVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 262 | 262 | GetIterFromString(IterVar *TreeIter, PathStringVar string) bool | |
| 263 | - | GetNColumns() int32 | |
| 263 | + | GetNColumns() int | |
| 264 | 264 | GetPath(IterVar *TreeIter) *TreePath | |
| 265 | 265 | GetStringFromIter(IterVar *TreeIter) string | |
| 266 | 266 | GetValist(IterVar *TreeIter, VarArgsVar []interface{}) | |
| 267 | - | GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int32, ValueVar *gobject.Value) | |
| 267 | + | GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int, ValueVar *gobject.Value) | |
| 268 | 268 | IterChildren(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 269 | 269 | IterHasChild(IterVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 270 | - | IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int32 | |
| 270 | + | IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int | |
| 271 | 271 | IterNext(IterVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 272 | - | IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int32) bool | |
| 272 | + | IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int) bool | |
| 273 | 273 | IterParent(IterVar *TreeIter, ChildVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 274 | 274 | IterPrevious(IterVar *TreeIter) bool | |
| 275 | 275 | RefNode(IterVar *TreeIter) | |
| @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ type TreeModel interface { | |||
| 277 | 277 | RowDeleted(PathVar *TreePath) | |
| 278 | 278 | RowHasChildToggled(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) | |
| 279 | 279 | RowInserted(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) | |
| 280 | - | RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int32) | |
| 281 | - | RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int32) | |
| 280 | + | RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int) | |
| 281 | + | RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int) | |
| 282 | 282 | UnrefNode(IterVar *TreeIter) | |
| 283 | 283 | } | |
| 284 | 284 | type TreeModelBase struct { | |
| @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) Get(IterVar *TreeIter, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |||
| 338 | 338 | } | |
| 339 | 339 | ||
| 340 | 340 | // Returns the type of the column. | |
| 341 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetColumnType(IndexVar int32) []interface{} { | |
| 341 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetColumnType(IndexVar int) []interface{} { | |
| 342 | 342 | ||
| 343 | 343 | return XGtkTreeModelGetColumnType(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 344 | 344 | ||
| @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) GetIterFromString(IterVar *TreeIter, PathStringVar strin | |||
| 386 | 386 | } | |
| 387 | 387 | ||
| 388 | 388 | // Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model. | |
| 389 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetNColumns() int32 { | |
| 389 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetNColumns() int { | |
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | 391 | return XGtkTreeModelGetNColumns(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) GetValist(IterVar *TreeIter, VarArgsVar []interface{}) { | |||
| 426 | 426 | // | |
| 427 | 427 | // When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called | |
| 428 | 428 | // to free any allocated memory. | |
| 429 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int32, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 429 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 430 | 430 | ||
| 431 | 431 | XGtkTreeModelGetValue(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ColumnVar, ValueVar) | |
| 432 | 432 | ||
| @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) IterHasChild(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 457 | 457 | // | |
| 458 | 458 | // As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number | |
| 459 | 459 | // of toplevel nodes is returned. | |
| 460 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int32 { | |
| 460 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int { | |
| 461 | 461 | ||
| 462 | 462 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNChildren(x.GoPointer(), IterVar) | |
| 463 | 463 | ||
| @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) IterNext(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 480 | 480 | // will remain a valid node after this function has been called. As a | |
| 481 | 481 | // special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n-th root node | |
| 482 | 482 | // is set. | |
| 483 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int32) bool { | |
| 483 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int) bool { | |
| 484 | 484 | ||
| 485 | 485 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNthChild(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ParentVar, NVar) | |
| 486 | 486 | ||
| @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) RowInserted(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 586 | 586 | // | |
| 587 | 587 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 588 | 588 | // reordered. | |
| 589 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int32) { | |
| 589 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int) { | |
| 590 | 590 | ||
| 591 | 591 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReordered(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar) | |
| 592 | 592 | ||
| @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewO | |||
| 598 | 598 | // | |
| 599 | 599 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 600 | 600 | // reordered. | |
| 601 | - | func (x *TreeModelBase) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int32) { | |
| 601 | + | func (x *TreeModelBase) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int) { | |
| 602 | 602 | ||
| 603 | 603 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReorderedWithLength(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar, LengthVar) | |
| 604 | 604 | ||
| @@ -621,21 +621,21 @@ func (x *TreeModelBase) UnrefNode(IterVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 621 | 621 | var XGtkTreeModelFilterNew func(uintptr, *TreePath) uintptr | |
| 622 | 622 | var XGtkTreeModelForeach func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 623 | 623 | var XGtkTreeModelGet func(uintptr, *TreeIter, ...interface{}) | |
| 624 | - | var XGtkTreeModelGetColumnType func(uintptr, int32) []interface{} | |
| 624 | + | var XGtkTreeModelGetColumnType func(uintptr, int) []interface{} | |
| 625 | 625 | var XGtkTreeModelGetFlags func(uintptr) TreeModelFlags | |
| 626 | 626 | var XGtkTreeModelGetIter func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *TreePath) bool | |
| 627 | 627 | var XGtkTreeModelGetIterFirst func(uintptr, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 628 | 628 | var XGtkTreeModelGetIterFromString func(uintptr, *TreeIter, string) bool | |
| 629 | - | var XGtkTreeModelGetNColumns func(uintptr) int32 | |
| 629 | + | var XGtkTreeModelGetNColumns func(uintptr) int | |
| 630 | 630 | var XGtkTreeModelGetPath func(uintptr, *TreeIter) *TreePath | |
| 631 | 631 | var XGtkTreeModelGetStringFromIter func(uintptr, *TreeIter) string | |
| 632 | 632 | var XGtkTreeModelGetValist func(uintptr, *TreeIter, []interface{}) | |
| 633 | - | var XGtkTreeModelGetValue func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int32, *gobject.Value) | |
| 633 | + | var XGtkTreeModelGetValue func(uintptr, *TreeIter, int, *gobject.Value) | |
| 634 | 634 | var XGtkTreeModelIterChildren func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 635 | 635 | var XGtkTreeModelIterHasChild func(uintptr, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 636 | - | var XGtkTreeModelIterNChildren func(uintptr, *TreeIter) int32 | |
| 636 | + | var XGtkTreeModelIterNChildren func(uintptr, *TreeIter) int | |
| 637 | 637 | var XGtkTreeModelIterNext func(uintptr, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 638 | - | var XGtkTreeModelIterNthChild func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *TreeIter, int32) bool | |
| 638 | + | var XGtkTreeModelIterNthChild func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *TreeIter, int) bool | |
| 639 | 639 | var XGtkTreeModelIterParent func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 640 | 640 | var XGtkTreeModelIterPrevious func(uintptr, *TreeIter) bool | |
| 641 | 641 | var XGtkTreeModelRefNode func(uintptr, *TreeIter) | |
| @@ -643,8 +643,8 @@ var XGtkTreeModelRowChanged func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter) | |||
| 643 | 643 | var XGtkTreeModelRowDeleted func(uintptr, *TreePath) | |
| 644 | 644 | var XGtkTreeModelRowHasChildToggled func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter) | |
| 645 | 645 | var XGtkTreeModelRowInserted func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter) | |
| 646 | - | var XGtkTreeModelRowsReordered func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter, int32) | |
| 647 | - | var XGtkTreeModelRowsReorderedWithLength func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter, uintptr, int32) | |
| 646 | + | var XGtkTreeModelRowsReordered func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter, int) | |
| 647 | + | var XGtkTreeModelRowsReorderedWithLength func(uintptr, *TreePath, *TreeIter, uintptr, int) | |
| 648 | 648 | var XGtkTreeModelUnrefNode func(uintptr, *TreeIter) | |
| 649 | 649 | ||
| 650 | 650 | // These flags indicate various properties of a `GtkTreeModel`. | |
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.go +12 -12
| @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ import ( | |||
| 15 | 15 | // | |
| 16 | 16 | // Since this function is called for each data access, it’s not a | |
| 17 | 17 | // particularly efficient operation. | |
| 18 | - | type TreeModelFilterModifyFunc func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *gobject.Value, int32, uintptr) | |
| 18 | + | type TreeModelFilterModifyFunc func(uintptr, *TreeIter, *gobject.Value, int, uintptr) | |
| 19 | 19 | ||
| 20 | 20 | // A function which decides whether the row indicated by @iter is visible. | |
| 21 | 21 | type TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc func(uintptr, *TreeIter, uintptr) bool | |
| @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) Refilter() { | |||
| 193 | 193 | ||
| 194 | 194 | } | |
| 195 | 195 | ||
| 196 | - | var xTreeModelFilterSetModifyFunc func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 196 | + | var xTreeModelFilterSetModifyFunc func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) | |
| 197 | 197 | ||
| 198 | 198 | // With the @n_columns and @types parameters, you give an array of column | |
| 199 | 199 | // types for this model (which will be exposed to the parent model/view). | |
| @@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ var xTreeModelFilterSetModifyFunc func(uintptr, int32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr | |||
| 205 | 205 | // | |
| 206 | 206 | // Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() | |
| 207 | 207 | // can only be called once for a given filter model. | |
| 208 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) SetModifyFunc(NColumnsVar int32, TypesVar uintptr, FuncVar TreeModelFilterModifyFunc, DataVar uintptr, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify) { | |
| 208 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) SetModifyFunc(NColumnsVar int, TypesVar uintptr, FuncVar TreeModelFilterModifyFunc, DataVar uintptr, DestroyVar glib.DestroyNotify) { | |
| 209 | 209 | ||
| 210 | 210 | xTreeModelFilterSetModifyFunc(x.GoPointer(), NColumnsVar, TypesVar, purego.NewCallback(FuncVar), DataVar, purego.NewCallback(DestroyVar)) | |
| 211 | 211 | ||
| 212 | 212 | } | |
| 213 | 213 | ||
| 214 | - | var xTreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |
| 214 | + | var xTreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn func(uintptr, int) | |
| 215 | 215 | ||
| 216 | 216 | // Sets @column of the child_model to be the column where @filter should | |
| 217 | 217 | // look for visibility information. @columns should be a column of type | |
| @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ var xTreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn func(uintptr, int32) | |||
| 221 | 221 | // Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or | |
| 222 | 222 | // gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called | |
| 223 | 223 | // once for a given filter model. | |
| 224 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) SetVisibleColumn(ColumnVar int32) { | |
| 224 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) SetVisibleColumn(ColumnVar int) { | |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | 226 | xTreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn(x.GoPointer(), ColumnVar) | |
| 227 | 227 | ||
| @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) Get(IterVar *TreeIter, varArgs ...interface{}) { | |||
| 362 | 362 | } | |
| 363 | 363 | ||
| 364 | 364 | // Returns the type of the column. | |
| 365 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetColumnType(IndexVar int32) []interface{} { | |
| 365 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetColumnType(IndexVar int) []interface{} { | |
| 366 | 366 | ||
| 367 | 367 | return XGtkTreeModelGetColumnType(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar) | |
| 368 | 368 | ||
| @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetIterFromString(IterVar *TreeIter, PathStringVar str | |||
| 410 | 410 | } | |
| 411 | 411 | ||
| 412 | 412 | // Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model. | |
| 413 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetNColumns() int32 { | |
| 413 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetNColumns() int { | |
| 414 | 414 | ||
| 415 | 415 | return XGtkTreeModelGetNColumns(x.GoPointer()) | |
| 416 | 416 | ||
| @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetValist(IterVar *TreeIter, VarArgsVar []interface{}) | |||
| 450 | 450 | // | |
| 451 | 451 | // When done with @value, g_value_unset() needs to be called | |
| 452 | 452 | // to free any allocated memory. | |
| 453 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int32, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 453 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) GetValue(IterVar *TreeIter, ColumnVar int, ValueVar *gobject.Value) { | |
| 454 | 454 | ||
| 455 | 455 | XGtkTreeModelGetValue(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ColumnVar, ValueVar) | |
| 456 | 456 | ||
| @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterHasChild(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 481 | 481 | // | |
| 482 | 482 | // As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number | |
| 483 | 483 | // of toplevel nodes is returned. | |
| 484 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int32 { | |
| 484 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterNChildren(IterVar *TreeIter) int { | |
| 485 | 485 | ||
| 486 | 486 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNChildren(x.GoPointer(), IterVar) | |
| 487 | 487 | ||
| @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterNext(IterVar *TreeIter) bool { | |||
| 504 | 504 | // will remain a valid node after this function has been called. As a | |
| 505 | 505 | // special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n-th root node | |
| 506 | 506 | // is set. | |
| 507 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int32) bool { | |
| 507 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) IterNthChild(IterVar *TreeIter, ParentVar *TreeIter, NVar int) bool { | |
| 508 | 508 | ||
| 509 | 509 | return XGtkTreeModelIterNthChild(x.GoPointer(), IterVar, ParentVar, NVar) | |
| 510 | 510 | ||
| @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowInserted(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter) { | |||
| 610 | 610 | // | |
| 611 | 611 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 612 | 612 | // reordered. | |
| 613 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int32) { | |
| 613 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar int) { | |
| 614 | 614 | ||
| 615 | 615 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReordered(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar) | |
| 616 | 616 | ||
| @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowsReordered(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, Ne | |||
| 622 | 622 | // | |
| 623 | 623 | // This should be called by models when their rows have been | |
| 624 | 624 | // reordered. | |
| 625 | - | func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int32) { | |
| 625 | + | func (x *TreeModelFilter) RowsReorderedWithLength(PathVar *TreePath, IterVar *TreeIter, NewOrderVar uintptr, LengthVar int) { | |
| 626 | 626 | ||
| 627 | 627 | XGtkTreeModelRowsReorderedWithLength(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, IterVar, NewOrderVar, LengthVar) | |
| 628 | 628 | ||
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtktreeselection.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtktreesortable.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtktreestore.go +28 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtktreeview.go +52 -52 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.go +31 -31 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkvideo.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkviewport.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkwidget.go +49 -49 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkwindow.go +7 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowhandle.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/pango/pango-attributes.go +14 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/pango/pango-bidi-type.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
M v4/pango/pango-break.go +10 -10
| @@ -42,31 +42,31 @@ type LogAttr struct { | |||
| 42 | 42 | Reserved uint | |
| 43 | 43 | } | |
| 44 | 44 | ||
| 45 | - | var xAttrBreak func(string, int32, *AttrList, int32, uintptr, int32) | |
| 45 | + | var xAttrBreak func(string, int, *AttrList, int, uintptr, int) | |
| 46 | 46 | ||
| 47 | 47 | // Apply customization from attributes to the breaks in @attrs. | |
| 48 | 48 | // | |
| 49 | 49 | // The line breaks are assumed to have been produced | |
| 50 | 50 | // by [func@Pango.default_break] and [func@Pango.tailor_break]. | |
| 51 | - | func AttrBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, AttrListVar *AttrList, OffsetVar int32, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int32) { | |
| 51 | + | func AttrBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int, AttrListVar *AttrList, OffsetVar int, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int) { | |
| 52 | 52 | ||
| 53 | 53 | xAttrBreak(TextVar, LengthVar, AttrListVar, OffsetVar, AttrsVar, AttrsLenVar) | |
| 54 | 54 | ||
| 55 | 55 | } | |
| 56 | 56 | ||
| 57 | - | var xBreak func(string, int32, *Analysis, uintptr, int32) | |
| 57 | + | var xBreak func(string, int, *Analysis, uintptr, int) | |
| 58 | 58 | ||
| 59 | 59 | // Determines possible line, word, and character breaks | |
| 60 | 60 | // for a string of Unicode text with a single analysis. | |
| 61 | 61 | // | |
| 62 | 62 | // For most purposes you may want to use [func@Pango.get_log_attrs]. | |
| 63 | - | func Break(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, AnalysisVar *Analysis, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int32) { | |
| 63 | + | func Break(TextVar string, LengthVar int, AnalysisVar *Analysis, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int) { | |
| 64 | 64 | ||
| 65 | 65 | xBreak(TextVar, LengthVar, AnalysisVar, AttrsVar, AttrsLenVar) | |
| 66 | 66 | ||
| 67 | 67 | } | |
| 68 | 68 | ||
| 69 | - | var xDefaultBreak func(string, int32, *Analysis, *LogAttr, int32) | |
| 69 | + | var xDefaultBreak func(string, int, *Analysis, *LogAttr, int) | |
| 70 | 70 | ||
| 71 | 71 | // This is the default break algorithm. | |
| 72 | 72 | // | |
| @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ var xDefaultBreak func(string, int32, *Analysis, *LogAttr, int32) | |||
| 77 | 77 | // See [func@Pango.tailor_break] for language-specific breaks. | |
| 78 | 78 | // | |
| 79 | 79 | // See [func@Pango.attr_break] for attribute-based customization. | |
| 80 | - | func DefaultBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, AnalysisVar *Analysis, AttrsVar *LogAttr, AttrsLenVar int32) { | |
| 80 | + | func DefaultBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int, AnalysisVar *Analysis, AttrsVar *LogAttr, AttrsLenVar int) { | |
| 81 | 81 | ||
| 82 | 82 | xDefaultBreak(TextVar, LengthVar, AnalysisVar, AttrsVar, AttrsLenVar) | |
| 83 | 83 | ||
| 84 | 84 | } | |
| 85 | 85 | ||
| 86 | - | var xGetLogAttrs func(string, int32, int32, *Language, uintptr, int32) | |
| 86 | + | var xGetLogAttrs func(string, int, int, *Language, uintptr, int) | |
| 87 | 87 | ||
| 88 | 88 | // Computes a `PangoLogAttr` for each character in @text. | |
| 89 | 89 | // | |
| @@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ var xGetLogAttrs func(string, int32, int32, *Language, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 94 | 94 | // logical attributes can't be computed without context | |
| 95 | 95 | // (for example you need to see spaces on either side of | |
| 96 | 96 | // a word to know the word is a word). | |
| 97 | - | func GetLogAttrs(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, LevelVar int32, LanguageVar *Language, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int32) { | |
| 97 | + | func GetLogAttrs(TextVar string, LengthVar int, LevelVar int, LanguageVar *Language, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int) { | |
| 98 | 98 | ||
| 99 | 99 | xGetLogAttrs(TextVar, LengthVar, LevelVar, LanguageVar, AttrsVar, AttrsLenVar) | |
| 100 | 100 | ||
| 101 | 101 | } | |
| 102 | 102 | ||
| 103 | - | var xTailorBreak func(string, int32, *Analysis, int32, uintptr, int32) | |
| 103 | + | var xTailorBreak func(string, int, *Analysis, int, uintptr, int) | |
| 104 | 104 | ||
| 105 | 105 | // Apply language-specific tailoring to the breaks in @attrs. | |
| 106 | 106 | // | |
| @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ var xTailorBreak func(string, int32, *Analysis, int32, uintptr, int32) | |||
| 111 | 111 | // | |
| 112 | 112 | // Note that it is better to pass -1 for @offset and use [func@Pango.attr_break] | |
| 113 | 113 | // to apply attributes to the whole paragraph. | |
| 114 | - | func TailorBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int32, AnalysisVar *Analysis, OffsetVar int32, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int32) { | |
| 114 | + | func TailorBreak(TextVar string, LengthVar int, AnalysisVar *Analysis, OffsetVar int, AttrsVar uintptr, AttrsLenVar int) { | |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| 116 | 116 | xTailorBreak(TextVar, LengthVar, AnalysisVar, OffsetVar, AttrsVar, AttrsLenVar) | |
| 117 | 117 | ||